Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAboutContract4 L Award Date: -7 a 0 3 Awarded to: OLAC CD -k o AC• a N' Cr-ee Dom- # b r i I I C ree. W A- o l Z i gy1 96`f. uo Bidding Requirements, City of Renton Forms, Contract Forms, Conditions of the Contract, Plans and Specifications CITY OF RENTON CAG: 03 -113 �CY + M"U 4 Logan Avenue Bridge Seismic Retrofit FEDERAL AID PROJECT City of Renton 1055 South Grady Way Renton WA 98055 General Bid Information: Project Manager: Consultant Contact: BHM- 1131(001) EXPIRES ^ 425 -430 -7200 425 -430 -7243 (Jason Fritzler) 360 - 705 -2185 (Raj Bharil, P.E., S.E., CES Inc.) 0 Printed on Recycled Paper CITY OF RENTON RENTON, WASHINGTON CONTRACT DOCUMENTS for the Logan Avenue Bridge Seismic Retrofit CAG: 03 -113 FEDERAL AID PROJECT BHM- 1131(001) August 2003 BIDDING REQUIREMENTS CONTRACT FORMS CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT SPECIFICATIONS PLANS CITY OF RENTON TRANSPORTATION SYSTEMS DIVISION 1055 South Grady Way Renton, WA 98055 0 Printed on Recycled Paper CITY OF RENTON INDEX CALL FOR BIDS INTRODUCTION 1. INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 2. SUMMARY OF FAIR PRACTICES POLICY, CITY OF RENTON 3. SUMMARY OF AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT POLICY, CITY OF RENTON 4. SCOPE OF WORK 5. VICINITY MAP PROJECT PROPOSAL 1. BIDDER'S CHECKLIST 2. PROPOSAL 3. SCHEDULE OF PRICES 4. ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF RECEIPT OF ADDENDA 5. BID BOND FORM 6. CERTIFICATION FOR FEDERAL -AID CONTRACTS 7. DISADVANTAGED BUSINESS ENTERPRISE UTILIZATION CERTIFICATION 8. CERTIFICATION OF EEO REPORT 9. NON - COLLUSION AND DEBARMENT AFFIDAVIT 10. ASSIGNMENT OF ANTITRUST CLAIMS 11. MINIMUM WAGE AFFIDAVIT FORMS 12. SUBCONTRACTOR LIST FORM CONTRACT DOCUMENT FORMS 1. BOND TO THE CITY OF RENTON 2. CONTRACT AGREEMENT 3. CITY OF RENTON INSURANCE INFORMATION FORM 4. CITY OF RENTON INSURANCE INFORMATION FORM (SAMPLE) 5. CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE [ "ACORD FORM "] (SAMPLE) REQUIRED DOCUMENTS FOR FEDERAL -AID CONSTRUCTION 1. REQUIRED CONTRACT PROVISIONS FOR FEDERAL -AID CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT (AND AMENDMENTS) CONTRACT SPECIFICATIONS 1. SPECIAL PROVISIONS 2. AMENDMENTS TO THE STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS APPENDIX A - HOURLY MINIMUM WAGE RATES 1. FEDERAL WAGE RATES 2. WASHINGTON STATE PREVAILING WAGE RATES FOR KING COUNTY APPENDIX B - PERMITS APPENDIX C - PLANS Logan Avenue Bridge Seismic Retrofit 1 I. CALL FOR BIDS CITY OF RENTON CALL FOR BIDS Logan Avenue Bridge Seisnuc ketrofit i V - -re- V '�i U r 1 . ran CITY OF RENTON Logan Avenue Bridge Seismic Retrofit CALL FOR BIDS Sealed bids will be received until 2:30 p.m., July 15"', 2003, at the City Clerk's office, 7`h floor, and will be opened and publicly read in conference room #521 on the 5" floor, Renton City Hall, 1055 South Grady Way, Renton, WA 98055. The work to be performed within 10 working days from the date of commencement under this contract shall include, but not be limited to: Installation of longitudinal restrainers across the bridge diaphragms, installation of transverse restrainers, replace the existing deck joints with a new low maintenance type joint seal as specified in the Contract Documents, and repair adjacent sidewalks as stated in the Contract Documents. The City reserves the right to reject any and/or all bids and to waive any and/or all informalities. For information regarding this project contact Jason Fritzler, Project Manager at (425) 430 -7243. Approved plans and specifications and contract forms may be obtained from the City of Renton, Planning/Building/Public Works Department, sixth floor Customer Service Counter, 1055 South Grady Way, Renton, WA 98055. There is a non - refundable fee of $30.00 plus $2.58 Tax (Total $32.58) for each set. If ordered by mail, add $5.00 for postage, which is also non - refundable. No telephone orders will be accepted. Questions regarding this call for bids or the plan holders lists should be directed to the Public Works Customer Service Counter at the above address or at (425) 430 -7200. If a bidder has any questions regarding the project, please contact the Project Manager, Jason Fritzler, at 1055 South Grady Way, Renton, WA 98055 or (425) 430 -7243. A certified check or bid bond in the amount of five percent (5 %) of the total of each bid must accompany each bid. The City's Fair Practices, Non - Discrimination, and Americans with Disability Act Policies shall apply. Jl Bonnie I. Walton, City Clerk Published: Daily Journal of Commerce 7/2/03 Daily Journal of Commerce 7/8/03 we II. INTRODUCTION CITY OF RENTON ar rr rs ow f. imm 4* Logan Avenue Bridge Seismic Retrofit to INTRODUCTION II. INTRODUCTION 1 CITY OF RENTON INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Sealed bids for this proposal will be received by the City of Renton at the office of the Renton City Clerk, Renton City Hall, until 2:30 p.m., on the date specified in the Call for Bids. At this time the bids will be publicly opened and read, after which the bids will be considered and the award made as early as practicable. No proposal may be changed or withdrawn after the time set for receiving bids. Proposals shall be submitted on the forms attached hereto. 2. The work to be done is shown on the plans. Quantities are understood to be only approximate. Final payment will be based on field measurement of actual quantities and at the unit price bid. The City reserves the right to add or to eliminate portions of that work as deemed necessary. 3. Plans may be examined and copies obtained at the Public Works Department Office. Bidders shall satisfy themselves as to the local conditions by inspection of the site. 4. The bid price for any item must include the performance of all work necessary for completion of that item as described in the specifications. 5. The bid price shall be stated in terms of the units indicated and as to a total amount. In the event of errors, the unit price bid will govern. Illegible figures will invalidate the bid. 6. The right is reserved to reject any and/or all bids and to waive informalities if it is deemed advantageous to the City to do so. 7. A certified check or satisfactory bid bond made payable without reservation to the Director of Finance of the City of Renton in an amount not less than 5% of the total amount of the bid shall accompany each bid proposal. Checks will be returned to unsuccessful bidders immediately following the decision as to award of contract. The check of the successful bidder will be returned provided he enters into a contract and furnishes a satisfactory performance bond covering the full amount of the work within ten days after receipt of notice of intention to award contract. Should he fail, or refuse to do so, the check shall be forfeited to the City of Renton as liquidated damage for such failure. 8. All bids must be self - explanatory. No opportunity will be offered for oral explanation except as the City may request further information on particular points. 9. The bidder shall, upon request, furnish information to the City as to his financial and practical ability to satisfactorily perform the work. 10. Payment for this work will be made in Cash Warrants. 11. The contractor shall obtain such construction insurance (e.g. fire and extended coverage, worker's compensation, public liability, and property damage as indicated on forms enclosed under Attachment A herein and as identified within Specification Section 1- 07.18. 12. The contractor, prior to the start of construction, shall provide the City of Renton a detailed bar chart type construction schedule for the project. Logan Avenue Bridge Seismic Retrofit II. INTRODUCTION CITY OF RENTON AL 13. Payment retainage shall be done in accordance with Section 1- 09.9(2) "Retainage and Section" 1- 09.9(3) "Contracting Agency's Right to Withhold and Disburse Certain Amounts" located in City of r Renton Supplemental Specifications. 14, Basis For Approval The construction contract will be awarded by the City of Renton to the lowest, responsible, responsive bidder. The bidder shall bid on all bid schedules items of all schedules set forth in the bid forms to be considered responsive for award. The total price of all schedules will be used to determine the successful low responsive bidder. Partial bids will not be accepted. The owner reserves the right to award any or all schedules of the Bid to meet the needs of the City. The intent is to award to only one BIDDER. 15. Payment of Prevailing Wages In accordance with Revised Code of Washington Chapters 39.12 and 49.28 as amended or supplemented herein, there shall be paid to all laborers, workmen or mechanics employed on this contract the prevailing rate of wage for an hour's work in the same trade or occupation in the area of work regardless of any contractual relationship which may exist, or be alleged to exist, between the CONTRACTOR and any laborers, workmen, mechanics or subconsultants. The prevailing wage rate to be in force during the duration of this contract are included within these specifications under section titled "Prevailing Minimum Hourly Wage Rates ". The wage rates shall be included as part of any subcontracts the CONTRACTOR may enter into for work on this project. 16. Employment of Resident Employees The CONTRACTOR and subcontractors shall employ Washington State residents in accordance with the requirements of RCW 39.16. 17, Pollution Control Requirements Work under this contract shall meet all local, state and federal requirements for the prevention of environmental pollution and the preservation of public natural resources. The CONTRACTOR shall conduct the work in accordance with all applicable pollution control laws. The CONTRACTOR shall comply with and be liable for all penalties, damages, and violations under Chapter 90.48 RCW, in performance of the work. The CONTRACTOR shall also comply with Article 4 in the Puget Sound Air Pollution Control Agency Regulation III regarding removal and encapsulation of asbestos materials. 18. Standard Specifications All work under this contract shall be performed in accordance with the following standard specifications except as may be exempted or modified by the City of Renton Supplemental Specifications, Special Provisions other sections of these contract documents. These standard specifications are hereby made a part of this contract and shall control and guide all activities within this project whether referred to directly, paragraph by paragraph, or not. Logan Avenue Bridge Seismic Retrofit H. INTRODUCTION CITY OF RENTON 19. WSDOT /APWA "2002 Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge and Municipal Construction' and "Division 1 APWA Supplement" hereinafter referred.to by the abbreviated title "Standard Specifications." A. Any reference to "State," "State of Washington," "Department of Transportation," " WSDOT," or any combination thereof in the WSDOT /APWA standards shall be modified to read "City of Renton," unless specifically referring to a standard specification or test method. B. All references to measurement and payment in the WSDOT /APWA standards shall be detected and the measurement and payment provisions of Section 1- 09.14, Measurement and Payment (added herein) shall govern. Logan Avenue Bridge Seismic Retrofit II. INTRODUCTION CITY OF RENTON SUMMARY OF FAIR PRACTICES POLICY 1P ADOPTED BY RESOLUTION NO. 3229 CITY OF RENTON It is the policy of the City of Renton to promote and provide equal treatment and service to all citizens and to ensure equal employment opportunity to all persons without regard to race, color, national origin, ethnic background, gender, marital status, religion, age or disability, when the City of Renton can reasonably accommodate the disability, of employees and applicants for employment and fair, non- discriminatory treatment to all citizens. All departments of the City of Renton shall adhere to the following guidelines: (1) EMPLOYMENT PRACTICES -The City of Renton will ensure all employment related activities included recruitment, selection, promotion, demotion, training, retention and separation are conducted in a manner which is based on job - related criteria which does not discriminate against women, minorities and other protected classes. Human resources decisions will be in accordance with individual performance, staffing requirements, governing civil service rules, and labor contract agreements. (2) COOPERATION WITH HUMAN RIGHTS ORGANIZATIONS - The City of Renton will cooperate fully with all organizations and commissions organized to promote fair practices and equal opportunity in employment. (3) AFFIRMATIVE ACTION PLAN - The City of Renton Affirmative Action Plan and Equal Employment Program will be maintained and administered to facilitate equitable representation with the City work force and to assure equal employment opportunity to all. It shall be the responsibility of elected officials, the Mayor, the Affirmative Action Officer, department administrators, managers, supervisors, Contract Compliance Officers and all employees to carry out the policies, guidelines and corrective measures set forth in the Affirmative Action Plan and Equal Employment Program. (4) CONTRACTORS' OBLIGATIONS - Contractors, sub - contractors, consultants and suppliers conducting business with the City of Renton shall affirm and subscribe to the Fair Practices and Non - discrimination policies set forth by the law and in the City's Affirmative Action Plan and Equal Employment Program. Copies of this policy shall be distributed to all City employees, shall appear in all operational documentation of the City, including bid calls, and shall be prominently displayed in appropriate city facilities. CONCURRED IN by the City Council of the City of RENTON, Washington, this 7tid.ay of October, 1996. CITY OF RENTON: RENTON CITY COUNCIL: ayor Council President Attest: \ City Cler} ILogan Avenue Bridge Seismic Retrota II. INTRODUCTION CITY OF RENTON CITY OF RENTON SUMMARY OF AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT POLICY ADOPTED BY RESOLUTION NO. 3007 k. The policy of the City of Renton is to promote and afford equal treatment and service to all citizens and to assure IL employment opportunity to persons with disabilities, when the City of Renton can reasonably accommodate the disability. This policy shall be, based on the principles of equal employment opportunity, the Americans With Disabilities Act and other applicable guidelines as set forth in federal, state and local laws. All departments of the City of Renton shall adhere to the following guidelines: (1} EMPLOYMENT PRACTICES - All activities relating to employment such as recruitment, selection, promotion, termination and training shall be conducted in a non- discriminatory manner. Personnel decisions will be based on individual performance, staffing requirements, and in accordance with the Americans With Disabilities Act and other applicable laws and regulations. (2) COOPERATION WITH HUMAN RIGHTS ORGANIZATIONS - The City of Renton will cooperate fully with all organizations and commissions organized to promote fair practices and equal opportunity for persons with disabilities in employment and receipt of City services, activities and programs. (3) AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT POLICY -The City of Renton Americans With Disabilities Act Policy will be maintained to facilitate equitable representation within the City work force and to assure equal employment opportunity and equal access to City services, activities and programs to all people with disabilities. It shall be the responsibility and the duty of all City officials and employees to carry out the policies and guidelines as set forth in this policy (4) CONTRACTORS' OBLIGATION - Contractors, subcontractors, consultants and suppliers conducting business with the City of Renton shall abide by the requirements of the Americans With Disabilities Act and promote access to services, activities and programs for people Nvith disabilities. Copies of this policy shall be distributed to all City employees, shall appear in all operational documentation of the City, including bid calls, and shall be prominently displayed in appropriate City facilities. CONCURRED IN by the City Council of the City of Renton. Washington, this 4th day of October 1993. CITY F RENTON rr l� Mayor Attest: City Clerk Logan Avenue Bridge Seismic Retrofit RENTON CITY COUNCIL: e� & � //,, � C� Council President H. INTRODUCTION CITY OF RENTON SCOPE OF WORK The work involved under the terms of this contract document shall be full and complete installation of the facilities, as shown on the plans and as described in the construction specifications, to include but not be limited to: Installation of longitudinal restrainers across the bridge diaphragms, installation of transverse restrainers, replace the existing deck joints with a new low maintenance type joint seal as specified in the Contract Documents, and repair adjacent sidewalks as stated in the Contract Documents. This project is subject to a Department of Fisheries permit (Control Number ST- F8311 -01) included in this contract package. All work related to this project must be carried out in accordance with this permit, and within the timeframe of this permit. Any contractor connected with this project shall comply with all Federal, State, County, and City codes and regulations applicable to such work and perform the work in accordance with the plans and specifications of this contract document. The funding of this project will be from City and Federal Grant funds. ILogan Avenue Bridge seismic Retrofit w oF- �m F- m0 W �W WW= �� V) Z W W Q U z N F= aw ON J ui LU U W E# V � all o Op o E z W � a U �+ 00 v E � a a fV C_ a 7I C O� 00 a� • �r 0 Z N 6th 5T < N 6th 5r z �11 � N o Z 0 50 5T I\ N 5th 5r < < z � STADIUM � PROJECT 3 N 4th ST SITE Z Z LJ Z ❑ D � 3rd 5r ❑ W AIRPORT WY ti� 2,,d 7r N ❑ raelN �\ a wnr ❑ 0 ` WON HS P § � < LIBERTY ' CEDAR < N 3 PARK RIVER LQ s 2nd Sr 3 a \ PARK L�E < DD < I I I \ P 9 3rd PL D 3 u' D ; , aaa MOON SHOPPING CENTER '°G hth PL 3 a a a I < � � w 'L 5 6th ST ❑ Q j U7 U1 Z < < PROJECT ° LOCATION KEM� a❑ WASMAGrON WASHINGTON LOCATION MAP NOT TO SCALE VICINITY MAP III. PROJECT PROPOSAL PROJECT: Logan Avenue Bridge Seismic Retrofit CITY OF RENTON CAG NO.: 13 COMPANY: A&ay\cx� Qw\4f -,VLuh :1L BID AMOUNT: ADDRESS: �Lr 3'L N�t��nCY�c���Ot. S�c(yl�ii TEL. NO.: YV1m Q of -ty w fE (:t Sd o 1 L .. am on .. Logan Avenue Bridge Seismic Retrofit us PROJECT PROPOSAL III. PROJECT PROPOSAL BIDDER'S CHECKLIST CITY OF RENTON Above documents must be executed by the Contractor, President and Vice - President or Secretary if corporation by -laws permit. All pages must be signed. In the event another person has been duly authorized to execute contracts, a copy of the corporation minutes establishing this authority must be attached to the bid document. Logan Avenue Bridge Seismic Retrofit PROJECT PROPOSAL COVER SHEET 1. �� BIDDER'S CHECKLIST 2. J� PROPOSAL FORM 3. V SCHEDULE OF PRICES 4. V ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF RECEIPT OF ADDENDA 5. �� BID BOND FORM 6. CERTIFICATION FOR FEDERAL -AID CONTRACTS 7. ✓ CERTIFICATION OF EEO REPORT 8. Y/ NON - COLLUSION AND DEBARMENT AFFIDAVIT 9. ✓ ASSIGNMENT OF ANTITRUST CLAIMS 10. v MINIMUM WAGE AFFIDAVIT FORM 11. vl� SUBCONTRACTOR LIST FORM CITY OF RENTON Above documents must be executed by the Contractor, President and Vice - President or Secretary if corporation by -laws permit. All pages must be signed. In the event another person has been duly authorized to execute contracts, a copy of the corporation minutes establishing this authority must be attached to the bid document. Logan Avenue Bridge Seismic Retrofit III. PROJECT PROPOSAL PROPOSAL TO THE CITY OF RENTON RENTON, WASHINGTON Ladies and/or Gentlemen: CITY OF RENTON 1 The undersigned hereby certify that the bidder has examined the site of the proposed work and have read and thoroughly understand the plans, specifications and contract governing the work embraced in this improvement, and the method by which payment will be made for said work, and hereby propose to undertake and complete the work embraced in this improvement, or as much thereof as can be completed with the money available, in accordance with the said plans, specifications and contract and the following schedule of rates and prices: INames of Members of Partnership: MR Name of President of Corporation Name of Secretary of Corporation Corporation Organized under the laws of (Note: Unit prices for all items, all extensions, and total amount of bid should be shown. Show unit prices both in writing and in figures.) Printed Name: Signature: Address: S3 7, lit (Xi -t\,'Qt 5hs- %k 8 M k\k 1-4."e ') W R 18 o (z- With Main Office in State of Washington at Logan Avenue Bridge Seismic Retrofit A t5. S r Mr\ 13 L III. PROJECT PROPOSAL CITY OF RENTON SCHEDULE OF PRICES ALL ENTRIES SHALL BE WRITTEN IN INK OR TYPED TO VALIDATE BID (Note: Unit prices for all items, all extentions, and total amount of bid must be shown. Show unit prices in both words and figures and where conflict occurs the written or typed words shall prevail.) ITEM NO. APPROX. QUANTITY ITEM WITH UNIT PRICED BID Unit Prices to be Written in Words UNIT PRICE Dollars Cts. AMOUNT Dollars Cts. 1 1 L.S. Mobilization I�t JCo��c•►2 ��GY j�}3/ OO�i 1�S Sj a0, �(� per L.S. (words) (figures) (figures) 2 1 L.S. Traffic Control $ T�h O� �Z �o�rQtj �a Oav (0 08 ©)00 per L.S. (words) (figures) (figures) 3 1 L.S. Seismic Retrofit $ ► owwkL lookk [S 20000c) 2-0 j 000, oa per L.S. (words) (figures) (figures) 4 1 L.S. Expansion Joint Modification $`lOy �y� 'j1no����Z `�o���c� 3S 00� 3.S OOb, 60 per r (words) (fi ures) (figures) 5 1 L.S. Force Account Concrete Repair $ �i��i T1nov-"6"Z \0b!k*' 0 0 01610(410 0 00010 per L.S. (words) (figures) (f gures) (words) (figures) (figures) (words) (figures) (figures) (words) r7figu7r7e7s)7 (figures) U Tax @ 8.8% (figures) gy,g(N,op Total (figfires) Logan Avenue Bridge Seismic Retrofit III. PROJECT PROPOSAL CITY OF RENTON ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF RECEIPT OF ADDENDA ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF RECEIPT OF ADDENDA: NO. DATE NO. DATE NO. DATE 00111..9- SIGNED \ TITLE NAME OF COMPANY A C °n4r�akItoh �VIC ADDRESS 1 gS32 9 CYcC-"0) f lQe. SV t col CITY /STATE /ZIP rA%\\ L' t Std- W PI 9.3 a1Z TELEPHONE LA 2.5— % 517 "l q 3 CITY OF RENTON (� STATE CONTRACTORS BUSINESS LICENSE # Wt" It 4W LICENSE # 4 DVR ivC I S 7 3 k C Logan Avenue Bridge Seismic Retrofit P III. PROJECT PROPOSAL BID BOND FORM Herewith find deposit in the form of a certified check, cashier's chec c. amount of $ which amount is not le.?dl n ve ..-VlLL//�� a Know All Men by These Presents: CITY OF RENTON or bid bond in the ent of the total bid. E Advanced Construction, Inc. , as Principal, and Trave�er�ompany o imeri ae Y as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto the City of Renton, as Obligee, in the penal sum of five percent of the bid ---- 5 % ----- Dollars, for the payment of which the Principal and the Surety bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, by these presents. Logan c v'l g o i atiop is such that if the Obligee shall make any award to the Principal for _ t e Segismic according to the terms of the proposal or bid made by the Principal e ro i duly make therefor, and the Principal snail and enter into a contract with the Obligee in accordance with the terms of said proposal or bid and award and shall give bond for the faithful performance thereof, with Surety or Sureties approved by the Obligee; or if the Principal shall, in case of failure to do so, pay and forfeit to the Obligee the penal amount of the deposit specified in the call for bids, then this obligation shall be null and void; otherwise it shall be and remain in full force and effect and the Surety shall forthwith pay and forfeit to the Obligee, as penalty and liquidated damages, the amount of this bond. SIGNED, SEALED AND DATED THIS 15 th DAY OF July , 20Q-3-- Advanced Construction, Inc. Travelers Received return of deposit in the sum of t,o,nn avenue Bridge Seismic RrtrOfit Principal Casual- mo and Surety pany of America Surety Roxana Palacios Attorney -in -Fact TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY OF AMERICA TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY FARMINGTON CASUALTY COMPANY Hartford, Connecticut 06183 -9062 POWER OF ATTORNEY AND CERTIFICATE OF AUTHORITY OF ATTORNEY(S) -IN-FACT KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, THAT TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY OF AMERICA, TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY and FARMINGTON CASUALTY COMPANY, corporations duly organized under the laws of the State of Connecticut, and having their principal offices in the City of Hartford, County of Hartford, State of Connecticut, (hereinafter the "Companies ") hath made, constituted and appointed, and do by these presents make, constitute and appoint: Darlene Jakielski, Julie M. Glover, M.J. Cotton, Mike Amundsen, Nancy J. Osborne, S.M. Scott, Steven K Bush, Michael A. Murphy, Jim W. Doyle, Lawrence J. Newton, Andy D. Prill, Roxana Palacios, Jim S. Kuich, of Bothell, Washington, their true and lawful Attorney(s) -in -Fact, with full power and authority hereby conferred to sign, execute and acknowledge, at any place within the United States, the following instrument(s): by his/her sole signature and act, any and all bonds, recognizances, contracts of indemnity, and other writings obligatory in the nature of a bond, recognizance, or conditional undertaking and any and all consents incident thereto and to bind the Companies, thereby as fully and to the same extent as if the same were signed by the duly authorized officers of the Companies, and all the acts of said Attomey(s) -in -Fact, pursuant to the authority herein given, are hereby ratified and confirmed. This appointment is made under and by authority of the following Standing Resolutions of said Companies, which Resolutions are now in full force and effect: VOTED: That the Chairman, the President, any Vice Chairman, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President, any Vice President, any Second Vice President, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Corporate Secretary or any Assistant Secretary may appoint Attorneys -in -Fact and Agents to act for and on behalf of the company and may give such appointee such authority as his or her certificate of authority may prescribe to sign with the Company's name and seal with the Company's seal bonds, recognizances, contracts of indemnity, and other writings obligatory in the nature of a bond, recognizance, or conditional undertaking, and any of said officers or the Board of Directors at any time may remove any such appointee and revoke the power given him or her. VOTED: That the Chairman, the President, any Vice Chairman, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President or any Vice President may delegate all or any part of the foregoing authority to one or more officers or employees of this Company, provided that each such delegation is in writing and a copy thereof is filed in the office of the Secretary. VOTED: That any bond, recognizance, contract of indemnity, or writing obligatory in the nature of a bond, recognizance, or conditional undertaking shall be valid and binding upon the Company when (a) signed by the President, any Vice Chairman, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President or any Vice President, any Second Vice President, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Corporate Secretary or any Assistant Secretary and duly attested and sealed with the Company's seal by a Secretary or Assistant Secretary, or (b) duly executed (under seal, if required) by one or more Attomeys -in -Fact and Agents pursuant to the power prescribed in his or her certificate or their certificates of authority or by one or more Company officers pursuant to a written delegation of authority. This Power of Attorney and Certificate of Authority is signed and sealed by facsimile (mechanical or printed) under and by authority of the following Standing Resolution voted by the Boards of Directors of TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY OF AMERICA, TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY and FARMINGTON CASUALTY COMPANY, which Resolution is now in full force and effect: VOTED: That the signature of each of the following officers: President, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President, any Vice President, any Assistant Vice President, any Secretary, any Assistant Secretary, and the seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile to any power of attorney or to any certificate relating thereto appointing Resident Vice Presidents, Resident Assistant Secretaries or Attorneys -in -Fact for purposes only of executing and attesting bonds and undertakings and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof, and any such power of attorney or certificate bearing such facsimile signature or facsimile seal shall be valid and binding upon the Company and any such power so executed and certified by such facsimile signature and facsimile seal shall be valid and binding upon the Company in the future with respect to any bond or undertaking to which it is attached. (11 -00 Standard) IMPORTANT DISCLOSURE NOTICE OF TERRORISM INSURANCE COVERAGE On November 26, 2002, President Bush signed into law the Terrorism Risk Insurance Act of 2002 (the "Act "). The Act establishes a short -term program under which the Federal Government will share in the payment of covered losses caused by certain acts of international terrorism. We are providing you with this notice to inform you of the key features of the Act, and to let you know what effect, if any, the Act will have on your premium. Under the Act, insurers are required to provide coverage for certain losses caused by international acts of terrorism as defined in the Act. The Act further provides that the Federal Government will pay a share of such losses. Specifically, the Federai Government will pay 90% of the amount of covered losses caused by certain acts of terrorism which is in excess of Travelers' statutorily established deductible for that year. The Act also caps the amount of terrorism - related losses for which the Federal Government or an insurer can be responsible at $100,000,000,000.00, provided that the insurer has met its deductible. Please note that passage of the Act does not result in any change in coverage under the attached policy or bond (or the policy or bond being quoted). Please also note that no separate additional premium charge has been made for the terrorism coverage required by the Act. The premium charge that is allocable to such coverage is inseparable from and imbedded in your overall premium, and is no more than one percent of your premium. ILT -1018 (2/03) r� III. PROJECT PROPOSAL CITY OF RENTON Certification for Federal -Aid Contracts The prospective participant certifies by signing and submitting this bid or proposal, to the best of his or her knowledge and belief, that: (1) No Federal appropriated funds have been paid or will we paid, by or on behalf of the undersigned, to any person for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any Federal agency, a Member of Congress, an officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a Member of Congress in connection with the awarding of any Federal contract, the making of any Federal grant, the making of any Federal loan, the entering into of any cooperative agreement, and the extension, continuation, renewal, amendment, or modification of any Federal contract, grant, loan or cooperative agreement: (2) if any funds other than Federal appropriated funds have been paid or will be paid to any person for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any Federal agency, a Member of Congress, an officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a Member of Congress in connection with this Federal contract, grant, loan, or cooperative agreement, the undersigned shall complete and submit Standard Form -LLL, "Disclosure Form to Report Lobbying;" in accordance with its instructions. This certification is material representation of the fact upon which reliance was placed when this transaction was made or entered into. Submission of this certification} is a prerequisite for making or entering into this transaction imposed by Section 1352: Title 31, U.S. Code. Any :person who fails to file the required certification shall be subject to a civil penalty of not less than $10,000 and not more than $100,000 for each failure. The prospective participant also agrees by submitting his or her bid or proposal that he or she shall require that the language of this certification be included in all lower tier subcontracts, which exceed $100,000 and that all such subrecipients shall certify and disclose accordingly. {)OT Form 2:2•Gdo EF Ravtsed 8i9B Logan Avenue Bridge Seismic Retrofit Disadvantaged Business Appendix 44.80 Enterprise Utilization Certification Washington State Department of Transportation Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Utilization Certification To be eligible for award of this contract the bidder must fill out and submit, as part of his/her proposal, the following certification relating to Disadvantaged Business Enterprise (DBE) requirements. This certification shall be deemed a part of the resulting contract. Failure to fill out and submit this certification, the inclusion of a false certification, or insufficient projected use of DBEs, shall be considered as evidence that the proposal is non-responsive to the invitation to bid. Information on certified firms is available from OMWBE, phone (6) 7539693. A �y Gm,t j- `Q r sky ,-.)1 --rh c certifies that the following Disadvantaged Business Enterphse(s) Name of Bidder (DBE) have been contacted regarding participation on this project and, rf A is the successful bidder on this project, it shall award subcontracts to or enter into supply agreements with the following DBEs as indicated: (if necessary, use additional sheet). Name of DBE':',,,, Certificate Number Capacity (Prime, Joint Venture, subcontractor, Manufacturer, Regular Dealer, Service Provider) Description of Work Amount to y' •.be Applied - Towards Goal 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Subcontracting Goal: DBE Total $ Regular Dealer status must be approved by the Office of Equal Opportunity, Wash. State Dept. of Transportation, on each contract. » See the section 'Counting DBE Participation Toward Meeting the Goal' in the Contract Document »� The Contracting Agency will utilize the above data to determine whether or not the bidder has met the goal or the average goal attainment of all bidders. DOT Forth 272-056A EF Revised 12/97 Local Agency Guidelines December 2000 44-29 Ill. PROJECT PROPOSAL CITY OF RENTON CERTIFICATION OF EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY REPORT Certification with regard to the Performance of Previous Contracts or Sub - contracts subject to the Equal Opportunity Clause and the filing of Required Reports. / The bidder V, proposed subcontractor , hereby certifies that he has , has not y , participated in a previous contract or subcontract subject to the equal opportunity clause, as required by Executive Orders 10925, 11114 or 11246, and that he has _, has notiled with the Joint Reporting Committee the Director of the Office of Federal Contract Compliance, A Federal Government contracting or administering agency, or the former President's Committee on Equal Employment Opportunity, all reports due under the applicable filing requirements. Mgas t� (Company) By: J, k-1 Date: Title Note: The above certification is required by the Equal Employment Opportunity Regulations of the Secretary of Labor (41 CFR 60 -1.7 (b) (1), and must be submitted by bidders and proposed subcontractors only in connection with contracts and subcontracts which are subject to the equal opportunity clause. Contracts and subcontracts which are exempt from the equal opportunity clause are set forth in 41 CFR 60 -1.5. (Generally only contracts or subcontracts of $10,000 or under are exempt.) Currently, Standard Form 100 (EEO -1) is the only report required by the Executive Orders or their implementing regulations. Proposed prime contractors and subcontractors who have participated in a previous contract or subcontract subject to the Executive Orders and have not filed the required reports should note that 41 CFR 60 -1.7 (b) (i) prevents the award of contracts and subcontractors unless such contractor submits a report covering the delinquent period or such other period specified by the Federal Highways Administration or by the Director, Office of Federal Contract Compliance, U.S. Department of Labor. Logan Avenue Bridge Seismic Retrofit III. PROJECT PROPOSAL CITY OF RENTON NON - COLLUSION AND DEBARMENT AFFIDAVIT x STATE OF WASHINGTON ) ** COUNTY OF ) /��1 1 \ I, the undersigned, an authorized representative of * ** AA\)an t4 d �Oh >'�f�c7� �� �It1 L being first duly ' sworn on oath do hereby certify that said person(s), firm, association or corporation has (have) not, either directly or indirectly, entered into any agreement, participated in any collusion, or otherwise taken any action in restraint of free competitive bidding in connection with the project for which this proposal is submitted. I further certify that, except as noted below, the firm, associated or corporation or any person in a controlling capacity associated therewith or any position involving the administration of federal funds; is not currently under suspension, debarment, voluntary exclusion, or determination of ineligibility by any federal agency; has not been suspended, debarred, voluntarily excluded or determined ineligible by any federal agency within the past 3 years; does not have a proposed debarment pending; and has not been indicted, convicted, or had a civil judgment rendered against said person, firm, association or corporation by a court of competent jurisdiction in any matter involving fraud or official misconduct within the past 3 years. I further acknowledge that by signing the signature page of the proposal, I am deemed to have signed and have agreed to the provisions of this affidavit. � m atx �`nUt 6I l 5 L JtiSw.i c.. Re )[A Name of Project n A- Name of Bidder's Firm Signatu e of A orized Representative of Bidder "7 1 bo Date I certify that I know or have satisfactory evidence that AT si1)l"ff-\, is the person who appeared before me, and said ' person acknowledged that (he /she) signed this instrument and acknowledged it to be (his/her) free and voluntary act for the uses and purposes mentioned in the instrument. Dated 3) Noy Public in and for the State _; p/�W�j ��� of Washington residing ate ! IN 5-F ,—GAP tON •. '9s� 1� Notary (print): n� 8 i � _���s � 0 NOTE: My appointment expires: 2--22 -0U . o t%0TARV i Exceptions: tall net- •Aacessaly reset in denial of award, but will be considered in determining bidder responsibility. For any exception note inditi;ate i 0whorj it a0plies, initiating agency, and dates of action. Providing false information may result in criminal prosecution or a Strati a sanct ons: i 1 -y � 28- ve=_-ation *A suspen� ebatrig5Ahy grant an exception permitting a debarred, suspended, or excluded person to participate in a particular transaction � by such official stating the reason(s) for deviating form the Presidential policy established by Executive order 12549..." (49SCSF�1ZaA>t9Se`ction 29.215). * If notarization of proposal takes place outside of Washington State, DELETE WASHINGTON, and enter appropriate State. Fill in county where notarization of proposal takes place. ow * ** Fill in firm name. I ILogan Avenue Bridge Seismic Retrofit 1 III. PROJECT PROPOSAL CERTIFICATION RE: ASSIGNMENT OF ANTITRUST CLAIMS TO PURCHASER CITY OF RENTON STATE OF WASHINGTON) SS COUNTY OF KING ) Vendor and purchaser recognize that in actual economic practice overcharges resulting from antitrust violations are in fact usually borne by the purchaser. Therefore, vendor hereby assigns to purchaser any and all claims for such overcharges as to goods and materials purchased in connection with this order or contract, except as to overcharges resulting from antitrust violations commencing after the date of the bid, quotation, or other event establishing the price under this order or contract. In addition, vendor warrants and represents that each of his suppliers and subcontractors shall assign any and all such claims to purchaser, subject to the aforementioned exception. L 45 <.,v\ A Y�vo, (kf%AjL xi ��1 � r 1C Tii,Tr "1 ' Name of Project f- 1�JCt�t(-t t 'CA (kSVrL,C�rl)�\ Naroq of filler's Firm Signature of Authorized Representative of Bidder 7 S1 o ' Date I certify that I know or have satisfactory evidence that A3 Sm i tkn is the person who appeared 1 before me, and said person acknowledged that (he /she) signed this instrument and acknowledged it to be (his/her) free and voluntary act for the uses and purposes mentioned in the instrument. Dated ,16 —U-�> - G\POAWNeq N' S :0 NOTARY Cn : PtJE3UC Logan Avenue Bridge seismic Retrofit otary Pub is in and for the State of Washington res j ding at j2_ /! A(E 1194 5 Notary (print): Sd s- ;at My appointment expires: 23-2q-66 66 IIII. PROJECT PROPOSAL CITY OF RENTON IMINIMUM WAGE AFFIDAVIT FORM STATE OF WASHINGTON) SS COUNTY OF KING * ) I, the undersigned, having been duly sworn, deposed, say and certify that in connection with the performance of the work of this project, I will pay each classification of laborer, workman, or mechanic employed in the performance of such work; not less than the prevailing rate of wage or not less than the minimum rate of wages as specified in the principal contract; that I have read the above and foregoing statement and certificate, know the contents thereof and the substance as set forth therein is true to my knowledge and belief. /IS1 CAA Ayevivc 13t,��, Name of Project ��Vq 14t( CO 1k S �4 U t. ' i U -4 A Signature of Authorized Representative of Bidder 7 615 I certify that I know or have satisfactory evidence that SM i 0-u is the person who appeared before me, and said person acknowledged that (he /she) signed this instrument and acknowledged it to be (his/her) free and voluntary act for the uses and purposes mentioned in the instrument. Dated _G�PoAMv,6,9 � +. VA y�: PIJBLIC WAS Logan Avenue Bridge Seismic Retrofit r Notary Public in and for the State of Washington residing at kZLp I I NE ) I of 44, R2 Notary (print): Pf0&C C-( ' OLS-h CLn My appointment expires: 2'2,6 "O u. IV. CONTRACT DOCUMENT FORMS w va CITY OF RENTON Ill CONTRACT DOCUMENT FORMS DOCUMENTS IN THE FOLLOWING FORM MUST BE EXECUTED AND SUBMITTED BY THE SUCCESSFUL BIDDER WITHIN TEN (10) DAYS FOLLOWING THE NOTICE OF AWARD. Logan Avenue Bridge Seismic Retrofit III. PROJECT PROPOSAL SUBCONTRACTOR LIST CITY OF RENTON RCW 39.30.060 requires that for all public works contracts exceeding $1,000,000 the bidder shall submit the names of all subcontractors whose subcontract amount exceeds ten percent (10 %) of the contract price, and whose work involves either heating, air conditioning, ventilation, plumbing, or electrical. If the subcontractors names are not submitted with the bid, or within 24 hours of the bid, the bid shall be considered nonresponsive and, therefore, void. Complete one of the following for contracts that exceed $1,000,000: A. There are no subcontractors proposed whose subcontract amount exceeds ten percent (10%) of the contract price. Name: 5 Sri` Title: Signature: B. The following subcontractor(s) subcontract amount exceeds 10 percent of the contract price: (list subcontractor and bid item) Bid Item (s) Subcontractor Name Address Phone No. State Contractor's License No. Bid Item (s) Subcontractor Name Address Phone No. State Contractor's License No. Bid Item (s) Subcontractor Name Address Phone No. State Contractor's License No. Bid Item (s) Subcontractor Name Address Phone No. State Contractors License No. Logan Avenue Bridge seismic Retrofit BOND TO THE CITY OF RENTON Bond No. 104133206 KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That we, the undersigned Advanced Construction Inc. Travelers Casualty and Surety as principal, and Company of America corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Connecticut as a surety corporation, and qualified under the laws of the State of Washington to become surety upon bonds of contractors with municipal corporations, as surety are jointly and severally held and firmly bound to the City of Renton in the penal sum of $ 84,864. 00---- for the payment of which sum on demand we bind ourselves and our successors, heirs, administrators or person representatives, as the case may be. This obligation is entered into in pursuance of the statutes of the State of Washington, the Ordinance of the City of Renton. Dated at ,Washington, this day of J 2001 Nevertheless, the conditions of the above obligation are such that: WHEREAS, under and pursuant to Public Works Construction Contract CAG- 3 -113_ Loaan Avenue Bridge Seismic Retrofit, Federal Aid Project providing for construction of (project name) the principal is required to furnish a bond for the faithful performance of the contract; and WHEREAS, the principal has accepted, or is about to accept, the contract, and undertake to perform the work therein provided for in the manner and within the time set forth; NOW, THEREFORE, if the principal shall faithfully perform all of the provisions of said contract in the manner and within the time therein set forth, or within such extensions of time as may be granted under said contract, and shall pay all laborers, mechanics, subcontractors and materialmen, and all persons who shall supply said principal or subcontractors with provisions and supplies for the carrying on of said work, and shall hold said City of Renton harmless from any loss or damage occasioned to any person or property by reason of any carelessness or negligence on the part of said principal, or any subcontractor in the performance of said work, and shall indemnify and hold the City of Renton harmless from any damage or expense by reason of failure of performance as specified in the contract or from defects appearing or developing in the material or workmanship provided or performed under the contract within a period of one year after its acceptance thereof by the City of Renton, then and in that event this obligation shall be void; but otherwise it shall be and remain in full force and effect. It and Surety Advanced Construction, Inc. Principal Signaftiuce Title Logan Avenue Bridge Seismic Retrofit Travelers Casua y Company of America _ Surety Signature Roxana Palacios Attorney -in -Fact Title TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY OF AMERICA TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY FARMINGTON CASUALTY COMPANY Hartford, Connecticut 06183 -9062 POWER OF ATTORNEY AND CERTIFICATE OF AUTHORITY OF ATTORNEY(S) -IN-FACT KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, THAT TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY OF AMERICA, TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY and FARMINGTON CASUALTY COMPANY, corporations duly organized under the laws of the State of Connecticut, and having their principal offices in the City of Hartford, ■ County of Hartford, State of Connecticut, (hereinafter the "Companies ") hath made, constituted and appointed, and do by these presents make, constitute and appoint: Darlene Jakielski, Julie M. Glover, M.J. Cotton, Mike Amundsen, Nancy J. Osborne, S.M. Scott, Steven K Bush, Michael A. Murphy, Jim W. Doyle, Lawrence J. Newton, Andy D. Prill, Roxana Palacios, Jim S. Kuich, of Bothell, Washington, their true and lawful Attoruey(s) -in -Fact, with full power and authority hereby conferred to sign, execute and acknowledge, at any place within the United States, the following instrument(s): by his/her sole signature and act, any and all bonds, recognizances, contracts of indemnity, and other writings obligatory in the nature of a bond, recognizance, or conditional undertaking and any and all consents incident thereto and to bind the Companies, thereby as fully and to the same extent as if the same were signed by the duly authorized officers of the Companies, and all the acts of said Attorney(s) -in -Fact, pursuant to the authority herein given, are hereby ratified and confirmed. This appointment is made under and by authority of the following Standing Resolutions of said Companies, which Resolutions are now in full force and effect: VOTED: That the Chairman, the President, any Vice Chairman, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President, any Vice President, any Second Vice President, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Corporate Secretary or any Assistant Secretary may appoint Attorneys -in -Fact and Agents to act for and on behalf of the company and may give such appointee such authority as his or her certificate of authority may prescribe to sign with the Company's name and seal with the Company's seal bonds, recognizances, contracts of indemnity, and other writings obligatory in the nature of a bond, recognizance, or conditional undertaking, and any of said officers or the Board of Directors at any time may remove any such appointee and revoke the power given him or her. VOTED: That the Chairman, the President, any Vice Chairman, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President or any Vice President may delegate all or any part of the foregoing authority to one or more officers or employees of this Company, provided that each such delegation is in writing and a copy thereof is filed in the office of the Secretary. VOTED: That any bond, recognizance, contract of indemnity, or writing obligatory in the nature of a bond, recognizance, or conditional undertaking shall be valid and binding upon the Company when (a) signed by the President, any Vice Chairman, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President or any Vice President, any Second Vice President, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Corporate Secretary or any Assistant Secretary and duly attested and sealed with the Company's seal by a Secretary or Assistant Secretary, or (b) duly executed (under seal, if required) by one or more Attorneys -in -Fact and Agents pursuant to the power prescribed in his or her certificate or their certificates of authority or by one or more Company officers pursuant to a written delegation of authority. This Power of Attorney and Certificate of Authority is signed and sealed by facsimile (mechanical or printed) under and by authority of the following Standing Resolution voted by the Boards of Directors of TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY OF AMERICA, TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY and FARMINGTON CASUALTY COMPANY, which Resolution is now in full force and effect: Iff VOTED: That the signature of each of the following officers: President, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President, any Vice President, any Assistant Vice President, any Secretary, any Assistant Secretary, and the seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile to any power of attorney or to any certificate relating thereto appointing Resident Vice Presidents, Resident Assistant Secretaries or Attorneys -in -Fact for purposes only of executing and attesting bonds and undertakings and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof, and any such power cf attorney or certificate bearing such facsimile signature or facsimile seal shall be valid and binding upon the Company and any such power so executed and certified by such facsimile signature and facsimile seal shall be valid and binding upon the Company in the future with respect to any bond or undertaking to which it is attached. (11 -00 Standard) IMPORTANT DISCLOSURE NOTICE OF TERRORISM INSURANCE COVERAGE On November 26, 2002, President Bush signed into law the Terrorism Risk Insurance Act of 2002 (the "Act "). The Act establishes a short -term program under which the Federal Government will share in the payment of covered losses caused by certain acts of international terrorism. We are providing you with this notice to inform you of the key features of the Act, and to let you know what effect, if any, the Act will have on your premium. Under the Act, insurers are required to provide coverage for certain losses caused by international acts of terrorism as defined in the Act. The Act further provides that the Federal Government will pay a share of such losses. Specifically, the Federal Government will pay 90% of the amount of covered losses caused by certain acts of terrorism which is in excess of Travelers' statutorily established deductible for that year. The Act also caps the amount of terrorism - related losses for which the Federal Government or an insurer can be responsible at $100,000,000,000.00, provided that the insurer has met its deductible. Please note that passage of the Act does not result in any change in coverage under the attached policy or bond (or the policy or bond being quoted). Please also note that no separate additional premium charge has been made for the terrorism coverage required by the Act. The premium charge that is allocable to such coverage is inseparable from and imbedded in your overall premium, and is no more than one percent of your premium. ILT -1018 (2/03) BOND TO THE CITY OF RENTON KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That we, the undersigned as principal, and corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of as a surety corporation, and qualified under the laws of the State of Washington to become surety upon bonds of contractors with municipal corporations, as surety are jointly and severally held and firmly bound to the City of Renton in the penal sum of $ for the payment of which sum on demand we bind ourselves and our successors, heirs, administrators or person representatives, as the case may be. This obligation is entered into in pursuance of the statutes of the State of Washington, the Ordinance of the City of Renton. }. Dated at , Washington, this day of , 200_. Nevertheless, the conditions of the above obligation are such that: WHEREAS, under and pursuant to Public Works Construction Contract CAG- providing for construction of (project name) the principal is required to furnish a bond for the faithful performance of the contract; and it WHEREAS, the principal has accepted, or is about to accept, the contract, and undertake to perform the work therein provided for in the manner and within the time set forth; ' NOW, THEREFORE, if the principal shall faithfully perform all of the provisions of said contract in the manner and within the time therein set forth, or within such extensions of time as may be granted under said contract, and shall pay all laborers, mechanics, subcontractors and materialmen, and all ' persons who shall supply said principal or subcontractors with provisions and supplies for the carrying on of said work, and shall hold said City of Renton harmless from any loss or damage occasioned to any person or property by reason of any carelessness or negligence on the part of said principal, or any subcontractor in the performance of said work, and shall indemnify and hold the City of Renton harmless from any damage or expense by reason of failure of performance as specified in the contract or from defects appearing or developing in the material or workmanship provided or performed under the contract within a period of one year after its acceptance thereof by the City of Renton, then and in that event this obligation shall be void; but otherwise it shall be and remain in full ' force and effect. Principal Surety Signature Signature Title Title Logan Avenue Bridge seismic Retrotit IV. CONTRACT DOCUMENT FORMS CITY OF RENTON FHWA FEDERAL -AID CONTRACTS ONLY THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into this _ r' day of 20,0 . by and between THE CITY OF RENTON, Washington, a municipal corporation o the State of Washington, hereinafter referred to as "CITY" and Qn VAM= /�/G. , hereinafter referred to as "CONTRACTOR." WITNESSETH: 1) The Contractor shall within the time stipulated, (to -wit: within 10 working days from date of commencement hereof as required by the Contract, of which this agreement is a component part) perform all the work and services required to be performed, and provide and furnish all of the labor, materials, appliances, machines, tools, equipment, utility and transportation services necessary to perform the Contract, and shall complete the construction and installation work in a workmanlike manner, in connection with the City's Project (identified as No. CAG 03 -113 ) for improvement by construction and installation of: Longitudinal restrainers across the bridge diaphragms, installation of transverse restrainers, replace the existing deck joints with a new low maintenance type joint seal as specified in the Contract documents, and repair adjacent sidewalks as stated in the Contract Documents. All the foregoing shall be timely performed, furnished, constructed, installed and completed in strict conformity with the plans and specifications, including any and all addenda issued by the City and all other documents hereinafter enumerated, and in full compliance with all applicable codes, ordinances and regulations of the City of Renton and any other governmental authority having jurisdiction thereover. It is further agreed and stipulated that all of said labor, materials, appliances, machines, tools, equipment and services shall be furnished and the construction installation performed and completed to the satisfaction and the approval of the City's Public Works Director as being in such conformity with the plans, specifications and all requirements of or arising under the Contract. 2) The aforesaid Contract, entered into by the acceptance of the Contractor's bid and signing of this agreement, consists of the following documents, all of which are component parts of said Contract and as fully a part thereof as if herein set out in full, and if not attached, as if hereto attached. a) ' b) c) d) e) f) g) ' h) i) an This Agreement Instruction to Bidders Project Proposal Specifications Maps and Plans Bid Advertisement for Bids Special Provisions, if any Addenda, if any d all modifications or changes issued pursuant to the Contract Documents. ILogan Avenue Bridge Seismic Retrofit IV. CONTRACT DOCUMENT FORMS CITY OF RENTON 3) If the Contractor refuses or fails to prosecute the work or any part thereof, with such diligence as will insure its completion within the time specified in this Contract, or any extension in writing thereof, or fails to complete said work with such time, or if the Contractor shall be adjudged a bankrupt, or if he should make a general assignment for the benefit of his creditors, or if a receiver shall be appointed on account of the Contractor's insolvency, or if he or any of his subcontractors should violate any of the provisions of this Contract, the City may then serve written notice upon him and his surety of its intention to terminate the Contract, and unless within ten (10) days after the serving of such violation or non - compliance of any provision of the Contract shall cease and satisfactory arrangement for the correction thereof be made, this Contract, shall, upon the expiration of said ten (10) day period, cease and terminate in every respect. In the event of any such termination, the City shall immediately serve written notice thereof upon the surety and the Contractor and the surety shall have the right to take over and perform the Contract, provided, however, that if the surety within fifteen (15) days after the serving upon it of such notice of termination does not perform the Contract or does not commence performance thereof within thirty (30) days from the date of serving such notice, the City itself may take over the work under the Contract and prosecute the same to completion by Contract or by any other method it may deem advisable, for the account and at the expense of the Contractor, and his surety shall be liable to the City for any excess cost or other damages occasioned the City thereby. In such event, the City, if it so elects, may, without liability for so doing, take possession of and utilize in completing said Contract such materials, machinery, appliances, equipment, plants and other properties belonging to the Contractor as may be on site of the project and useful therein. 4) The foregoing provisions are in addition to and not in limitation of any other rights or remedies available to the City. 5) Contractor agrees and covenants to hold and save the City, its officers, agents, representatives and employees harmless and to promptly indemnify same from and against any and all claims, actions, damages, liability of every type and nature including all costs and legal expenses incurred by reason of any work arising under or in connection with the Contract to be performed hereunder, including loss of life, personal injury and/or damage to property arising from or out of any occurrence, omission or activity upon, on or about the premises worked upon or in any way relating to this Contract. This hold harmless and indemnification provision shall likewise apply for or on account of any patented or unpatented invention, process, article or appliance manufactured for use in the performance of the Contract, including its use by the City, unless otherwise specifically provided for in this Contract. In the event the City shall, without fault on its part, be made a party to any litigation commenced by or against Contractor, then Contractor shall proceed and hold the City harmless and he shall pay all costs, expenses and reasonable attorney's fees incurred or paid by the City in connection with such litigation. Furthermore, Contractor agrees to pay all costs, expenses and reasonable attorney's fees that may be incurred or paid by City in the enforcement of any of the covenants, provisions and agreements hereunder. 6) Any notice from one party to the other party under the Contract shall be in writing and shall be dated and signed by the party giving such notice or by its duly authorized representative of such party. Any such notice as heretofore specified shall be given by personal delivery thereof or by depositing same in the United States mail, postage prepaid, certified or registered mail. Logan Avenue Bridge Seismic Retrofit IV. CONTRACT DOCUMENT FORMS CITY OF RENTON 7) The Contractor shall commence performance of the Contract no later than 10 calendar days after Contract final execution, and shall complete the full performance of the Contract not later than 35 working days from the date of commencement. For each and every working day of delay after the established day of completion, it is hereby stipulated and agreed that the damages to the City occasioned by said delay will be the sum of (in accordance with Standard Specifications) liquidated damages (and not as a penalty) for each such day, which shall be paid by the Contractor to the City. 8) Neither the final certificate of payment not any provision in the Contract nor partial or entire use of any installation provided for by this Contract shall relieve the Contractor of liability in respect to any warranties or responsibility for faulty materials or workmanship. The Contractor shall be under the duty to remedy any defects in the work and pay for any damage to other work resulting therefrom which shall appear within the period of one (1) year from the date of final acceptance only that work listed in Group(s) none of the Summary of quantities in the Contract Plans, i.e. the "Federal Non- participating Items," unless a longer period is specified. However, all manufacturer's warranties or guarantees on electrical and mechanical equipment, consistent with those provided as customary trade practice, shall be assigned to the City at the time of project acceptance. The Contractor shall further be required to supply warranties or guarantees providing for satisfactory in- service operation of any mechanical and electrical equipment and related components involved in Group(s) none of the Summary of Quantities in the Contract Plans, i.e. "Federal Participating Items" for a period not to exceed 6 months following project acceptance. The City will give notice of observed defects as heretofore specified with reasonable promptness after discovery thereof, and Contractor shall be obligated to take immediate steps to correct and remedy any such defect, fault or breach at the sole cost and expense of Contractor. 9) The Contractor and each subcontractor, if any, shall submit to the City such schedules of quantities and costs, progress schedules, payrolls, reports, estimates, records and miscellaneous data pertaining to the Contract as may be requested by the City from time to time. 10) The Contractor shall furnish a surety bond or bonds as security for the faithful performance of the Contract, including the payment of all persons and firms performing labor on the construction project under this Contract or furnishing materials in connection with this Contract; said bond to be in the full amount of the Contract price as specified in Paragraph 11. The surety or sureties on such bond or bonds must be duly licensed as a surety in the State of Washington. 11) The total amount of this contract is the sum oflg�8lv7`�u OD zers ll°•%�•[ /.� 4 6" wa e -5 jz!I D &.Vezmm Awl n &r-3 . which includes any required Washington State Sales Tax. Payments will be made to Contractor as specified in the "Special Provisions" of this Contract. ILogan Avenue Bridge Seismic Retrofit IV. CONTRACT DOCUMENT FORMS CITY OF RENTON IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the City has caused these presents to be signed by its Mayor and attested by its City Clerk and the Contractor has hereunto set his hand and seal the day and year first above - written. ACTOR imp artner/ caner Secretary check one 0 Individual 0 Partnership TY OF RENTON Mayor ATTEST Firm Name Corporation Incorporated in City Clerk Attention: If business is a CORPORATION, name of the corporation should be listed in full and both President and Secretary must sign the contract, OR if one signature is permitted by corporation by -laws, a copy of the by- laws shall be furnished to the City and made a part of the contract document. OR If business is a PARTNERSHIP, full name of each partner should be listed followed by d/b /a (doing business as) and Firm or trade name; any one partner may sign the contract. If business is an INDIVIDUAL PROPRIETORSHIP, the name of the owner should appear followed by d/b /a and name of the company. ILogan Avenue Brikc Scnnuc Kctrolit IIV. CONTRACT DOCUMENT FORMS CITY OF RENTON CITY OF RENTON INSURANCE INFORMATION FORM FOR: PROJECT NUMBER: STAFF CONTACT: Certificate of Insurance indicates the coverages/limits specified in contract? ❑Yes C-1 No Are the following coverages and /or conditions in effect? ❑ Yes ❑ No The Commercial General Liability policy form is an ISO 1993 Occurrence Form or Equivalent? C3 Yes ❑ No (If no, attach a copy of the policy with required coverages clearly identified) CG 0043 Amendatory Endorsement provided ?* ❑ Yes ❑ No General Aggregate provided on a "per project basis (CG2503) ?* ❑ Yes ❑ No Additional Insured wording provided ?* ❑ Yes ❑ No Coverage on a primary basis and non - contributing basis ?* ❑ Yes ❑ No Waiver of Subrogation Clause applies ?* ❑ Yes ❑ No Severability of Interest Clause (Cross Liability) applies? ❑ Yes ❑ No Notice of Cancellation/Non- Renewal amended to 45 days ?* ❑ Yes ❑ No * To be shown on certificate of insurance AM BEST'S RATING FOR CARRIER: GL Auto Umb Professional This Questionnaire is issued as a matter of information. This questionnaire is not an insurance policy and does not amend, extend or alter the coverage afforded by the policies indicated on the attached CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE. The CITY OF RENTON, at its option, shall obtain copies of the policies and /or specific declaration pages FROM awarded bidder prior to execution of contract. Agency/Broker Address Completed By (Type or Print Name) Completed By (Signature) Name of person to contact Telephone Number NOTE: THIS QUESTIONNAIRE MUST BE COMPLETED FOR EACH LINE OF COVERAGE AND ATTACHED TO CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE Rev 1/95 Logan Avenue Bridge Seismic Retrofit Certificate of Insurance Guidelines ,..The following is an attempt to further clarify the requirements that are mandated by the City of Renton in reference to projects/ events and the limits of insurance coverage you are expected to provide the City. First and foremost, it is important to remember that the limits being shown in the attached form are only minimum limits. There may be times when the project/event will need I overa a in some areas. elddltlona c g TYPE of INSURANCE #1 GENERAL. LIABILITY X COMMERCIA- GENERAL LIABILITY CLAIMS MADE Q OCCUR 6 1. Limits: The amount of insurance coverage the insured (you, in this case) has purchased. za. Each Occurrence: amount is the most the insurance policy will pay for one occurrence. This limit is $1,000,000 minimum, subject to increase. ?b. Fire Damage: amount is the most the insurance policy will pay for a fire that you are responsible for in premises that you lease or that are in your care, custody or control. This number is pretty standard at $50,000. 2c. Medical Expenses (Any one person): this is "no- fault" medi- cal expense insurance provided to other parties injured dur- ing the event/project on the property. This is required for all projects /events conducted in the City. 2d. Personal & Advertising c�niury: provides $1,000,000 cover- age for personal injury (not bodily injury) including slander, libel, false arrest, malicious prosecution, invasion of privacy and advertising liability for exposure of any advertising activi- ties. '#,f'�fJM0811E 1L4811ITY 3 �,Y,�o ALL OWNED AUTOS &Et-EDJI.ED AUTOS HIRED AUTOS NON-OWNED AUTOS Automobile Liability: This coverage insures against liability claims arising out of the use of acovered auto. The box Any Auto "should be checked. This area of coverage is determin- able on whether any vehicles will be used during the projecU event. If there will not be any automotive involvement, there will be no need for this coverage. More information on back. General Liability: Insurance protecting the person or orga- nization from liability exposures. Make sure that the Com- mercial General Liability and Occurrence (Occur) boxes are checked. There are several areas in the General Liability area. These we designate as "limits ". f PRODUCTS - COMP /OP AGG $ 1,000,00 I 2e. General Aggregate: this amount is the most the insurance policy will pay during the policy regardless of the number of claims. This limit is $2,000,000. There are few exceptions to this minimum limit. 2f. Products - Completed Operations Aggregate: This is the most the insurance policy will pay for liabilities arising out of the Products - Completed Operations exposure. This cover- age is generally provided with the General Liability policy. The minimum limit here is $1,000,000. This provides for products or business operations conducted away from your premises once the project/event is completed or abandoned. a I d ef INc-LELIMIT 5 1 X00 -0,000 b I BODILY INJURY I s (Per person) BODILY INJURY C(Per accident) PROPERTY DAmA*E (Per accident) t s 3a. Combined Single Limit: This is the most the insurance polio will payfor bodily injury and property damage combined fc each accident. This limit is $1,000,000. This area of cover age includes both the Bodily Injury and the Property. 3b. Bodily Injury (per person): This is what the insurance polio would pay for bodily injury to one person from the acciden Not needed if Combined Single Limit is in effect. 3c. Bodily Injury (Per accident): This is what the insuranc policy would pay for bodily Injury from each accident, regarc less of the number of persons injured. Not needed if Con bined Single Limit is in effect. 3d. Property Damage: This is what the insurance policy woul pay for third party property damage resulting from one acc dent during your projecUevent. TT" LIMrT'S a E EACH OCCURRENCE $ $ 17000,00 b b F FIRE DAMAGE (Any one fire) S S 50,000 C M MED E)CP (Any one person) 1$5,000 d P PERSONAL & ADV INJURY S S 1,0a0,00 e I 2e. General Aggregate: this amount is the most the insurance policy will pay during the policy regardless of the number of claims. This limit is $2,000,000. There are few exceptions to this minimum limit. 2f. Products - Completed Operations Aggregate: This is the most the insurance policy will pay for liabilities arising out of the Products - Completed Operations exposure. This cover- age is generally provided with the General Liability policy. The minimum limit here is $1,000,000. This provides for products or business operations conducted away from your premises once the project/event is completed or abandoned. a I d ef INc-LELIMIT 5 1 X00 -0,000 b I BODILY INJURY I s (Per person) BODILY INJURY C(Per accident) PROPERTY DAmA*E (Per accident) t s 3a. Combined Single Limit: This is the most the insurance polio will payfor bodily injury and property damage combined fc each accident. This limit is $1,000,000. This area of cover age includes both the Bodily Injury and the Property. 3b. Bodily Injury (per person): This is what the insurance polio would pay for bodily injury to one person from the acciden Not needed if Combined Single Limit is in effect. 3c. Bodily Injury (Per accident): This is what the insuranc policy would pay for bodily Injury from each accident, regarc less of the number of persons injured. Not needed if Con bined Single Limit is in effect. 3d. Property Damage: This is what the insurance policy woul pay for third party property damage resulting from one acc dent during your projecUevent. 1voRKERS COMPENSATION AND ,. VMFLOYERS' LIABi M #5 gae 4. Excess Liability: Provides liability coverage on top of thc primary (General and Auto) General liability policy and mad provide excess limits over Auto Liability If you are unable tc th provide the limits for e General Liability and Auto Liability this area needs to be filled in to provide an "umbrella" form o coverage that, when added to the General and Auto Uabili ties, will meet or exceed the limits required by the City. 5. Workers Compensation and Employers' Liability: Please list state number on certificate, where indicated. If number is not known, provide copy of State Certificate of Workers' Comp Coverage. If self- insured, please indicate on the cer- tificate. 6. Other: This area is designated for any other coverage tha may apply to your individual project/event needs, such a: Professional Liability. DESCRIPTION OF OPERA inONS /LOCATiONWEFUCLFS/UCIUSIONS ADDED BY ENDORSEMENT/SPECIAL PROVISIONS #7 r. option of Operations /LocationsNehicles/Snecial Items: This section is provided for descriptive text regarding the projecl evenL Please fill out with any assigned numbers, project/event names, contact people, etc. You may add the additional insure, language in this area; however, you will need to�rovide the City with an Additional Insured Endorsement, as well. 8. Cancellation Clause: The City of Renton requires a non - qualified cancellation clause. Therefore, the cancellation lan- guage must read as follows: "Should any of the above -de- scribed policies be cancelled before the expiration date thereof, the issuing company will mail 45 days written notice to the certificate holder named to the left. CANCELLATION T V Sf 1p JLD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POUCIES BE CANCaJM BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, THE ISSUING COMPANY WAIL MAIL45 DAYS WRITTEN NOTICE TO THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER NAMED TO THE LEFT. DESCRIPTION OF OPERAnONSiLOCUIONSNEHICLESIDCCLUSMS ADDED BY ENDORSEMEM/SPECUIL PROVISIONS 1 #9 City of Renton named as additional insured 9. Additional Insured Status: The City must be named as an additional insured on all projectslevents where insurance is required. Although the proper wording may appear In the `Descriptions" box, it is still necessary for the Additional Insured Endorsement to be provided as well ACOR ®,r CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE OATE(MM/DOlYY) DOUCER FAX THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. INSURERS AFFORDING COVERAGE DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS (LOCATIONS /VEHICLESIEXCLUSIONS ADDED BY ENDORSE MENTISPECSAL PROVISIONS 13city of Renton is named as an additional insured CERTIFICATE HOLDER ADDITIONAL INSURED; INSURER LETTER: _ CANCELLATION SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, THE ISSLANG COMPANY HALL eN@EA%'@"8 MAIL 4_ DAYS yyMMN NOTICE TO THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER NAMED TO THE LEFT. AUTHORRED REPRESENTATIVE City of Renton, WA non i^noOr\[7ATIf1N � INSURER A INSURED '�' INSURER B: INSURER C INSURER 0: INSURER E: COVERAGES TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED, OANDIN THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMESSUED NT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAYBE E ISSUED SAND CONDITIONS OF F SUCH ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSI MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED POLICIES. AGGREGATE LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. OCY FFECTIVE POLICY NUMBER DATE MM D POLICY XPIRAT10N DATE MMIDO LIMITS L�TR TYPE OF INSURANCE EACH OCCURRENCE f 1,000 000 GE N RAL LIABILITY (7 FIRE DAMAGE (Any or* Are) f 50,000.— 1. CDM.ERCIAL GENERAALLL LIA61Lmr MED E) p (NW «,a pa,so„) f 5,000 CLAIMS ANL)E OCCUR f 110-001000 IN � PERSONAL. d ADV Y ti GENLW AGGREGATE f 2,000,000 — PRoOUCTS- COWIOP AGG $ 1,000,000 GENL AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: PRO POLICY LOC COMB SINGLE LIMB f /UJTOMOB0.E LIACOMBINED tee accident) 1,000,000 ANY AUTO INJURY ALL OWNED AUTOS � BODILY f (Per perww) SCHEDULED AUTOS BODILY WJURY f HIRED AUTOS C (Per accfdert) 1! NON—OWNED AUTOS PROPERTY DAMdGE f 11 (Per accident) AUTO ONLY - EA ACCIDENT $ GARAGELUBI!UTY EA ACC f OTHER TH AN ANY N1T0 AUTO ONLY: AGG f EACH OCCURRENCE f EXCESS LIABILITY AGGREGATE f OCCUR D CLAIMS MADE f s DEDUCTIBLE 1 i RETENTION f TORY LIMITS ER .—N WORKERS COMPENSATION AND E1. EACH ACCIDENT f EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY f E.L. DISEASE - EA EMPlOYEE E.L. DISEASE - POLICY LIMIT S OTHER DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS (LOCATIONS /VEHICLESIEXCLUSIONS ADDED BY ENDORSE MENTISPECSAL PROVISIONS 13city of Renton is named as an additional insured CERTIFICATE HOLDER ADDITIONAL INSURED; INSURER LETTER: _ CANCELLATION SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, THE ISSLANG COMPANY HALL eN@EA%'@"8 MAIL 4_ DAYS yyMMN NOTICE TO THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER NAMED TO THE LEFT. AUTHORRED REPRESENTATIVE City of Renton, WA non i^noOr\[7ATIf1N � .r .. No V. REQ'D DOCUMENTS FOR FED -AID CONSTR. CONTRACTS CITY OF RENTON V REQUIRED DOCUMENTS FOR FEDERAL -AID y CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTS �ww or w ar Logan Avenue Bridge Seismic Retrofit A ar AM up FHWA -1273 Electronic Version - March 10, 1994 (DOT 10197) REQUIRED CONTRACT PROVISIONS FEDERAL -AID CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTS Page DOL, or the contractor's employees or their representatives. I. General ......... ............................... 1 6. Selection of Labor: During the performance of this II N nA -- imination 1 contract, the contractor shall not: o........ III. Nonsegregated Facilities ......................... . IV. Payment of Predetermined Minimum Wage ............ V. Statements and Payrolls ....... . ............. . VI. Record of Materials, Supplies, and Labor ............. VII. Subletting or Assigning the Contract ................. VIII. Safety: Accident Prevention ...................... . IX. False Statements Concerning Highway Projects ....... X. Implementation of Clean Air Act and Federal 3 3 a. discriminate against labor from any other State, possession, or territory of the United States (except for employment 6 preference for Appalachian contracts, when applicable, as 6 specified in Attachment A), or 7 b. employ convict labor for any purpose within the 7 limits of the project unless It is labor performed by convicts who 7 are on parole, supervised release, or probation. 11 1,1^kI ICnn IRA K1 AT1nA1 Water Pollution Control Act . ... ................. . 8 XI. Certification Regarding Debarment, Suspension, Ineligibility, and Voluntary Exclusion ................ . XII. Certification Regarding Use of Contract Funds for (Applicable to all Federal -aid construction contracts and to all 8 related subcontracts of $10,000 or more.) Lobbying ................. .................... 9 ATTACHMENTS A. Employment Preference for Appalachian Contracts (included In Appalachian contracts only) I. GENERAL 1. These contract provisions shall apply to all work performed on the contract by the contractor's own organization and with the assistance of workers under the contractor's immediate superintendence and to all work performed on the contract by piecework, station work, or by subcontract. 2. Except as otherwise provided for in each section, the contractor shall insert in each subcontract all of the stipulations contained in these Required Contract Provisions, and further require their inclusion in any lower tier subcontract or purchase order that may in turn be made. The Required Contract provisions shall not be incorporated by reference in any case. The prime contractor shall be responsible for compliance by any subcontractor or lower tier subcontractor with these Required Contract Provisions. 3. A breach of any of the stipulations contained in these Required Contract Provisions shall be sufficient grounds for termination of the contract. 4. A breach of the following clauses of the Required Contract Provisions may also be grounds for debarment as provided in 29 CFR 5.12: Section I, paragraph 2; Section IV, paragraphs 1, 2, 3, 4, and 7; Section V, paragraphs 1 and 2a through 29. 5. Disputes arising out of the labor standards provisions of Section IV (except paragraph 5) and Section V of these Required Contract Provisions shall not be subject to the general disputes clause of this contract. Such disputes shall be resolved in accordance with the procedures of the U.S. Department of Labor (DOL) as set forth In 29 CFR 5, 6, and 7. Disputes within the meaning of this clause include disputes between the contractor (or any of Its subcontractors) and the contracting agency, the 1. Equal Employment Opportunity: Equal employment opportunity (EEO) requirements not to discriminate and to take affirmative action to assure equal opportunity as set forth under laws, executive orders, rules, regulations (28 CFR 35, 29 CFR 1630 and 41 CFR 60) and orders of the Secretary of Labor as modified by the provisions prescribed herein, and imposed pursuant to 23 U.S.C. 140 shall constitute the EEO and specific affirmative action standards for the contractor's project activities under this contract. The Equal Opportunity Construction Contract Specifications set forth under 41 CFR 60-4.3 and the provisions of the American Disabilities Act of 1990 (42 U.S.C. 12101 et sect.) set forth under 28 CFR 35 and 29 CFR 1630 are incorporated by reference In this contract. In the execution of this contract, the contractor agrees to comply with the following minimum specific requirement activities of EEO: a. The contractor will work with the State highway agency (SHA) and the Federal Government In carrying out EEO obligations and in their review of his /her activities under the contract. b. The contractor will accept as his operating policy the following statement: "It is the policy of this Company to assure that applicants are employed, and that employees are treated during employment, without regard to their race, religion, sex, color, national origin, age or disability. Such action shall Include: employment, upgrading, demotion, or transfer; recruitment or recruitment advertising; layoff or termination; rates of pay or other forms of compensation; and selection for training, Including apprenticeship, preapprenticeship, and /or on- the -job training." 2. EEO Officer: The contractor WIII designate and make known to the SHA contracting officers an EEO Officer who WIII have the responsibility for and must be capable of effectively administering and promoting an active contractor program of EEO and who must be assigned adequate authority and responsibility to do so. 3. Dissemination of Policy: All members of the contractor's staff who are authorized to hire, supervise, promote, and discharge charge employees, or who recommend such action, Page 1 or who are substantially involved In such action, will be made fully cognizant of, and will implement, the contractor's EEO policy and contractual responsibilities to provide EEO In each grade and classification of employment. To ensure that the above agreement will be met, the following actions will be taken as a minimum: a. Periodic meetings of supervisory and personnel office employees will be conducted before the start of work and then not less often than once every six months, at which time the contractor's EEO policy and its implementation will be reviewed and explained. The meetings will be conducted by the EEO Officer. b. All new supervisory or personnel office employees will be given a thorough indoctrination by the EEO Officer, covering all major aspects of the contractor's EEO obligations within thirty days following their reporting for duty with the contractor. c. All personnel who are engaged in direct recruitment for the project will be instructed by the EEO Officer in the contractor's procedures for locating and hiring minority group employees. d. Notices and posters setting forth the contractor's EEO policy will be placed in areas readily accessible to employees, applicants for employment and potential employees. e. The contractor's EEO policy and the procedures to implement such policy will be brought to the attention of employees by means of meetings, employee handbooks, or other appropriate means. 4. Recruitment: When advertising for employees, the contractor will include in all advertisements for employees the notation: "An Equal Opportunity Employer." All such advertisements will be placed in publications having a large circulation among minority groups in the area from which the project work force would normally be derived. a. The contractor will, unless precluded by a valid bargaining agreement, conduct systematic and direct recruitment through public and private employee referral sources likely to yield qualified minority group applicants. To meet this requirement, the contractor will identify sources of potential minority group employees, and establish with such identified sources procedures whereby minority group applicants may be referred to the contractor for employment consideration. b. In the event the contractor has a valid bargaining agreement providing for exclusive hiring hall referrals, he is expected to observe the provisions of that agreement to the extent that the system permits the contractor's compliance with EEO contract provisions. (The DOL has held that where implementation of such agreements have the effect of discriminating against minorities or women, or obligates the contractor to do the same, such implementation violates Executive Order 11246, as amended.) C. The contractor will encourage his present employees to refer minority group applicants for employment. Information and procedures with regard to referring minority group applicants will be discussed with employees. 5. Personnel Actions: Wages, working conditions, and employee benefits shall be established and administered, and personnel actions of every type, including hiring, Upgrading, promotion, transfer, demotion, layoff, and termination, shall be taken +rr Page 2 r without regard to race, color, religion, sex, national origin, age or disability. The following procedures shall be followed: a, The contractor will conduct periodic inspections of project sites to insure that working conditions and employee facilities do not indicate discriminatory treatment of project site personnel. b. The contractor will periodically evaluate the spread of wages paid within each classification to determine any evidence of discriminatory wage practices. c. The contractor will periodically review selected personnel actions in depth to determine whether there is evidence of discrimination. Where evidence is found, the contractor will promptly take corrective action. If the review indicates that the discrimination may extend beyond the actions reviewed, such corrective action shall include all affected persons. d. The contractor will promptly investigate all complaints of alleged discrimination made to the contractor in connection with his obligations under this contract, will attempt to resolve such complaints, and will take appropriate corrective action within a reasonable time. If the investigation indicates that the discrimination may affect persons other than the complainant, such corrective action shall include such other persons. Upon completion of each investigation, the contractor will inform every complainant of all of his avenues of appeal. 6. Training and Promotion: a. The contractor will assist in locating, qualifying, and increasing the skills of minority group and women employees, and applicants for employment. b. Consistent with the contractor's work force requirements and as permissible under Federal and State regulations, the contractor shall make full use of training programs, i.e., apprenticeship, and on- the -job training programs for the geographical area of contract performance. Where feasible, 25 percent of apprentices or trainees in each occupation shall be in their first year of apprenticeship or training. In the event a special provision for training is provided under this contract, this subparagraph will be superseded as indicated in the special provision. 7. Unions: If the contractor relies in whole or in part upon unions as a source of employees, the contractor will use his/her best efforts to obtain the cooperation of such unions to increase opportunities for minority groups and women within the unions, and to effect referrals by such unions of minority and female employees. Actions by the contractor either directly or through a contractors association acting as agent will include the procedures set forth below: a. The contractor will use best efforts to develop, in cooperation with the unions, joint training programs aimed toward qualifying more minority group members and women for membership in the unions and increasing the skills of minority group employees and women so that they may qualify for higher paying employment. b. The contractor will use best efforts to incorporate an EEO clause into each union agreement to the end that such union will be contractually bound to refer applicants without regard to their race, color, religion, sex, national origin, age or disability. c. The contractor is to obtain information as to the referral practices and policies of the labor union except that to the extent such information is within the exclusive possession of the labor union and such labor union refuses to furnish such information to the contractor, the contractor shall so certify to the SHA and shall set forth what efforts have been made to obtain such information. d. In the event the union is unable to provide the contractor with a reasonable flow of minority and women referrals within the time limit set forth in the collective bargaining agreement, the contractor will, through independent recruitment efforts, fill the employment vacancies without regard to race, color, religion, sex, national origin, age or disability; making full efforts to obtain qualified and /or qualifiable minority group persons and women. (The DOL has held that it shall be no excuse that the union with which the contractor has a collective bargaining agreement providing for exclusive referral failed to refer minority employees.) In the event the union referral practice prevents the contractor from meeting the obligations pursuant to Executive Order 11246, as amended, and these special provisions, such contractor shall immediately notify the SHA. 8. Selection of Subcontractors, Procurement of Materials and Leasing of Equipment: The contractor shall not discriminate on the grounds of race, color, religion, sex, national origin, age or disability in the selection and retention of subcontractors, including procurement of materials and leases of equipment. a. The contractor shall notify all potential subcontractors and suppliers of his /her EEO obligations under this contract. b. Disadvantaged business enterprises (DBE), as defined in 49 CFR 23, shall have equal opportunity to compete for and perform subcontracts which the contractor enters into pursuant to this contract. The contractor will use his best efforts to solicit bids from and to utilize DBE subcontractors or subcontractors with meaningful minority group and female ,,. representation among their employees. Contractors shall obtain lists of DBE construction firms from SHA personnel. WN ON c. The contractor will use his best efforts to ensure subcontractor compliance with their EEO obligations. 9. Records and Reports: The contractor shall keep such records as necessary to document compliance with the EEO requirements. Such records shall be retained for a period of three years following completion of the contract work and shall be available at reasonable times and places for inspection by authorized representatives of the SHA and the FHWA. a. The records kept by the contractor shall document the following: (1) The number of minority and non - minority group members and women employed in each work classification on the project; (2) The progress and efforts being made in cooperation with unions, when applicable, to increase employment opportunities for minorities and women; (3) The progress and efforts being made in locating, hiring, training, qualifying, and upgrading minority and female employees; and (4) The progress and efforts being made in securing the services of DBE subcontractors or subcontractors with meaningful minority and female representation among their employees. b. The contractors will submit an annual report to the SHA each July for the duration of the project, indicating the number of minority, women, and non- minority group employees currently engaged in each work classification required by the contract work. This information is to be reported on Form FHWA -1391 If on -the job training is being required by special provision, the contractor will be required to collect and report training data. III. NONSEGREGATED FACILITIES (Applicable to all Federal -aid construction contracts and to all related subcontracts of $10,000 or more.) a. By submission of this bid, the execution of this contract or subcontract, or the consummation of this material supply agreement or purchase order, as appropriate, the bidder, Federal - aid construction contractor, subcontractor, material supplier, or vendor, as appropriate, certifies that the firth does not maintain or provide for its employees any segregated facilities at any of its establishments, and that the firm does not permit its employees to perform their services at any location, under its control, where segregated facilities are maintained. The firm agrees that a breach of this certification is a violation of the EEO provisions of this contract. The firm further certifies that no employee will be denied access to adequate facilities on the basis of sex or disability. b. As used in this certification, the term "segregated facilities" means any waiting rooms, work areas, restrooms and washrooms, restaurants and other eating areas, timeclocks, locker rooms, and other storage or dressing areas, parking lots, drinking fountains, recreation or entertainment areas, transportation, and housing facilities provided for employees which are segregated by explicit directive, or are, in fact, segregated on the basis of race, color, religion, national origin, age or disability, because of habit, local custom, or otherwise. The only exception will be for the disabled when the demands for accessibility override (e.g. disabled parking). c. The contractor agrees that it has obtained or will obtain identical certification from proposed subcontractors or material suppliers prior to award of subcontracts or consummation of material supply agreements of $10,000 or more and that it will retain such certifications in its files. IV. PAYMENT OF PREDETERMINED MINIMUM WAGE (Applicable to all Federal -aid construction contracts exceeding $2,000 and to all related subcontracts, except for projects located on roadways classified as local roads or rural minor collectors, which are exempt.) 1. General: a. All mechanics and laborers employed or working upon the site of the work will be paid unconditionally and not less often than once a week and without subsequent deduction or rebate on any account (except such payroll deductions as are permitted by regulations (29 CFR 3) issued by the Secretary of Labor under the Copeland Act (40 U.S.C. 276c)] the full amounts of wages and bona fide fringe benefits (or cash equivalents thereof) due at time of payment. The payment shall be computed at wage rates not less than those contained in the wage determination of the Secretary of Labor (hereinafter "the wage determination ") which is attached hereto and made a part hereof, regardless of any contractual relationship which may be alleged to exist between the contractor or its subcontractors and such laborers and mechanics. The wage determination (including any additional classifications and wage Page 3 rates conformed under paragraph 2 of this Section IV and the DOL poster (WH -1321) or Form FHWA -1495) shall be posted at all times by the contractor and its subcontractors at the site of the work in a prominent and accessible place where it can be easily seen by the workers. For the purpose of this Section, contributions made or costs reasonably anticipated for bona fide fringe benefits under Section 1 (b)(2) of the Davis -Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 276a) on behalf of laborers or mechanics are considered wages paid to such laborers or mechanics, subject to the provisions of Section IV, paragraph 3b, hereof. Also, for the purpose of this Section, regular contributions made or costs incurred for more than a weekly period (but not less often than quarterly) under plans, funds, or programs, which cover the particular weekly period, are deemed to be constructively made or incurred during such weekly period. Such laborers and mechanics shall be paid the appropriate wage rate and fringe benefits on the wage determination for the classification of work actually performed, without regard to skill, except as provided in paragraphs 4 and 5 of this Section IV. b. Laborers or mechanics performing work in more than one classification may be compensated at the rate specified for each classification for the time actually worked therein, provided, that the employer's payroll records accurately set forth the time spent in each classification in which work is performed. c. All rulings and interpretations of the Davis -Bacon Act and related acts contained in 29 CFR 1, 3, and 5 are herein incorporated by reference in this contract. 2. Classification: a. The SHA contracting officer shall require that any class of laborers or mechanics employed under the contract, which is not listed in the wage determination, shall be classified in conformance with the wage determination. b. The contracting officer shall approve an additional classification, wage rate and fringe benefits only when the following criteria have been met: (1) the work to be performed by the additional classification requested is not performed by a classification in the wage determination; (2) the additional classification is utilized in the area by the construction industry; (3) the proposed wage rate, including any bona fide fringe benefits, bears a reasonable relationship to the wage rates contained in the wage determination: and (4) with respect to helpers, when such a classification prevails in the area in which the work is performed. C. If the contractor or subcontractors, as appropriate, the laborers and mechanics (if known) to be employed in the additional classification or their representatives, and the contracting officer agree on the classification and wage rate (including the amount designated for fringe benefits where appropriate), a report of the action taken shall be sent by the contracting officer to the DOL, Administrator of the Wage and Hour Division, Employment Standards Administration, Washington, D.C. 20210. The Wage and Hour Administrator, or an authorized representative, will approve, modify, or disapprove every additional classification action within 30 days of receipt and so advise the contracting officer or will notify the contracting officer within the 30 -day period that additional time is necessary. Page 4 d. In the event the contractor or subcontractors, as appropriate, the laborers or mechanics to be employed in the additional classification or their representatives, and the contracting officer do not agree on the proposed classification and wage rate (including the amount designated for fringe benefits, where appropriate), the contracting officer shall refer the questions, including the views of all interested parties and the recommendation of the contracting officer, to the Wage and Hour Administrator for determination. Said Administrator, or an authorized representative, will issue a determination within 30 days of receipt and so advise the contracting officer or will notify the contracting officer within the 30 -day period that additional time is necessary. e. The wage rate (including fringe benefits where appropriate) determined pursuant to paragraph 2c or 2d of this Section IV shall be paid to all workers performing work in the additional classification from the first day on which work is performed in the classification. 3. Payment of Fringe Benefits: a. Whenever the minimum wage rate prescribed in the contract for a class of laborers or mechanics includes a fringe benefit which is not expressed as an hourly rate, the contractor or subcontractors, as appropriate, shall either pay the benefit as stated in the wage determination or shall pay another bona fide fringe benefit or an hourly case equivalent thereof. b. If the contractor or subcontractor, as appropriate, does not make payments to a trustee or other third person, he /she may consider as a part of the wages of any laborer or mechanic the amount of any costs reasonably anticipated in providing bona fide fringe benefits under a plan or program, provided, that the Secretary of Labor has found, upon the written request of the contractor, that the applicable standards of the Davis -Bacon Act have been met. The Secretary of Labor may require the contractor to set aside in a separate account assets for the meeting of obligations under the plan or program. 4. Apprentices and Trainees (Programs of the U.S. DOL) and Helpers: a. Apprentices: (1) Apprentices will be permitted to work at less than the predetermined rate for the work they performed when they are employed pursuant to and individually registered in a bona fide apprenticeship program registered with the DOL, Employment and Training Administration, Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training, or with a State apprenticeship agency recognized by the Bureau, or if a person is employed in his /her first 90 days of probationary employment as an apprentice in such an apprenticeship program, who is not individually registered in the program, but who has been certified by the Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training or a State apprenticeship agency (where appropriate) to be eligible for probationary employment as an apprentice. (2) The allowable ratio of apprentices to journeyman -level employees on the job site in any craft classification shall not be greater than the ratio permitted to the contractor as to the entire work force under the registered program. Any employee listed on a payroll at an apprentice wage rate, who is not registered or otherwise employed as stated above, shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate listed in the wage determination for the classification of work actually performed. In addition, any apprentice performing M wr +rr work on the job site in excess of the ratio permitted under the registered program shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the work actually performed. Where a contractor or subcontractor is performing construction on a project on a locality other than that in which its program is registered, the ratios and wage rates (expressed in percentages of the journeyman -level hourly rate) specified in the contractor's or subcontractor's registered program shall be observed. (3) Every apprentice must be paid at not less than the rate specified in the registered program for the apprentice's level of progress, expressed as a percentage of the joumeyman -level hourly rate specified in the applicable wage determination. Apprentices shall be paid fringe benefits in accordance with the provisions of the apprenticeship program. If the apprenticeship program does not specify fringe benefits, apprentices must be paid the full amount of fringe benefits listed on the wage determination for the applicable classification. If the Administrator the Wage and Hour Division determines that a different practice prevails for the applicable apprentice classification, fringes shall be paid in accordance with that determination. (4) In the event the Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training, or a State apprenticeship agency recognized by the Bureau, withdraws approval of an apprenticeship program, the contractor or subcontractor will no longer be permitted to utilize apprentices at less than the applicable predetermined rate for the comparable work performed by regular employees until an acceptable program is approved. b. Trainees: (1) Except as provided in 29 CFR 5.16, trainees will not be permitted to work at less than the predetermined rate for the work performed unless they are employed pursuant to and individually registered in a program which has received prior approval, evidenced by formal certification by the DOL, Employment and Training Administration. (2) The ratio of trainees to journeyman -level employees on the job site shall not be greater than permitted under the plan approved by the Employment and Training Administration. Any helper listed on the payroll at a trainee rate who is not registered and participating in a training plan approved by the Employment and Training Administration shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the classification of work actually performed. In addition, any trainee performing work on the job site in excess of the ratio permitted under the registered program shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the work actually performed. (3) Every trainee must be paid at not less than the rate specified in the approved program for his /her level of progress, expressed as a percentage of the journeyman - level hourly rate specified in the applicable wage determination. Trainees shall be paid fringe benefits in accordance with the provisions of the trainee program. If the trainee program does not mention fringe benefits, trainees shall be paid the full amount of fringe benefits listed on the wage determination unless the Administrator of the Wage and Hour Division determines that there is an apprenticeship program associated with the corresponding journeyman -level wage rate on the wage determination which provides for less than full fringe benefits for apprentices, in which case such trainees shall receive the same fringe benefits as apprentices. (4) In the event the Employment and Training Administration withdraws approval of a training program, the contractor or subcontractor will no longer be permitted to utilize trainees at less than the applicable predetermined rate for the work performed until an acceptable program is approved. c Helpers: Helpers will be permitted to work on a project if the helper classification is specified and defined on the applicable wage determination or is approved pursuant to the conformance procedure set forth in Section IV.2. Any worker listed on a payroll at a helper wage rate, who is not a helper under a approved definition, shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the classification of work actually performed. 5. Apprentices and Trainees (Programs of the U.S. DOT): Apprentices and trainees working under apprenticeship and skill training programs which have been certified by the Secretary of Transportation as promoting EEO in connection with Federal -aid highway construction programs are not subject to the requirements of paragraph 4 of this Section IV. The straight time hourly wage rates for apprentices and trainees under such programs will be established by the particular programs. The ratio of apprentices and trainees to joumeymen shall not be greater than permitted by the terms of the particular program. 6. Withholding: The SHA shall upon its own action or upon written request of an authorized representative of the DOL withhold, or cause to be withheld, from the contractor or subcontractor under this contract or any other Federal contract with the same prime contractor, or any other Federally- assisted contract subject to Davis -Bacon prevailing wage requirements which is held by the same prime contractor, as much of the accrued payments or advances as may be considered necessary to pay laborers and mechanics, including apprentices, trainees, and helpers, employed by the contractor or any subcontractor the full amount of wages required by the contract. In the event of failure to pay any laborer or mechanic, including any apprentice, trainee, or helper, employed or working on the site of the work, all or part of the wages required by the contract, the SHA contracting officer may, after written notice to the contractor, take such action as may be necessary to cause the suspension of any further payment, advance, or guarantee of funds until such violations have ceased. 7. Overtime Requirements: No contractor or subcontractor contracting for any part of the contract work which may require or involve the employment of laborers, mechanics, watchmen, or guards (including apprentices, trainees, and helpers described in paragraphs 4 and 5 above) shall require or permit any laborer, mechanic, watchman, or guard in any workweek in which he /she is employed on such work, to work in excess of 40 hours in such workweek unless such laborer, mechanic, watchman, or guard receives compensation at a rate not less than one - and - one -half times his/her basic rate of pay for all hours worked in excess of 40 hours in such workweek. 8. Violation: Liability for Unpaid Wages; Liquidated Damages: In the event of any violation of the clause set forth in paragraph 7 above, the contractor and any subcontractor responsible thereof shall be liable to the affected employee for his /her unpaid wages. In addition, Page 5 such contractor and subcontractor shall be liable to the United States (in the case of work done under contract for the District of Columbia or a territory, to such District or to such territory) for liquidated damages. Such liquidated damages shall be computed with respect to each individual laborer, mechanic, watchman, or guard employed in violation of the clause set forth in paragraph 7, in the sum of $10 for each calendar day on which such employee was required or permitted to work in excess of -the standard work week of 40 hours without payment of the overtime wages required by the clause set forth in paragraph 7. 9. Withholding for Unpaid Wages and Liquidated Damages: The SHA shall upon its own action or upon written request of any authorized representative of the DOL withhold, or cause to be withheld, from any monies payable on account of work performed by the contractor or subcontractor under any such contract or any other Federal contract with the same prime contractor, or any other Federally- assisted contract subject to the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act, which is held by the same prime contractor, such sums as may be determined to be necessary to satisfy any liabilities of such contractor or subcontractor for unpaid wages and liquidated damages as provided in the clause set forth in paragraph 8 above. V. STATEMENTS AND PAYROLLS (Applicable to all Federal -aid construction contracts exceeding $2,000 and to all related subcontracts, except for projects located on roadways classified as local roads or rural collectors, which ,r are exempt.) 1. Compliance with Copeland Regulations (29 CFR 3): The contractor shall comply with the Copeland Regulations of the Secretary of Labor which are herein incorporated by reference. 2. Payrolls and Payroll Records: a. Payrolls and basic records relating thereto shall be maintained by the contractor and each subcontractor during the course of the work and preserved for a period of 3 years from the date of completion of the contract for all laborers, mechanics, apprentices, trainees, watchmen, helpers, and ' guards working at the site of the work. 4W b. The payroll records shall contain the name, social security number, and address of each such employee; his or her correct classification; hourly rates of wages paid (including rates of contributions or costs anticipated for bona fide fringe benefits or cash equivalent thereof the types described in Section 1 (b)(2)(B) of the Davis Bacon Act); daily and weekly number of hours worked; deductions made; and actual wages paid. In addition, for Appalachian contracts, the payroll records shall contain a notation indicating whether the employee does, or does not, normally reside in the labor area as defined in Attachment A, paragraph 1. Whenever the Secretary of Labor, pursuant to Section IV, paragraph 3b, has found that the wages of any laborer or mechanic include the amount of any costs reasonably anticipated in providing benefits under a plan or program de- scribed in Section 1 (b)(2)(B) of the Davis Bacon Act, the contractor and each subcontractor shall maintain records which show that the commitment to provide such benefits is enforceable, that the plan or program is financially responsible, that the plan or program has been communicated in writing to the laborers or mechanics affected, and show the cost anticipated or the actual cost incurred in providing benefits. Contractors or subcontractors employing apprentices or trainees under '"r Page 6 No approved programs shall maintain written evidence of the registration of apprentices and trainees, and ratios and wage rates prescribed in the applicable programs. C. Each contractor and subcontractor shall furnish, each week in which any contract work is performed, to the SHA resident engineer a payroll of wages paid each of its employees (including apprentices, trainees, and helpers, described in Section IV, paragraphs 4 and 5, and watchmen and guards engaged on work during the preceding weekly payroll period). The payroll submitted shall set out accurately and completely all of the information required to be maintained under paragraph 2b of this Section V. This information may be submitted in any form desired. Optional Form WH -347 is available for this purpose and may be purchased from the Superintendent of Documents (Federal stock number 029 - 005 - 0014 -1 1, U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, D.C. 20402. The prime contractor is responsible for the submission of copies of payrolls by all subcontractors. d. Each payroll submitted shall be accompanied by a "Statement of Compliance," signed by the contractor or subcontractor or his/her agent who pays or supervises the payment of the persons employed under the contract and shall certify the following: (1) that the payroll for the payroll period contains the information required to be maintained under paragraph 2b of this Section V and that such information is correct and complete; (2) that such laborer or mechanic (including each helper, apprentice, and trainee) employed on the contract during the payroll period has been paid the full weekly wages earned, without rebate, either directly or indirectly, and that no deductions have been made either directly or indirectly from the full wages earned, otherthan permissible deductions as set forth in the Regulations, 29 CFR 3; (3) that each laborer or mechanic has been paid not less that the applicable wage rate and fringe benefits or cash equivalent for the classification of worked performed, as specified in the applicable wage determination incorporated into the contract. e. The weekly submission of a properly executed certification set forth on the reverse side of Optional Form WH- 347 shall satisfy the requirement for submission of the "Statement of Compliance" required by paragraph 2d of this Section V. f. The falsification of any of the above certifications may subject the contractor to civil or criminal prosecution under 18 U.S.C. 1001 and 31 U.S.C. 231. g. The contractor or subcontractor shall make the records required under paragraph 2b of this Section V available for inspection, copying, or transcription by authorized representatives of the SHA, the FHWA, or the DOL, and shall permit such representatives to interview employees during working hours on the job. If the contractor or subcontractor fails to submit the required records or to make them available, the SHA, the FHWA, the DOL, or all may, after written notice to the contractor, sponsor, applicant, or owner, take such actions as may be necessary to cause the suspension of any further payment, advance, or guarantee of funds. Furthermore, failure to submit the required records upon request or to make such records available may be grounds for debarment action pursuant to 29 CFR 5.12. VI. RECORD OF MATERIALS, SUPPLIES, AND LABOR 1 On all Federal -aid contracts on the National Highway System, except those which provide solely for the installation of protective devices at railroad grade crossings, those which are constructed on a force account or direct labor basis, highway beautification contracts, and contracts for which the total final construction cost for roadway and bridge is less than $1,000,000 (23 CFR 635) the contractor shall: a. Become familiar with the list of specific materials and supplies contained in Form FHWA -47, "Statement of Materials and Labor Used by Contractor of Highway Construction Involving Federal Funds," prior to the commencement of work under this contract. b. Maintain a record of the total cost of all materials and supplies purchased for and incorporated in the work, and also of the quantities of those specific materials and supplies listed on Form FHWA -47, and in the units shown on Form FHWA -47. c. Furnish, upon the completion of the contract, to the SHA resident engineer on Form FHWA -47 together with the data required in paragraph 1 b relative to materials and supplies, a final labor summary of all contract work indicating the total hours worked and the total amount earned. 2. At the prime contractor's option, either a single report covering all contract work or separate reports for the contractor and for each subcontract shall be submitted. VII. SUBLETTING OR ASSIGNING THE CONTRACT 1. The contractor shall perform with its own organization contract work amounting to not less than 30 percent (or a greater percentage if specified elsewhere in the contract) of the total original contract price, excluding any specialty items designated by the State. Specialty items may be performed by subcontract and the amount of any such specialty items per - formed may be deducted from the total original contract price before computing the amount of work required to be performed by the contractor's own organization (23 CFR 635). a. "Its own organization "shall be construed to include only workers employed and paid directly by the prime contractor and equipment owned or rented by the prime contractor, with or without operators. Such term does not include employees or equipment of a subcontractor, assignee, or agent of the prime contractor. b. "Specialty Items' shall be construed to be limited to work that requires highly specialized knowledge, abilities, or equipment not ordinarily available in the type of contracting organizations qualified and expected to bid on the contract as a whole and in general are to be limited to minor components of the overall contract. 2. The contract amount upon which the requirements set forth in paragraph 1 of Section VII is computed includes the cost of material and manufactured products which are to be purchased or produced by the contractor under the contract provisions. 3. The contractor shall furnish (a) a competent superintendent or supervisor who is employed by the firm, has full authority to direct performance of the work in accordance with the contract requirements, and is in charge of all construction operations (regardless of wno performs the work) and (b) such other of its own organizational resources (supervision, management, and engineering services) as the SHA contracting officer determines is necessary to assure the performance of the contract. 4. No portion of the contract shall be sublet, assigned or otherwise disposed of except with the written consent of the SHA contracting officer, or authorized representative, and such consent when given shall not be construed to relieve the contractor of any responsibility for the fulfillment of the contract. Written consent will be given only after the SHA has assured that each subcontract is evidenced in writing and that it contains all pertinent provisions and requirements of the prime contract. VIII. SAFETY: ACCIDENT PREVENTION 1 In the performance of this contract the contractor shall comply with all applicable Federal, State, and local laws governing safety, health, and sanitation (23 CFR 635). The contractor shall provide all safeguards, safety devices and protective equipment and take any other needed actions as it determines, or as the SHA contracting officer may determine, to be reasonably necessary to protect the life and health of employees on the job and the safety of the public and to protect property in connection with the performance of the work covered by the contract. 2. It is a condition of this contract, and shall be made a condition of each subcontract, which the contractor enters into pursuant to this contract, that the contractor and any subcontractor shall not permit any employee, in performance of the contract, to work in surroundings or under conditions which are unsanitary, hazardous or dangerous to his/her health or safety, as determined under construction safety and health standards (29 CFR 1926) promulgated by the Secretary of Labor, in accordance with Section 107 of the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act (40 U.S.C. 333). 3. Pursuant to 29 CFR 1926.3, it is a condition of this contract that the Secretary of Labor or authorized representative thereof, shall have right of entry to any site of contract performance to inspect or investigate the matter of compliance with the construction safety and health standards and to carry out the duties of the Secretary under Section 107 of the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act (40 U.S.C. 333). IX. FALSE STATEMENTS CONCERNING HIGHWAY PROJECTS In order to assure high quality and durable construction in conformity with approved plans and specifications and a high degree of reliability on statements and representations made by engineers, contractors, suppliers, and workers on Federal -aid highway projects, it is essential that all persons concerned with the project perform their functions as carefully, thoroughly, and honestly as possible. Willful falsification, distortion, or misrepresentation with respect to any facts related to the project is a violation of Federal law. To prevent any misunderstanding regarding the seriousness of these and similar acts, the following notice shall be posted on each Federal -aid highway project (23 CFR 635) in one or more places where it is readily available to all persons concerned with the project: NOTICE TO ALL PERSONNEL ENGAGED ON FEDERAL -AID HIGHWAY PROJECTS 18 U.S.C. 1020 reads as follows: "Whoever, being an officer, agent, or employee of the United States, or of any State or Territory, or whoever, whether a person, association, firm, or corporation, knowingly makes any false statement, false representation, or false report as to the character, quality, quantity, or cost of the material used or to be used, or the quantity or quality of the work performed or to be performed, or the cost thereof in connection with the submission of plans, maps, specifications, contracts, or costs of construction on any highway Page 7 `~ Page 8 or related project submitted for approval to the Secretary of b. The inability of a person to provide the certification Transportation; or set out below will not necessarily result in denial of participation in this covered transaction. The prospective participant shall Whoever knowingly makes any false statement, false submit an explanation of why it cannot provide the certification representation, false report or false claim with respect to the set out below The certification or explanation will be character, quality, quantity, or cost of any work performed or to be considered in connection with the department or agency's performed, or materials furnished or to be furnished, in connection determination whether to enter into this transaction. However, with the construction of any highway or related project approved failure of the prospective primary participant to furnish a by the Secretary of Transportation; or certification or an explanation shall disqualify such a person �+ from participation in this transaction. Whoever knowingly makes any false statement or false representation as to material fact in any statement, certificate, or c The certification in this clause is a material representation report submitted pursuant to provisions of the Federal -aid Roads of fact upon which reliance was placed when the department ,r Act approved July 1, 1916, (39 Stat. 355), as amended and or agency determined to enter into this transaction. If it is later supplemented; determined that the prospective primary participant knowingly rendered an erroneous certification, in addition to other Shall be fined not more than $10,000 or imprisoned not more remedies available to the Federal Government, the department than 5 years or both." or agency may terminate this transaction for cause of default. X. IMPLEMENTATION OF CLEAN AIR ACT AND FEDERAL d. The prospective primary participant shall provide WATER POLLUTION CONTROL ACT immediate written notice to the department or agency to whom this proposal is submitted if any time the prospective primary (Applicable to all Federal -aid construction contracts and to all participant learns that its certification was erroneous when related subcontracts of $100,000 or more.) submitted or has become erroneous by reason of changed circumstances. By submission of this bid or the execution of this contract, or subcontract, as appropriate, the bidder, Federal -aid construction e. The terms "covered transaction," "debarred," "suspended," contractor, or subcontractor, as appropriate, will be deemed to "ineligible," "lower tier covered transaction," "participant," have stipulated as follows: person," "primary covered transaction," "principal," proposal," and "voluntarily excluded, "as used in this clause, 1. That any facility that is or will be utilized in the performance have the meanings set out in the Definitions and Coverage of this contract, unless such contract is exempt under the Clean sections of rules implementing Executive Order 12549. You Air Act, as amended (42 U.S.C. 1857 et sue., as amended by may contact the department or agency to which this proposal Pub.L. 91 -604), and under the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, is submitted for assistance in obtaining a copy of those as amended (33 U.S.C. 1251 et seq., as amended by Pub.L. 92- regulations. 500), Executive Order 11738, and regulations in implementation thereof (40 CFR 15) is not listed, on the date of contract award, on f. The prospective primary participant agrees by submitting the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) List of Violating this proposal that, should the proposed covered transaction Facilities pursuant to 40 CFR 15.20. be entered into, it shall not knowingly enter into any lower tier covered transaction with a person who is debarred, 2. That the firm agrees to comply and remain in compliance suspended, declared ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from with all the requirements of Section 1 14 of the Clean Air Act and participation in this covered transaction, unless authorized Section 308 of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act and all by the department or agency entering into this transaction. regulations and guidelines listed thereunder. g. The prospective primary participant further agrees by 3. That the firm shall promptly notify the SHA of the receipt submitting this proposal that it will include the clause titled of any communication from the Director, Office of Federal Activities, "Certification Regarding Debarment, Suspension, Ineligibility EPA, indicating that a facility that is or will be utilized for the contract and Voluntary Exclusion -Lower Tier Covered Transaction," is under consideration to be listed on the EPA List of Violating provided by the department or agency entering into this Facilities. covered transaction, without modification, in all lower tier covered transactions and in all solicitations for lower tier 4. That the firm agrees to include or cause to be included covered transactions, the requirements of paragraph 1 through 4 of this Section X in ,y every nonexempt subcontract, and further agrees to take such h. A participant in a covered transaction may rely upon a action as the government may direct as a means of enforcing such certification of a prospective participant in a lower tier covered requirements. transaction that is not debarred, suspended, ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from the covered transaction, unless it XI. CERTIFICATION REGARDING DEBARMENT, SUSPENSION, knows that the certification is erroneous. A participant may w INELIGIBILITY AND VOLUNTARY EXCLUSION decide the method and frequency by which it determines the eligibility of its principals. Each participant may, but is not 1. Instructions for Certification - Primary Covered required to, check the nonprocurement portion of the "Lists of Transactions: Parties Excluded From Federal Procurement or Nonprocurement Programs" ( Nonprocurement List) which is (Applicable to all Federal -aid contracts - 49 CFR 29) compiled by the General Services Administration. a. By signing and submitting this proposal, the i. Nothing contained in the foregoing shall be construed to prospective primary participant is providing the certification require establishment of a system of records in order to render set out below. in good faith the certification required by this clause. The knowledge and information of participant is not required to `~ Page 8 exceed that which is normally possessed by a prudent person in the ordinary course of business dealings. I, Except for transactions authorized under paragraph f of these instructions, if a participant in a covered transaction knowingly enters into a lower tier covered transaction with a person who is suspended, debarred, ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from participation in this transaction, in addition to other remedies available to the Federal Government, the depart- mentor agency may terminate this transaction for cause or default. Certification Regarding Debarment, Suspension, Ineligibility and Voluntary Exclusion - Primary Covered Transactions 1 The prospective primary participant certifies its knowledge and belief, that it and its principals: to the best of its knowledge and belief, that is and its principals: a. Are not presently debarred, suspended, proposed for debarment, declared ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from covered transactions by any Federal department or agency; b. Have not within a 3 -year period preceding this proposal been convicted of or had a civil judgement rendered against them for commission of fraud or a criminal offense in connection with obtaining, attempting to obtain, or performing a public (Federal, State or local) transaction or contract under a public transaction; violation of Federal or State antitrust statutes or commission of embezzlement, theft, forgery, bribery, falsification or destruction of records, making false statements, or receiving stolen property; c. Are not presently indicted for or otherwise criminally or civilly charged by a governmental entity (Federal, State or local) with commission of any of the offenses enumerated in paragraph 1 b of this certification; and d. Have not within a 3 -year period preceding this application /proposal had one or more public transactions (Federal, State or local) terminated for cause or default. 2. Where the prospective primary participant is unable to certify to any of the statements in this certification, such prospective participant shall attach an explanation to this proposal. 2. Instructions for Certification - Lower Tier Covered Transactions: (Applicable to all subcontracts, purchase orders and other lower tier transactions of $25,000 or more - 49 CFR 29) a. By signing and submitting this proposal, the prospective lower tier is providing the certification set out below. MP b. The certification in this clause is a material representation of fact upon which reliance was placed when this transaction was entered into. If it is later determined that the prospective wo lower tier participant knowingly rendered an erroneous certification, in addition to other remedies available to the Federal Government, the department, or agency with which this transaction originated may pursue available remedies, 1M tr including suspension and /or debarment. c. The prospective lower tier participant shall provide immediate written notice to the person to which this proposal is submitted if at any time the prospective lower tier participant learns that its certification was erroneous by reason of changed circumstances. d. The terms "covered transaction," "debarred," "suspended," "ineligible," "primary covered transaction," "participant," "person," "principal," "proposal, "and "voluntarily excluded," as used in this clause, have the meanings set out in the Definitions and Coverage sections of rules implementing Executive Order 12549. You may contact the person to which this proposal is submitted for assistance in obtaining a copy of those regulations. e. The prospective lower tier participant agrees by submitting this proposal that, should the proposed covered transaction be entered into, it shall not knowingly enter into any lower tier covered transaction with a person who is debarred, suspended, declared ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from participation in this covered transaction, unless authorized by the department or agency with which this transaction originated. f. The prospective lower tier participant further agrees by submitting this proposal that it will include this clause titled "Certification Regarding Debarment, Suspension, Ineligibility and Voluntary Exclusion -Lower Tier Covered Transaction," without modification, in all lower tier covered transactions and in all solicitations for lower tier covered transactions. g. A participant in a covered transaction may rely upon a certification of a prospective participant in a lower tier covered transaction that is not debarred, suspended, ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from the covered transaction, unless it knows that the certification is erroneous. A participant may decide the method and frequency by which it determines the eligibility of its principals. Each participant may, but is not required to, check the Nonprocurement List. h. Nothing contained in the foregoing shall be construed to require establishment of a system of records in order to render in good faith the certification required by this clause. The knowledge and information of participant is not required to exceed that which is normally possessed by a prudent person in the ordinary course of business dealings. i. Except for transactions authorized under paragraph e of these instructions, if a participant in a covered transaction knowingly enters into a lower tier covered transaction with a person who is suspended, debarred, ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from participation in this transaction, in addition to other remedies available to the Federal Government, the department or agency with which this transaction originated may pursue available remedies, including suspension and /or debarment. Certification Regarding Debarment, Suspension, Ineligibility Voluntary Exclusion —Lower Tier Covered Transactions: and 1. The prospective lower tier participant certifies, by submission of this proposal, that neither it nor its principals is presently debarred, suspended, proposed for debarment, declared ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from participation in this transaction by any Federal department or agency. Page 9 2. Where the prospective lower tier participant is unable to certify to any of the statements in this certification, such prospective participant shall attach an explanation to this proposal. XII. CERTIFICATION REGARDING USE OF CONTRACT FUNDS FOR LOBBYING (Applicable to all Federal -aid construction contracts and to all related subcontracts which exceed $100,000 - 49 CFR 20) 1. The prospective participant certifies, by signing and submitting this bid or proposal, to the best of his or her knowledge and belief, that: a. No Federal appropriated funds have been paid or will be paid, by or on behalf of the undersigned, to any person for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any Federal agency, a Member of Congress, an officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a Member of Congress in connection with the awarding of any Federal contract, the making of any Federal grant, the making of any Federal loan, the entering into of any cooperative agreement, and the extension, continuation, renewal, amendment, or modification of any Federal contract, grant, loan, or cooperative agreement. b. If any funds other than Federal appropriated funds have been paid or will be paid to any person for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any Federal agency, a Member of Congress, an officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a Member of Congress in connection with this Federal contract, grant, loan, or cooperative agreement, the undersigned shall complete and submit Standard Form -LLL, "Disclosure Form to Report Lobbying," in accordance with its instructions. 2. This certification is a material representation of fact upon which reliance was placed when this transaction was made or entered into. Submission of this certification is a prerequisite for making or entering into this transaction imposed by 31 U.S.C. 1352. Any person who fails to file the required certification shall be subject to a civil penalty of not less than $10,000 and not more than $100,000 for each such failure. 3. The prospective participant also agrees by submitting his or her bid or proposal that he or she shall require that the language of this certification be included in all lower tier subcontracts, which exceed $100,000 and that all such recipients shall certify and disclose accordingly. Page 10 ATTACHMENT A- EMPLOYMENT PREFERENCE FOR APPALACHIAN CONTRACTS (Applicable to Appalachian contracts only.) 1. During the performance of this contract, the contractor undertaking to do work which is, or reasonably may be, done as on -site work, shall give preference to qualified persons who regularly reside in the labor area as designated by the DOL wherein the contract work is situated, or the subregion, or the Appalachian counties of the State wherein the contract work is situated, except: a. To the extent that qualified persons regularly residing in the area are not available. b. For the reasonable needs of the contractor to employ supervisory or specially experienced personnel necessary to assure an efficient execution of the contract work. c. For the obligation of the contractor to offer employment to present or former employees as the result of a lawful collective bargaining contract, provided that the number of nonresident persons employed under this subparagraph 1 c shall not exceed 20 percent of the total number of employees employed by the contractor on the contract work, except as provided in subparagraph 4 below. 2. The contractor shall place a job order with the State Employment Service indicating (a) the classifications of the laborers, mechanics and other employees required to perform the contract work, (b) the number of employees required in each classification, (c) the date on which he estimates such employees will be required, and (d) any other pertinent information required by the State Employment Service to complete the job order form. The job order may be placed with the State Employment Service in writing or by telephone. If during the course of the contract work, the information submitted by the contractor in the original job order is substantially modified, he shall promptly notify the State Employment Service. 3. The contractor shall give full consideration to all qualified job applicants referred to him by the State Employment Service. The contractor is not required to grant employment to any job applicants who, in his opinion, are not qualified to perform the classification of work required. 4. If, within 1 week following the placing of a job order by the contractor with the State Employment Service, the State Employment Service is unable to refer any qualified job applicants to the contractor, or less than the number requested, the State Employment Service will forward a certificate to the contractor indicating the unavailability of applicants. Such certificate shall be made a part of the contractor's permanent project records. Upon receipt of this certificate, the contractor may employ persons who do not normally reside in the labor area to fill positions covered by the certificate, notwithstanding the provisions of subparagraph 1 c above. 5. The contractor shall include the provisions of Sections 1 through 4 of this Attachment A in every subcontract for work which is, or reasonably may be, done as on -site work. Page 11 to VI. CONTRACT SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF RENTON wa ow no aw aw go sm ow aw fto up IV VI CONTRACT SPECIFICATIONS M Logan Avenue Brid-ge Scismic Retrofit Special Provisions .. .. "0 .. "r ftw .. .. MP MW 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 ('� 1 SPECIAL. PROVISIONS The following Special Provisions are made a part of this contract and supersede any conflicting provisions of the 2002 Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge and Municipal Construction (English), and the foregoing Amendments to the Standard Specifications. Several types of Special Provisions are included in this contract; General, Bridges and Structures, and Project Specific. Special Provisions types are differentiated as follows: (date) WSDOT General Special Provision (BSP date) WSDOT Bridges and Structures Special Provision dotes a revision to a General Special Provision and also notes a Project Specific Special Provision. DIVISION 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS DESCRIPTION OF WORK (March 13, 1995) This contract provides for the improvement of * ** Logan Avenue Bridge in City of Renton; Phase 1 Seismic Retrofit by longitudinal and transverse restrainers and Expansion Joint Modification with rapid cure silicon sealant and polyester concrete headers * ** and other work, all in accordance with the attached Contract Plans, these Contract Provisions, and the Standard Specifications. Public Convenience And Safety Construction Under Traffic Section 1- 07.23(1) is supplemented with the following: �zzzz *•r.) 1. Logan Ave. N. shall remain fully open to vehicular and pedestrian traffic at all times. Exception: Logan Ave. N. may be restricted to one 11 -foot lane in each direction beginning at 9:00pm lCriday and ending at 5:00am Monday. 2. The northbound ramp from Logan Ave. N. to N. 3rd St. shall remain open to traffic. 3. The southbound left -turn lane from Logan Ave. N. to Logan Ave. S. shall not be reduced to less than 100 feet of storage. 4. One sidewalk for pedestrians on the Logan Ave. N. Bridge shall remain open at all times. S. The path (sidewalk) under the worth end of the Logan Ave. N. Bridge shall remain fully open to pedestrians. Exception: The width of the sidewalk may be reduced to 4 feet. Logan Avenue Bridge Seismic Retrofit Page 1 W r, 1 6. The Contractor shall provide advance signing for pedestrians advising of 2 closures and detour routing. 3 4 5 TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL 6 7 8 Traffic Control Management 9 10 11 General 12 13 14 (August 9, 1999) 15 Section 1- 10.2(1) is supplemented with the following: 16 17 The Traffic Control Manager and Traffic Control Supervisor shall be certified by one 18 of the following: 19 20 American Traffic Safety Services Association 21 15 Riverside Parkway, Suite 100 22 Fredericksburg, VA 22406 -1022 23 (540) 368 -1711 24 Certification Ext. 127 25 Recertification Ext. 134 26 27 Sverdrup Civil, Inc. 28 c/o Traffic Control Supervisors Seminar 29 600 108th Ave. N.E. 30 Bellevue, WA 98004 31 (425) 452 -8000 32 33 The Northwest Laborers - Employers Training Trust 34 27055 Ohio Ave. 35 Kingston, WA 98346 36 (360) 297 -3035 37 38 Evergreen Safety Council 39 401 Pontius Ave. N. 40 Seattle, WA 98109 41 1- 800 - 521 -0778 or 42 (206) 382 -4090 43 44 Transportation Consulting NW 45 1607 E. Main 46 Auburn, WA 98002 47 (253) 931 -0506 48 49 50 Traffic Control Plans 51 52 Logan Avenue Bridge Seismic Retrofit Page 2 1 (August 5, 2002) 2 The sixth sentence of Section 1- 10.2(2) is revised to read: 3 4 The Contractor's letter designating and adopting the specific traffic control plan(s) 5 or any proposed modified plan(s) shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval at 6 least ten calendar days in advance of the time the new plan will be implemented. 7 8 9 Conformance To Established Standards 10 Section 1- 10,2(3) is supplemented with the following: 11 12 13 (April 30, 2001) 14 The following devices are deemed compliant with the crashworthiness 15 requirements of NCHRP 350 and are approved for use on the project: 16 17 Approved Category II Devices 18 19 Type I & II Barricades 20 21 Manufacturer Model Number 22 WLI Industries Safety Cade Type II 23 Bent Manufacturing Unicade 24 Bent Manufacturing Waffle Barricade 25 Bent Manufacturing Type II Plywood or Plastic Panel 26 Eastern Metal Type I & II Barricades 27 Plasticade Products Fibercade Type II 28 Plasticade Products Plasticade Type II 29 Dicke Tool Company Type I Plastic Barricade 30 TrafFix Devices, Inc. Plastic Folding Type I Barricade 31 The Roadmaker Company Type II Plastic Barricade 32 Three D Traffic Works, Inc. TD2000 Works Barricade 33 Protection Services, Inc. Type I & II Barricades 34 Flex- O -Lite Type I Barricade 35 United Rentals Highways Type I & II Barricades 36 Bureau of Highway Safety Penn. Type III Barricade 37 The Cortina Companies Type I Plastic Barricades 38 39 Type III Barricades 40 41 Manufacturer Model Number 42 Bent Manufacturing Type III Barricade 43 Recycled Plastic Products Hollow Core Plastic Barricade 44 Yodock Wall Company Yodock 2001 m Type II I Barricade 45 Cantel of Medford, Inc. EZ -UP Type III Barricade 46 Davidson Plastics Corp. T313 Type III Barricade 47 48 Approved Portable Signs and Stands 49 50 Manufacturer Model Number 51 Montana DOT DWG# 618 -02 (Plywood) 52 WLI SafetyCor Sign System (Plastic) Logan Avenue Bridge Seismic Retrofit Page 3 1 Texas DOT Skid Mounted Sign Support (Plywood) 2 Ref Iexite /Eastern Metals DF 400 & DF 4700 TX (Endurance plastic) 3 4 (Aluminum signs are not approved for use with the above listed stands at 5 this time) 6 7 8 Flagging, Signs, And All Other Traffic Control Devices 9 10 11 Construction Signs 12 13 14 (August 6, 2001) 15 Section 1- 10.3(3) is revised to read as follows: 16 17 All signs required by the approved traffic control plan(s) as well as any other 18 appropriate signs prescribed by the Engineer shall be furnished by the Contractor. 19 The Contractor shall provide the posts or supports and erect and maintain the signs 20 in a clean, neat, and presentable condition until the necessity for them has ceased. 21 All nonapplicable signs shall be removed or completely covered with metal, 22 plywood, or an Engineer approved product specifically manufactured for sign 23 covering during periods when they are not needed. When the need for these signs 24 has ceased, the Contractor, upon approval of the Engineer, shall remove all signs, 25 posts, and supports from the project and they shall remain the property of the 26 Contractor. 27 28 All orange background signs shall utilize materials, and be fabricated in accordance 29 with, Section 9 -28. All new orange background signs and all W20 -7a "Flagger 30 Ahead" signs shall be fabricated with Type IV or Type VII fluorescent orange sign 31 sheeting. 32 33 Work zone signs other than W20 -7a "Flagger Ahead" fabricated with Type I or II 34 . sign sheeting may be used when available from existing sign inventories until 35 December 31, 2002. 36 37 All post mounted signs with Type IV or VII sheeting shall use a nylon washer 38 between the twist fasteners (screw heads, bolts, or nuts) and the reflective 39 sheeting. 40 41 There shall be no intermixing of signs with non - fluorescent orange reflective sign 42 sheeting and signs with fluorescent orange reflective sign sheeting on the same 43 sign post. 44 45 Construction signs will be divided into two classes. Class A construction signs are 46 those signs that remain in service .throughout the construction or during a major 47 phase of the work. They are mounted on posts, existing fixed structures, or 48 substantial supports of a semi - permanent nature. Sign and support installation for 49 Class A signs shall be in accordance with the Contract Plans or the Standard Plans. 50 Class B construction signs are those signs that are placed and removed daily, or 51 are used for short durations which may extend for one or more days. They are 52 mounted on portable or temporary mountings. In the event of disputes, the Logan Avenue Bridge Seismic Retrotit Page 4 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 Engineer will determine if a construction sign is considered as a Class A or B construction sign. If it is necessary to add weight to signs for stability, only a bag of sand that will rupture on impact shall be used. The bag of sand shall: (1) be furnished by the Contractor, (2) have a maximum weight of 40 pounds, and (3) be suspended no more than 1 foot from the ground. Payment for setup and take down of Class B signs will be limited to the labor cost to do the work described in Section 1- 10.3(1), and for transportation described in Section 1- 10.3(2). Signs, posts, or supports that are lost, stolen, damaged, destroyed, or which the Engineer deems to be unacceptable while their use is required on the project, shall be replaced by the Contractor without additional compensation. (April 28, 1997) Section 1- 10.3(3) is supplemented with the following: Wood Sign Posts Use the below charts to determine post size for Class A construction signs. One Post Installation Post Size Min. Sign Sq. Ft. Max. Sign Sq. Ft. 4x4 - 16.0 4x6 17.0 20.0 6x6 21.0 25.0 6x8 26.0 31.0 Two Post Installation (For signs 5 feet or greater in width) 4x4 - 16.0 4x6 17.0 36.0 6x6 37.0 46.0 6x8 47.0 75.0 * The Engineer shall determine post size for signs greater than 75 square feet. Payment All costs for traffic control shall be incidental to the contract. The Contractor is directed to section 1 -10.5 of the Standard Specifications of which a part has been reprinted below for ease of use: "When the bid proposal does not include an item for necessary traff ic control, all costs for the traffic control shall be included, by the Contractor, in the unit contact price for the various other items of work in the bid proposal. The Contractor shall estimate these costs based on the Contractor's contemplated work procedures." Logan Avenue Bridge Seismic Retrofit Page 5 W 40 W ,r OW No 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 DIVISION 6 STRUCTURES CONCRETE STRUCTURES Materials Section 6 -02.2 is supplemented with the following: (SSP December 2, 2002) Polyester Concrete Polyester Resin Binder The resin shall be an unsaturated isophthalic polyester- styrene co- polymer, and shall conform to the following requirements: Viscosity: 75 to 200 cps (20 rpm at 77F) ASTM D 2196 Specific Gravity: 1.05 to 1.10 at 77F ASTM D 1475 Elongation: 35% minimum ASTM D 638 Tensile Strength: 2,500 psi minimum ASTM D 638 Conditioning: 18 hours /77F/50% + 5 hours /158F ASTM D 618 Styrene Content: 45% to 50% by weight ASTM D2369 Silane Coupler: 1.0% minimum (by weight of polyester- styrene resin) The silane coupler shall be an organosilane ester, gammamethacryloxypro- pyltrimethoxysilane. The promoter /hardeners shall be compatible with suitable methyl ethyl ketone peroxide (MEKP) and cumene hydroperoxide (CHP) initiators. MEKP initiators shall be used when the surrounding concrete temperatures are above 60F. A blend of initiators may be used as approved by the Engineer when the surrounding concrete temperature is 50F to 60F. Polyester resin binder will be accepted based on submittal to the Engineer of a Manufacturer's Certificate of Compliance conforming to Section 1 -06.3. High Molecular Weight Methacrylate (HMWM) Resin In addition to the viscosity and density properties, and the promoter /initiator system, specified in Section 6 -09.2, the HMWM resin for polyester concrete shall conform to the following requirements: Flash Point: 180F minimum ASTM D 93 Tack -Free Time: 400 minutes maximum California Test 551 Logan Avenue Bridge Seismic Retrofit Page 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 Prior to adding initiator, the HMWM resin shall have a maximum volatile content of 30 percent, when tested in conformance with ASTM D 2369. HMWM resin will be accepted based on submittal to the Engineer of a Manufacturer's Certificate of Compliance conforming to Section 1 -06.3. Aggregate The aggregate shall be from a WSDOT approved pit site and shall be thoroughly washed and kiln dried. The aggregate shall conform to Section 9 -03, and one of the following combined aggregate gradings: Sieve Size Combined Aggregate 1/2" Max. 3/8" Max. % Passing % Passing 1/2" 100 100 3/8" 83 -100 100 U.S. No. 4 65 -82 62 -85 U.S. No. 8 45 -64 45 -67 U.S. No. 16 27 -48 29 -50 U.S. No. 30 12 -30 16 -36 U.S. No. 50 6 -17 5 -20 U.S. No. 100 0 -7 0 -7 U.S. No. 200 0 -3 0 -3 Aggregate retained on the U.S. No. 8 sieve shall have a maximum of 25 percent crushed particles. Fine aggregate shall consist of natural sand only. Aggregate absorption shall not exceed one percent. The moisture content of the aggregate shall not exceed one half of the aggregate absorption at the time of mixing with the polyester resin binder. The aggregate temperature shall be between 45F and 100F at the time of mixing. Sand for Abrasive Finish The sand for abrasive finish shall conform to Section 6 -09.2, and the aggregate moisture content requirements specified above. (BSPAugust 6, 2001) Rapid Cure Silicone Sealant Rapid cure silicone sealant shall be one of the following two products conforming to the following specifications: Dow Corning 902 RCS Joint Sealant The joint sealant shall be a rapid cure, 100 percent silicone, low modulus, self - leveling, cold applied, two part formulation, which is compatible with the surfaces to which it is applied. Rapid cure is defined as developing sufficient integrity within eight hours to accommodate both horizontal thermal movements and vertical movements at the joint. Logan Avenue Bridge Seismic Retrofit Page 7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 The joint sealant shall not be an acid cure sealant. The joint sealant shall conform to the following properties: As Applied Extrusion rate MIL S 8802 7 to 19.4 ounces /minute Specific gravity ASTM D 1475 1.25 to 1.35 Nonvolatile content 93 percent minimum As Installed (at 77F, 50 percent relative humidity, and 48 hours cure) Skin -over time 20 minutes maximum Joint elongation ASTM D 3583* 600 percent minimum Joint modulus ASTM D 3583* 3 to 12 psi at 100% elongation *Section 14 modified as follows: Pull Rate = two inches /minute Specimen joint size = 0.5 inches by 0.5 inches by 2 inches The primer shall be as recommended by the sealant manufacturer. Watson Bowman Acme Two Part Silicone Sealant The joint sealant shall be a cold applied, low modulus, two part formulation. When properly mixed, the joint sealant shall cure within four hours to form a well bonded seal. The joint sealant shall conform to the following properties: As Supplied (Each Component) Extrusion rate ASTM C 1183 Leveling ASTM C 639 As Installed 12 to 37 cubic inches /minute Self leveling Tack free time ASTM C 679 60 minutes maximum Joint elongation ASTM D 5329'2 600 percent minimum Joint modulus (min.) ASTM D 5329' 2 15 psi at 100% elongation Cure Evaluation ASTM D 5893 Pass at four hours maximum Ultimate elongation ASTM D 412 Die C' 1,000 percent minimum Ult. stress (max.) ASTM D 412 Die C' 25 psi at 150% elongation Shore Hardness, 00 ASTM C 661' 40-80 Specific Gravity ASTM D 792' 1.20 - 1.40 ' Seven day cure at 77F +3F and 50 +5 percent relative humidity Logan Avenue Bridge Seismic Retrofit Page 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 2 Specimen joint size = 0.5 inches by 0.5 inches by 2 inches The Contractor shall deliver the joint sealant to the job site in the sealant manufacturer's original sealed container. Each container shall be marked with the sealant manufacturer's name and lot or batch number. Each lot or batch shall be accompanied by the manufacturer's Materials Safety Data Sheet (MSDS), and Certificate of Compliance, identifying the sealant manufacturer and the lot or batch number, and certifying that the materials conform to the specified requirements. The backer rod shall be closed cell expanded polyethylene foam as recommended by the sealant manufacturer and approved by the Engineer. The diameter of the backer rod shall be as recommended by the sealant manufacturer for the expansion joint opening at the time of installation. (BSP June 26, 2000) Seismic Retrofit Materials Components fabricated and constructed for seismic retrofit work shall conform to the following requirements for those items and components shown and specified in the Plans: (BSP June 26, 2000) Steel pipe shall conform to ASTM A 53, Grade B, Type E or S, galvanized. The pipe shall be Schedule 40, except as otherwise specified in the Plans. PVC pipe shall be any smooth wall, non - perforated, PVC pipe of the diameter and minimum wall thickness or Schedule specified in the Plans. (BSP August 5, 2002) Steel bars, plates and shapes shall conform to ASTM A 36. Welded shear studs shall conform to Section 9- 06.15. Epoxy resin, where shown in the Plans for bonding steel components to concrete, shall be Type II as specified in Section 9 -26.1. The grade and class of epoxy resin shall be as recommended by the resin manufacturer and approved by the Engineer. All steel components and assemblies for seismic restrainers, except as otherwise specified, shall be galvanized after fabrication in accordance with AASHTO M 111. Bolts, nuts, and washers shall conform to Section 9- 06.5(3), and shall be galvanized after fabrication in accordance with AASHTO M 232. Resin bonded anchors for seismic retrofit components and assemblies shall conform to Section 6- 02.3(18) as supplemented in these Special Provisions, and the following requirements: The resin bonded anchor system shall include the nut, washer, and threaded anchor rod which is installed into hardened concrete with a resin bonding Logan Avenue Bridge Seismic Retrofit Page 9 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 material. The resin bonded anchor system shall conform to the following requirements: 1. Threaded Anchor Rod and Nuts Threaded anchor rods shall be fully threaded, shall include the appropriate supplemental requirements for grade and manufacturer's identification, and charpy impact testing (15 foot - pounds minimum at 40F), and shall conform to either ASTM A 193 Grade B7, or ASTM F 1554 Grade 105. Results of the charpy impact testing for the production lot(s) including the anchor rods furnished for seismic retrofit components and assemblies shall be submitted to the Engineer with the manufacturer's certification of compliance in accordance with Section 6- 02.3(18) as supplemented in these Special Provisions. Nuts shall conform to AASHTO M 291, Grade DH. Washers shall conform to AASHTO M 293. Nuts and threaded anchor rods shall be galvanized in accordance with AASHTO M 232. Galvanized threaded anchor rods shall be tested for embrittlement after galvanizing, in accordance with Section 9- 06.5(4). Threaded anchor rods used with resin capsules shall have the tip of the rod chiseled in accordance with the resin capsule manufacturer's recommendations. Galvanized threaded rods ,shall have the tip chiseled prior to galvanizing. 2. Resin Bonding Material Resin bonding material shall be one of the following: a. Vinylester resin. b. Polyester resin. c. Methacrylate resin. d. A two component epoxy resin which meets the requirements of ASTM C 881, Type IV. The grade and class of the epoxy resin shall be as recommended by the epoxy resin manufacturer and as approved by the Engineer. 3. Ultimate Anchor Tensile Capacity Resin bonded anchors shall each have the following minimum ultimate tensile load capacity when installed in concrete having a maximum compressive strength of 6000 pounds per square inch (psi) at the embedment specified below: Logan Avenue Bridge Seismic Retrofit Anchor Tensile Embedment Diameter (inch) Capacity (lbs.) (inch) 3/8 7,800 3 -3/8 Page 10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 1/2 12,400 4 -1/2 5/8 19,000 5 -5/8 3/4 27,200 6 -3/4 7/8 32,000 7 -7/8 1 41,000 9 1-1/4 70,000 11-1/4 (BSP June 26, 2000) High- strength steel bars shall conform to AASHTO M 275, Type II. Nuts shall conform to either ASTM A 29 Grade C1045, or ASTM A 536 Grade 100- 70 -03, and shall be capable of developing 100 percent of the guaranteed ultimate tensile strength (GUTS) of the bar. Couplers, if required, shall be AASHTO M 169 Grade 1144, or equivalent steel, developing 100 percent of the GUTS of the bar. The Contractor shall supply a Manufacturer's Certificate of Compliance in accordance with Section 1 -06.3 for each bar. The Contractor shall supply a Manufacturer's Certificate of Compliance in accordance with Section 1 -06.3 for all nuts and couplers confirming compliance with the specified strength requirement. For each heat of steel for high- strength steel bar, the Contractor shall submit two samples, each not less than five feet long, to the Engineer for testing. High- strength steel bars shall be corrosion protected by one of the following methods: 1. Epoxy- coated in accordance with Sections 6- 02.3(24)H and 9 -07.3. 2. Zinc- metalized in accordance with the Special Provision METALLIC COATINGS. Construction Requirements Section 6 -02.3 is supplemented with the following: (BSP January 27, 2003) Polyester Concrete Mix Design Polyester concrete shall be composed of the following three components - polyester resin binder, high molecular weight methacrylate (HMWM) resin, and aggregate, in accordance with Section 6 -02.2 as supplemented in these Special Provisions. The Contractor shall prepare and submit the polyester concrete design mix and mixing procedure, including samples of all components for each lot, to the WSDOT Materials Laboratory for testing. The mix design shall include a recommended initiator percentage for the expected application temperature. The Contractor shall not begin ordering materials for application of the polyester concrete until receiving the Engineer's approval of the polyester concrete design mix and mixing procedure. Logan Avenue Bridge Seismic Retrofit Page 11 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 Delivery and Storage of Materials All materials shall be delivered in their original containers bearing the manufacturer's label, specifying date of manufacturing, batch number, trade name brand, and quantity. Each shipment of polyester resin binder and HMWM resin shall be accompanied by a Materials Safety Data Sheet (MSDS). The material shall be stored to prevent damage by the elements and to ensure the preservation of their quality and fitness for the work. The storage space shall be kept clean and dry, and shall contain a high -low thermometer. The temperatures of the storage space shall not fall below nor rise above that recommended by the manufacturer. Every precaution shall be taken to avoid contact with flame. Stored materials shall be inspected prior to their use, and shall meet the requirements of these Special Provisions at the time of use. Any material which is rejected because of failure to meet the required tests or that has been damaged so as to cause rejections shall be immediately replaced at no additional expense to the Contracting Agency. Sufficient material to perform the entire polyester concrete application shall be in storage at the site prior to any field preparation, so that there shall be no delay in procuring the materials for each day's application. Material Health and Safety Training and Precautions The Contractor shall arrange to have the material supplier furnish technical service relating to application of material and health and safety training for personnel who are to handle the polyester concrete and the HMWM resin prime coat. Appropriate impermeable protective garments shall be used by all workers who may contact the resin or initiators to prevent skin contact. If skin contact occurs, the resin or initiators shall be immediately washed off. Clothing that becomes saturated with resin shall be removed immediately. Equipment and Containment All equipment for cleaning the concrete and steel surfaces, and mixing and applying the polyester concrete, shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval. The HMWM resin, and abrasive blasting materials, shall be contained and restricted to the surface receiving the polyester concrete only, and shall not escape to the surrounding environment. The Contractor shall submit the method and materials used to collect and contain the HMWM resin, and abrasive blasting materials, to the Engineer for approval. The Contractor shall not begin polyester concrete work, including surface preparation, until receiving the Engineer's approval of the equipment, and the collection and containment system. Surface Preparation Using the equipment, material, technique, and procedures established for surface preparation, the concrete and steel surfaces shall be prepared by removing all material which may act as a bond breaker between the surface and the polyester concrete. Surface cleaning shall be by abrasive blasting. Logan Avenue Bridge Seismic Retrofit Page 12 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 Precautions shall be taken to ensure that no dust or debris leaves the roadway deck and that all traffic is protected from rebound and dust. Appropriate shielding shall be provided as required at no additional expense to the Contracting Agency and shall be as approved by the Engineer. If the concrete or steel surfaces become contaminated, the contaminated areas shall be recleaned by abrasive blasting at no additional expense to the Contracting Agency. Application of Prime Coat Application of the HMWM prime coat and the polyester concrete shall not begin if rain is expected. The area receiving the prime coat shall be dry and had no rain within the past 12 hours. Immediately prior to applying the prime coat, the surfaces shall be swept clean by compressed air to remove accumulated dust and any other loose material. The concrete bridge deck surface shall be between 50F and 10OF when applying the prime coat. The Contractor shall apply one coat of promoted /initiated wax -free HMWM resin to the prepared concrete and steel surfaces immediately before placing the polymer concrete. The promoted /initiated resin shall be worked into the concrete in a manner to assure complete coverage of the area receiving polyester concrete. A one pint sample of each batch of promoted /initiated HMWM resin shall be retained and submitted to the Engineer at the time of primer application to verify proper catalyzation. The prime coat shall cure for 30 minutes minimum before beginning placement of the polyester concrete. Placement of the polymer concrete shall not proceed until the Engineer verifies that the HMWM resin was properly promoted and initiated, as evidenced by the HMWM batch sample. If the primed surface becomes contaminated, the contaminated area shall be cleaned by abrasive blasting and reprimed at no additional expense to the Contracting Agency. Under no circumstances shall any resin run into drains or expansion joints, or otherwise escape the Contractor's collection and containment system. Mixing Equipment for Polyester Concrete Polyester concrete shall be mixed in mechanically operated mixers in accordance with the mix design as approved by the Engineer. The mixer size shall be limited to a nine cubic yard maximum capacity, unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. The aggregate and resin volumes shall be recorded for each batch along with the date of each recording. A printout of the recordings shall be furnished to the Engineer at the end of each work shift. The Contractor shall prevent any cleaning chemicals from reaching the polyester mix during the mixing operations. Logan Avenue Bridge Seismic Retrofit Page 13 w. aw 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 Mixing Components The polyester resin binder in the polyester modified concrete shall be approximately 12 percent by weight of the dry aggregate. The Contractor shall determine the exact percentage as approved by the Engineer. The amount of peroxide initiator used shall result in a polyester concrete set time between 30 and 120 minutes during placement as determined by California Test 551, Part 2, "Method of Test For Determination of Set Time of Concrete Overlay and Patching Materials ", by Gilmore Needles. Accelerators or inhibitors may be required as recommended by the polyester resin binder supplier and as approved by the Engineer. The polyester resin binder shall be initiated and thoroughly blended just prior to mixing the aggregate and binder. The polyester concrete shall be thoroughly mixed prior to placing. Polyester Concrete Placement The polyester concrete shall be placed on the liquid or hardened prime coat within two hours of placing the prime coat. Polyester concrete shall be placed prior to gelling and within 15 minutes following initiation, whichever occurs first. Polyester concrete that is not placed within this time shall be discarded. The surface temperature of the area receiving the polyester concrete shall be the same as specified above for the HMWM prime coat. Under no, circumstances shall any polyester mixture run into drains or expansion joints, or otherwise escape the Contractor's collection and containment system. The polyester concrete shall be consolidated to a relative compaction of not less than 97 percent. Finished Polyester Concrete Surface The finished surface of the polyester concrete shall conform to the requirements of Section 6- 02.3(10). The polyester concrete shall be consolidated by means approved by the Engineer. Finishing equipment used shall strike off the polyester concrete to the established grade and cross section. Forms shall be coated with suitable bond release agent to permit ready release of forms. The polyester concrete shall receive an abrasive sand finish. The sand finish shall be applied by hand immediately after strike -off and before gelling occurs. Sand shall be broadcast onto the surface to affect a uniform coverage of a minimum of 0.8 pounds per square yard. The surface texture of polyester concrete surface shall be uniform. The polyester concrete shall be impervious to moisture. Logan Avenue Bridge Seismic Retrofit Page 14 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 Curing Traffic and equipment shall not be permitted on the polyester concrete until it has achieved a minimum compressive strength of 2,500 psi as determined by the rebound number per ASTM C 805. Areas of the polyester concrete that do not totally cure or that fail to attain the specified minimum compressive strength in six hours shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor at no additional expense to the Contracting Agency. Seismic Retrofit (BSP June 26, 2000) Plans of Existing Bridge Plans of the existing bridge(s) included in the seismic retrofit work are available at the Project Engineer's Office for the prospective bidder's inspection. (BSP June 26, 2000) Removing Portions of Existing Concrete The Contractor shall remove portions of existing concrete required by the seismic retrofit work as shown in the Plans. Before removing the portions of the existing concrete adjacent to that which is to remain, a 3/4 -inch deep saw cut, but no deeper than the existing concrete cover over the steel reinforcing bars, shall be made into the surface of the concrete to form a break line. Care shall be taken to prevent cutting the existing reinforcing steel bars which are to remain. Care shall be taken in removing concrete to prevent overbreakage or damage to portions of the existing structure which are to remain. Concrete shall be carefully broken away from the steel reinforcing bars which extend from the existing structure. Steel reinforcing bars which extend from the existing members shall be cleaned and spliced with the steel reinforcing bars in the new members unless shown otherwise in the Plans. The Contractor shall protect traffic from falling concrete and debris, in accordance with the debris collection and containment provisions of the demolition plan as approved by the Engineer. The Contractor shall dispose of all materials removed by the demolition operations in accordance with Section 2 -02.3. The Contractor shall use bush - hammering and other means to roughen the existing concrete surfaces bonding to the fresh concrete, and shall clean and prepare all existing concrete surfaces bonding to the fresh concrete in accordance with Section 6- 02.3(12). (June 26, 2000) Longitudinal Seismic Restrainers The Contractor shall submit shop drawing s longitudinal seismic restrainer assemblies accordance with Section 6- 03.3(7). Logan Avenue Bridge Seismic Retrofit of the steel components of the to the Engineer for approval in Page 15 1 2 The Contractor shall core drill holes through the pier diaphragm for the high - 3 strength steel bar as shown in the Plans. The Contractor shall set the PVC pipe in 4 place with epoxy resin as shown in the Plans. 5 6 Holes for the resin bonded anchors for the longitudinal seismic restrainer 7 anchorages shall be located and drilled in accordance with Section 6- 02.3(18) as 8 supplemented in these Special Provisions, and as follows: 9 10 1. The bottom layer of steel reinforcing bars in the slab in the vicinity of the 11 longitudinal seismic restrainer anchorage as shown in the Plans shall be 12 located and marked on the concrete surface. 13 14 2. Using the anchorage assembly as a template, the Contractor shall align 15 and slightly shift the anchorage assembly as required so that the holes 16 avoid the existing steel reinforcing bars as much as possible. 17 18 3. The Contractor shall drill holes for the resin bonded anchors with the 19 anchorage assembly in position as a template. 20 21 4. If, after shifting the anchorage assembly, conflicts still exist between hole 22 locations and existing steel reinforcing bars, the Contractor may, with the 23 Engineer's approval, core drill holes at the conflict locations. 24 25 Just prior to final installation of the longitudinal seismic restrainer anchorage 26 assembly, the surface of the concrete in contact with the anchorage assembly shall 27 be coated with epoxy resin. 28 29 All longitudinal seismic restrainers at a pier shall be installed so that the free end 30 (the end with the gap as shown in the Plans) shall be on the same side of the pier. 31 32 33 Expansion Joints 34 Section 6- 02.3(13) is supplemented with the following: 35 36 37 Expansion Joint Modification 38 39 40 (BSP June 26, 2000) 41 Plans of Existing Bridge Expansion Joint 42 Plans of the existing bridge(s), including expansion joint details, are available 43 at the Project Engineer's Office for the prospective bidder's inspection. 44 45 46 (BSP June 26, 2000) 47 Joint Preparation and Installation Procedure 48 The Contractor shall submit the sealant manufacturer's recommended joint 49 preparation and installation procedure to the Engineer for approval. The 50 Contractor shall not begin preparing the bridge expansion joints for installing 51 the sealant until receiving the Engineer's approval of the joint preparation and 52 installation procedure. Logan Avenue Bridge Seismic Retrofit Page 16 ar No %W 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 (BSP December 2, 2002) Removing Portions of Existing Bridge Expansion Joints The Contractor shall remove all concrete, expansion joint materials, overlay, dirt and debris at the bridge expansion joints of Bridge No(s). * ** 107000002 -- Logan Avenue Bridge *** within the blockout dimensions shown in the Plans. Before removing the portions of the existing concrete adjacent to that which is to remain, a 3/4 -inch deep saw cut, but no deeper than the existing concrete cover over the steel reinforcing bars, shall be made into the surface of the concrete to form a break line. Care shall be taken to prevent cutting the existing reinforcing steel bars which are to remain. The Contractor shall remove concrete in the vicinity of the bridge expansion joints using the following power driven tools: 1. Jack hammers no heavier than the nominal 30 pound class. 2. Chipping hammers no heavier than the nominal 15 pound class. No other power driven equipment shall be used to remove concrete in the vicinity of the bridge expansion joints. The power driven tools shall be operated at angles less than 45 degrees as measured from the surface of the deck to the tool. Care shall be taken in removing concrete to prevent overbreakage or damage to portions of the existing structure which are to remain. Concrete shall be carefully broken away from the steel reinforcing bars which extend from the existing structure. Steel reinforcing bars which extend from the existing members shall be cleaned and spliced with the steel reinforcing bars in the new members unless shown otherwise in the Plans. The Contractor shall protect traffic from falling concrete and debris, in accordance with the debris collection and containment provisions of the demolition plan as approved by the Engineer. The Contractor shall dispose of all materials removed from the bridge expansion joints in accordance with Section 2 -02.3. The Contractor shall use bush - hammering and other means to roughen the existing concrete surfaces bonding to the header material. For polymer concrete headers or polyester concrete headers, the Contractor shall clean and prepare all existing concrete surfaces bonding to the header in accordance with the Polymer Concrete or Polyester Concrete subsection, respectively, to Section 6 -02.3 as supplemented in these Special Provisions. For concrete headers, the Contractor shall clean and prepare all existing concrete surfaces bonding to the header in accordance with Section 6- 02.3(12). (BSP December 2, 2002) Placing Polyester Concrete Headers The Contractor shall form the polyester concrete headers in accordance with the Polyester Concrete subsection to Section 6 -02.3 as supplemented in Logan Avenue Bridge Seismic Retrofit Page 17 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 4 5 6 8 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 these Special Provisions. The Contractor shall remove all forms from the bridge expansion joints after casting and curing the polyester concrete headers. (SSP June 26, 2000) Placing Concrete Headers The Contractor shall form, cast, and cure, the concrete headers in accordance with Section 6 -02.3 and as shown in the Plans. The Contractor shall remove all forms from the bridge expansion joints after casting and curing the concrete headers. (SSP December 2, 2002) Placing Expansion Joint Sealant The Contractor shall have the services of a qualified sealant manufacturer's technical representative physically present at the job site to assist in assuring the proper installation of the rapid cure silicone sealant, provide technical assistance for the use of the joint sealant, train the Contractor's personnel installing the joint sealant, and to observe and inspect the installation of at least the first complete joint. The joint sealant shall not be placed against fresh concrete (excluding polymer concrete and polyester concrete) until at least seven days after concrete placement. The Contractor shall clean the bridge expansion joints of all forms, dirt, form oil, grease, and other deleterious material. The Contractor shall clean and prepare the entire joint surface receiving the joint sealant in accordance with the joint preparation procedure as approved by the Engineer, and as recommended by the sealant manufacturer's technical representative, including two stage abrasive blasting surface preparation and compressed air cleaning. All steel surfaces to be in contact with the joint sealant shall be cleaned to an SSPC -SP10 condition. The joint receiving the sealant shall be sound, clean, dry, and frost free. If Dow Corning 902 RCS Joint Sealant is used, the Contractor shall apply the primer, as recommended by the sealant manufacturer, to all surfaces to be in contact with the joint sealant. On steel surfaces, the primer shall be dry to the touch prior to applying the joint sealant. On concrete surfaces, the primer shall cure at least 60 minutes prior to applying the joint sealant. After the cleaned and prepared joint has received the Engineer's approval for joint dimensions, alignment, and preparation, the Contractor shall prime the bridge expansion joint surfaces, place the backer rod, and place the rapid cure silicone sealant in accordance with the joint installation procedure as approved by the Engineer, and as recommended by the sealant manufacturer's technical representative. If the joint width at the time of installation is less than 3/8 inch or greater than three inches, the Contractor shall not proceed with the expansion joint modification until the installation procedure is revised as recommended by the Logan Avenue Bridge Seismic Retrofit Page 18 .. 1 sealant manufacturer's technical representative and as approved by the 2 Engineer. 3 4 After installing the rapid cure silicone sealant, the Contractor shall flood the 5 joint area with water and test the joint for leakage. If leakage is detected, the 6 bridge expansion joint system shall be repaired by the Contractor, as 7 recommended by the sealant manufacturer and approved by the Engineer, at 8 no additional expense to the Contracting Agency. 9 10 11 Concrete Spall Repair 12 13 The Contractor shall repair spalls in the sidewalk and rail of Logan Ave. Bridge 14 and other locations as specified by the Engineer. 15 16 The Contractor shall remove, contain, collect, and dispose of, all loose and 17 deteriorated concrete in accordance with Section 2- 02.3(2}. Surface 18 preparation shall conform to Section 6- 02.3(12). 19 20 The surfaces between old and new concrete which are to be bonded with 21 epoxy shall be free from standing water prior to application of the bonding 22 agent. The surface shall be coated with epoxy resin forming a 10 -15 mil 23 thickness. The epoxy surface shall appear shiny and shall be tacky when the 24 new concrete is placed against it. If the concrete has absorbed the adhesive. 25 as evidenced by a dull appearance, another coat shall be applied. The new 26 concrete shall then be placed while the epoxy remains tacky. Epoxy resin shall 27 be Type 11, confirming to the requirements of Section 9 -26. The grade and 28 class shall be as recommended by the manufacturer and approved by the 29 Engineer. 30 31 At larger spalis requiring steel reinforcing bar anchorage, the Contractor shall 32 drill holes and set steel reinforcing bars with epoxy resin in accordance with 33 Section 6- 02.3(24)C as supplemented in these Special Provisions. 34 35 The concrete spall void shall be filled with concrete conforming to Class 4000, 36 except that the maximum aggregate size shall be ?% inch. 37 38 39 Proportioning Materials 40 41 Contractor Mix Design 42 Section 6- 02.3(2)A is supplemented with the following: 43 44 When combined aggregated gradation is used for structural concrete, the 45 Contractor's mix design shall include a plot of the combined gradation on the 46 3.45 power curve showing that the proposed gradation conforms to Section 9- 47 03.1(5 ,). The requirement for the fine aggregate to conform to Section 9- 03.1(2) 48 Class 1 or Class 2 gradation in eliminated when using a combined gradation. 49 Logan Avenue Bridge Seismic Retrofit Page 19 1 Acceptance of Concrete 2 3 Certification of Compliance 4 Section 6- 02.3(5)B is supplemented with the following: 5 6 When combined aggregate gradation is used for structural concrete, the 7 Certificate of Compliance shall include: 8 9 Manufacturer plant (batching facility) 10 Contracting Agency contract number 11 Date 12 Time batched 13 Truck No. 14 Initial revolution counter reading 15 Quality (quantity batched this load) 16 Type of concrete by class and producer design mix number 17 Cement producer, type, and Mill Certification No. (The mill test number as 18 required by Section 9 -01.3) 19 Fly ash (if used) brand and type 20 Mix design weight per cubic yard and actual batched weights for: 21 Cement 22 Fly ash (if used) 23 Aggregate components and moisture contents (each size) 24 Water (including free moisture in aggregates) 25 Admixtures brand and total quantity batched 26 Air - entraining admixture 27 Water reducing admixture 28 Other admixture 29 30 Conformance to Mix Design 31 Section 6- 02.3(5)C is supplemented with the following: 32 33 When combined aggregate gradation is used for structural concrete, the 34 specified aggregate weight tolerance. shall be for the combined aggregate 35 instead of the coarse and fine aggregate components. 36 37 reinforcement 38 39 Placing and (Fastening 40 Section 6- 02.3(24)C is supplemented with the following: 41 42 Drilling Moles for, and Setting, Steel Reinforcing Bar Dowels 43 Where called for by the Engineer, holes shall be drilled into existing concrete to 44 the size and dimension specified by the Engineer. The Contractor may use any 45 method for drilling the holes provided the method selected does not damage 46 the concrete and the steel reinforcing bar that is to remain. 47 48 The Contractor shall exercise care in locating and drilling the holes to avoid 49 damage to existing steel reinforcing bars and concrete. Location of the holes 50 may be shifted slightly with the approval of the Engineer in order to avoid 51 damaging the existing steel reinforcing bars. All damage caused by the Logan Avenue Bridge Seismic Retrofit Page 20 1 Contractor's operations shall be repaired by the Contractor at no cost to the 2 Contracting Agency and the repair shall be as approved by the Engineer. 3 4 Steel reinforcing bars shall be set in to the holes noted in the Plans with epoxy 5 resin. The holes shall be blown clean with dry compressed air before placing 6 the resin. 7 8 The Contractor shall demonstrate, to the satisfaction of the Engineer, that the 9 method used for setting the steel reinforcing bars completely fills the void 10 between the steel reinforcing bar and the concrete with epoxy resin. Dams 11 shall be placed at the front of the holes to confine the epoxy and shall not be 12 removed until the epoxy has cured in the hole. 13 14 15 Measurement 16 Section 6 -02.4 is supplemented with the following: 17 18 19 (BSP June 26, 2000) 20 Expansion joint modification contains the following approximate quantities of materials 21 and work: 22 23 * "' Poured Sealant Joint 530 LF 24 Polymer Concrete Nosing 3 CY 25 26 The quantities are listed only for the convenience of the Contractor in determining the 27 volume of work involved and are not guaranteed to be accurate. The prospective 28 bidders shall verify these quantities before submitting a bid. No adjustments other than 29 for approved changes will be made in the lump sum contract price for "Expansion Joint 30 Modification" even though the actual quantities required may deviate from those listed. 31 32 33 (BSP June 26, 2000) 34 Seismic retrofit contains the following approximate quantities of materials and work: 35 36 *'* Longitudinal Seismic Restrainers 8 EA 37 Transverse Seismic Restrainers 4 EA 38 39 The quantities are listed only for the convenience of the Contractor in determining the 40 volume of work involved and are not guaranteed to be accurate. The prospective 41 bidders shall verify these quantities before submitting a bid. No adjustments other than 42 for approved changes will be made in the lump sum contract price for "Seismic Retrofit - 43 " even though the actual quantities required may deviate from those listed. 44 45 46 Payment 47 48 49 Section 6 -02.5 is supplemented with the following: 50 51 52 (BSP June 26, 2000) Logan Avenue Bridge Seismic Retrofit page 21 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 "Expansion Joint Modification ", lump sum. (BSP June 26, 2000) "Seismic Retrofit - ", lump sum. "Force Account Concrete Spall Repair", force account. All costs in connection with repairing concrete spalls as specified and as approved by the Engineer will be paid by force account in accordance with Section 1 -09.6. For the purpose of providing a common proposal for all bidders, the Contracting Agency has entered an amount for the time "Force Account Concrete Spall Repair" in the bid proposal to become a part of the total bid by the Contractor. METALLIC COATINGS March 30, 1992 General Requirements 1.01 Description A. This specification covers the requirements for thermal spray metallic coatings, with and without topcoats, as a means to prevent corrosion. B. The coating system consists of surface preparation by wash cleaning and abrasive blast cleaning, application of metallic coating, and, where specified, shop coat and/or shop coat plus topcoat. The system also includes inspection and acceptance requirements. 1.02 Definitions A. See "Thermal Spraying: Practice, Theory, and Application" prepared by AWS Committee on Thermal Spraying. 1.03 Reference Standards A. The standards referenced in this specification form a part of this specification. B. Steel Structures Painting Council (SSPC) Specifications SSPC -SP 5 SSPC -SP 10 C. Other Standards White Metal Blast Cleaning Near -White Blast Cleaning ASTM -C -633 Test Method for Adhesive or Cohesive Strengths of Flame - Sprayed Coatings ASTM D4417 Standard Test Methods for Field Measurement of Surface Profile of Blast- Cleaned Steel ASTM D2092 Primer Pretreatment Logan Avenue Bridge Seismic Retrofit Page 22 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 1.04 Quality Assurance A. A representative sample of each lot of the coating material used shall be submitted to the Engineer for analysis prior to use. B. The Thermal sprayed coating shall have a uniform appearance. The coating shall not contain any blisters, cracks, chips or loosely adhering particles, oil or other surface contaminants, nodules, or pits exposing the substrate. C. The Engineer may cut through the coating with a knife or chisel. If upon doing so, any part of the coating lifts away from the base metal 1/4 in. or more ahead of the cutting blade without cutting the metal, then the bond is considered not effective and is rejected. D. Coated areas which have been rejected or damaged in the inspection procedure described shall have the defective sections blast cleaned to remove all of the thermal sprayed coating and shall then be recoated. Before resubmittal and inspection, those sections where coating has not reached the required thickness shall be sprayed with additional metal until that thickness is achieved. 1.05 Submittals A. The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer, prior to abrasive blast cleaning, a 12 inch x 12 inch (30 cm x 30 cm) steel plate, of the same material and approximate thickness of the steel to be coated, blasted clean to meet the requirements of Paragraph 3.01 C below. The sample plate will be checked for specified angular surface pattern, the abrasive grit size and type used, and the proceedure used. This plate shall be used as the visual standard to determine the acceptability of the cleaned surface. In the event the Contractor's cleaning operation is inferior to the sample plate, the Contractor shall be required to correct the cleaning operation to do a job comparable to the specimen submitted. Materials 2.01 Metallic Coatings A. The material used for spraying shall be made especially for that purpose. Zinc shall have a minimum purity of 99.9 percent. 2.02 Shop Coats and Field Coats A. Shop coats and field coats shall be as specified in the Contract Provisions. Construction Requirements 3.01 Surface Preparation A. Surface irregularities (e.g., sharp edges and /or carburized edges, cracks, delaminations, pits, etc.) interfering with the application of the coating shall be removed or repaired, prior to wash cleaning. Thermal cut edges shall be ground to reduce hardness to attain the surface profile required from abrasive blast cleaning. Logan Avenue Bridge Seismic Retrofit Page 23 1 B. All dirt, oil, scaling, etc. shall be removed prior to blast cleaning. All surfaces shall 2 be wash cleaned with either clean water at 8000 psi or water and detergent at 2000 3 psi with two rinses with clean water. 4 5 C. The surface shall be abrasive blast cleaned to white metal (SSPC -SP 5). The 6 surface profile will be measured using a surface profile comparator, replica tape, or 7 other method suitable for the abrasive being used in accordance with ASTM 8 D4417. 9 10 D. Where zinc coatings up to and including 0.009 inch (0.23 mm) thick are to be 11 applied, one of the following abrasive grits shall be used with pressure blast 12 equipment to produce a 3.0 mils (75 microns) AA anchor tooth pattern. 13 14 (1) Aluminum oxide or silicon carbide 15 mesh size: SAE G -25 to SAE G -40 16 17 (2) Hardened steel grit 18 mesh size: SAE G -25 to SAE G -40 19 20 (3) Garnet, flint, or crushed nickel slag 21 mesh size: SAE G -25 to SAE G -50 22 23 Where zinc coatings greater than 0.010 inch (0.25 mm) thick are to be applied, one 24 of the following abrasive grits shall be used with pressure blast equipment to 25 produce a 5.0 mils (130 microns) AA anchor tooth pattern. 26 27 (1) Aluminum oxide or silicon carbide 28 mesh size: SAE G -18 to SAE G -25 29 30 (2) Hardened steel grit 31 mesh size: SAE G -18 to SAE G -25 32 33 (3) Garnet, flint, or crushed nickel slag 34 mesh size: SAE G -18 to SAE G -25 35 36 E. The pressure of the blast nozzle, as measured with a needle probe gauge, with 37 pressure type blasting equipment shall be as follows: 38 39 1. With aluminum oxide, silicon carbide, flint, or slag - 50 psi (345 kPa) 40 minimum and 60 psi (414 kPa) maximum. 41 42 2. With garnet or steel grit - 75 psi (517 kPa) minimum. 43 44 The pressure at the blast nozzle, with syphon blasting (suction blasting), shall 45 be as follows: 46 47 1. With aluminum oxide, silicon carbide, flint, or slag - 75 psi (517 kPa) 48 maximum. 49 50 2. With garnet or steel grit - 90 psi (621 kPa) maximum. 51 Logan Avenue Bridge Seismic Retrofit Page 24 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 F. The abrasive blast stream shall be directed onto the substrate surface at a spray angle of 75 to 90 degrees, and moved side to side. The nozzle to substrate distance shall be 4 to 12 in. (102 -304 mm). 3.02 Application of Metallic Coating A. No surface shall be sprayed which shows any sign of condensed moisture or which does not comply with the requirements of Paragraph 3.01 C above. Thermal spraying must not take place when the relative humidity is 90% or greater, when the steel temperature is less than 5 degrees F (3 degrees C) above the dew point, or when the air or steel temperature is less than 40 degrees F (5 degrees C). B. Clean, dry air shall be used with not less than 50 psi air pressure at the air regulator. Not more than 50 ft. of 3/8 in. ID hose shall be used between the air regulator and the metallizing gun. The metallizing gun shall be started and adjusted with the spray directed away from the work. During the spraying operation and depending upon the equipment being used, the gun shall be held from 3 to 10 in. from the surface of the work. C. Manual spraying shall be done in a block pattern, typically 2 feet x 2 feet square (0.6 meters square). The sprayed metal shall overlap on each pass to ensure uniform coverage. The specified thickness of the coating shall be applied in multiple layers. In no case are fewer than two passes of thermal spraying, overlapping at right angles, acceptable. D. At least one single layer of coating shall be applied within 4 hours of blasting and the surface shall be completely coated to the specified thickness within 8 hours of blasting. E. The minimum coating thickness shall be .006 inch unless otherwise shown in the Plans. 3.03 Applications of Shop Coats and Field Coats A. The surface shall be wiped clean with solvent immediately before applying the wash primer. The wash primer, dry film thickness shall not exceed 0.5 mils (13 microns) or be less than 0.3 mils (8 microns). It shall be applied using an appropriate spray gun except in those areas where brush or roller application is necessary. The subsequent shop or field coats shall be applied no less than one - half hour after a wash primer. B. The shop coat shall be applied according to Section 6 -07, ASTM D2092 and the paint manufacturer's recommendations. C. All field coats shall be applied according to Section 6 -07 and the paint manufacturer's recommendations. Payment All costs in connection with producing the metallic coatings as specified shall be included in the unit contract price for the applicable item or items of work. Logan Avenue Bridge Seismic Retrofit Page 25 Amendments to the Standard Specifications Im 0 1 CONTENTS 2 3 4 5 INTRODUCTION ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - - - - -1 6 AMENDMENTS TO THE STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS 7 SECTION 1 -02, BID PROCEDURES AND CONDITIONS------------------------------ - - - - -1 8 SECTION 1 -04, SCOPE OF THE WORK--------------------------------------------------- - - - - -2 9 SECTION 1 -06, CONTROL OF MATERIAL ------------------------------------------------ - - - - -4 10 SECTION 1 -07, LEGAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITIES TO THE PUBLIC - - -4 11 SECTION 1 -09, MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT--------------------------------------- - - - - -6 12 SECTION 1 -10, TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL------------------------------------ - - - - -6 13 SECTION 1 -99, APWA SUPPLEMENT------------------------------------------------------ - - - - -9 14 SECTION 2 -03, ROADWAY EXCAVATION AND EMBANKMENT ------------------- - - - -10 15 SECTION 5 -04, ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVEMENT----------------------------------- - - - -10 16 SECTION 5 -05, CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT---------------------------------- - - - - -- 11 17 SECTION 6 -02, CONCRETE STRUCTURES ------ - - - - -- ------------------------------- - - - -13 18 SECTION 6 -03, STEEL STRUCTURES---------------------------------------------------- - - - -16 19 SECTION 6 -05, PILING ------------------------------------------------------------------------ - - - -17 20 SECTION 6 -07, PAINTING -------------------------------------------------------------------- - - - -18 21 SECTION 6 -09, MODIFIED CONCRETE OVERLAYS---------------------------------- - - - -20 22 SECTION 6 -10, CONCRETE BARRIER --------------------------------------------------- - - - -37 23 SECTION 7 -01, DRAINS --------------------------------------------------------------------- - - - - -- 38 24 SECTION 7 -02, CULVERTS------------------------------------------------------------------- - - - -38 25 SECTION 7 -04, STORM SEWERS---------------------------------------------------------- - - - -38 26 SECTION 7 -05, MANHOLES, INLETS, CATCH BASINS, AND DRYWELLS ----- - - - -38 27 SECTION 7 -08, GENERAL PIPE INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS -------------- - - - -39 28 SECTION 7 -09, WATER MAINS ------------------------------------------------------------- - - - -39 29 SECTION 7 -10, TRENCH EXC., BEDDING, AND BACKFILL FOR WATER MAINS 53 30 SECTION 7 -11, PIPE INSTALLATION FOR WATER MAINS ------------------------- - - - -53 31 SECTION 7 -12, VALVES FOR WATER MAINS ------------------------------------------ - - - -53 32 SECTION 7 -15, SERVICE CONNECTIONS ---------------------------------------------- - - - -53 33 SECTION 7 -17, SANITARY SEWERS------------------------------------------------------ - - - -53 Logan Avenue Bridge Siesmic Retrofit July 01, 2003 A 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 PAGE - SECTION 8 -01, EROSION CONTROL AND WATER POLLUTION CONTROL- - - - -53 SECTION 8 -02, ROADSIDE RESTORATION--------------------------------------------- - - - -62 3 SECTION 8 -03, IRRIGATION SYSTEM---------------------------------------------------- - - - -76 SECTION 8 -04, CURBS, GUTTERS, AND SPILLWAYS------------------------------- - - - -82 SECTION 8 -08, RUMBLE STRIPS ---------------------------------------------------------- - - - -83 SECTION8 -10, GUIDE POSTS ------------------------------------------------------------ - - - - -- 84 SECTION8 -11, GUARDRAIL----------------------------------------------------------------- - - - -84 SECTION 8 -12, CHAIN LINK FENCE AND WIRE FENCE ---------------------------- - - - -85 SECTION 8 -20, ILLUMINATION, TRAFFIC SIGNAL SYSTEMS, AND ELECTRICAL85 SECTION 8 -21, PERMANENT SIGNING ---------------------------------------------- - - - - -- 106 SECTION 8 -22, PAVEMENT MARKING------------------------------------------------ - - - - -- 107 SECTION 8 -23, TEMPORARY PAVEMENT MARKINGS -------------------------- - - - - -- 108 SECTION 9 -01, PORTLAND CEMENT------------------------------------------------- - - - - -- log SECTION 9 -02, BITUMINOUS MATERIALS ------------------------------------------ - - - - -- 109 SECTION 9 -03, AGGREGATES---------------------------------------------------------- - - - - -- -110 SECTION 9 -04, JOINT AND CRACK SEALING MATERIALS -------------------- - - - - -- -113 SECTION 9 -05, DRAINAGE STRUCTURES, CULVERTS, AND CONDUITS - - - - -- -113 SECTION 9 -06, STRUCTURAL STEELAND RELATED MATERIALS=--------- - - - - -- -114 SECTION 9 -07, REINFORCING STEEL----------------------------------------------- - - - - -- -114 SECTION 9 -09, TIMBER AND LUMBER----------------------------------------------- - - - - -- -114 SECTION 9 -12, MASONRY UNITS---------------------------------------- -------------- - - - - -- -115 SECTION 9 -14, EROSION CONTROLAND ROADSIDE PLANTING ---------- - - - - -- -115 SECTION 9 -15, IRRIGATION SYSTEM ------------------------------------------------ - - - - -- 123 SECTION 9 -16, FENCE AND GUARDRAIL------------------------------------------- - - - - -- 127 SECTION 9 -17, FLEXIBLE GUIDE POSTS------------------------------------------- - - - - -- 129 SECTION 9 -23, CONCRETE CURING MATERIALS AND ADMIXTURES----- - - - - -- 129 SECTION 9 -26, EPDXY SYSTEMS----------------------------------------------------- - - - - -- 130 SECTION 9 -28, SIGNING MATERIALS AND FABRICATION--------------------- - - - - -- 132 SECTION 9 -29, ILLUMINATION, SIGNALS, ELECTRICAL----------------------- - --- -- 139 SECTION 9 -30, WATER DISTRIBUTION MATERIALS ---------------------------- - - - - -- 179 SECTION 9 -31, ELASTOMERIC BEARING PADS ---------------------------------- - - - - -- 180 Logan Avenue Bridge Siesmic Retrofit July 01, 2003 B WI., 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 INTRODUCTION The following Amendments and Special Provisions shall be used in conjunction with the 2002 Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction (English). AMENDMENTS TO THE STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS The following Amendments to the Standard Specifications are made a part of this contract and supersede any conflicting provisions of the Standard Specifications. For informational purposes, the date following each Amendment title indicates the implementation date of the Amendment or the latest date of revision. Each Amendment contains all current revisions to the applicable section of the Standard Specifications and may include references which do not apply to this particular project. INTRODUCTION The following Amendments and Special Provisions shall be used in conjunction with the 2002 Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction (English). This project is designed in metric units. Among the Special Provisions contained in this project are revisions to sections within Divisions 1, 6, 7 and 9 that provide conversion methods and charts needed to administer this project utilizing the English 2002 Standard Specifications. AMENDMENTS TO THE STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS The following Amendments to the Standard Specifications are made a part of this contract and supersede any conflicting provisions of the Standard Specifications. For informational purposes, the date following each Amendment title indicates the implementation date of the Amendment or the latest date of revision. Each Amendment contains all current revisions to the applicable section of the Standard Specifications and may include references which do not apply to this particular project. SECTION 1 -02, BID PROCEDURES AND CONDITIONS April 7, 2003 1 -02.6 Preparation of Proposal The second paragraph is deleted. The eighth paragraph, dealing with Traff ic Control Labor, is deleted. 1 -02.13 Irregular Proposals Number 2. is revised to read: 2. A proposal may be considered irregular and may be rejected if: a. The proposal does not include a unit price for every bid item; b. Any of the unit prices are excessively unbalanced (either above or below the amount of a reasonable bid) to the potential detriment of the - Contracting Agency; c. Receipt of addenda is not acknowledged; d. A member of a joint venture or partnership and the joint venture or partnership submit proposals for the same project (in such an instance, both bids may be rejected); or e. If proposal form entries are not made in ink. LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 SECTION 1 -04, SCOFF OF THE WORK December 2, 2002 1 -04.4 Changes The fifth paragraph is revised to read: For Item 2, if the actual quantity of any item, exclusive of added or deleted amounts included in agreed change orders, increases or decreases by more than 25 percent from the original plan quantity, the unit contract price for that item may be adjusted in accordance with Section 1 -04.6. 1 -04.6 Increased or Decreased Quantities This section is revised to read: Payment to the Contractor will be made only for the actual quantities of work performed and accepted in conformance with the contract. When the accepted quantity of work performed under a unit item varies from the original proposal quantity, payment will be at the unit contract price for all work unless the total accepted quantity of any contract item, adjusted to exclude added or deleted amounts included in change orders accepted by both parties, increases or decreases by more than 25 percent from the original proposal quantity. In that case, payment for contract work may be adjusted as described herein: The adjusted final quantity shall be determined by starting with the final accepted quantity measured after all work under an item has been completed. From this amount, subtract any quantities included in additive change orders accepted by both parties. Then, to the resulting amount, add any quantities Included in deductive change orders accepted by both parties. The final result of this calculation shall become the adjusted final quantity and the basis for comparison to the original proposal quantity. Increased Quantities. Either party to the contract will be entitled to renegotiate the price for that portion of the adjusted final quantity in excess of 1.25 times the original proposal quantity. The price for excessive increased quantities will be determined by agreement of the parties, or, where the parties cannot agree, the price will be determined by the Engineer based upon the actual costs to perform the work, including reasonable markup for overhead and profit. 2. Decreased Quantities. Either party to the contract will be entitled to an equitable adjustment if the adjusted final quantity of work performed is less than 75 percent of the original bid quantity. The equitable adjustment shall be based upon and limited to three factors: 1. Any increase or decrease in unit costs of labor, materials or equipment, utilized for work actually performed, resulting solely from the reduction in quantity; 2. Changes in production rates or methods of performing work actually done to the extent that the nature of the work actually performed differs from the nature of the work included in the original plan; and 3. An adjustment for the anticipated contribution to unavoidable fixed cost and overhead from the units representing the difference between the adjusted final quantity and 75% of the original plan quantity. The following limitations shall apply to renegotiated prices for increases and/or equitable adjustments for decreases: 1. The equipment rates shall be actual cost but shall not exceed the rates set forth in the AGC/WSDOT Equipment Rental Agreement (referred to in Section 1 -09.6) that is in effect at the time the work is performed. 2. No payment will be made for extended or unabsorbed home office overhead and field overhead expenses to the extent that there is an unbalanced allocation of such expenses among the contract bid items. LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT M am c 0 1 2 4 5 6 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 3. No payment for consequential damages or loss of anticipated profits will be allowed because of any variance in quantities from those originally shown in the proposal form, contract provisions, and contract plans. 4. The total payment (including the adjustment amount and unit prices for work performed) for any item which experiences an equitable adjustment for decreased quantity shall not exceed 75% of the amount originally bid for the item. If the adjusted final quantity of any item does not vary from the quantity shown in the proposal by more than 25%, then the Contractor and the Contracting Agency agree that all work under that item will be performed at the original contract unit price and within the original time for completion. When ordered by the Engineer, the Contractor shall proceed with the work pending determination of the cost or time adjustment for the variation in quantities. The Contractor and the Contracting Agency agree that there will be no cost adjustment for decreases if the Contracting Agency has entered the amount for the item in the proposal form only to provide a common proposal for bidders. 1 -04.7 Differing Site Conditions (Changed Conditions) This section is revised to read: During the progress of the work, if preexisting subsurface or latent physical conditions are encountered at the site, differing materially from those indicated in the contract, or if preexisting unknown physical conditions of an unusual nature, differing materially from those ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in the work provided for in the contract, are encountered at the site, the party discovering such conditions shall promptly notify the other party in writing of the specific differing site conditions before they are disturbed and before the affected work is performed. Upon written notification, the Engineer will investigate the conditions and if he /she determines that the conditions materially differ and cause an increase or decrease in the cost or time required for the performance of any work under the contract, an adjustment, excluding loss of anticipated profits, will be made and the contract modified in writing accordingly. The Engineer will notify the Contractor of his /her determination whether or not an adjustment of the contract is warranted. No contract adjustment which results in a benefit to the Contractor will be allowed unless the Contractor has provided the required written notice. The equitable adjustment will be by agreement with the Contractor. However, if the parties are unable to agree, the Engineer will determine the amount of the equitable adjustment in accordance with Section 1 -09.4. Extensions of time will be evaluated in accordance with Section 1 -08.8. If the Engineer determines that different site conditions do not exist and no adjustment in costs or time is warranted, such determination shall be final as provided in Section 1- 05.1. If there is a decrease in the costs or time required to perform the work, failure of the Contractor to notify the Engineer of the differing site conditions shall not affect the Contracting Agency's right to make an adjustment in the costs or time. No claim by the Contractor shall be allowed unless the Contractor has followed the procedures provided in Section 1 -04.5 and 1- 09.11. LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 1 SECTION 1 -06, CONTROL OF MATERIAL 2 December 2, 2002 3 1- 06.2(2)6 Financial Incentive 4 In the first paragraph, the reference to pay factors 1.0000" and 1.0500" are revised to 5 "1.00" and 1.05" respectively. 6 7 In the second paragraph, the reference to pay factor "1.000" is revised to 1.00 ". 8 9 SECTION 1 -07, LEGAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITIES TO THE PUBLIC 10 December 2, 2002 11 1 -07.1 Laws to be Observed 12 The first sentence is revised to read: 13 14 The Contractor shall always comply with all Federal, State, tribal or local laws, 15 ordinances, and regulations that affect work under the contract. 16 17 1 -07.15 Temporary Water Pollution /Erosion Control 18 This section is supplemented with the following: 19 20 1- 07.15(1) Spill Prevention, Control and Countermeasures Plan 21 The Contractor shall prepare a project specific spill prevention, control and 22 countermeasures (SPCC) plan to be used for the duration of the project. The plan shall 23 be submitted to the Engineer prior to the commencement of any on site construction 24 activities. The Contractor shall maintain a copy of the plan at the work site, including 25 any necessary updates as the work progresses. If hazardous materiais are encountered 26 during construction, the Contractor shall do everything possible to control and contain 27 the material until appropriate measures can be taken. Hazardous material, as referred 28 to within this specification, is defined in RCW 70.105.010 under "Hazardous 29 Substances ". Occupational safety and health requirements that pertain to SPCC 30 planning are contained in WAC 296 -155 and WAC 296 -62. 31 32 The SPCC plan shall address the following project- specific information: 33 34 1. SPCC Plan Elements 35 36 A. Site Information 37 Identify general site information useful in construction planning, 38 recognizing potential sources of spills, and identifying personnel 39 responsible for managing and implementing the plan. 40 41 B. Project Site Description 42 Identify staging, storage, maintenance, and refueling areas and their 43 relationship to drainage pathways, waterways, and other sensitive areas. 44 Specifically address: 45 46 0 the Contractor's equipment maintenance, refueling, and cleaning 47 activities. 48 49 0 the Contractor's on site storage areas for hazardous materials. 50 51 C. Spill Prevention and Containment 52 Identify spill prevention and containment methods to be used at each of 53 the locations identified in B., above. 54 55 D. Spill Response 56 Outline spill response procedures including assessment of the hazard, 57 securing spill response and personal protective equipment, containing and LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 1 eliminating the spill source, and mitigation, removal and disposal of the 2 material. 3 4 E. Standby, On -Site, Matedal and Equipment 5 The plan shall identify the equipment and materials the Contractor will 6 maintain on site to carry out the preventive and responsive measures for 7 the items listed. 8 9 F. Reporting 10 The plan shall list all federal, state and local agency telephone numbers 11 the Contractor must notify in the event of a spill. 12 13 G. Program Management 14 Identify site security measures, inspection procedures and personnel 15 training procedures as they relate to spill prevention, containment, 16 response, management and cleanup. 17 18 H. Preexisting Contamination 19 If preexisting contamination in the project area is described elsewhere in 20 the plans or specifications, the SPCC plan shall indicate measures the 21 Contractor will take to conduct work without allowing release or further 22 spreading of the materials. 23 24 2. Attachments 25 26 A. Site plan showing the locations identified in (1. B. and 1. C.) noted 27 previously. 28 29 B. Spill and Incident Report Forms, if any, that the Contractor will be using. 30 31 Implementation Requirements 32 The Contractor shall be prepared and shall carry out the SPCC plan in the event of 33 a hazardous spill within the project limits. 34 35 Payment 36 The lump sum contract price for the "SPCC Plan" shall be full pay for: 37 38 1. All costs associated with creating the SPCC plan. 39 40 2. All costs associated with providing and maintaining on site standby 41 materials and equipment described in the SPCC plan. 42 43 As to other costs associated with spills the contractor may request payment as 44 provided for in the Contract. No payment shall be made if the spill was caused by 45 or resulted from the Contractor's operations, negligence or omissions. 46 47 1 -07.16 Protection and Restoration of Property 48 This section is supplemented with the following: 49 50 1- 07.16(2)A Archaeological and Historical Objects 51 Archaeological or historical objects, such as ruins, sites, buildings, artifacts, fossils, or 52 other objects of antiquity that may have significance from a historical or scientific 53 standpoint, which may be encountered by the Contractor, shall not be further disturbed. 54 The Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer of any such finds. 55 56 The Engineer will determine if the material is to be salvaged. The Contractor may be 57 required to stop work in the vicinity of the discovery until such determination is made. 58 The Engineer may require the Contractor to suspend work in the vicinity of the 59 discovery until salvage is accomplished. 60 LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 1 If the Engineer finds that the suspension of work in the vicinity of the discovery 2 increases or decreases the cost or time required for performance of any part of the work 3 under this contract, the Engineer will make an adjustment in payment or the time 4 required for the performance of the work in accordance with Sections 1 -04.4 and 1 -08.8. 5 6 1- 07.16(4) Payment 7 The first sentence is revised to read: 8 9 All costs to comply with this section and for the protection and repair specified in this 10 section, unless otherwise stated, are incidental to the contract and are the responsibility 11 of the Contractor. 12 13 SECTION 1 -09, MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 14 August 5, 2002 15 1- 09.2(4) Specific Requirements for Belt Conveyor Scales 16 In the first paragraph, the reference to "National Bureau of Standards Handbook No. 44," is 17 revised to read: 18 19 National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) Handbook No. 44, 20 21 1 -09.6 Force Account 22 On page 1 -86, under "For Labor ", the fourth and fifth sentences in the second paragraph 23 are deleted. 24 25 On page 1 -86, under "For Labor ", the fifth paragraph is revised to read: 26 27 In addition to compensation for direct labor costs defined above, the Contracting Agency 28 will pay the Contractor 29 percent of the sum of the costs calculated for labor 29 reimbursement to cover project overhead, general company overhead, profit, bonding., 30 insurance, Business & Occupation tax, and any other costs incurred. This amount will 31 include any costs of safety training and health tests, but will not include such costs for 32 unique force account work that is different from typical work and which could not have 33 been anticipated at the time of bid. 34 35 On page 1 -87, under "For Equipment ", the third paragraph is supplemented with the 36 following: 37 38 In the event that prior quotations are not obtained and the vendor is not a firm 39 independent from the Contractor or subcontractor, then after - the -fact quotations may be 40 obtained by the Engineer from the open market in the vicinity and the lowest such 41 quotation may be used in place of the submitted invoice. 42 43 On page 1 -88, under "For Services ", the first paragraph is supplemented with the following: 44 45 In the event that prior quotations are not obtained and the service invoice is submitted 46 by a subcontractor, then after - the -fact quotations may be obtained by the Engineer from 47 the open market in the vicinity and the lowest such quotation may be used in place of 48 the submitted invoice. 49 50 SECTION 1 -10, TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL 51 April 7, 2003 52 1- 10.2(1) General 53 This section is revised to read: 54 55 It is the Contractor's responsibility to plan, conduct and safely perform the work. The 56 Contractor shall designate an individual or individuals to perform the duties of Traffic 57 Control Manager (TCM). The TCM must be an employee of the Contractor. The duties 58 of the TCM may not be subcontracted. LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT ow wr we W& 1 2 The Contractor shall also designate an individual or individuals to perform the duties of 3 the Traffic Control Supervisor (TCS). The TCS shall be responsible for safe 4 implementation of approved Traffic Control Plans provided by the TCM. 5 6 The TCM and TCS shall be certified as worksite traffic control supervisors by one of the 7 organizations listed in the Special Provisions. A TCM and TCS are required on all 8 projects that have traffic control. The TCM may also perform the duties of the TCS. The 9 Contractor shall identify an alternate TCM and TCS who can assume the duties of the 10 assigned or primary TCM and TCS in the event of that person's inability to perform. 11 Such alternates shall meet the same requirements as the primary TCM and TCS. 12 13 The Contractor shall maintain 24 -hour telephone numbers at which the TCM and TCS 14 can be contacted and be available upon the Engineer's request at other than normal 15 working hours. The TCM and TCS shall have the appropriate personnel, equipment, 16 and material available at all times in order to expeditiously correct any deficiency in the 17 traffic control system. 18 19 1- 10.2(1)A Traffic Control Manager 20 This section is revised to read: 21 22 The duties of the Traffic Control Manager (TCM) shall include: 23 24 1. Overseeing and approving the actions of the Traffic Control Supervisor (TCS) 25 to ensure that proper safety and traffic control measures are implemented and 26 consistent with the specific requirements created by the Contractor's 27 workzones and the Contract. 28 29 2. Providing the Contractor's designated TCS with approved Traffic Control Plans 30 (TCP's) which are compatible with the work operations and traffic control for 31 which they will be implemented. 32 33 3. Discussing proposed traffic control measures and coordinating implementation 34 of the Contractor - adopted traffic control plan(s) with the Engineer. 35 36 4. Coordinating all traffic control operations, including those of subcontractors, 37 suppliers, and any adjacent construction or maintenance operations. 38 39 5. Coordinating the project's activities (such as ramp closures, road closures, and 40 lane closures) with appropriate police, fire control agencies, city or county 41 engineering, medical emergency agencies, school districts, and transit 42 companies. 43 44 6. Overseeing all requirements of the contract which contribute to the 45 convenience, safety, and orderly movement of vehicular and pedestrian traffic. 46 47 7. Havingg the latest adopted edition of the MUTCD including the Modifications to 48 the MUTCD for Streets and Highways for the State of Washington and 49 applicable standards and specifications available at all times on the project. 50 51 8. Attending all project meetings where traffic management is discussed. 52 53 9 Reviewing the TCS diaries daily and being aware of "field" traffic control 54 operations. 55 56 10. Assuring daily submissions of previous day's TCS diaries, indicating date of 57 TCM review, to WSDOT TCS. 58 59 11, Being present on -site a sufficient amount of time to adequately accomplish the 60 above - listed duties. LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 1- 10.2(1)B Traffic Control Supervisor This section is revised to read: A Traffic Control Supervisor (TCS) shall be on the project whenever traffic control labor is required or less frequently, as approved by the Engineer. The TCS shall personally perform all the duties of the TCS. During non -work periods, .. the TCS shall be available to the job site within a 45- minute time period after notification by the Engineer. The TCS's duties shall include: Inspecting traffic control devices and nighttime lighting for proper location, installation, message, cleanliness, and effect on the traveling public. Traffic., control devices shall be inspected each work shift except that Class A signs and nighttime lighting need to be checked only once a week. Traffic control devices left in place for 24 hours or more should also be inspected once during the nonworking hours when they are initially set up (during daylight or darkness, whichever is opposite of the working hours). 2. Preparing a daily traffic control diary on DOT Forms 421 -040A and 421 -0408, which shall be submitted to the Engineer no later than the end of the next working day to become a part of the project records. The Contractor may use their own form if it is approved by the Engineer. Include in the diary such items as: a. When signs and traffic control devices are installed and removed, b. Location and condition of signs and traffic control devices, c. Revisions to the approved traffic control plan (TCP), d. Lighting utilized at night, and e. Observations of traffic conditions. 3. Ensuring that corrections are made if traffic control devices are not functioning as required. The TCS may make minor revisions to the approved traffic control plan to accommodate site conditions as long as the original Intent of the traffic control plan is maintained and the revision has concurrence of the TCM and/or WSDOT TCS. 4. Attending traffic control coordinating meetings or coordination activities as authorized by the Engineer. 5. Ensuring that all needed traffic control devices are available and in good working condition prior to the need to install those devices. 6. Having a current set of approved TCP's and applicable contract provisions as provided by the TCM and the latest adopted edition of the MUTCD including the Modifications to the MUTCD for Streets and Highways for the State of Washington and applicable standards and specifications. The TCS may perform the work described by `Traffic Control Labor" as long as the duties of the TCS are accomplished. Possession of a current flagging card by the TCS is mandatory. A reflective vest and a hard hat shall be worn by the TCS. 1- 10.2(2) Traffic Control Plans This section including title is revised to read: LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT an 1 1- 10.2(2) Traffic Control Plans (TCP's) 2 The traffic control plan or plans appearing In the contract plans show a method of 3 handling traffic. All flaggers are to be shown on the traffic control plan except for 4 emergency situations. The Contractor shall designate and adopt in writing the specific 5 traffic control plan or plans required for their method of performing the work. If the 6 Contractor's methods differ from the contract traffic control plan(s), the Contractor shall 7 propose modification of the traffic control plan(s) by showing the necessary construction 8 signs, flaggers, and other traffic control devices required for the project. The 9 Contractor's modified traffic control plan(s) shall be in accordance with the established 10 standards for plan development as shown in the MUTCD, Part VI. The Contractor's 11 letter designating and adopting the specific traffic control plan(s) or any proposed 12 modified plan(s) shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval at least ten calendar 13 days in advance of the time the signs and other traffic control devices will be required. 14 The Contractor shall be solely responsible for providing copies of the approved Traffic 15 Control Plans to the Traffic Control Supervisor. 16 17 1- 10.2(3) Conformance to Established Standards 18 The second sentence in the sixth paragraph (Category 4) is deleted. 19 20 1 -10.5 Payment 21 Under "Traffic Control Vehicle ", the reference to 1- 10.3(1)B is revised to 1- 10.2(1)B. 22 23 SECTION 1 -99, APWA SUPPLEMENT 24 December 2, 2002 25 Section 1 -01.3 (APWA Only) page 1 -111 26 The third paragraph is revised to read as follows: 27 28 The venue of all causes of action arising from the advertisement, award, execution, and 29 performance of the contract shall be in the Superior Court of the County where the 30 Contracting Agency's headquarters is located. 31 32 Section 1 -02.1 (APWA Only) Page 112 33 This section is revised to read: 34 35 Bidders shall be qualified by experience, financing, equipment, and organization to do 36 the work called for in the Contract Documents. The Contracting Agency reserves the 37 right to take whatever action it deems necessary to ascertain the ability of the bidder to 38 perform the work satisfactorily. 39 40 SECTION 1 -02.9 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY REVISING THE FIRST PARAGRAPH 41 TO READ: 42 43 Each proposal shall be submitted in a sealed envelope, with the Project Name and 44 Project Number as stated in the Advertisement for Bids clearly marked on the outside of 45 the envelope, or as otherwise stated in the Bid Documents. 46 47 Section 1 -02.14 (APWA Only) Page 114 48 Item 3 is revised to read: 49 50 3. The bidder, in the opinion of the Contracting Agency, is not qualified for the work or 51 to the full extent of the bid, or to the extent that the bid exceeds the authorized 52 prequalification amount as may have been determined by a prequalification of the 53 bidder; 54 55 Item 10 is deleted 56 57 Section 1 -07.18 (APWA Only) Page 1 -123 58 Item No. 4 is revised to read: 59 LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 1 4. A Pollution Liability policy, required if so stated in the Contract Provisions, providing 2 coverage for claims involving remediation, disposal, or other handling of pollutants 3 arising out of: (1) Contractor's operations related to this project; (2) transportation of 4 hazardous materials to or from any site related to this project, including, but not 5 limited to, the project site and any other site, including those owned by the 6 Contractor or for which the Contractor is responsible; and (3) remediation, 7 abatement, repair, maintenance or other work with lead -based paint or materials 8 containing asbestos. 9 10 Such Pollution Liability policy shall provide the following minimum coverage for 11 Bodily Injury and Property Damage: 12 13 $1,000,000 per occurrence 14 15 Section 1 -07.18 (APWA Only) Page 1 -124 16 The third paragraph under "Evidence of Insurance" is revised to read: 17 18 A copy of the endorsement naming Contracting Agency and any other entities required 19 by the Contract Provisions as Additional Insured(s), and stating that coverage is primary 20 and non - contributory, showing the policy number, and signed by an authorized 21 representative of the insurance company on Form CG2010 (ISO) or equivalent. 22 23 Section 1 -10.5 (APWA Only) Page 1 -130 24 This section is deleted 25 26 SECTION 2 -03, ROADWAY EXCAVATION AND EMBANKMENT 27 December 2, 2002 28 2- 03.3(14)D Compaction and Moisture Control Tests 29 The second paragraph is revised to read: 30 31 In place density will be determined using Test Methods WSDOT FOP for AASHTO T 32 310 and WSDOT SOP for T 615. 33 34 2 -03.5 Payment 35 Under the bid item "Sand Drainage Blanket ", per ton the statement "Compaction will be paid 36 for by the item "Embankment Compaction ", is deleted. 37 38 Under the bid item "Gravel Borrow Incl. Haul ", per ton or per cubic yard, the statement 39 "Compaction will be paid for by the item "Embankment Compaction ", is deleted. 40 41 The statement "Unless otherwise provided, the work described in Section 2- 03.3(14), 42 Embankment Construction, shall be incidential to other pay items involved." is moved above 43 the bid item "Select Borrow Incl. Haul ", per ton or per cubic yard. 44 45 SECTION 5 -04, ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVEMENT 46 December 2, 2002 47 5 -04.2 Materials 48 The reference to "Recycling Agent 9- 02.1(5)" is deleted. 49 50 5- 04.3(5)C Crack Sealing 51 Under item 1 "Sand Slurry", the first sentence is revised to read: 52 53 The sand slurry shall consist of approximately 20 percent CSS -1 emulsified asphalt, 54 approximately 2 percent portland cement, water (if required), and the remainder clean 55 U.S. No. 4 -0 paving sand. 56 57 5- 04.3(8)A Acceptance Sampling and Testing 58 Under "D ", the reference to "AASHTO T 30" is revised to AASHTO T 27/11. LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 10 1 2 5- 04.3(19) Sealing of Driving Surfaces 3 This section including title is revised to read: 4 5 5- 04.3(19) Sealing of Pavement Surfaces 6 Where shown in the Plans, the Contractor shall apply a fog seal. Before application of 7 the fog seal all surfaces shall be thoroughly cleaned of dust, soil, pavement grindings, 8 and other foreign matter. The fog seal shall be CSS -1 or CSS -1 h uniformly applied to 9 the pavement free of streaks and bare spots at the rate 0.03 to 0.05 residual gallons per 10 square yard. The emulsified asphalt shall be diluted at a rate of one part water to one 11 part emulsified asphalt unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. The emulsified 12 asphalt shall be applied within the temperature range specified in Section 5- 02.3(3). 13 14 5- 04.3(21) Paving Asphalt Revision 15 The third sentence in the first paragraph is revised to read: 16 17 A new contract item, Paving Asphalt Revision, will be established for material varying 18 from the asphalt content shown In the Special Provisions by more than plus or minus 19 0.3 percent. 20 21 5 -04.4 Measurement 22 The following paragraph is added after the third paragraph: 23 24 Asphalt for fog seal will be measured by the ton, before dilution, in accordance with 25 Section 1 -09. 26 27 The fourth paragraph is deleted. 28 29 5 -04.5 Payment 30 The following paragraph is added after the sixth paragraph: 31 32 "Asphalt for Fog Seal ", per ton. 33 The unit contract price per ton for "Asphalt for Fog Seal" shall be full pay for all costs of 34 material, labor, tools, and equipment necessary for the application of the fog seal as 35 specified. 36 37 The following is inserted after the tenth paragraph: 38 39 All costs for asphalt for tack coat shall be included in the unit contract price per ton of 40 the asphalt concrete pavement. 41 42 SECTION 5 -05, CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT 43 April 7, 2003 44 5- 05.3(1) Concrete Mix Design for Paving 45 Number 2 in this section is revised to read: 46 47 2. Submittals. The Contractor's submittal shall include the mix proportions per cubic 48 yard and the proposed sources for all ingredients including the power plant that 49 generated the fly ash. The mix shall be capable of providing a minimum flexural 50 strength of 650 psi at 14 days. Evaluation of strength shall be based on statistically 51 analyzed results of 5 beam specimens made according to WSDOT T 808 and 52 tested according to WSDOT T 802 that demonstrate a quality level of not less than 53 80 percent analyzed in accordance with Section 1- 06.2(2)D. In addition the 54 Contractor shall fabricate, cure, and test 5 sets of cylinders, for evaluation of both 55 14 and 28 day strengths, according to WSDOT FOP's for AASHTO T 22 and 56 AASHTO T 23 using the same mix design as used in fabrication of the beams. 57 Compressive strength data (for both 14 and 28 day strength) shall be submitted to 58 the engineer for use in determination of a conversion factor of flexural strength to LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 11 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 compressive strength, which will be used by the Engineer for strength acceptance testing. Mix designs submitted by the Contractor shall provide a unique identification for each proposal and shall include test data confirming that Concrete made in accordance with the proposed design will meet the requirements of these Specifications. Test data shall be from an independent testing lab or from a commercial concrete producer's lab. If the test data is developed at a producer's lab, the Engineer or a representative may witness all testing. The second paragraph under number 3 in this section is supplemented with the following. Only non - chloride accelerating admixtures that meet the requirements of Section 9 -23.6 Admixture for Concrete, shall be used. 5- 05.3(4)A Acceptance of Portland Cement Concrete Pavement In the third sentence of the tenth paragraph, the reference to "1000 psi" is revised to "1200 psi" 5- 05.3(10) Tie Bars and Dowel Bars In the seventh paragraph, the first sentence is deleted and replaced by the following: When new cement concrete pavement is to be placed against existin,9 cement concrete pavement, epoxy - coated tie bars shall be drilled and set into the existing pavement with an epoxy bonding agent in accordance with the Standard Plan and specified tolerances for placement of the tie bars. The epoxy bonding agent shall meet the requirements of Section 9 -26.1 for Type I epoxy. 5- 05.3(18) Cement Concrete Approach This section including title is revised to read: 5- 05.3(18) Vacant 5- 05.3(19) Reinforced Concrete Bridge Approach Slabs The fifth paragraph is revised to read: Reinforced concrete bridge approach slab anchors shall be installed as detailed in the Plans. The anchor rods, couplers, and nuts shall conform to Section 9- 06.5(1). The steel plates shall conform to ASTM A 36. All metal parts shall receive one coat of formula A -11 -99 paint. The pipe shall be any non - perforated PE or PVC pipe of the diameter specified in the Plans. Polystyrene shall conform to Section 9 -04.6. The anchors shall be installed parallel both to profile grade and center line of roadway. The Contractor shall secure the anchors to ensure that they will not be misaligned during concrete placement. For Method B anchor installations, the epoxy resin used to install the anchors shall conform to Section 9 -26.1. 5- 05.3(22) Repair of Defective Pavement Slabs In the third paragraph, the eighth and ninth sentences are deleted and replaced by the following: Where required, an epoxy bonding agent shall be applied to the dry, cleaned surface of the cavity in a thin even coat, using a stiff- bristle brush. Placement of Portland cement concrete or epoxy concrete or mortar shall immediately follow the application of the epoxy bonding agent. The epoxy bonding agent shall meet the requirements of Section 9- 26.1(1) for Type II epoxy (Portland cement concrete placement) or Type III epoxy (epoxy concrete or mortar placement). Epoxy concrete or mortar shall meet the requirements of Section 9- 26.3(1)A. Low areas which grinding cannot feasibly remedy, shall be sandblasted, filled with epoxy bonded mortar, and textured by grinding. The epoxy bonding agent shall meet the requirements of Section 9- 26.1(1)B for Type II epoxy. LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 12 woo 1 2 5 -05.4 Measurement 3 The statement "Cement concrete approach will be measured by the square yard ", is deleted. 4 5 5 -05.5 Payment 6 The bid item "Cement Conc. Approach— Day, per square yard ", is deleted. 7 8 SECTION 6 -02, CONCRETE STRUCTURES 9 April 7, 2003 10 6- 02.3(2)A Contractor Mix Design 11 The last sentence of the first paragraph is revised to read: 12 13 All other concrete mix designs except those for lean concrete and commercial concrete 14 shall have a minimum cementitious material content of 564 pounds per cubic yard of 15 concrete 16 17 6- 02.3(2)6 Commercial Concrete 18 This section is revised to read as follows: 19 20 Commercial concrete shall have a minimum compressive strength at 28 days of 3000 21 psi in accordance with AASHTO T 22. Commercial concrete placed above the finished 22 ground line shall be air entrained and have an air content from 4.5 percent to 7.5 23 percent per AASHTO T 152. Commercial concrete does not require plant approval, mix 24 design, or source approvals for cement, aggregate, and other admixtures. 25 26 Where concrete Class 3000 is specified for nonstructural items such as, culvert 27 headwalls, plugging culverts, concrete pipe collars, pipe anchors, monument cases, 28 luminaire bases, pedestals, cabinet bases, guardrail anchors, sign post foundations, 29 fence post footings, sidewalks, curbs, and gutters, the Contractor may use commercial 30 concrete. If commercial concrete is used for sidewalks, curbs, and gutters, it shall have 31 a minimum cementitious material content of 564 pounds per cubic yard of concrete and 32 shall be air entrained. Commercial concrete shall not be used for structural items such 33 as, bridges, retaining walls, box culverts, or foundations for high mast luminaires, mast 34 arm traffic signals, cantilever signs, and sign bridges. The Engineer may approve other 35 nonstructural items not listed for use as commercial concrete. 36 37 6- 02.3(4)A Qualification of Concrete Suppliers 38 In the seventh paragraph the reference to 70 revolutions" is revised to "30 revolutions ". 39 40 6- 02.3(4)C Consistency 41 The first paragraph is supplemented with the following: 42 43 4. 9 inches for shafts when using Class 4000P, provided the water cement ratio does 44 not exceed 0.44 and a water reducer is used meeting the requirements of 9 -23.6. 45 46 5. 5.5 inches for all concrete placed in curbs, gutters, and sidewalks. 47 48 The second paragraph is revised to read: 49 50 When a high range water reducer is used, the maximum slump listed in 1, 2, 3, and 5 51 above, may be increased an additional 2 inches. 52 53 6- 02.3(5)A General 54 In the fourth paragraph, in 2., revise "proceeding" to "preceding ". 55 56 6- 02.3(6)A Weather and Temperature Limits to Protect Concrete 57 The section "Cold Weather Protection" is revised to read: 58 LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 13 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 The Contractor shall provide a written procedure for cold weather concreting to the Engineer for review and approval. The procedure shall detail how the Contractor will prevent the concrete temperature from falling below 50° F. Permission given by the Engineer to place concrete during cold weather will in no way ensure acceptance of the work by the Contracting Agency. Should the concrete placed under such conditions prove unsatisfactory in any way, the Engineer shall still have the right to reject the work although the plan and the work were carried out with his permission. The Contractor shall provide and maintain a recording thermometer on the concrete surface at a location specified by the Engineer. During freezing or near - freezing weather, data from this thermometer shall be readily available to the Engineer. The Contractor shall not mix nor place concrete while the air temperature is below 35° F, unless the water or aggregates (or both) are heated to at least 70° F. The aggregate shall not exceed 150° F. If the water is heated to more than 150° F, it shall be mixed with the aggregates before the cement is added. Any equipment and methods shall heat the materials evenly. The Contractor may warm stockpiled aggregates with dry heat or steam, but not by applying flame directly or under sheet metal. If the aggregates are in bins, steam or water coils or other heating methods may be used if aggregate quality is not affected. Live steam heating is not permitted on or through aggregates in bins. If using dry heat, the Contractor shall increase mixing time enough to permit the super -dry aggregates to absorb moisture. Any concrete placed in air temperatures below 35° F shall be immediately enclosed. Air temperature within the enclosure shall be maintained such that the concrete surface temperature stays between 50° F and 90° F, and the relative humidity shall be above 80 percent. These conditions shall be maintained for a minimum of seven days or for the cure period required by Section 6- 02.3(11), whichever is longer. If artificial heat is used to maintain the temperature inside the enclosure, moisture shall be added to the enclosure to maintain the humidity as stated above. The Contractor shall stop adding moisture 24 hours before removing the heat. Extra protection shall be provided for areas especially vulnerable to freezing (such as exposed top surfaces, comers and edges, thin sections, and concrete placed into steel forms). If weather forecasts predict air temperatures below 35° F during the seven days just after the concrete placement, the Contractor may place the concrete only if his approved cold weather concreting plan is implemented. In addition, if air temperatures fall below 35 °F within 7 days after placement of concrete, the Contractor shall implement his approved cold weather concreting plan. 6- 02.3(14)6 Class 2 Surface Finish The first sentence of the first paragraph is revised to read: The Contractor shall apply a Class 2 finish to all above - ground surfaces not receiving a Class 1 finish as specified above unless otherwise indicated in the Contract. 6- 02.3(17)D Falsework Support Systems: Piling, Temporary Concrete Footings, Timber Mudsills, Manufactured Shoring Towers, Caps, and Posts Under Temporary Concrete Footings and Timber Mudsiils, Number 1, Granular Soil, the first sentence is revised to read: The Contractor shall conduct on -site tests according to AASHTO T 235. 6- 02.3(17)J Face Lumber, Studs, Wales, and Metal Forms On page 6 -60, the paragraph beginning with "All corners shall be beveled... etc." is revised to read: LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 14 .. 1 All comers shall be beveled 3/4 inch. However, footings, footing pedestals, and seals 2 need not be beveled unless required in the Plans. 3 4 6- 02.3(24)C Placing and Fastening 5 In the second paragraph, the following is Inserted after the third sentence: 6 7 All epoxy- coated bars in the top mat of the roadway slab shall be tied at all 8 intersections. Other epoxy - coated bars shall also be tied at all intersections, but shall 9 be tied at alternate intersections when spacing is less than 1 foot in each direction. 10 11 6- 02.3(24)H Epoxy- Coated Steel Reinforcing Bar 12 In the fifth paragraph, the second and third sentences are deleted and replaced by the 13 following: 14 15 All bars shall be placed and fastened as specified in Section 6- 02.3(24)C. 16 17 6- 02.3(25)E Contractors Control Strength 18 In the tenth paragraph, the first sentence is deleted and replaced by the following: 19 20 The Contractor shall coat cored holes with an epoxy bonding agent and patch the holes 21 using the same type concrete as that in the girder, or a mix approved during the annual 22 plant review and approval. The epoxy bonding agent shall meet the requirements of 23 Section 9 -26.1 for Type II, Grade 2 epoxy. 24 25 6- 02.3(26)E Ducts 26 The first paragraph under "Ducts for External Exposed Installation" is revised to read: 27 28 Duct shall be high - density polyethylene (HDPE) conforming to ASTM D 3350. The cell 29 classification for each property listed in Table 1 shall be as follows: 30 31 Property Cell Classification 32 1 3 or 4 33 2 2, 3, or 4 34 3 4 or 5 35 4 4 or 5 36 5 2 or 3 37 6 2, 3, or 4 38 39 The color code shall be C. 40 41 6- 02.3(26)H Grouting 42 The sixth paragraph is revised to read: 43 44 The Contractor shall proportion the mix to produce a grout with a flow of 11 to 20 45 seconds as determined by ASTM C 939, Flow of Grout for Preplaced Aggregate 46 Concrete (Flow Cone Method). The grout ejected from the end vent shall have a 47 minimum flow of 11 seconds. 48 49 6- 02.3(28) Precast Concrete Panels 50 This section is revised to read: 51 52 The Contractor shall perform quality control inspection. The manufacturing plant for 53 precast concrete units shall be certified by the Precast/Prestressed Concrete Institute's 54 Plant Certification Program for the type of precast member to be produced, or the 55 National Precast Concrete Association's Plant Certification Program or be an 56 International Congress Building Officals Evaluation Services recognized fabricator of 57 structural precast concrete products, and shall be approved by WSDOT as a Certified 58 Precast Concrete Fabricator prior to the start of production. WSDOT Certification will be 59 granted at, and renewed during, the annual precast plant review and approval process. 60 Products that shall conform to this requirement include noise barrier panels, wall panels, LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 15 1 floor and roof panels, marine pier deck panels, retaining walls, pier caps, and bridge 2 deck panels. Precast concrete units that are prestressed shall meet all the 3 requirements of Section 6- 02.3(25). 4 5 The Contracting Agency intends to perform Quality Assurance Inspection. By its 6 inspection, the Contracting Agency intends only to facilitate the work and verify the 7 quality of that work. This inspection shall not relieve the Contractor of any responsibility 8 for identifying and replacing defective material and workmanship. 9 10 Prior to the start of production of the precast concrete units, the Contractor, shall advise 11 the Engineer of the production schedule. The Contractor shall give the Inspector safe 12 and free access to the work. If the Inspector observes any nonspecification work or 13 unacceptable quality control practices, the Inspector will advise the plant manager. If the 14 corrective action is not acceptable to the Engineer, the unit(s) will be rejected. 15 16 6- 02.3(28)6 Casting 17 The following new paragraph is inserted after the first paragraph: 18 19 Concrete shall meet the requirements of Section 6- 02.3(25)B for annual pre - approval of 20 the concrete mix design, and slump. 21 22 6- 02.3(28)H Shipping 23 This section is revised to read: 24 25 Precast units shall not be shipped until the concrete has reached the specified design 26 strength, and the Engineer has reviewed the fabrication documentation for contract 27 compliance and stamped the precast concrete units " Approved for Shipment. ". The 28 units shall be supported in such a manner that they will not be damaged by anticipated 29 impact on their dead load. Sufficient padding material shall be provided between tie 30 chains and cables to prevent chipping or spalling of the concrete. 31 32 SECTION 6 -03, STEEL STRUCTURES 33 April 7, 2003 34 6- 03.3(21)C Web Splices and Fillers 35 The second sentence is revised to read: 36 37 In lieu of the steel material specified in the Plans or Special Provisions, the Contractor 38 may substitute either ASTM A 1008 or ASTM A 1011 steel for all filler plates less than 39 1/4 inch thickness, provided that the grade of filler plate steel meets or exceeds that of 40 the splice plates. 41 42 6- 03.3(25) Welding and Repair Welding 43 The first paragraph is revised to read: 44" 45 Welding and repair welding of all steel bridges shall comply with the AASHTO /AWS 46 D1.5M/D1.5:2002 Bridge Welding Code. Welding and repair welding for all other steel 47 fabrication shall comply with the AWS D1.1 /M A M, latest edition, Structural Welding - 48 Code. The requirements described in the remainder of this section shall prevail 49 whenever they differ from either of the above welding codes. 50 51 6- 03.3(25)A Welding Inspection 52 The first paragraph is revised to read: 53 54 The Contractor's inspection procedures, techniques, methods, acceptance criteria, and 55 inspector qualifications for welding of steel bridges shall be in accordance with the 56 AASHTO /AWS D1.5M/D1.5:2002 Bridge Welding Code. The Contractor's inspection 57 procedures, techniques, methods, acceptance criteria, and inspector qualifications for 58 welding of steel structures other than steel bridges shall be in accordance with AWS 59 D1.1/D1.1 M, latest edition, Structural Welding Code. The requirements described in the LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 16 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 remainder of this section shall prevail whenever they differ from either of the above welding codes. Under "Radiographic Inspection ", the last sentence is revised to read: In addition, edge blocks conforming to the requirements of AASHTO /AWS D1.5M/D1.5:2002 Bridge Welding Code Section 6.10.14 shall be used for radiographic inspection. Under "Ultrasonic Inspection ", the last sentence is revises to read: The testing procedure and acceptance criteria for tubular members shall conform to the requirements of the AWS D1.1/D1.1 M latest edition, Structural Welding Code, SECTION 6 -05, PILING December 2, 2002 6- 05.3(9)A Pile Driving Equipment Approval The fourth sentence in the second paragraph Is revised to read: The wave equation analysis shall verify that the pile driving system proposed does not produce stresses greater than 50,000 psi or 90 percent of the yield stress whichever is less, for steel piles, or steel casings for cast -in -place concrete piles. 6 -05.5 Payment This section is revised to read: Payment will be made in accordance with Section 1 -04.1, for each of the following bid items that are included in the proposal`. "Furnishing and Driving (type) Test Pile ", per each. The unit contract price per each for " Fumishing and Driving (type) Test Pile" shall be full pay for furnishing and driving test piles to the ultimate bearing capacity or penetration required by the Engineer, fumishing and installing a pile tip when pile tips are specified for the permanent piles, preboring when preboring is specified for the permanent piles, for pulling the piles or cutting them off as required, and for removing them from the site or for delivery to the Contracting Agency for salvage when ordered by the Engineer. This price shall also include all costs in connection with moving all pile driving equipment or other necessary equipment to the site of the work and for removing all such equipment from the site after the piles have been driven. If, after the test piles have been driven, it is found necessary to eliminate the piling from all or any part of the structure, no additional pay will be allowed for moving the pile driving equipment to and from the site of the work. "Driving Timber Pile (untreated or name treatment) ", per each. The unit contract price per each for "Driving Timber (type) Pile" shall include any metal shoes which the Contractor has determined to be beneficial to the pile driving. "Driving Conc. Pile (size) ", per each. "Driving St. Pile ", per each. The unit contract price per each for "Driving (type) Pile ( )" shall be full pay for driving the pile to the ultimate bearing and/or penetration specified. When overdriving piles beyond the ultimate bearing capacity and minimum tip elevation specified in the Contract is required by the Engineer, payment for the first 3 feet of overdriving will be included in the unit contract price for "Driving (type) Pile ". Additional penetration beyond the first 3 feet of overdriving will be paid for on the basis of force account work as covered in Section 1 -09.6. "Furnishing Timber Piling (untreated or name treatment) ", per linear foot. LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 17 1 "Furnishing Conc. Piling (size) ", per linear foot. 2 "Furnishing St. Piling ", per linear foot. 3 The unit contract price per linear foot for "Furnishing (type) Piling ( )" shall be 4 full pay for furnishing the piling specified. Such price shall also be full pay, when 5 measurement includes, for piling length ordered but not driven. 6 7 "Precast Concrete Pile Buildup ", by force account. 8 Buiid -ups of precast or precast - prestressed concrete piles will be paid in 9 accordancewith Section 1 -09.6. No payment will be made for build -ups or additional 10 lengths of build -up made necessary because of, damage to the piling during driving. 11 The length of splice for precast concrete piles includes the length cut off to expose 12 reinforcing steel for the splice. The length of splice for precast - prestressed piles 13 includes the length in which holes are drilled and reinforcing bars are grouted. 14 15 For the purpose of providing a common proposal for all bidders, the Contracting 16 Agency entered an amount for "Precast Concrete Pile Buildup" in the proposal to 17 become part of the total bid by the Contractor. 18 19 "Furnishing Steel Pile Tip or Shoe (size) ", per each. 20 21 SECTION 6 -07, PAINTING 22 April 7, 2003 23 6- 07.3(1) Painting New Steel Structures 24 Method B for "Primer Coat" is revised to read: 25 26 Inorganic zinc orA -11 -99 shop applied 28 6- 07.3(1)A Preparation for Shop Coating 29 The first and second paragraphs are revised to read: 30 31 A roughened surface profile shall be provided by an abrasive blasting procedure as 32 approved by the Engineer. The profile shall be one mil minimum or per the paint 33 manufacturer's recommendation, whichever is greater. The steel surfaces shall be 34 cleaned to a near white condition as per SSPC -SP10. 35 36 After being thoroughly cleaned by abrasive blasting as specified above, all structural 37 steel shall be primed within the same working day on which abrasive blasting takes 38 place, and before any rust forms, by spraying with a full coat of inorganic zinc silicate 39 paint. The Contractor shall not begin painting until receiving the Engineer's approval of 40 the prepared surface. High strength field bolts need not be painted before erection. 41 42 6- 07.3(2)A Bridge Cleaning 43 Under "Pressure Flushing ", in the second paragraph; the "Apparent opening size (ASTM 44 D4751)" is revised from #40 US Sieve to #70 US Sieve. The "Permittivity (ASTM D4491)" is 45 revised from 0.7 sec -1 or better to 1.0 sec -1 or better. 46 47 6- 07.3(2)C Testing and Disposal of Containment Waste 48 The first paragraph is revised to read: 49 50 Containment waste is defined as all paint chips and debris removed from the steel 51 surface, and all abrasive blast media, as contained by the containment system. After all 52 waste from the containment structures has been collected, the Contractor shall have a 53 minimum of three samples of the wastes tested by an accredited analytical laboratory. 54 Each sample shall be taken from a different storage container unless directed otherwise 55 by the Engineer. 56 57 6- 07.3(4) Painting Galvanized Surfaces 58 This section is revised to read: 59 LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 18 1 1 2 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 All galvanized surfaces specified to be painted shall be prepared for painting in accordance with the ASTM D 2092. The method of preparation shall be as agreed upon by the paint manufacturer and the galvanizer. The Contractor shall not begin painting until receiving the Engineer's approval of the prepared galvanized surface. Environmental Conditions Steel surfaces shall be: Greater than 35 °F and Less than 115 °F or per the manufacturer's recommendations, whichever is more stringent. The Contractor shall paint the dry surface as follows: Paint Formulas Type First Coat MIL -P -24441 Epoxy polyamide Second Coat C -11 -99 Moisture Cured Aliphatic Polyurethane Each coat shall be dry before the next coat is applied. All coats applied in the shop shall be dried hard before shipment. 6 -07.5 Payment This section is revised to read: Payment will be made in accordance with Section 1 -04.1, for each of the following bid items that are included in the proposal: "Cleaning and Painting - ", lump sum. The lump sum contract price for "Cleaning and Painting - " shall be full pay for all cost in connection with furnishing and placing all necessary staging and rigging, providing material, labor, tools, and equipment, collection and storage of containment waste, collection, storage, testing, and disposal of all containment waste not conforming to the definition in Section 6- 07.3(2)C, performing all cleaning and preparation of surfaces to be painted and applying all coats of paint and sealant. "Containment of Abrasives ", lump sum. The lump sum contract price for "Containment of Abrasives" shall be full payment for all costs incurred by the Contractor in complying with the requirements as specified in Section 6- 07.3(2)B to design, construct, maintain, and remove containment systems for abrasive blasting operations. "Testing and Disposal of Containment Waste ", by force account as provided in Section 1 -09.6. All costs in connection with testing containment waste, transporting containment waste for disposal, and disposing of containment waste in accordance with Section 6- 07.3(2)C will be paid by force account in accordance with Section 1 -09.6. For the purpose of providing a common proposal for all bidders the Contracting Agency has entered an amount for the item "Testing and Disposal of Containment Waste" in the bid proposal to become part of the total bid by the Contractor. Payment for painting new steel structures and timber structures will be in accordance with Sections 6 -03.5 and 6 -04.5, respectively. LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 19 1 SECTION 6 -09, VACANT 2 December 2, 2002 3 This section including title is revised to read: 4 5 6 -09 MODIFIED CONCRETE OVERLAYS 6 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 6 -09.1 Description This work shall consist of scarifying concrete bridge decks, preparing and repairing bridge deck surfaces designated and marked for further deck preparation, and placing, finishing, and curing modified concrete overlays. 6 -09.2 Materials Materials shall meet the requirements of the following Sections: Portland Cement 9- 01.2(1 Fine Aggregate 9- 03.1(2 ) B Coarse Aggregate 9 -03.1 4)C Burlap Cloth 9 -23.5 Admixtures 9 -23.6 Fl y Ash 9 -23.9 Water 9 -25.1 Portland cement shall be either Type I or Type II. Type III portland cement will not be allowed. Fine aggregate shall be Class 1. Coarse aggregate shall be AASHTO grading No. 7 or No. 8. Fly ash shall be Class F only. Microsilica admixture shall conform to AASHTO M 307, and shall be either a dry powder or a slurry admixture. Microsilica will be accepted based on submittal to the Engineer of a Manufacturer's Certificate of Compliance conforming to Section 1 -06.3. If the microsilica is a slurry admixture, the microsilica content of the slurry shall be certified as a percent by mass. Latex admixture shall be a non - toxic, film - forming, polymeric emulsion in water to which all stabilizers have been added at the point of manufacture. The latex admixture shall be homogeneous and uniform in composition, and shall conform to the following: Polymer Type Stabilizers: Latex Portland Cement Percent Solids Weight per Gallon Color PH (as shipped) Freeze/Thaw Stability Shelf Life Styrene Butadiene Non -ionic surfactants Polydimethyl siloxane 46.0 to 49.0 8.4 pounds at 77F White 9 minimum 5 cycles (5F to 77F) 2 years minimum Latex admixture will be accepted based on submittal to the Engineer of a Manufacturer's Certificate of Compliance conforming to Section 1 -06.3. High Molecular Weight Methacrylate (HMWM) resin for crack and joint sealing shall conform to the following: Viscosity <25 cps (Brookfield RVT with UL adaptor, 50 rpm at 77F)... California Test 434 LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 20 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 ` 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 Density 8.5 to 8.8 pounds per gallon at 77F... ASTM D 2849 Flash Point >200F, PMCC (Pinsky - Martens CC) Vapor Pressure <0.04 inches Hg at 77F, ASTM D 323 Tg (DSC) >136F, ASTM D 3418 Gel Time 60 minutes minimum The promoter /initiator system for the methacrylate resin shall consist of a metal drier and peroxide. Sand for abrasive finish shall be crushed sand, oven dried, and stored in moisture proof bags. The sand shall conform to the following gradation: Sieve Size U.S. No. 10 U.S. No. 16 U.S. No. 20 U.S. No. 30 U.S. No. 50 U.S. No. 100 All percentages are by weight. 6 -09.3 Construction Requirements 6- 09.3(1) Equipment Percent Passing Minimum Maximum 98 100 55 75 30 50 8 25 0 5 0 3 6- 09.3(1)A Power Driven Hand Tools Power driven hand tools may be used for concrete scarification in areas not accessible to scarification machines, and for further deck preparation work, except for the following: 1. Jack hammers more forceful than the nominal 30 -pound class. 2. Chipping hammers more forceful than the nominal 15 -pound class. The power driven hand tools .shall be operated at angles less than 45 degrees as measured from the surface of the deck to the tool. 6- 09.3(1)6 Rotary Milling Machines Rotary milling machines shall be capable of scarifying a minimum width of four feet per pass, have a maximum operating weight of 50,000 pounds, and conform to requirements in Section 1 -07.7. Machines known to meet these specifications will be specified in the Special Provisions. 6- 09.3(1)C Hydro - Demolition Machines Hydro - demolition machines shall consist of filtering and pumping units operating in conjunction with a remote - controlled robotic device. Hydro - demolition machines shall scarify a minimum width of four feet per pass, using high velocity water jets to remove 1/2 inch of sound concrete with the simultaneous removal of all deteriorated concrete. Hydro - demolition machines shall also clean any exposed reinforcing steel of all rust and corrosion products. Possible sources of machines known to meet these specifications will be specified in the Special Provisions. 6- 09.3(1)D Shot Blasting Machines Shot blasting machines shall consist of a self contained mobile unit capable of scarifying a minimum width of six feet per pass, using steel abrasive to remove 1/2 inch of sound concrete. The shot blasting machine shall vacuum and store all material removed from the scarified concrete surface into a self contained unit. LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 21 1 2 3 4 6 7 8 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 Possible sources of machines known to meet these specifications will be specified in the Special Provisions. 6- 09.3(1)E Air Compressor Air compressors shall be equipped with oil traps to eliminate oil from being blown onto the roadway deck during sandblasting and air - cleaning. 6- 09.3(1)p Vacuum Machine Vacuum machines shall be capable of collecting all dust, concrete chips, free standing water and other debris encountered while cleaning during deck preparation. The machines shall be equipped with collection systems that allow the machines to be operated in air pollution sensitive areas and shall be equipped to not contaminate the deck during final preparation for concrete placement. 6- 09.3(1)G Water Spraying System The water spraying system shall include a portable high pressure sprayer with a separate water supply of potable water. The sprayer shall be readily available to all parts of the deck being overlaid and shall be able to discharge water In a fine mist to prevent accumulation of free water on the deck. Sufficient water shall be available to thoroughly soak the deck being overlaid and to keep the deck wet prior to concrete placement. The Contractor shall certify that the water spraying system meets the following requirements: Pressure 2,200 psi minimum Flow Rate 4.5 gpm minimum Fan Tip 150 to 250 Range 6- 09.3(1)H Mobile Mixer for Latex Modified Concrete Proportioning and mixing shall be accomplished in self- contained, self - propelled, continuous - mixing units conforming to the following requirements: 1. The mixer shall be equipped so that it can be grounded. 2. The mixer shall be equipped to provide positive measurement of the portland cement being introduced into the mix. An approved recording meter, visible at all times and equipped with a ticket print -out, shall be used. 3. The mixer shall be equipped to provide positive control of the flow of water and latex admixture into the mixing chamber. Water flow shall be indicated by an approved flow meter with a minimum readability of one -half gallon per minute, accurate to ± 1 percent. The water system shall have a bypass valve capable of completely diverting the flow of water. Latex flow shall also be indicated by an approved flow meter with a minimum readability of two gallons per minute, accurate to ± 1 percent. The latex system shall be equipped with a bypass valve suitable for obtaining a calibrated sample of admixture. 4. The mixer shall be equipped to be calibrated to automatically proportion and blend all components of the specified mix on a continuous or intermittent basis as required by the finishing operation, and shall discharge mixed material through a conventional chute directly in front of the finishing machine. Inspection of each mobile mixer shall be done by the Contractor in the presence of the Engineer and in accordance with the following requirements: Check the manufacturer's inspection plate or mix setting chart for the serial number, the proper operating revolutions per minute (rpm), and the LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 22 1 approximate number of counts on the cement meter to deliver 94 pounds of 2 cement. 3 4 2. Make a general inspection of the mobile mixer to ensure cleanliness and good 5 maintenance practices. 6 7 3. Check to see that the aggregate bins are empty and clean and that the bin 8 vibrators work. 9 10 4. Verify that the cement aeration system operates, that the vent is open, and that 11 the mixer is equipped with a grounding strap. Check the cement meter feeder 12 to ensure that all fins and pockets are clean and free from accumulated 13 cement. If the operator cannot demonstrate, through visual inspection, that the 14 cement meter feeder is clean, all cement shall be removed from the bin and 15 the cement meter feeder inspected. The aeration system shall be equipped 16 with a gauge or indicator to verify that the system is operating. 17 18 5. Verify that the main belt is clean and free of any accumulated material. 19 20 6. Check the latex strainer to ensure cleanliness. 21 22 The initial calibration shall consist of the following items: 23 24 1. Cement Meter 25 a. Refer to the truck manufacturer's mix setting chart to determine the 26 specified operating rpm and the approximate number of counts required 27 on the cement meter to deliver 94 pounds of cement. 28 29 b. Place at least 40 bags (about 4,000 pounds) of cement in the cement bin. 30 31 c. Be sure the mixer is resting on a level surface. 32 33 d. Be sure the mixer is grounded. 34 35 e. Adjust the engine throttle to obtain the specified rpm. Operate the unit, 36 discharging cement until the belt has made one complete revolution. Stop 37 the belt. Reset the cement meter to zero. Position a suitable container to 38 catch the cement and discharge approximately one bag of cement. With a 39 stop watch, measure the time required to discharge the cement. Record 40 the number of counts on the cement meter and determine the weight of 41 the cement in the container. Repeat the process of discharging 42 approximately one bag of cement until six runs have been made. Reset 43 the cement meter to zero for each run. 44 45 Example: 46 47 Run Cement Weight of Time In 48 No. Counts Cement Seconds 49 50 1 66 95 31 51 2 68 96 31.2 52 3 67 95.5 31.0 53 4 66 95 29.8 54 5 67 95.25 30.5 55 6 66 95 30.8 56 57 TOTAL 400 571.75 184.3 58 59 Pounds of cement per count on cement meter: 60 LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 23 1 Weight of Cement = 571.75 = 1.43 LB. 2 No. of Counts 400 Count 3 4 Counts per bag (94 pounds): 5 6 94 = 65.7 Counts 7 1.43 Bag 8 9 Pounds of cement discharged per second: 10 11 Weight of Cement = 571.75 = 3.10 LB. 12 Time in Seconds 184.3 SEC. 13 14 Required time to discharge one bag: 15 16 Time = 94 = 30.32 SEC. 17 3.10 Bag 18 19 2. Latex Throttling Valve .r 20 a. Check to be sure that the latex strainer is unobstructed. 21 22 b. The latex throttling valve shall be adjusted to deliver 3.5 gallons of latex 23 24 (29.4 pounds) for each bag of cement. From the above calculation 30.32 seconds are required to deliver one bag of cement. 25 26 c. With the unit operating at the specified rpm, discharge latex into a 27 container for 30.3 seconds and determine the weight of latex. Continue 28 adjusting the valve until 29.4 to 29.5 pounds of latex is discharged in 30.3 29 seconds. Verify the accuracy of this valve setting three times. 30 31 3. Water Flow Meter 32 a. Set the water flow meter by adjusting it to flow at one -half gallon per 33 minute. 34 35 b. Collect and weigh the water discharged during a one minute interval with 36 the equipment operating at the specified rpm. Divide the weight of water 37 by 8.34 to determine the number of gallons. 38 39 c. Repeat Items a. and b., above, with the flow meter adjusted to one and 40 one -half gallons per minute. 41 42 4. Aggregate Bin Gates 43 a. Set the gate openings to provide the amount of aggregate required to 44 produce concrete having the specified proportions. 45 ++ 46 b. Discharge a representative sample of the aggregates through the gates 47 48 and separate on the U.S. No. 4 sieve. Aggregates shall meet the requirements for proportions in accordance with Section 6- 09.3(3)E. 49 50 c. Adjust the gate openings if necessary to provide the proper ratio of fine 51 aggregate to total aggregate. 52 53 5. Production of Trial Mix 54 Each mobile mixer shall be operated to produce at least 1/2 cubic yard of 55 concrete, which shall be in compliance with these specifications, prior to 56 acceptance of the mobile mixer for job use. The Engineer will perform yield, 57 slump, and air tests on the concrete produced by each mixer. 58 59 Calibration of each mobile mixer shall be done by the Contractor in the presence of the 60 Engineer. A complete calibration is required on each mixer on each concrete placement LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 24 No 1 unless, after the initial calibration, the personnel having the responsibility of mixer 2 calibration on subsequent concrete placement were present during the initial calibration 3 of the mixer and during the concrete placement operations and are able to verify the dial 4 settings of the initial calibration and concrete placement. 5 6 If these criteria are met, a complete calibration need not be repeated provided that a 7 single trial run verifies the previous settings of the cement meter, latex throttling valve, 8 water flow meter, and aggregate gradations, and that the mixer has not left the project 9 and the Engineer is satisfied that a complete calibration is not needed. 10 11 6- 09.3(1)1 Ready Mix Trucks for Fly Ash Modified and Microsilica Modified 12 Concrete 13 Ready mix trucks shall conform to Section 6- 02.3(4)A. 14 15 6- 09.3(1)J Finishing Machine 16 The finishing machine shall meet the requirements of Section 6- 02.3(10) and the 17 following requirements: 18 19 The finishing machine shall be equipped with a rotating cylindrical double drum 20 screed not exceeding 60 inches in length preceded by a vibrating pan. The 21 vibrating pan shall be constructed of metal and be of sufficient length and width to 22 properly consolidate the mixture. The vibrating frequency of the vibrating pan shall 23 be variable with positive control between 3,000 and 6,000 rpm. A machine with a 24 vibrating pan as an integral part may be proposed and will be considered for 25 approval by the Engineer. Other finishing machines will be allowed subject to 26 approval of the Engineer. 27 28 6- 09.3(2) Submittals 29 The Contractor shall submit the following items to the Engineer for approval in 30 accordance with Section 6 -01.9: 31 32 1. The type of machine (rotary milling, hydro - demolition, or shot blasting) selected 33 by the Contractor for use in this project to scarify concrete surfaces. 34 35 2. The axle loads and axle spacing of the rotary milling machine (if used). 36 37 3. The Runoff Water Disposal Plan (if a hydro - demolition machine is used). The 38 Runoff Water Disposal Plan shall describe all provisions for the containment, 39 collection, filtering, and disposal of all runoff water and associated 40 contaminants generated by the hydro - demolition process. 41 42 4. The method and materials used to contain, collect, and dispose of all concrete 43 debris generated by the scarifying process, including provisions for protecting 44 adjacent traffic from flying debris. 45 46 5. The mix design for concrete Class M, and either fly ash modified concrete, 47 microsilica modified concrete, or latex modified concrete, as selected by the 48 Contractor for use in this project in accordance with Section 6- 09.3(3). 49 50 6. Samples of the latex admixture and the portland cement for testing and 51 compatibility (if latex modified concrete is used). 52 53 7. Details of the screed rail support system, including details of anchoring the 54 rails and providing rail continuity. 55 56 The Contractor shall not begin scarifying operations until receiving the Engineer's 57 approval of Items 1 through 4 as applicable for the Contractor's scarifying method. The 58 Contractor shall not begin placing modified concrete overlay until receiving the 59 Engineer's approval of Items 5 through 7 as applicable for the Contractor's selected 60 type of modified concrete. LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 25 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 6- 09.3(3) Concrete Overlay Mixes 6- 09.3(3)A General For fly ash, microsilica, and latex modified concrete, the Contractor shall adjust the slump to accommodate the gradient of the bridge deck, subject to the maximum slump specified. For fly ash and microsilica modified concrete, the maximum water /cement ratio shall be calculated using all of the available mix water, including the free water in both the coarse and fine aggregate, and in the microsilica slurry if a slurry is used. For fly ash and microsilica modified concrete, all water reducing and air entraining admixtures, and superplasticizers, shall be used in accordance with the fly ash supplier's and microsilica admixture supplier's recommendations, respectively, and as approved by the Engineer. 6- 09.3(3)B Concrete Class M Concrete Class M for further deck preparation patching concrete shall be proportioned in accordance with the following mix design: Portland Cement Fine Aggregate Coarse Aggregate Water /Cement Ratio Air (± 1 -1/2 percent) Slump (± 1 inch) 705 pounds 1,280 pounds 1,650 pounds 0.37 maximum 6 percent 5 inches The use of a water- reducing admixture conforming to AASHTO M 194 Type A will be required to produce patching concrete with the desired slump, and shall be used in accordance with the admixture manufacturer's recommendations. Air entraining admixtures shall conform to AASHTO M 154 and shall be used in accordance with the admixture manufacturer's recommendations. The use of accelerating admixtures or other types of admixtures is not allowed. 6- 09.3(3)C Fly Ash Modified Concrete Fly ash modified concrete shall be a workable mix, uniform in composition and consistency. Mix proportions per cubic yard shall be as follows: Portland Cement 611 pounds Fly Ash 275 pounds Fine Aggregate 38 percent of total aggregate Coarse Aggregate 62 percent of total aggregate Water /Cement Ratio 0.30 maximum Air (± 1 -1/2 percent) 6 percent Slump 7 inches maximum 6- 09.3(3)D Microsilica Modified Concrete Microsilica modified concrete shall be a workable mix, uniform in composition and consistency. Mix proportions per cubic yard shall be as follows: Portland Cement Microsilica Fume Fine Aggregate Coarse Aggregate Water /Cement Ratio Air (± 1 -1/2 percent) Slump LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 26 658 pounds 52 pounds 1,515 pounds 1,515 pounds 0.33 maximum 6 percent 7 inches maximum 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 6- 09.3(3)E Latex Modified Concrete Latex modified concrete shall be a workable mix, uniform in composition and consistency. Mix proportions per cubic yard shall be as follows: Portland Cement 1.00 Fine Aggregate 2.40 to 2.75 Coarse Aggregate 1.75 to 2.00 Latex Admixture 3.50 Water /Cement Ratio 0.33 Air Content of Plastic Mix 6 Slump 7 parts by weight parts by weight parts by weight gallons per bag of cement maximum percent maximum inches maximum The aggregates shall be proportioned such that the amount of aggregate passing the U.S. No. 4 sieve is 65 + 5 percent of the total aggregate (fine plus coarse). All calculations shall be based on dry weights. The moisture content of the fine aggregate and coarse aggregate shall be no more than 3.0 and 1.0 percent, respectively, above the saturated surface dry condition. The water limit for calculating the water /cement ratio shall include the added water, the free water in the aggregates, and 52 percent of the latex admixture. 6- 09.3(4) Storing and Handling 6- 09.3(4)A Aggregate Aggregates shall be stored and handled in a manner to prevent variations of more than 1.0 percent in moisture content of the stockpile. For latex modified concrete, the moisture content of the aggregate at the time of proportioning shall be as specified in Section 6- 09.3(3)E. 6- 09.3(4)6 Latex Admixture The admixture shall be kept in suitable containers which will protect it from freezing and from exposure to temperatures in excess of 85F. Containers of the admixture shall not be stored in direct sunlight for periods in excess of ten days. When stored in direct sunlight the top and sides of the containers shall be covered with insulating blanket material. Storage of the admixture may extend over a period greater than ten days as long as the conditions specified above are maintained and the latex admixture is agitated or stirred once every ten days. Stirring or agitation of the admixture shall be done mechanically in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendation and as approved by the Engineer. If the ambient temperature is higher than 85F at any time during the storage period, the admixture shall be covered by insulated blankets or other means that will maintain the admixture temperature below 85F. The admixture shall be strained through a Number 10 strainer at the time it is introduced into the mixing tank from the storage containers. 6- 09.3(4)C High Molecular Weight Methacrylate Resin (HMWM) The HMWM resin shall be stored in a cool dry place and protected from freezing and exposure to temperature in excess of 100F. The promoter and initiator, if supplied separate from the resin, shall not contact each other directly. Containers of promoters and Initiators shall not be stored together in a manner that will allow leakage or spillage from one to contact the containers or material of the other. 6- 09.3(5) Scarifying Concrete Surface LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 27 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 6- 09.3(5)A General The Contractor shall not begin scarifying a concrete bridge deck surface unless completion of the scarification and concrete overlay can be accomplished within the current construction season. The Contractor shall not begin scarifying a concrete bridge deck surface until receiving the Engineer's written approval of the machine to be used for scarifying. The Contractor shall protect adjacent traffic from flying debris generated by the scarification process in accordance with Item 4 of Section 6- 09.3(2) and as approved by the Engineer. The Contractor shall collect, contain, and dispose of all concrete debris generated by the scarification process in accordance with Item 4 of Section 6- 09.3(2) and as approved by the Engineer. All areas of the deck that are inaccessible to the selected scarifying machine shall be scarified to remove the concrete surface matrix to a maximum depth of 1/2 inch by a method approved by the Engineer. If these areas are hand - chipped then the equipment shall meet the requirements as specified in Section 6- 09.3(1)A. 6- 09.3(5)B Testing of Hydro - Demolition and Shot Blasting Machines A trial area shall be designated by the Engineer to demonstrate that the equipment and methods of operation are capable of producing results satisfactory to the Engineer. The trial area shall consist of two patches each of approximately 30 square feet, one area in sound concrete and one area of deteriorated concrete as determined by the Engineer. In the "sound" area of concrete, the equipment shall be programmed to remove 1/2 inch of concrete. Following the test over sound concrete, the equipment shall be located over the deteriorated concrete and using the same parameters for the sound concrete removal, remove all deteriorated concrete. The Engineer will grant approval of the equipment based on successful results from the trial area test. 6- 09.3(5)C Hydro - Demolishing Once the operating parameters of the Hydro - Demolition machine are defined by programming and calibration as specified in Section 6- 09.3(5)B, they shall not be changed as the machine progresses across the bridge deck, in order to prevent the unnecessary removal of sound concrete below the required minimum removal depth. The Contractor shall maintain a minimum production rate of 250 square feet per hour during the deck scarifying process. All water used in the Hydro - Demolition process shall be potable. Stream or lake water will not be permitted. All bridge drains and other outlets within 100 feet of the Hydro - Demolition machine shall be temporarily plugged during the Hydro - Demolition operation. When scarifying a bridge deck passing over traffic lanes, the Contractor shall protect the traffic below by restricting and containing scarifying operations, and implementing traffic control measures, as approved by the Engineer. The Contractor shall provide for the collection, filtering and disposal of all runoff water generated by the Hydro - Demolition process, in accordance with the Runoff Water Disposal Plan as approved by the Engineer in accordance with Item 3 of Section 6- 09.3(2). The Contractor shall comply with applicable regulations concerning such water disposal. LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 28 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 6- 09.3(5)D Shot Blasting Once the operating parameters of the Shot Blasting machine are defined by programming and calibration, as specified in Section; 6- 09.3(5)B, they shall not be changed as the machine progresses across the bridge deck, in order to prevent the unnecessary removal of sound concrete below the required minimum removal depth. The Contractor shall maintain a minimum production rate of 250 square feet per hour during the deck scarifying process. 6- 09.3(5)E Rotomilling The entire concrete surface of the bridge deck shall be scarified to remove the surface matrix to a maximum 1/2 inch depth of the concrete. The operating parameters of the rotary milling machine shall be monitored in order to prevent the unnecessary removal of sound concrete below the 1/2 inch maximum removal depth. 6- 09.3(5)F Repair of St. Reinf. Bars Damaged by Scarifying Operations All reinforcing steel damaged due to the Contractor's operations shall be repaired by the Contractor. For bridge decks not constructed under the same contract as the concrete overlay, damage to existing reinforcing steel shall be repaired and paid for in accordance with Section 1 -09.6 if the existing concrete cover Is 1/2 inch or less. All other reinforcing steel damaged due to the Contractor's operations shall be repaired by the Contractor at no additional expense to the Contracting Agency. The repair shall be as follows or as directed by the Engineer: Damage to epoxy coating, when present on existing steel reinforcing bars, shall be repaired in accordance with Section 6- 02.3(24)H. 2. Damage to bars resulting in a section loss of 20 percent or more of the bar area shall be repaired by chipping out the adjacent concrete and splicing a new bar of the same size. Concrete shall be removed to provide a 3/4 inch minimum clearance around the bars. The splice bars shall extend a minimum of 40 bar diameters beyond each end of the damage. 3. Any bars partially or completely removed from the deck shall have the damaged portions removed and spliced with new bars as outlined in Item 2 above. 6- 09.3(5)G Cleanup Following Scarification After scarifying is completed, the lane or strip being overlaid shall be thoroughly cleaned of all dust, free standing water and loose particles. Cleaning may be accomplished by using compressed air, waterblasting, with a minimum pressure of 5,000 psi, or vacuum machines. Vacuum cleaning shall be used when required by applicable air pollution ordinances. 6- 09.3(6) Further Deck Preparation Once the lane or strip being overlaid has been cleaned of debris from scarifying, the Contractor, under the direction of the Engineer, shall perform an inspection of the completed work and shall mark those areas of the existing bridge deck that require further deck preparation by the Contractor. Further deck preparation will be required when any one of the following conditions is present: 1. Unsound concrete. 2. Lack of bond between existing concrete and reinforcing steel. 3. Exposure of reinforcing steel to a depth of one -half of the periphery of a bar for a distance of 12 inches or more along the bar. 4. Existing non - concrete patches as marked by the Engineer. LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 29 1 2 3 4 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 If the concrete overlay is placed on a bridge deck as part of the same contract as the bridge deck construction, then all work associated with the further deck preparation shall be performed at no additional expense to the Contracting Agency. 6- 09.3(6)A Equipment for Further Deck Preparation Further deck preparation shall be performed using either hand operated tools conforming to Section 6- 09.3(1)A, or hydro- demolishing machines conforming to Section 6- 09.3(1)C. 6- 09.3(6)B Deck Repair Preparation All concrete in the repair area shall be removed by chipping, hydro demolishing, or other approved mechanical means to a depth necessary to remove all loose and unsound concrete. If unsound concrete exists around the steel reinforcing bars, or if the bond between concrete and steel is broken, concrete must be removed to provide a 3/4 -inch minimum clearance around the steel reinforcing bars. Care shall be taken in removing the deteriorated concrete to not damage any of the existing deck or steel reinforcing bars that are to remain in place. All removal shall be accomplished by making neat vertical cuts and maintaining square edges at the boundaries of the repair area. Cuts made by using sawing or hydro demolishing machines shall be made after sufficient concrete removal has been accomplished to establish the limits of the removal area. In no case shall the depth of the vertical cut exceed 3/4 inch or to the top of the top steel reinforcing bars, whichever is less. The exposed steel reinforcing bars and concrete in the repair area shall be sandblasted or hydro - blasted and blown clean just prior to placing concrete. Bridge deck areas outside the repair area or steel reinforcing bar inside or outside the repair area damaged by the Contractor's operations, shall be repaired by the Contractor at no additional expense to the Contracting Agency, and to the satisfaction of the Engineer. Au steel reinforcing bars damaged due to the Contractor's operations shall be repaired in accordance with Section 6- 09.3(5)F. 6- 09.3(6)C Placing Deck Repair Concrete Patching concrete for modified concrete overlays shall be either modified concrete or concrete Class M. For small deck repair, and as determined by the Engineer, the Contractor may use the same modified concrete as that used in the overlay. Before placing any patching concrete, the Contractor shall flush the existing concrete in the repair area with water and make sure that the existing concrete is well saturated. The Contractor shall remove any free standing water prior to placing the patching concrete. The Contractor shall place the patching concrete other than latex modified concrete onto the existing concrete while it is wet. If latex, fly ash, or microsilica modified concrete is used as the patching concrete, a thin slurry bond grout shall be scrubbed into the existing concrete surface. The bond grout shall match the overlay type being used as specified in Section 6- 09.3(11). If the Contractor elects to use as a patching material the same modified concrete as that used in the overlay, then the repair areas shall be filled flush with the deck surface sufficiently in advance of the overlay placement so that the material will not roll back under the screeds but shall not be placed more than one hour in advance of the overlay placement. Areas patched with modified concrete or concrete Class M shall be wet cured for 24 hours in accordance with Section 6- 09.3(13). During the curing period, all vehicular and foot traffic shall be prohibited on the repaired area. LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 30 we 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 6- 09.3(7) Surface Preparation For Concrete Overlay Following the completion of any required further deck preparation the entire lane or strip being overlaid shall be cleaned. If either a rotary milling machine or a shot blasting machine is used for concrete scarification, then the concrete deck shall be sandblasted or shotblasted, using equipment approved by the Engineer, until sound concrete is exposed. Care shall be taken to ensure that all exposed reinforcing steel and the surrounding concrete is completely blasted. Bridge grate inlets, expansion dams and barriers above the surface to be blasted shall be protected from the blasting. If a hydro - demolition machine is used for concrete scarification, then the concrete deck shall be cleaned by an approved method of waterblasting with 7,000 psi minimum pressure, until sound concrete is exposed. The final surface of the deck shall be free from oil and grease, rust and other foreign material that may reduce the bond of the new concrete to the old. These materials shall be removed by detergent- cleaning or other method as approved by the Engineer followed by sandblasting. After all scarifying, chipping, sandblasting and cleaning is completed, the entire lane or strip being overlaid shall be cleaned in final preparation for placing concrete using either compressed air or vacuum machines. Vacuum machines shall be used when warranted by applicable air pollution ordinances. Scarifying with either rotary milling machines or shot blasting machines, hand tool chipping, sandblasting and cleaning in areas adjacent to a lane or strip being cleaned in final preparation for placing concrete shall be discontinued when final preparation is begun. Scarifying and hand tool chipping shall remain suspended until the concrete has been placed and the requirement for curing time has been satisfied. Sandblasting and cleaning shall remain suspended for the first 24 hours of curing time after the completion of concrete placing. If the hydro demolishing scarification process is used, scarification may proceed during the final cleaning and overlay placement phases of the work on adjacent portions of the structure so long as the hydro demolisher operations are confined to areas which are a minimum of 100 feet away from the defined limits of the final cleaning or overlay placement in progress. If the hydro demolisher impedes or interferes in any way with the final cleaning or overlay placement as determined by the Engineer, the hydro demolishing work shall be terminated immediately and the hydro demolishing equipment removed sufficiently away from the area being prepared or overlaid to eliminate the conflict. If the grade is such that water and contaminates from the hydro demolishing operation will flow into the area being prepared or overlaid, the hydro demolishing operation shall be terminated and shall remain suspended for the first 24 hours of curing time after the completion of concrete placement. If, after final cleaning, the lane or strip being overlaid becomes wet, the Contractor shall flush the surface with high pressure water, prior to placement of the overlay. All free standing water shall be removed prior to concrete placement. Concrete placement shall begin within 24 hours of the completion of deck preparation for the portion of the deck to be overlaid. If concrete placement has not begun within 24 hours, the lane or strip being overlaid shall be cleaned by a light sand blasting followed by washing with the high pressure water spray or by cleaning with the high pressure spray as approved by the Engineer. Traffic other than required construction equipment will not be permitted on any portion of the lane or strip being overlaid that has undergone final preparation for placing concrete unless approved by the Engineer. To prevent contamination, all equipment allowed on the deck after final cleaning shall be equipped with drip guards. LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 31 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 6- 09.3(8) Quality Assurance 6- 09.3(8)A Quality Assurance for Microsilica Modified and Fly Ash Modified Concrete Overlays The Engineer will perform slump, temperature, and entrained air tests for acceptance after the Contractor indicates that the concrete is ready for placement. Concrete from the first truck load shall not be placed until tests for acceptance have been completed by the Engineer and the results indicate that the concrete is within acceptable limits. Sampling and testing will continue for each load until two successive loads meet all applicable acceptance test requirements. Except for the first load of concrete, up to 1/2 cubic yard may be placed prior to testing for acceptance. After two successive tests indicate that the concrete is within specified limits, the sampling and testing frequency may decrease to one for every three truck loads. Loads to be sampled will be selected in accordance with the random selection process outlined in FOP for WAQTC TM2. When the results of any subsequent acceptance test indicates that the concrete does not conform to the specified limits, the sampling and testing frequency will be resumed for each truck load. Whenever two successive subsequent tests Indicate that the concrete is within the specified limits, the random sampling and testing frequency of one for every three truck loads may resume. The test for determining the slump of the concrete will be conducted in accordance with the WSDOT FOP for AASHTO T 119 and the test for determining the percentage of entrained air will be conducted in accordance with the WAQTC FOP for AASHTO T 152 The Engineer will test for slump and/or air any load of concrete the Engineer deems necessary. 6- 09.3(8)6 Quality Assurance for Latex Modified Concrete Overlays The Engineer will perform operational control testing as the concrete is being placed. The Contractor shall provide the Engineer with a 1/4 -cubic yard container and assistance in obtaining and handling samples. The 1/4 -cubic yard container shall have a 9 -inch minimum depth and shall be placed on a level surface. A minimum of one test per mobile mixer per shift will be conducted. The test will be conducted after eight minutes of mixer operation. The Engineer will perform slump and air tests as the concrete is being placed. The minimum number of tests will be one slump test and one air test per mobile mixer, beginning with the first charge and every other charge thereafter. The sample will be taken after the first two minutes of continuous mixer operation. The concrete will be sampled as follows: While concrete is being deposited onto the badge deck, the stream will be diverted into a wheelbarrow or other suitable container. Approximately 1 cubic foot of concrete will be sufficient to conduct one slump test and one air test. 2. Take the sample to the test site. The test site should be located away from the mobile mixer and off the end of the bridge if practical. 3. Allow the sample to stand undisturbed. The fresh concrete sample must be protected from sunlight and wind until the conclusion of the testing. Total time from discharge to time of start of slump testing will not exceed six and one half minutes. The test for determining the slump of the concrete will be conducted in accordance with WSDOT FOP for AASHTO T 119 and the test for determining the percentage of entrained air will be conducted in accordance with WAQTC FOP for AASHTO T 152. During the initial proportioning, mixing, placing, and finishing operations, the Engineer may require the presence of a technical representative from the latex admixture LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 32 1 2 3 4 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 manufacturer. The technical representative shall be capable of performing, demonstrating, inspecting, and testing all of the functions required for placement of the latex modified concrete as specified in Section 6- 09.3(11) and as approved by the Engineer. This technical representative shall aid in the proper installation of the latex modified concrete. Recommendations made by the technical representative on or off the jobsite, and approved by the Engineer, shall be adhered to by the Contractor at no additional expense to the Contracting Agency. The Engineer will advise the Contractor in writing a minimum of five working days before such services are required. 6- 09.3(9) Mixing Concrete For Concrete Overlay 6- 09.3(9)A Mixing Microsilica Modified or Fly Ash Modified Concrete Mixing of concrete shall be in accordance with Section 6 -02, with the following exceptions: The mixing shall be done at a batch plant. 2. The volume of concrete transported by truck shall not exceed six cubic yards per truck. 6- 09.3(9)B Mixing Latex Modified Concrete The equipment used for mixing the concrete shall be operated with strict adherence to the procedures set forth by its manufacturer. A minimum of two mixers will be required at the overlay site for each concrete placement when the total volume of concrete to be placed during the concrete placement exceeds the material storage capacity of a single mixer. Additional mixers may be required if conditions require that material be stockpiled away from the jobsite. The Contractor shall have sufficient mixers on hand to ensure a consistent and continuous delivery and placement of concrete throughout the concrete placement. Charging the mobile mixer shall be done in the presence of the Engineer. Mixing capabilities shall be such that the finishing operation can proceed at a steady pace. 6- 09.3(10) Overlay Profile and Screed Rails The overlay shall have a thickness of 1 -1/2 inches or as specified by the Engineer. The thickness shall be verified prior to the placement of concrete by attaching a filler block, having a thickness of 1/4 inch less than the overlay thickness, to the bottom of the screed. The filler block shall pass freely over the surface to be overlaid. With the screed guides in place, the finishing machine shall be passed over the entire surface to be overlaid and the final screed rail adjustments shall be made. If the overlay thickness does not verify, the profile of the new concrete surface shall be adjusted as approved by the Engineer. After the overlay thickness has been verified, changes in the finishing machine elevation controls will not be allowed. Rails upon which the finishing machine travels shall be placed outside of the area to be overlaid, in accordance with Item 7 of Section 6- 09.3(2) and as approved by the Engineer. Interlocking rail sections or other approved methods of providing rail continuity are required. Hold -down devices shot into the concrete are not permitted unless the concrete is to be subsequently overlaid. Hold -down devices of other types leaving holes in the exposed area will be allowed provided the holes are subsequently filled with a sand /cement grout (sand and portland cement in equal proportions by volume). Hold -down devices shall not penetrate the existing deck by more than 3/4 inch. LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 33 1 Rails may be removed at any time after the concrete has taken an initial set. Adequate 2 precautions shall be taken during the removal of the finishing machine and rails to 3 protect the edges of the new surfaces. 4 5 The Contractor shall be responsible for setting screed control to obtain the nominal 6 overlay thickness specified as well as the finished surface smoothness requirements. 7 8 6- 09.3(11) Placing Concrete Overlay 9 Prior to concrete placement, the Contractor shall review the equipment, procedures, 10 personnel, and previous results with the Engineer. Inspection procedures shall also be 11 reviewed to ensure coordination. 12 13 Concrete placement shall be made in accordance with Section 6 -02 and the following 14 requirements: 15 16 1. After the lane or strip to be overlaid has been prepared and immediately before 17 placing the concrete, it shall be thoroughly soaked and kept continuously wet 18 with water for a minimum period of six hours prior to placement of the 19 concrete. All free standing water shall be removed prior to concrete 20 placement. During concrete placement, the lane or strip shall be kept moist. 21 22 The concrete shall then be promptly and continuously delivered and deposited 23 on the placement side of the finishing machine. 24 25 If latex modified concrete is used, the concrete shall be thoroughly brushed 26 into the surface and then brought up to final grade. If either microsilica 27 modified concrete or fly ash modified concrete are used, a slurry of the 28 concrete, excluding aggregate, shall be thoroughly brushed into the surface 29 prior to the overlay placement. 30 31 Care shall be exercised to ensure that the surface receives a thorough, even 32 coating and that the rate of progress is limited so that the brushed concrete 33 does not become dry before it is covered with additional concrete as required 34 for the final grade. All aggregate which is segregated from the mix during the 35 brushing operation shall be removed from the deck and disposed of by the 36 Contractor. 37 38 If either microsilica modified concrete or fly ash modified concrete are used, 39 the Contractor shall ensure that a sufficient number of trucks are used for 40 concrete delivery to obtain a consistent and continuous delivery and placement 41 of concrete throughout the concrete placement operation. 42 43 When concrete is to be placed against the concrete in a previously placed 44 transverse joint, lane, or strip, the previously placed concrete shall be sawed 45 back six inches to straight and vertical edges and shall be sandblasted or 46 water blasted before new concrete is placed. The Engineer may decrease the 47 six inch saw back requirement to two inches minimum, if a bulkhead was used 48 during previous concrete placement and the concrete was hand vibrated along 49 the bulkhead. 50 51 2. Concrete placement shall not begin if rain is expected. Adequate precautions 52 shall be taken to protect freshly placed concrete in the event that rain begins 53 during placement. Concrete that is damaged by rain shall be removed and 54 replaced by the Contractor at no additional expense to the Contracting Agency, 55 and to the satisfaction of the Engineer. 56 57 3. Concrete shall not be placed when the temperature of the concrete surface is 58 less than 45F or greater than 75F, when the combination of air temperature, 59 relative humidity, fresh concrete temperature, and wind velocity at the 60 construction site produces an evaporation rate of 0.15 pound per square foot LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 34 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 of surface per hour as determined from Table 6- 02.3(6) -1, or when winds are in excess of 10 mph. If the Contractor elects to work at night to meet these criteria, adequate lighting shall be provided at no additional expense to the Contracting Agency, and as approved by the Engineer. 4. If concrete placement is stopped for a period of one -half hour or more, the Contractor shall install a bulkhead transverse to the direction of placement at a position where the overlay can be finished full width up to the bulkhead. The bulkhead shall be full depth of the overlay and shall be installed to grade. The concrete shall be finished and cured in accordance with these specifications. Further placement is permitted only after a period of 12 hours unless a gap is left in the lane or strip. The gap shall be of sufficient width for the finishing machine to clear the transverse bulkhead installed where concrete placement was stopped. The previously placed concrete shall be sawed back from the bulkhead, to a point designated by the Engineer, to straight and vertical edges and shall be sandblasted or water blasted before new concrete is placed. 5. Concrete shall not be placed against the edge of an adjacent lane or strip that is less than 36 hours old. 6- 09.3(12) Finishing Concrete Overlay Finishing shall be accomplished in accordance with the applicable portions of Section 6- 02.3(10) and as follows. Concrete shall be placed and struck -off approximately 1/2 inch above final grade and then consolidated and finished to final grade with a single pass (the Engineer may require additional passes) of the finishing machine. Hand finishing may be necessary to close up or seal off the surface. The final product shall be a dense uniform surface. Latex shall not be sprayed on a freshly placed latex modified concrete surface; however, a light fog spray of water is permitted if required for finishing, as determined by the Engineer. As the finishing machine progresses along the placed concrete, the surface shall be given a final finish by texturing with a comb perpendicular to the center line of the bridge. The texture shall be applied immediately behind the finishing machine. The comb shall consist of a single row of metal tines capable of producing 1/8 inch wide striations approximately 0.015 foot in depth at approximately 1/2 -inch spacing. The combs may be operated manually or mechanically, either singly or in gangs (several combs placed end to end). This operation shall be done in a manner that will minimize the displacement of the aggregate particles. The texture shall not extend into areas within 2 feet of the curb line. The non - textured concrete within 2 feet of the curb line shall be hand finished with a steel or magnesium trowel. Screed rails and construction dams shall be separated from the newly placed concrete by passing a pointing trowel along the inside surfaces of the rails or dams. Care shall be exercised to ensure that this trowel cut is made for the entire depth and length of rails or dams after the concrete has stiffened sufficiently that it does not flow back. After the burlap cover has been removed and the concrete surface has dried, but before opening to traffic, all joints and visible cracks shall be filled and sealed with a high molecular weight methacrylate resin (HMWM). Cracks 1/16 inch and greater in width shall receive two applications of HMWM. Immediately following the application of HMWM, the wetted surface shall be coated with sand for abrasive finish. 6- 09.3(13) Curing Concrete Overlay As the texturing portion of the finishing operation progresses, the concrete shall be immediately covered with a single layer of clean, new or used, wet burlap. The burlap shall have a maximum width of six feet. The Engineer will determine the suitability of the burlap for reuse, based on the cleanliness and absorption ability of the burlap. Care LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 35 1 2 3 4 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 shall be exercised to ensure that the burlap is well drained and laid flat with no wrinkles on the deck surface. Adjacent strips of burlap shall have a minimum overlap of six inches. Once in place the burlap shall be lightly fog sprayed with water. A separate layer of white, reflective type polyethylene sheeting shall Immediately be placed over the wet burlap. The concrete shall then be wet cured by keeping the burlap wet for a minimum of 42 hours after which the polyethylene sheeting and burlap may be removed. Traffic shall not be permitted on the finished concrete until the specified curing time is satisfied and until the concrete has reached a minimum compressive strength of 3,000 psi as verified by rebound number determined in accordance with ASTM C 805. 6- 09.3(14) Checking for Bond After the requirements for curing have been met, the entire overlaid surface shall be sounded by the Contractor, in a manner approved by and in the presence of the Engineer, to ensure total bond of the concrete to the bridge deck. Concrete in unbonded areas shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor with the same modified concrete as used in the overlay at no additional expense to the Contracting Agency. All cracks, except those that are significant enough to require removal, shall be thoroughly filled and sealed as specified in Section 6- 09.312). After the curing requirements have been met, the Contractor may use compressed air to accelerate drying of the deck surface for crack identification and sealing. 6 -09.4 Measurement Scarifying concrete surface will be measured by the square yard of surface actually scarified. Modified concrete overlay will be measured by the cubic foot of material placed. For latex modified concrete overlay, the volume will be determined by the theoretical yield of the design mix and documented by the counts of the cement meter less waste. For both microsilica modified concrete overlay and fly ash modified concrete overlay, the volume will be determined from the concrete supplier's Certificate of Compliance for each batch delivered less waste. Waste is defined as the following: Material not placed. 2. Material placed in excess of six inches outside a longitudinal joint or transverse joint. Finishing and curing modified concrete overlay will be measured by the square yard of overlay surface actually finished and cured. When further deck preparation is measured by volume, it will be measured by the cubic foot of material placed. When latex modified concrete overlay is used as the repair material, the volume will be determined by the theoretical yield of the design mix and documented by the counts of the cement meter less waste. When either microsilica modified concrete overlay, fly ash modified concrete overlay, or concrete Class M are used as the repair material, the volume will be determined from the concrete supplier's Certificate of Compliance for each batch delivered less waste. 6 -09.5 Payment Payment will be made in accordance with Section 1 -04.1, for each of the following bid items that are included in the bid proposal: "Scarifying Conc. Surface ", per square yard. The unit contract price per square yard for "Scarifying Conc. Surface" shall be full pay for performing the work as specified, including testing and calibration of the machines and tools used, containment, collection, and disposal of all water and LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 36 1 abrasives used and debris created by the scarifying operation, measures taken to 2 protect adjacent traffic from flying debris, and final cleanup following the scarifying 3 operation. 4 5 "Modified Conc. Overlay ", per cubic foot. 6 The unit contract price per cubic foot for "Modified Conc. Overlay' shall be full pay 7 for furnishing the modified concrete overlay. 8 9 "Finishing and Curing Modified Conc. Overlay ", per square yard. 10 The unit contract price per square yard for "Finishing and Curing Modified Conc. 11 Overlay" shall be full pay for performing the work as specified, including placing, 12 finishing, and curing the modified concrete overlay, checking for bond, and sealing 13 all cracks. 14 15 "Further Deck Preparation ", per cubic foot. 16 When "Further Deck Preparation" is measured by volume, the unit contract price 17 per cubic foot for "Further Deck Preparation" shall be full pay for performing the 18 work as specified, including removing and disposing of the concrete within the 19 repair area, and furnishing, placing, finishing, and curing the repair concrete. 20 21 "Further Deck Preparation ", force account. 22 When "Further Deck Preparation" is not measured by volume, payment for the work 23 required will be by force account in accordance with Section 1 -09.6. For the 24 purpose of providing a common proposal for all bidders, the Contracting Agency 25 has entered an amount for the item "Further Deck Preparation" in the bid proposal 26 to become a part of the total bid by the Contractor. 27 28 SECTION 6 -10, CONCRETE BARRIER 29 August 5, 2002 30 6- 10.3(2) Cast -In -Place Concrete Barrier 31 This section is revised to read: 32 33 Forms for cast -in -place barrier shall be made of steel or of exterior plywood coated with 34 plastic. The Contractor may construct the barrier by the slip -form method. 35 36 The barrier shall be made of Class 4000 concrete that meets the requirements of 37 Section 6 -02, except that the fine aggregate gradation used for slip form barrier may be 38 either Class 1 or 2. The Contractor may use Portland cement Type III at no additional 39 expense to the Contracting Agency. 40 41 In addition to the steel reinforcing bar tying and bracing requirements specified in 42 Section 6- 02.3(24) C, the Contractor may also place small amounts of concrete to aid in 43 holding the steel reinforcing bars in place. These small amounts of concrete shall be 44 not more than two cubic feet in volume, and shall be spaced at a minimum of ten -foot 45 intervals within the steel reinforcement cage. These small amounts of concrete shall be 46 consolidated and shall provide two inches minimum clearance to the steel reinforcing 47 bars on the outside face of the barrier. All spattered and excess mortar and concrete 48 shall be removed from the steel reinforcing bars prior to slip -form casting. 49 50 Barrier expansion joints shall be spaced at 96 -foot intervals, and dummy joints shall be 51 spaced at 12 -foot intervals unless otherwise specified in the contract. 52 53 Immediately after removing the forms, the Contractor shall complete any finishing work 54 needed to produce a uniformly smooth, dense surface. The surface shall have no rock 55 pockets and no holes larger than '/4 inch across. The barrier shall be cured and finished 56 in accordance with Section 6- 02.3(11) A. 57 LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 37 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 The maximum allowable deviation from a 10 -foot straightedge held longitudinally on all •+ surfaces shall be '/4 inch. For single sloped barrier the maximum allowable deviation from a straightedge held along the vertical sloped face of the barrier shall be 1/4 inch. At final acceptance of the project, the barrier shall be free from stains, smears, and any °- discoloration. 6- 10.3(7) Concrete Barrier Berm Type 1 This section including title is revised to read: 6- 10.3(7) Vacant .r 6 -10.4 Measurement The statement "Concrete barrier berms will be measured per each for each berm installed," Is deleted. r 6 -10.5 Payment The bid item ( "Conc. Barrier Berms Type 1 ", per each.) is deleted. SECTION 7 -01, DRAINS April 1, 2002 7 -01.2 Materials In the first paragraph, "Corrugated Polyethylene (PE) Drain Pipe, 8 -inch diameter maximum" is revised to read: Corrugated Polyethylene (PE) Drain Pipe, 10 -inch diameter maximum "Corrugated Polyethylene (PE) Drain Pipe, 12 -inch through 24 -inch diameter maximum" is revised to read: Corrugated Polyethylene (PE) Drain Pipe, 12 -inch through 36 -inch diameter maximum SECTION 7 -02, CULVERTS January 7, 2002 7 -02.2 Materials In the chart "Culvert Pipe Schedules ", the following is revised: In the column "Schedule (Fill Height) ", the symbol 0 is revised to' (feet). In the columns "Steel ", and "Aluminum ", the symbol 0 is revised to " (inches). In note 2. The symbol 0 is revised to " (inches). SECTION 7 -04, STORM SEWERS April 1, 2002 7- 04.3(1 )F Low Pressure Air Test for Storm Sewers Constructed of Non Air - Permea le Materials This section is supplemented with the following: Reaches of thermoplastic pipe containing no joints shall be exempt from testing requirements. SECTION 7 -05, MANHOLES, INLETS, CATCH BASINS, AND DRYWELLS April 1, 2002 7 -05.2 Materials The referenced section for Gravel Backfill for Drywells is revised to 9- 03.12(5). LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 38 WK 0 am 1 2 In the first paragraph, "Precast Concrete Catch Basis" is revised to read: 3 4 Precast Concrete Catch Basins 5 6 SECTION 7 -08, GENERAL PIPE INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS 7 April 1, 2002 8 7 -08.4 Measurement 9 The fifth paragraph is revised to read: 10 11 Embankment construction before pipe placement under the applicable provisions of 12 Section 7- 08.3(1)A will be measured in accordance with Section 2 -03. 13 14 SECTION 7 -09, PIPE AND FITTINGS FOR WATER MAINS 15 August 5, 2002 16 This section including title is revised in its entirety to read: 17 18 SECTION 7 -09, WATER MAINS 19 20 7 -09.1 Description 21 This work shall consist of constructing water mains 16 inches in diameter and smaller in 22 accordance with the Plans, these Standard Specifications, the Special Provisions and 23 the Standard Plans, at the location shown on the Plans. 24 25 7- 09.1(1) Definitions 26 27 7- 09.1(1)A Trench Widths 28 Trench width is from trench wall to trench wall, outside of shoring. 29 30 7- 09.1(1)13 Unsuitable Material 31 Material removed because it is unsatisfactory for foundations is defined as unsuitable 32 foundation material. 33 34 Material removed in trenching which is unsuitable for replacement in the backfill is 35 defined as unsuitable backfill material. 36 37 7- 09.1(1)C Gravel Backfill for Pipe Zone Bedding 38 Gravel backfill for pipe zone bedding is the method or material used to transmit load 39 from the pipe into the foundation or into the sidewall support. 40 41 7- 09.1(1)D Pipe Zone Backfill 42 Pipe zone backfill includes material placed above the gravel backfill for pipe zone 43 bedding up to the depths shown on the Standard Plans. 44 45 7- 09.1(1)E Trench Backfill 46 Trench backfill includes materials placed above the pipe zone backfill. Trench backfill 47 within the roadway prism shall extend up to the underside of the pavement or surfacing 48 materials. Trench backfill outside the roadway prism shall extend up to original ground 49 or finished grade. 50 51 7 -09.2 Materials 52 Materials shall meet the requirements of the following sections: 53 54 Pipe for main line: 9 -30.1 55 Ductile Iron Pipe 9- 30.1(1) 56 Steel Pipe (6 inches and over) 9- 30.1(4)A 57 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe 58 (4 inches and over) 9- 30.1(5)A LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 39 2 3 4 6 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe (under 4 inches) 9- 30.1(5)B Polyethylene (PE) Pressure Pipe (4 inches and over) 9- 30.1(6) Fittings for Main Lines: 9 -30.2 Ductile Iron Pipe 9 -30.2 1) Steel Pipe (6 inches and over) 9 -30.2 4)A Polyvinyl Chloride PVC) Pipe 4 inches and over) 9- 30.2(5)A Polyvinyl Chloride PVC) Pipe under 4 inches) 9- 30.2(5)B Restrained Joints 9- 30.2(6) Bolted, Sleeve — Type Couplings for Plain End Pipe 9 -30.2 7) Restrained Flexible Couplings 9-30.28 Grooved and Shouldered Joints 9-30.29) Polyethylene (PE) Pipe (4 inches and over) 9- 30.2(10) Fabricated Steel Mechanical Slip — Type Expansion Joints 9- 30.2(11) Appurtenancues: Concrete Blocking 6- 02.3(2) B Detectable Marking Tape 9 -15.18 Blow Off Assemblies 9 -30.1, 9 -30.2, 9- 30.3, 9 -30.6 Polyethylene Encasement 9 -30.1 2 Steel Pipe (4 inches and under) 9 -30.1 4 B Fittings for Steel Pipe (4 inches and under) 9 -30.2 4)B Aggregates: Foundation Material 9- 03.17, 9 -03.18 Gravel Backfill for Pipe Zone Bedding 9- 03.12(3) Pipe Zone Backfill 9 -03.19 Trench Backfill 9 -03.15 or 9 -03.19 It is not intended that materials listed herein are to be necessarily considered equal or generally interchangeable for all applications. Those suitable for the project shall be specified in the Special Provisions or shown on the Plans. The pipe manufacturer shall test all pipe and fittings as required by these Standard Specifications and the standards referenced. The pipe manufacturer shall submit to the Engineer two (2) copies of all test results including a written certification that material to be delivered is represented by the samples tested and that such delivered materials meet or exceed the specified requirements. No pipe shall be delivered until test results and certifications are in the hands of the Engineer. The Engineer shall have free access to all testing and records pertaining to material to be delivered to the job site. The Engineer may elect to be present at any or all material testing operations. The basis of acceptance shall be a certificate of compliance as described in Section 1 -06.3, accompanied by two (2) copies of pressure test results of the pipe or fittings involved. 7 -09.3 Construction Requirements 7- 09.3(1) General Trench excavation required for the installation of water mains and appurtenances shall be unclassified. Material excavated from trenches and piled adjacent to the trench or in a roadway or public thoroughfare shall be piled and maintained so that the toe of the slope of the spoil material is at least 2 feet from the edge of the trench. It shall be piled LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETRORT 40 Im 1 in a manner to prevent surface water from flowing into the excavation and in a manner 2 that will cause a minimum of inconvenience to public travel. Free access shall be 3 provided to all fire hydrants, water valves, and meters; and clearance shall be left to 4 enable the free flow of storm water in gutters, conduits, and natural watercourses. 5 6 7- 09.3(2) Ungraded Streets 7 On ungraded streets, when grading is not called for in the Contract, the depth of trench 8 excavation shall be as shown on the Plans and as staked. 9 10 Where the Plans show the pipe is to be laid above the existing ground surface, an 11 embankment fill shall be made and compacted to conform with the section shown on the 12 Plans, and the water main trench shall be excavated therein. That portion of the 13 embankment below the bottom of the pipe shall be compacted with rollers or 14 mechanical compactors under controlled moisture conditions as required under Method 15 B of Section 2- 03.3(14)C. 16 17 7- 09.3(3) Clearing and Grubbing in Ungraded Streets 18 On ungraded streets, where clearing and grubbing is not called for in the Contract, the 19 area to be excavated or filled shall be cleared and grubbed by the Contractor. This work 20 shall consist of the removal and disposal of logs, stumps, roots, brush, and other refuse 21 within 5 feet of the centerline of the pipe. Such material shall be disposed of in 22 accordance with the Special Provisions. 23 24 7- 09.3(4) Removal of Existing Street Improvements 25 Removal of existing street improvements and pavement from driveways and sidewalks 26 shall be performed as specified in Section 2 -02. Stockpiling of waste materials along 27 the trench shall not be allowed. 28 29 7- 09.3(5) Grade and Alignment 30 The location of blow off assemblies and combination air release /air vacuum valves are 31 shown on the Plans. 32 33 The Contractor shall verify the locations and establish the depth of the existing water 34 mains at the points where connections are to be made prior to trenching for the 35 pipelines. The profile shall be adjusted so no new high spots or low spots are created 36 between the connection points to the existing water mains. 37 38 The depth of trenching for water mains shall be such as to give a minimum cover of 36 39 inches over the top of the pipe unless otherwise specified in the Special Provisions. 40 Deeper excavation may be required due to localized breaks in grade, or to install the 41 new main under existing culverts or other utilities where necessary. Where the profile of 42 the pipeline and the ground surface is shown on the Plans, the pipeline shall be laid to 43 the elevation shown regardless of depth. The excavation shall be to such depth that the 44 minimum cover over valve operating nuts shall be 1 foot. 45 46 7- 09.3(6) Existing Utilities 47 Existing utilities of record, except services, are shown on the Plans. These are shown 48 for convenience only, and the Engineer assumes no responsibility for improper locations 49 or failure to show utility locations on the Plans. 50 51 When utility services occupy the same space as the new water main, the Contractor 52 shall complete necessary excavation to fully expose such services. The Contractor 53 shall protect said services, and work around them during excavating and pipe laying 54 operations. Any damages to services resulting from the Contractor's operation shall be 55 reported to the appropriate utility. Such damage shall be repaired at the Contractor's 56 expense. 57 58 7- 09.3(7) Trench Excavation 59 The Contractor shall perform excavation of every description and in whatever materials 60 encountered to the depth indicated on the Plans or specified in the Special Provisions. LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 41 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 Excavations shall be made by open cut unless otherwise provided for. Trenches shall be excavated to true and smooth bottom grades and in accordance with the lines given by the Engineer or shown on the Plans. The trench bottom shall provide uniform bearing and support for each length of pipe. Bell holes shall be excavated to the extent necessary to permit accurate work in making and inspecting the joints. The banks of the trenches shall be kept as nearly vertical as soil conditions will permit, and where required to control trench width or to protect adjacent structures, the trench shall be sheeted and braced. Trench widths to 1 foot above the top of the pipe shall not exceed 30 inches maximum or 11/2 times the outside diameter of the pipe plus 18 inches whichever is greater. Standard excavating equipment shall be adjusted so as to excavate the narrowest trench possible. Trench excavation shall not be more than 400 feet ahead of the pipe laying operation and trenches shall be closed up at the end of the day. The Contractor shall exercise sound engineering and construction practices in excavating the trench and maintaining the trench so that no damage will occur to any foundation, structure, pole line, pipe line, or other facility because of slough or slopes, or from any other cause. If, as a result of the excavation, there is disturbance of the ground, which may endanger other property, the Contractor shall immediately take remedial action at no additional expense to the Contracting Agency. No act, ` representation, or instruction of the Engineer shall in any way relieve the Contractor from liability for damages or costs that result from trench excavation. Care shall be taken not to excavate below the depth specified. Excavation below that depth shall be backfilled with foundation material and compacted as specified herein. If workers have to enter any trench or other excavation 4 feet or more in depth that does not meet the open pit requirements of Section 2- 09.3(3)B, it shall be shored. The Contractor alone shall be responsible for worker safety, and the Contracting Agency assumes no responsibility. Upon completing the work, the Contractor shall remove all shoring unless the Plans or the Engineer direct otherwise. 7- 09.3(7)A Dewatering of Trench Where water is encountered in the trench, it shall be removed during pipe - laying operations and the trench so maintained until the ends of the pipe are sealed and provisions are made to prevent floating of the pipe. Trench water or other deleterious materials shall not be allowed to enter the pipe at any time. 7- 09.3(7)B Rock Excavation Rock excavation shall cover the removal and disposal of rock that requires systematic drilling and blasting for its removal, and also boulders exceeding '/2 cubic yard. Ledge rock, boulders, or stones shall be removed to provide a minimum clearance of 4 inches under the pipe. Hardpan, hard clay, glacial till, sandstone, siltstone, shale, or other sedimentary rocks, which are soft, weathered, or extensively fissured will not be classified as rock excavation. Rock is defined as one which has a modulus of elasticity of more than 31 200,000 psi or unconfined compressive strength at field moisture content of more than 2,000 psi. Materials removed shall be replaced with gravel backfill for pipe zone bedding, pipe zone backf ill or trench backf ill as designated by the Engineer. 7- 09.3(7)C Extra Trench Excavation , Changes in grades of the water main from those shown on the Plans, or as provided in the Special Provisions, may be necessary because of unplotted utilities, or for other LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 42 0 "0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 reasons. If, in the opinion of the Engineer, it is necessary to adjust, correct, relocate, or in any way change the line and grade, such changes shall be made by the Contractor under the terms of these Standard Specifications. When pipeline grade is lowered in excess of 1 foot below the grade indicated on the Plans, the Contractor shall make such extra excavation as necessary. When the pipeline horizontal alignment is changed by more than 1 foot from the line indicated on the Plans, after the trench has been excavated, the Contractor shall excavate the trench at the changed location and backfiil and compact the previous trench. Additional excavation so required will be classified as extra trench excavation. 7- 09.3(8) Removal and Replacement of Unsuitable Materials Whenever in excavating the trench for water mains, the bottom of the trench exposes peat, soft clay, quicksand, or other unsuitable foundation material, such material shall be removed to the depth directed by the Engineer and backfilled with foundation material. When determined by the Engineer that silty soils or fine sandy soils are encountered, Class C foundation material shall be required. Silty soils or fine sandy soils usually flow in the presence of a stream of water. When determined by the Engineer that clays, peats, or other soft materials are encountered that become saturated with water, but do not break down into fine particles and flow, Class A or Class B foundation material shall be required. Material removed from the trench that is unsuitable for trench backfill shall be removed and hauled to a waste site. If material is not available within the limits of the project for backfilling the trench, the Contractor shall furnish trench backfill meeting the requirements of Section 9- 03.12(3) or 9 -03.19 as required. Unsuitable material shall be loaded directly into trucks and hauled to a waste site obtained by the Contractor. Stockpiling of unsuitable material at the project site shall not be allowed. 7- 09.3(9) Bedding the Pipe Gravel backfill for pipe zone bedding shall be select granular material free from wood waste, organic material, and other extraneous or objectionable materials and shall have a maximum dimension of 1 -1/2 inches. Gravel backfill for pipe zone bedding shall be placed to the depths shown on Standard Plan B -11. Gravel backfill for pipe zone bedding shall be rammed and tamped around the pipe to 95 percent of maximum density by approved hand -held tools, so as to provide firm and uniform support for the full length of the pipe, valves, and fittings. Care shall be taken to prevent any damage to the pipe or its protective coating. 7- 09.3(10) Backfilling Trenches Prior to backfilling, form lumber and debris shall be removed from the trench. Sheeting used by the Contractor shall be removed just ahead of the backfilling. Backfill up to 12 inches over the top of the pipe shall be evenly and carefully placed. Materials capable of damaging the pipe or its coating shall be removed from the backfill material. The remainder of the material shall be placed by dumping into the trench by any method at the option of the Contractor, and shall be compacted as specified hereinafter. A minimum 3 -inch sand cushion shall be placed between the water main and existing pipelines or other conduits when encountered during construction and as directed by the Engineer. LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 43 2 3 4 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 7- 09.3(11) Compaction of Backfill Backfill shall be compacted to at least 95 percent of maximum density as specified in Section 2- 03.3(14)D. At locations where paved streets, roadway shoulders, driveways, or sidewalks will be constructed or reconstructed over the trench, the backfill shall be spread in layers and be compacted by mechanical tampers. In such cases, the backfill material shall be placed in successive layers not exceeding 6 inches in loose thickness, and each layer shall be compacted with mechanical tampers to the density specified herein. Mechanical tampers shall be of the impact type as approved by the Engineer. 7- 09.3(12) General Pipe Installation Pipe shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's printed specifications and instructions, and to the standards of the AWWA for installing the type of pipe used. The Contractor shall provide tools and equipment, including any special tools required for installing each particular type of pipe used. Short lengths of pipe supplied by the manufacturer shall be used whenever possible to provide the proper spacing of valves, tees, or special fittings. 7- 09.3(13) Handling of Pipe Pipe shall be handled in a manner that will prevent damage to the pipe, pipe lining, or coating. Pipe and fittings shall be loaded and unloaded using hoists and slings in a manner to avoid shock or damage, and under no circumstances shall they be dropped, skidded, or rolled against other pipe. If any part of the coating or lining is damaged, repair thereof shall be made by the Contractor at no additional expense to the Contracting Agency and in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer. Damaged pipe shall be rejected, and the Contractor shall immediately place damaged pipe apart from the undamaged and shall remove the damaged pipe from the site within 24 hours. Threaded pipe ends shall be protected by couplings or other means until laid. Pipe and fittings shall be inspected for defects. Dirt or other foreign material shall be prevented from entering the pipe or pipe joint during handling or laying operations, and any pipe or fitting that has been installed with dirt or foreign material in it shall be removed, cleaned, and re -laid. At times when pipe laying is not in progress, the open ends of the pipe shall be closed by a watertight plug or by other means approved by the Engineer to ensure cleanliness inside the pipe. 7- 09.3(14) Cutting Pipe Whenever it becomes necessary to cut a length of pipe, the cut shall be made by abrasive saw or by a special pipe cutter. Pipe ends shall be square with the longitudinal axis of the pipe and shall be reamed and otherwise smoothed so that good connections can be made. Threads shall be cleanly cut. Oxyacetylene torch cutting of ductile iron pipe shall not be allowed. 7- 09.3(15) Laying of Pipe on Curves 7- 09.3(15)A Ductile Iron Pipe Long radius curves, either horizontal or vertical, may be laid with standard pipe lengths by deflecting the joints. If the pipe is shown curved on the Plans and no special fittings are shown, the Contractor can assume that the curves can be made by deflecting the joints with standard lengths of pipe. If shorter lengths are required, the Plans will indicate maximum lengths that can be used. The amount of deflection at each pipe joint when pipe is laid on a horizontal or vertical curve shall not exceed the manufacturer's printed recommended deflections. Where field conditions require deflection or curves not anticipated by the Plans, the Engineer will determine the methods to be used. No additional payment will be made LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 44 No 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 for laying pipe on curves as shown on the Plans, or for field changes involving standard lengths of pipe deflected at the joints. When special fittings not shown on the Plans are required to meet field conditions, additional payment will be made for special fittings as provided in Section 1 -09.6. When rubber gasketed pipe is laid on a curve, the pipe shall be jointed in a straight alignment and then deflected to the curved alignment. Trenches shall be made wider on curves for this purpose. 7- 09.3(15)B Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe (4 Inches and Over) PVC pipe may be bent to allow for slight changes in direction. The minimum bending radius shall be as follows: Size Minimum Bending Radius 4 -inch 125 feet 6 -inch 175 feet 8 -inch 225 feet 10 -inch 275 feet 12 -inch 325 feet 14 -inch 400 feet Axial deflection at the pipe joints shall not be allowed. For 16 -inch diameter pipe, changes in direction may be accomplished by axial deflection of the pipe joint. The maximum axial deflection allowed at each joint is one degree. For changes in direction greater than one degree per pipe joint, fittings shall be used. 7- 09.3(16) Cleaning and Assembling Joint The pipe ends, couplings, fittings, and appurtenances shall be cleaned to remove oil, grit, or other foreign matter from the joint. Care shall be taken to keep the joint from contacting the ground. Pipe not furnished with a depth mark shall be marked before assembly to ensure visual observation of the work. 7- 09.3(17) Laying Ductile Iron Pipe with Polyethylene Encasement Where shown on the Plans, the Contractor shall lay ductile iron pipe with a polyethylene encasement. Pipe and polyethylene encasement shall be installed in accordance with AWWA C105. 7- 09.3(18) Coupled Pipe 4 Inches in Diameter and Larger Joints for steel pipe shall be bell and spigot or welded as specified in the Special Provisions. Component parts of couplings, rings, and bells shall receive a protective coating in the same manner as specified for the steel pipe. Bolts and nuts, exposed edges, and flanges shall, after installation, be covered with coal -tar protective coating conforming to AWWA C203 or other coating approved by the Engineer. Steel pipe 4 inches and larger for above - ground service shall be coupled with flanges, compression type or grooved type couplings. Pipe for outdoor service above ground shall be protected with a coal -tar protective coating conforming to AWWA C203 or other coating approved by the Engineer. 7- 09.3(19) Connections LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 45 1 2 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 7- 09.3(19)A Connections to Existing Mains Connections to the existing water main shall not be made without first making the necessary scheduling arrangements with the Engineer in advance. Work shall not be started until all the materials, equipment, and labor necessary to properly complete the work are assembled on the site. Existing water mains shall be cut by the Contractor unless otherwise specified in the Special Conditions. The Contractor shall remove the portions of pipe to provide for the installation of the required fittings at the points of connection. Damage caused by the Contractor's operations to existing joints in piping to remain in- service shall be repaired by the Contractor at no additional expense to the Contracting Agency. The Contractor shall determine the exact length of the existing water main that must be removed. The pipe ends shall be beveled to prevent damage to the transition coupling gasket during installation of the coupling. The exterior of the existing pipe end shall be cleaned to a sound, smooth finish before installation of the coupling. Transition couplings shall be installed by the Contractor and shall be provided with a plastic film wrap. The plastic film wrap shall be wrapped loosely around the pipe, fittings, and couplings, and secured with 2- inch -wide polyethylene adhesive tape. Pipelines in which the couplings are installed shall be wrapped a minimum of 3 feet on each side of the coupling. Joints or seams in the plastic film wrap shall be made using the 2- inch -wide polyethylene adhesive tape. The plastic film wrap need not be watertight, but no part of the pipe or coupling shall be exposed to the backfill. Care shall be exercised during backfilling to prevent the plastic film wrap from being punctured or otherwise damaged. Plastic film wrap and its installation shall conform to AWWA C105 except as modified herein. Once work is started on a connection, it shall proceed continuously without interruption and as rapidly as possible until completed. No shutoff of mains will be permitted overnight, over weekends, or on holidays. If the connection to the existing system involves turning off the water, the Contractor shall be responsible for notifying the residents affected by the shutoff. The Engineer will advise which property owners are to be notified. The Contractor may be required to perform the connection during times other than normal working hours. The Contractor shall not operate any valves on the existing system without specific permission of the Engineer. The types of connections are varied and suggested piping arrangements have been shown on the Plans. For the installation of these connections, the surfaced portion of the roadway shall not be penetrated unless the connecting point is directly under it. For connection by any other method, the Contractor shall furnish a detailed sketch for approval not less than two weeks prior to the expected construction. 7- 09.3(19)6 Maintaining Service Where existing services are to be transferred from old to new mains, the Contractor shall plan and coordinate its work with that of the Utility so that service will be resumed with the least possible inconvenience to customers. To supply customers with water during the construction of a water main project where any section of the pipe has passed satisfactory hydrostatic and bacteriological tests, the Utility reserves the right to tap corporation stops into the section of new pipe and install service connections at such locations as the Utility may elect. The installation of any such service connections by the Utility shall not be construed by the Contractor as an acceptance by the Contracting Agency of any part of the work required under the Contract. LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 46 VW G'y7 .w 1 7- 09.3(20) Detectable Marking Tape 2 Detectable marking tape shall be installed over nonmetallic water lines including 3 services lines. The tape shall be placed approximately 1 foot above the top of the line 4 and shall extend its full length. Detectable marking tape shall meet the requirements of 5 Section 9- 15.18. 6 7 7- 09.3(21) Concrete Thrust Blocking 8 Concrete thrust blocking, as detailed on the Plans, shall be placed at bends, tees, dead 9 ends, and crosses. Blocking shall be commercial concrete meeting the requirement of 10 Section 6- 02.3(2)B poured in place. 11 12 Concrete blocking shall bear against solid undisturbed earth at the sides and bottom of 13 the trench excavation and shall be shaped so as not to obstruct access to the joints of 14 the pipe or fittings. 15 16 7- 09.3(22) Blowoff Assemblies 17 Blowoff Assemblies shall be constructed at the locations shown on the Plans and in 18 accordance with the Standard Plans. 19 20 7- 09.3(23) Hydrostatic Pressure Test 21 Water main appurtenances and service connections to the meter setter shall be tested 22 in sections of convenient length under a hydrostatic pressure equal to 150 psi in excess 23 of that under which they will operate or in no case shall the test pressure be less than 24 225 psi. Pumps, gauges, plugs, saddles, corporation stops, miscellaneous hose and 25 piping, and measuring equipment necessary for performing the test shall be furnished 26 and operated by the Contractor. 27 28 Sections to be tested shall normally be limited to 1,500 feet. The Engineer may require 29 that the first section of pipe, not less than 1,000 feet in length, installed by each of the 30 Contractor's crews, be tested in order to qualify the crew and the materials. Pipe laying 31 shall not be continued more than an additional 1,000 feet until the first section has been 32 tested successfully. 33 34 The pipeline shall be backfilled sufficiently to prevent movement of the pipe under 35 pressure. Thrust blocks shall be in place and time allowed for the concrete to cure 36 before testing. Where permanent blocking is not required, the Contractor shall furnish 37 and install temporary blocking and remove it after testing. 38 39 The mains shall be filled with water and allowed to stand under pressure a sufficient 40 length of time to allow the escape of air and allow the lining of the pipe to absorb water. 41 The Contracting Agency will furnish the water necessary to fill the pipelines for testing 42 purposes at a time of day when sufficient quantities of water are available for normal 43 system operation. 44 45 The test shall be accomplished by pumping the main up to the required pressure, 46 stopping the pump for 15 minutes, and then pumping the main up to the test pressure 47 again. During the test, the section being tested shall be observed to detect any visible 48 leakage. 49 50 A clean container shall be used for holding water for pumping up pressure on the main 51 being tested. This makeup water shall be sterilized by the addition of chlorine to a 52 concentration of 50 mg /I. 53 54 The quantity of water required to restore the pressure shall be accurately determined by 55 pumping through a positive displacement water meter. The meter shall be approved by 56 the Engineer. Acceptability of the test will be determined as follows: 58 9 L S 5 60 LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 47 1 3 4 5 6 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 The quantity of water lost from the main shall not exceed the number of gallons per hour as determined by the formula: in which L = allowable leakage, gallons /hour D = nominal diameter of the pipe in inches P = test pressure during the leakage test (psi) S = gross length of pipe tested, feet There shall not be an appreciable or abrupt loss in pressure during the 15 minute test period. Pressure gauges used in the test shall be accompanied with certifications of accuracy from a testing laboratory approved by the Engineer. Any visible leakage detected shall be corrected by the Contractor regardless of the allowable leakage specified above. Should the tested section fail to meet the pressure test successfully as specified, the Contractor shall, at no additional expense to the Contracting Agency, locate and repair the defects and then retest the pipeline. Tests shall be made with the hydrant auxiliary gate valves open and pressure against , the hydrant valve. Each valve shall be tested by closing each in turn and relieving the pressure beyond. This test of the valve will be acceptable if there is no immediate loss of pressure on the gauge when the pressure comes against the valve being checked. The Contractor shall verify that the pressure differential across the valve does not exceed the rated working pressure of the valve. Prior to calling out the Engineer to witness the pressure test, the Contractor shall have all equipment set up completely ready for operation and shall have successfully performed the test to ensure that the pipe Is In satisfactory condition. Defective materials or workmanship, discovered as a result of hydrostatic field test, shall be replaced by the Contractor at no additional expense to the Contracting Agency. Whenever it is necessary to replace defective material or correct the workmanship, the hydrostatic test shall be re -run at the Contractor's expense until a satisfactory test is obtained. 7- 09.3(23)A Testing Extensions From Existing Mains When an existing water main is extended with new pipe to a new valve and the distance from the existing pipe to the new valve is 18 feet or less, the section of new pipe installed between the new valve and the end of the existing main shall be made with pretested, prechlorinated pipe, and no hydrostatic test will be required. When the required hydrostatic tests are conducted in the new main section beyond the installed new valve in the closed position, the normal pressure of the existing main may be present against the other side of the new valve. Where the distance between the end of an existing water main pipe extension to the new valve is more than 18 feet, the connection of the new pipe to existing pipe shall not be made until after hydrostatic tests have been made to the required pressure in both directions against the new valve. This shall be accomplished by a temporary cap or plug installed on the end of the new pipe, beyond the new valve, as close as possible to the existing pipe for testing purposes. The short length of pipe between the temporary cap or plug end with the new valve in the closed position, with no hydrostatic pressure active on the opposite side of the valve, shall be subjected to the required test pressure. The same test shall be made against the other side of the new valve when that section of pipe is tested with no hydrostatic pressure active in the short section of pipe toward the existing main. The final connection to the existing main shall be made with pretested prechlorinated pipe. LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 48 3 1 2 7- 09.3(23)B Testing Section with Hydrants Installed 3 When hydrants are included with the section of main pipe to be tested, the testing shall 4 be conducted in three separate tests as follows: 5 6 Test No. 1 — Water main gate valves and hydrant auxiliary gate valves closed, with 7 the hydrant operating stem valves and hose ports wide open. 8 9 Test No. 2 — Water main gate valves and the hydrant operating the stem valves 10 tightly closed but the hydrant auxiliary gate valves and hose ports wide open. 11 12 Test No. 3 — Each hydrant shall be tested to the pressure indicated in 13 Section 7- 09.3(23) with the hydrant auxiliary gate valve and hose ports closed and 14 the hydrant operating stem valve wide open. 15 16 7- 09.3(23)C Testing Hydrants Installed on Existing Mains 17 For hydrants installed and connected to an existing main, the hydrant connection 18 including hydrant tee, connection pipe, and auxiliary gate valves, shall be installed with 19 pretested materials. 20 21 Before the hydrant connection is made to the existing main, the hydrant installation shall 22 be subjected to the hydrostatic Test No. 3 as specified in Section 7- 09.3(23)B. Hydrants 23 installed and connected to an existing main shall have a satisfactory bacteriological 24 sample obtained following the hydrostatic test. 25 26 7- 09.3(24) Disinfection of Water Mains 27 Before being placed into service, new water mains and repaired portions of, or 28 extensions to, existing mains shall be chlorinated and a satisfactory bacteriological 29 report obtained. In the event two unsatisfactory bacteriological reports are obtained on 30 a section of pipe, the Contractor shall revise his method of disinfection and the form of 31 applied chlorine. 32 33 7- 09.3(24)A Flushing 34 Sections of pipe to be disinfected shall first be flushed to remove any solids or 35 contaminated material that may have become lodged in the pipe. If a hydrant is not 36 installed at the end of the main, then a tap shall be provided large enough to develop a 37 flow velocity of at least 2.5 fps in the water main. 38 39 Taps required by the Contractor for temporary or permanent release of air, chlorination 40 or flushing purposes shall be provided by the Contractor as part of the construction of 41 water mains. 42 43 Where dry calcium hypochlorite is used for disinfection of the pipe, flushing shall be 44 done after disinfection. 45 46 The Contractor shall be responsible for disposal of treated water flushed from mains 47 and shall neutralize the wastewater for protection of aquatic life in the receiving water 48 before disposal into any natural drainage channel. The Contractor shall be responsible 49 for disposing of disinfecting solution to the satisfaction of the Contracting Agency and 50 local authorities. If approved by the Engineer, disposal may be made to an available 51 sanitary sewer provided the rate of disposal will not overload the sewer. 52 53 7- 09.3(24)B Requirement of Chlorine 54 Before being placed into service, new mains and repaired portions of, or extensions to, 55 existing mains shall be chlorinated so that a chlorine residual of not less than 25 mg /I 56 remains in the water after standing 24 hours in the pipe. The initial chlorine content of 57 the water shall be not less than 50 mg/I. 58 LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 49 2 3 4 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 7- 09.3(24)C Form of Applied Chlorine Chlorine shall be applied by one of the methods which follow, to give a dosage of not less than 50 mg /I of available chlorine. 7- 09.3(24)D Dry Calcium Hypochlorite As each length of pipe is laid, sufficient high test calcium hypochlorite (65 -70% chlorine) shall be placed inside the pipe to yield a dosage of not less than 50 mg /1 available chlorine, calculated on the volume of the water which the pipe and appurtenances will contain. The number of grams of 65% test calcium hypochlorite required for a 20 -foot length of pipe equals 0.008431 x d2 , in which "d" is the diameter in inches. 7- 09.3(24)E Liquid Chlorine A chlorine gas -water mixture shall be applied by means of a solution -feed chlorinating device, or the dry gas may be fed directly through proper devices for regulating the rate of flow and providing effective diffusion of the gas into the water within the pipe being treated. Chlorinating devices for feeding solutions of the chlorine gas, or the gas itself, must provide means for preventing the backflow of water into the chlorine. 7- 09.3(24)F Chlorine- Bearing Compounds in Water A mixture of water and high -test calcium hypochlorite (65 -70% Cl) may be substituted for the chlorine gas -water mixture. The dry powder shall first be mixed as a paste and then thinned to a 1 percent chlorine solution by adding water to give a total quantity of 7.5 gallons of water per pound of dry powder. This solution shall be injected in one end of the section of main to be disinfected while filling the main with water. 7- 09.3(24)G Sodium Hypochlorite Sodium hypochlorite, commercial grade (12.5% Cl) or in the form of liquid household bleach (5 -6% Cl), may be substituted for the chlorine gas -water mixture. This liquid " chlorine compound may be used full strength or diluted with water and injected into the main in correct proportion to the fill water so that dosage applied to the water will be at least 50 mg/I. 7- 09.3(24)H Point of Application The point of application of the chlorinating agent shall be at the beginning of the pipeline extension or any valved section of it, and through a corporation stop inserted in the horizontal axis of the pipe. The water injector for delivering the chlorine- bearing water into the pipe should be supplied from a tap on the pressure side of the gate valve controlling the flow into the pipeline extension. Alternate points of applications may be used when approved by the Engineer. 7- 09.3(24)1 Rate of Application Water from the existing distribution system, or other source of supply, shall be controlled to flow very slowly into the newly -laid pipeline during application of the chlorine. The rate of chlorine gas -water mixture or dry gas feed shall be in such proportion to the rate of water entering the newly -laid pipe that the dosage applied to the water will be at least 50 mg /I. 7- 09.3(24)) Preventing Reverse Flow No connections shall be made between the existing distribution system and pipelines not disinfected that are constructed under this Contract without a State Department of Health approved backflow preventer installed in the connecting line. LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 50 1 7- 09.3(24)K Retention Period 2 Treated water shall be retained in the pipe at least 24 hours. After this period, the 3 chlorine residual at pipe extremities and at other representative points shall be at least 4 25 mg /I. 5 6 7- 09.3(24)L Chlorinating Valves, Hydrants, and Appurtenances 7 In the process of chlorinating newly laid pipe, valves, hydrants, and other 8 appurtenances shall be operated while the pipeline is filled with the chlorinating agent 9 and under normal operating pressure. 10 11 7- 09.3(24)M Chlorinating Connections to Existing Water Mains and Water 12 Service connections 13 The chlorinating procedure to be followed shall be as specified in AWWA 14 Standard C651. All closure fittings shall be swabbed with a very strong chlorine solution 15 at least as strong as liquid household bleach (5 -6% Cl). 16 17 7- 09.3(24)N Final Flushing and Testing 18 Following chlorination, treated water shall be flushed from the newly -laid pipe until the 19 replacement water throughout its length shows, upon test, the absence of chlorine. In 20 the event chlorine is normally used in the source of supply, then the tests shall show a 21 residual not in excess of that carried in the water supply system. 22 23 A sample tap shall be located ahead of the flushing hose for convenience and for 24 sanitary sampling. 25 26 Before placing the lines into service, a satisfactory report shall be received from the 27 local or State Health Department on samples collected from representative points in the 28 new system. Samples will be collected and bacteriological tests obtained by the 29 Engineer. 30 31 7- 09.3(24)0 Repetition of Flushing and Testing 32 Should the initial treatment result in an unsatisfactory bacteriological test, the original 33 chlorination procedure shall be repeated by the Contractor until satisfactory results are 34 obtained. Failure to get a satisfactory test shall be considered as failure of the 35 Contractor to keep the pipe clean during construction, or to properly chlorinate the main. 36 37 7 -09.4 Measurement 38 Measurement for payment of pipe for water mains will be by the linear foot of pipe laid 39 and tested and shall be measured along the pipe through fittings, valves, and couplings. 40 41 Measurement for payment of blowoff assembly will be per each. 42 43 No measurement shall be made for clearing and grubbing, removal of existing street 44 improvements, protection of existing utilities and services, trench excavation and pipe 45 zone backfill, pipe zone bedding, and compaction of backfill. 46 47 When listed as a pay item, rock excavation will be measured in its original position by 48 volume in cubic yards. The quantity measured for payment will include only the material 49 excavated from within the limits hereinafter defined. Any additional excavation outside 50 of these limits will be considered as having been made for the Contractor's benefit, and 51 all costs in connection with such excavation shall be included in the unit contract prices 52 for the various items of work. 53 54 The horizontal limits for measuring rock excavation will be the sides of the trench, 55 except no payment will be made for material removed outside of vertical planes 56 extended beyond the maximum trench widths, as specified in Section 7- 09.3(7). 57 Vertical distances shall be measured from the upper surface of the rock to an elevation 58 6 inches below the underside of the pipe barrel, or to the lower surface of the rock, 59 whichever is less. Boulders exceeding one cubic yard in volume shall be paid for 60 according to their measured volume. LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 51 1 2 4 6 8 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 Removal of the extra trench excavation as defined in Section 7- 09.3(7)C will be measured by the cubic yard. The depth shall be the actual depth removed for the changed line or grade in accordance with Section 7- 09.3(5) or as directed by the Engineer. The width shall be the actual width removed for the changed line or grade, but In no case shall the measured width exceed the allowable widths specified in Section 7- 09.3(7). Removal and replacement of unsuitable material will be measured by the cubic yard. The depth shall be the actual depth removed below the depth specified in Section 7- 09.3(5). The width shall be the actual width removed, but in no case shall the measured width exceed the allowable widths specified in Section 7- 09.3(7). Measurement of bank run gravel for trench backfill will be by the cubic yard measured in trucks at the point of delivery. Shoring or extra trench excavation will be measured as specified in Section 2 -09.4 for shoring or extra excavation Class B. 7 -09.5 Payment Payment will be made in accordance with Section 1 -04.1, for each of the following bid items that are included in the proposal: " Pipe for Water Main In. Diam. ", per linear foot. The unit contract price per linear foot for each size and kind of " Pipe for Water Main In. Diam." shall be full pay for all work to complete the installation of the water main including but not limited to trench excavation, bedding, laying and jointing pipe and fittings, backfilling, concrete thrust blocking, testing, flushing, disinfecting the pipeline, and cleanup. Payment for restoration will be made under the applicable items shown in the Proposal. If no pay items for restoration are included in the Proposal, restoration shall be considered incidental to the work of constructing the water main, and all costs thereof shall be included in the unit contract price bid for " Pipe for Water Main In. Diam." "Rock Excavation ", per cubic yard. If no pay item is listed, rock excavation shall be considered incidental to the work to construct the water main and all costs shall be included in other items of work specified in Section 7 -09.5. "Extra Trench Excavation ", per cubic yard. "Removal and Replacement of Unsuitable Material", per cubic yard. "Bank Run Gravel for Trench Backfill", per cubic yard. No separate payment will be made for clearing and grubbing, removal of existing street improvements, furnishing and installing sand cushion, protection of existing utilities and services, trench excavation and backfill, bedding the pipe, and compacting the backfill. These items shall all be considered as incidental to the work of constructing the water main, and all costs thereof shall be included in the payment as specified in Section 7 -09.5. "Shoring or Extra Excavation Trench ", per square foot. "Blowoff Assembly", per each. LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 52 E-A 4W 1 The unit contract price bid per each for "Blowoff Assembly" shall be full pay for all 2 work to install the blowoff assembly, including but not limited to excavating, 3 backfilling, laying and jointing pipe, tapping the main, corporation stop, pipe and 4 fittings, gate valve, meter box, and cover and cleanup. 5 6 SECTION 7 -10, TRENCH EXC., BEDDING, AND BACKFILL FOR WATER MAINS 7 August 5, 2002 8 This section including title is revised in its entirety to read: 9 10 SECTION 7 -10, VACANT 11 12 SECTION 7 -11, PIPE INSTALLATION FOR WATER MAINS 13 August 5, 2002 14 This section including title is revised in its entirety to read: 15 16 SECTION 7 -11, VACANT 17 18 SECTION 7 -12, VALVES FOR WATER MAINS 19 April 1, 2002 20 7- 12.3(1) Installation of Valve Marker Post 21 The reference to "Meters" in the third sentence is revised to "feet and inches ". 22 23 SECTION 7 -15, SERVICE CONNECTIONS 24 August 5, 2002 25 7 -15.1 General 26 This section is revised to read: 27 28 This work consists of installing 2 -inch and smaller service connections from the main to 29 and including the meter setter for the premises served. Service connections larger than 30 2 inches shall be installed as detailed on the Plans or as described in the Special 31 Provisions. 32 33 SECTION 7 -17, SANITARY SEWERS 34 April 1, 2002 35 7- 17.3(2)F Low Pressure Air Test for Sanitary Sewers Constructed of Non Air - 36 Permeable Materials 37 This section is supplemented with the following: 38 39 Reaches of thermoplastic pipe containing no joints shall be exempt from testing 40 requirements. 41 42 SECTION 8 -01, EROSION CONTROL AND WATER POLLUTION CONTROL 43 December 2, 2002 44 This section is revised to read: 45 46 8 -01.1 Description 47 This work shall consist of furnishing, installing, maintaining, removing and disposing of 48 water pollution and erosion control items in accordance with these Specifications and as 49 shown in the Plans or as designated by the Engineer. 50 51 8 -01.2 Materials 52 Materials shall meet the requirements of the following sections: 53 54 Mulch and Amendments 9 -14.4 LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 53 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 Erosion Control Blanket 9 -14.5 Construction Geotextile 9 -33 Quarry Spalls 9 -13 8 -01.3 Construction Requirements 8- 01.3(1) General Controlling pollution, erosion, runoff, and related damage may require the Contractor to perform temporary work items including but not limited to: 1. Providing ditches, berms, culverts, and other measures to control surface water, 2. Building dams, settling basins, energy dissipaters, and other measures, to control downstream flows; 3. Controlling underground water found during construction; or 4. Covering or otherwise protecting slopes until permanent erosion - control measures are working. To the degree possible, the Contractor shall coordinate this temporary work with permanent drainage and erosion control work the contract requires. The Engineer may require additional temporary control measures if it appears pollution or erosion may result from weather, the nature of the materials, or progress on the work. When natural elements rut or erode the slope, the Contractor shall restore and repair the damage, with the eroded material where possible, and clean up any remaining material in ditches and culverts. When the Engineer orders replacement with additional or other materials, unit contract prices will cover the quantities needed. If the Engineer anticipates water pollution or erosion, the Contractor shall schedule the work so that grading and erosion control immediately follows clearing and grubbing. The Engineer may also require erosion control work to be done with or immediately after grading. Clearing, grubbing, excavation, borrow, or fill within the right of way shall never expose more erodible earth than as listed below, without written approval by the Engineer: Area Date 17 Acres April 1 - October 31 May 1 - September 30 5 Acres November 1 - March 31 October 1 - April 30 Location East of the Summit of the Cascade Range West of the Summit of the Cascade Range East of the Summit of the Cascade Range West of the Summit of the Cascade Range The Engineer may increase or decrease the limits in light of project conditions. Erodible earth is defined as any surface where soils, grindings, or other materials are capable of being displaced and transported by rain, wind, or surface water runoff. In western Washington, erodible soil not being worked, whether at final grade or not, shall be covered within the following time period, using an approved soil covering practice, unless authorized otherwise by the Engineer: October 1 through April 30 2 days maximum May 1 to September 30 7 days maximum If the Engineer, under Section 1 -08.6, orders the work suspended for an extended time, the Contractor shall, before the Contracting Agency assumes maintenance LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 54 L' CzJ .. Emmi 2 3 4 6 7 8 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 responsibility, make every effort to control erosion, pollution, and runoff during shutdown. Section 1 -08.7 describes the Contracting Agency's responsibility in such cases. Nothing in this section shall relieve the Contractor from complying with other contract requirements. 8- 01.3(1)A Submittals At the preconstruction discussions, the Contractor shall submit a plan for temporary erosion and sediment control (TESC). When a TESC plan is included in the Plans, the Contractor may adopt or modify the plan. Before any work begins, the Contractor shall obtain the Engineer's approval on a TESC plan. The plan shall show the schedule for all erosion control work, whether required by the contract or proposed by the Contractor. The plan shall cover all areas the Contractor's work may affect inside and outside the limits of the project (including all Contracting Agency - provided sources, disposal sites, and haul roads, and all nearby land, streams, and other bodies of water). The Contractor shall revise and update the plan whenever the Engineer so requests in writing. The Contractor shall allow at least five working days for the Engineer's review of any original or revised plan. Failure to approve all or part of any such plan shall not make the Contracting Agency liable to the Contractor for any work delays. 8- 01.3(1)6 Erosion and Sediment Control (ESC) Lead The Contractor shall identify the ESC lead at the preconstruction discussions. The ESC Lead shall have, for the life of the contract, a current Certificate of Training in Construction Site Erosion and Sediment Control from a course approved by WSDOT's Statewide Erosion Control Coordinator. The ESC Lead shall implement the Temporary Erosion and Sediment Control (TESC) plan. Implementation shall include, but is not limited to: Installing, maintaining, inspecting and repairing all temporary erosion and sediment control Best Management Practices (BMPs) included in the TESC plan to assure continued performance of their intended function. All on -site erosion and sediment control measures shall be inspected at least once every five working days, each working day during a runoff - producing rain event, and within 24 hours after a runoff- producing rain event. Damaged or inadequate TESC measures shall be corrected within 24 hours of the inspection. A TESC Inspection Report shall be prepared for each inspection and shall be included in the TESC file. A copy of each report shall be provided to the Engineer. The inspection report shall include, but not be limited to: a. When, where and how BMPs were installed, maintained, modified, and removed; b. Repairs needed and repairs made; c. Observations of BMP effectiveness and proper placement; d. Recommendations for improving performance of BMPs. 2. Preparing and maintaining a TESC file on site that includes, but is not limited to: a. TESC Inspection Reports. b. Stormwater site plan. c. Temporary Erosion and Sediment Control (TESC) Plan. d. National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System construction permit (Notice of Intent). e. Other applicable permits. LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 55 1 2 4 5 6 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 Upon request, the file shall be provided to the Engineer for review. 8- 01.3(1)C Ground Water When ground water is encountered in an excavation, it shall be treated and discharged as follows: When the ground water meets State Water Quality standards, it may bypass detention and treatment facilities and be routed directly to its normal discharge point at a rate and method that will not cause erosion. 2. When the turbidity of the ground water is similar to the turbidity of the site runoff, the ground water may be treated using the same detention and treatment facilities being used to treat the site runoff and then discharged at a rate that will not cause erosion. 3. When the turbidity is worse than the turbidity of the site runoff, the ground water shall be treated separately until the turbidity is similar to or better than the site runoff before the two may be combined and treated using the same detention and treatment facilities being used to treat the site runoff and then discharged at a rate that will not cause erosion. 8- 01.3(1)D Detention /Retention Pond Construction When a detention or retention pond is required, whether it is temporary or permanent, it shall retain /detain the full final design volume of stormwater before beginning other grading and excavation work in the area that drains into that pond. Temporary conveyances shall be installed concurrently with grading in accordance with the TESC plan so that newly graded areas drain to the pond as they are exposed. 8- 01.3(2) Temporary Seeding, Mulching and Soil Binding 8- 01.3(2)A Temporary Seeding Temporary seeding Is used to establish temporary cover on disturbed soil. Temporary seeding shall be in accordance with Section 8- 02.3(15) except that temporary seeding may be installed at any time. 8- 01.3(2)B Temporary Mulching Temporary mulch, such as straw, wood cellulose (with and without tackifier), compost, or other best management practices as approved by the Engineer, may be applied at any time of the year for soil cover. Temporary mulching shall be in accordance with Section 8- 02.3(15). 8- 01.3(2)C Soil Binding Using Polyacrylamide (PAM) The PAM shall be completely dissolved and mixed in water prior to Being applied to the soil. PAM shall be applied only on bare soil at a rate of not more than 0.5 pounds per 1 M gallons of water per acre. A minimum of 200 pounds per acre of cellulose fiber mulch treated with a non -toxic dye shall be applied with the PAM. PAM shall be applied only to areas that drain to completed sedimentation control BMPs in accordance with the TESC plan. PAM shall not be applied to the same area more than once in a 48 hour period, or more than 7 times in a 30 day period. PAM shall not be applied during a rain or to saturated soils. 8- 01.3(3) Placing Erosion Control Blanket When required, erosion control blanket shall be placed immediately following the seeding and fertilizing operation. Temporary erosion control blankets as defined In 9- 14.5, having an open area of 60% or greater, may be installed prior to seeding. LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 56 IM 0 4M 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 Where more than one strip of erosion control blanket is required to cover the given area, it shall overlap the adjacent blanket as specified by the manufacturer, or a minimum of 4 inches. The ends of the erosion control blanket shall overlap as specified by the manufacturer, or a minimum of 6 inches, with the upgrade section on top. The manufacturers recommendations or the following, whichever is the most stringent, shall be used: The up -slope end of the erosion control blanket shall be staked and buried in a 6 -inch- deep trench with the soil firmly tamped against the mat. A minimum of three stakes per width of blanket, with a stake at each overlap, shall be driven below the finish ground line prior to backfilling of the trench. The Engineer may require that any other edge exposed to more than normal flow of water or strong prevailing winds be staked and buried in a similar manner. The ends of the erosion control blanket shall overlap a minimum of 6 inches, with the upgrade section on top. The edges of the erosion control blanket shall be buried around the edges of catch basins and other structures. Erosion control blanket shall be spread evenly and smoothly and in contact with the soil at all points. Where more than one strip of erosion control blanket is required, it shall overlap the adjacent blanket a minimum of 4 inches. The blanket shall be fastened at intervals not more than 3 feet apart in three rows for each strip of blanket. There shall be one row along each edge and one row down the center with the stakes centered, both horizontally and vertically, to the edge stakes. The ends of the blanket shall be fastened at 6 -inch intervals across their width. Fastening devices shall anchor the blanket against the soil and be driven flush with the finished grade. 8- 01.3(4) Placing Plastic Covering Plastic meeting the requirements of Section 9- 14.5(3) shall be placed with at least a 12- inch overlap of all seams. Clear plastic covering shall be used to promote growth of vegetation. Black plastic covering shall be used for stockpiles or other areas where vegetative growth is unwanted. The cover shall be maintained tightly in place by using sandbags on ropes in a 10 -foot, maximum, grid. All seams shall weighted down full length. 8- 01.3(5) Check Dams Check dams shall be installed as soon as construction wl allow, or when designated by the Engineer. The Contractor may substitute a different check dam for that specified with approval of the Engineer. Check dams shall be placed in ditches perpendicular to the channel. Check dams shall extend up the sides of ditches a sufficient distance to ensure that water will flow over the center of the dam and not flow around the ends. Check dams shall be of sufficient height to maximize detention, without causing water to leave the ditch, and spaced such that the elevation of the top of a check dam at the center of the ditch is equal to the ditch flow line at the downstream base of the upstream check dam. 8- 01.3(5)A Geotextile- Encased Check Dam The geotextile- encased check dam shall meet the requirements in Section 9- 14.5(4) Geotextile- Encased Check Dam. Installation of geotextile- encased check dams shall be in accordance with the Plans, and shall be anchored to hold it firmly in place under all conditions. LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 57 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 8- 01.3(5)6 Rock Check Dam The rock used to construct rock check dams shall meet the requirements for quarry spalls, in accordance with Section 9 -13.6. Rock check dams shall be installed in a triangular shape, with approximately 2:1 slopes on both the upstream and downstream faces. 8- 01.3(5)C Sandbag Check Dam Sandbags shall be placed so that the initial row makes tight contact with the ditch line for the length of the dam. Subsequent rows shall be staggered so the center of the bag is placed over the space between bags on the previous lift. 8- 01.3(6) Stabilized Construction Entrance Temporary stabilized construction entrance shall be constructed in accordance with the Plans, prior to beginning any clearing, grubbing, earthwork or excavation. When the stabilized entrance becomes ineffective due to build up of material, the Contractor shall either rehabilitate the existing entrance to original condition, or construct a new entrance. When the contract requires a tire wash in conjunction with the stabilized entrance, the Contractor shall include details for the tire wash and the method for containing and treating the sediment -laden runoff as part of the erosion control plan. All vehicles leaving the site shall stop and wash sediment from their tires. 8- 01.3(7) Street Cleaning Self- propelled pickup street sweepers shall be used, whenever required by the Engineer, to prevent the transport of sediment and other debris off the project site. Street washing with water will require approval by the Engineer. 8- 01.3(8) Inlet Protection Inlet protection can be in the form of internal or external devices and shall be installed prior to clearing, grubbing or earthwork activities. Inlet protection devices shall be as shown in the Plans. When the depth of accumulated sediment and debris reaches approximately one -half the height of an internal device or one -third the height of the external device (or less when so specified by the manufacturers), the deposits shall be removed and stabilized on site. Internal devices shall be prefabricated units specifically designed for inlet protection and shall have the following features: 1 The strength requirement for the filter fabric shall meet or exceed the requirements of Table 1 for Moderate Survivability, and the minimum filtration properties of Table 2, in Section 9 -33.2. 2. Shall be sized for the stormwater structure it will service. 3. Shall have a built -in high -flow relief system. 4. Shall have a retrieval system for removal of the device without spilling the contained material. 5. Shall remain securely attached to the drainage structure when fully loaded with sediment and debris, or at the maximum level of sediment and debris specified by the manufacturer. External devices may be silt fence or prefabricated units specifically designed for inlet protection having the following features: LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 58 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 1. Filter fabric shall meet or exceed the requirements for silt fence in Section 9- 33.2. 2. The top of the device shall be at least 2 feet above the grate. 3. The device shall remain securely in place over the drainage structure under all conditions. Check dams or functionally equivalent devices may be used as inlet protection devices with the approval of the Engineer. 8- 01.3(9) Sediment Control Barriers Sediment control barriers shall be installed in accordance with TESL plan or manufacturer's recommendations in the areas of clearing, grubbing, earthwork or drainage prior to starting those activities. The Contractor may substitute a different control barrier for that specified with approval of the Engineer. The sediment control barriers shall be maintained until the soils are stabilized 8- 01.3(9)A Silt Fence Silt fence shall be constructed in accordance with the Plans. Backup support for the geotextile in the form of steel wire or plastic mesh is optional, depending on the properties of the geotextile selected for use in Table 6 in Section 9- 33.2. When backup support is used, steel wire shall have a maximum mesh spacing of 2 inches, and the plastic mesh shall be as resistant to ultraviolet radiation as the geotextile it supports. The geotextile shall be attached on the up -slope side of the posts and support system using staples, wire, or in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. The geotextile shall be sewn together at the point of manufacture, or at a location approved by the Engineer, to form geotextile lengths as required. All sewn seams and overlaps shall be located at a support post. Posts shall be either wood or steel. Hardwood posts shall have minimum dimensions of 1 1/4 inches by 1 1/4 inches by the minimum length shown in the Plans. Steel posts shall consist of U, T, L, or C shape posts with a minimum weight of 1.35 Ibs /ft, or other steel posts having equivalent strength and bending resistance to the posts listed. When sediment deposits reach approximately one -third the height of the silt fence, the deposits shall be remove d or a second silt fence shall be installed, as determined by the Engineer. 8- 01.3(9)B Gravel Filter, Wood Chip or Compost Berm The gravel filter berm shall be a minimum of one foot in height and shall be maintained at this height for the entire time they are in use. The wood chip berm shall be a minimum of two feet in height and shall be maintained at this height for the entire time they are in use. Wood chips shall meet the requirements in Section 9- 14.4(3). The compost berm shall be 1 foot high by 2 feet wide at the base on slopes less than 4 (H):1 (V) and a minimum of 1.5 feet high by 3 feet wide at the base on slopes steeper than 4(H):1 (V). Compost shall meet the requirements of Compost Type 2 in Section 9- 14.4(8). LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 59 ww 1 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 8- 01.3(9)C Brush Barrier Brush shall be placed in a row, approximately 3 to 5 feet wide and at least 2.5 feet high and with construction geotextile for silt fence placed over the pile. The geotextile shall be anchored in a 6 inch wide by 6 inch deep trench on the upstream side of the barrier, and anchored using stakes on the downstream side. When no longer required, the geotextile material shall be removed, and the brush left in place. 8- 01.3(9)D Straw Bale Barrier Straw bale barriers shall be embedded in a trench the width of the bales for the length of the barrier and a minimum of four inches deep. The material excavated from the trench shall be placed and compacted against the uphill side of the bales. The bales shall be placed on their sides so that the bindings are not touching the ground. The ends of the bales shall be tightly abutting one another, and all spaces that do exist between bales shall be firmly packed with straw. Each bale shall be anchored using two stakes of wood or steel, driven flush with the top of the bale and extending through the bale and into the ground a minimum of 18 inches. The first stake shall be driven on an angle towards the previously laid bale. Straw shall conform to Section 9- 14.4(1). 8- 01.3(10) Wattles Wattles shall meet the requirements in Section 9- 14.5(5). Wattles shall be installed as soon as construction will allow or when designated by the Engineer. Wattles shall be placed in shallow trenches and staked along the contour of disturbed or newly constructed slopes, in accordance with the Plans, perpendicular to the flow direction and parallel to the slope contour. The wattles shall be installed at the intervals designated by the Engineer. Trench construction and wattle installation shall begin from the base of the slope and work uphill. Excavated material shall be spread evenly along the uphill slope and compacted using hand tamping or other method approved by the Engineer. On gradually sloped or clay -type soils trenches shall be 2 to 3 inches deep. On loose soils, in high rainfall areas, or on steep slopes, trenches shall be 3 to 5 inches deep, or half the thickness of the wattle. The wattle shall be install snugly into the trench, abutting adjacent wattles tightly, end to end, without overlapping the ends. Wattles shall be staked at each end and at 4 -foot centers along their entire length. When trench conditions require, pilot holes for the stakes shall be driven through the wattle and into the soil using a straight bar. Stakes shall be driven through the middle of the wattle, leaving 2 to 3 inches of the stake protruding above the wattle. Wattles shall be inspected regularly to ensure they remain thoroughly entrenched and in contact with the soil, and immediately after a runoff producing rainfall. 8- 01.3(11) Temporary Curb Temporary curbs may consist of asphalt, concrete, sand bags, or geotextile /plastic encased berms of soil, sand or gravel or as approved by the Engineer. Temporary curbs shall be installed along pavement edges to prevent runoff from flowing onto erodible slopes. The redirected water shall flow to a BMP designed to convey concentrated runoff. The temporary curbs shall be 4 inches in height. LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 60 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 8- 01.3(15) Maintenance Erosion control devices shall be maintained so they properly perform their function until the Engineer determines they are no longer needed. The devices shall be inspected on the schedule outlined in Section 8- 01.3(1)B for damage and sediment deposits. Damage to or undercutting of the device shall be repaired immediately. Unless otherwise specified, when the depth of accumulated sediment and debris reaches approximately one -third the height of the device the deposits shall be removed. Debris or contaminated sediment shall be disposed of in accordance with Section 2- 01.2. Clean sediments may be stabilized using approved best management practices " on site when the Engineer approves. Erosion control devices that have been damaged shall be repaired or replaced immediately by the Contractor, in accordance with Section 1- 07.13(4),. 8- 01.3(16) Removal and Reuse When the Engineer determines that an erosion control device is no longer required, the Contractor shall remove the device and all associated hardware from the project limits unless it qualifies for reuse as described below. When the materials are biodegradable the Engineer may approve leaving the temporary '"' device in place. A previously used erosion control device may be reused on this contract provided: 1. The device has been thoroughly cleaned of all debris. 2. The device is free of tears, holes, or other damage. 3. The Engineer has visually inspected the device and has determined it to be intact and not compromised as to performance. 8 -01.4 Measurement ESC lead will be measured by the day, for each day that an inspection is made and a report is filed. Measurement of erosion control blanket and of plastic covering will be by the square yard measurement of surface area covered and accepted. Check dams will be measured by the linear foot along the ground line of the completed heck dam. Stabilized construction entrance will be measured by the square yard for each entrance constructed. Tire wash facilities will be measured per each for each wash installed. Street cleaning will be measured by the hour for the actual time spent cleaning pavement, as authorized by the Engineer. Time to move the equipment to or from the area on which street cleaning is required will not be measured. Inlet protection will be measured per each for each initial installation at a drainage structure. Silt fence, gravel filter, compost, and wood chip berms, and brush barrier will be measured by the linear foot along the ground line of completed barrier. LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 61 0 0 0 1 Straw bale barrier will be measured per each for each bale placed in the initial 2 installation at a barrier location. 3 4 Wattle will be measured by the linear foot along the ground line of the completed wattle. 5 6 Temporary curb will be measured by the linear foot. 7 8 Temporary seeding will be measured by the acre. 9 10 PAM will be measured by the acre. 11 12 8 -01.5 Payment 13 Payment will be made in accordance with Section 1 -04.1, for each of the following bid 14 items that are included in the proposal: 15 16 "ESC Lead ", per day. 17 "Erosion Control Blanket", per square yard. 18 "Plastic Covering ", per square yard. 19 "Check Dam ", per linear foot. 20 "Stabilized Construction Entrance ", per square yard. 21 "Tire Wash ", per each. 22 The unit contract per each for tire wash shall include all costs associated with 23 constructing, operating, maintaining, and removing the tire wash. 24 25 "Street Cleaning ", per hour. 26 "Inlet Protection ", per each. 27 "Silt Fence ", per linear foot. 28 "Gravel Filter Berm ", per linear foot. 29 "Wood Chip Berm ", per linear foot. 30 "Compost Berm ", per linear foot. 31 "Brush Barrier', per linear foot. 32 "Straw Bale" , per each. 33 "Wattle ", per linear foot. 34 "Erosion/Water Pollution Control ", by force account as provided in Section 1 -09.6. 35 Maintenance and removal of erosion and water pollution control devices including 36 removal and disposal of sediment, and any additional work deemed necessary by 37 the Engineer to control erosion and water pollution will be paid by force account 38 under the item "Erosion/Water Pollution Control ". 39 40 To provide a common proposal for all bidders, the Contracting Agency has entered 41 an amount in the proposal to become a part of the Contractor's total bid. 42 ''43 `Temporary Curb ", per linear foot. 44 The unit contract price per linear foot for temporary curb shall include all costs to 45 install, maintain, remove, and dispose the temporary curb. 46 47 `Temporary Seeding ", per acre. 48 "PAM ", per acre 49 When the contract requires applying PAM as an amendment to seeding, fertilizing, 50 and mulching, or watering operations, all costs for furnishing and applying PAM 51 shall be included in the unit contract price for the associated item of work. 52 53 SECTION 8 -02, ROADSIDE PLANTING 54 December 2, 2002 55 This section is revised to read: 56 57 SECTION 8 -02, ROADSIDE RESTORATION 58 LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 62 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 8 -02.1 Description This work shall consist of furnishing and placing topsoil and soil amendments, and furnishing and planting trees, whips, shrubs, ground covers, cuttings, fascines, live stakes, live poles, rhizomes, tubers, seedlings, erosion control seeding, fertilizing, and mulching, and soil bioengineering in accordance with these Specifications and as shown in the Plans or as directed by the Engineer. Trees, whips, shrubs, ground covers, cuttings, live stakes, live poles, rhizomes, tubers, rootstock, and seedlings will hereinafter be referred to collectively as "plants" or "plant material." 8 -02.2 Materials Materials shall meet the requirements of the following sections: Soil 9 -14.1 Seed 9 -14.2 Fertilizer 9 -14.3 Mulch and Amendments 9 -14.4 Erosion Control Blanket 9 -14.5 Plant Materials 9 -14.6 Stakes, Guys, and Wrapping 9 -14.7 I irrigation Water 9 -25.2 Botanical identification and nomenclature of plant materials shall be based on descriptions by Hitchcock and Cronquist in "Flora of the Pacific Northwest'. Botanical identification and nomenclature of plant material not found in Flora shall be based on Bailey in "Hortus Third" or superseding editions and amendments or as referenced in the plans. 8 -02.3 Construction Requirements 8- 02.3(1) Responsibility During Construction The Contractor shall ensure adequate and proper care of all plant material and work done on this project until all plant establishment periods required by the contract are complete or until physical completion of the project, whichever Is last. Existing vegetation shall not be disturbed unless required by the Contract or approved by the Engineer. Adequate and proper care shall include, but is not limited to, keeping all plant material in a healthy, growing condition by watering, cultivating, pruning, and spraying. Plant material crowns, runners, and branches shall be kept free of mulch at all times. This work shall include keeping the planted areas free from insect infestation, weeds or unwanted vegetation, litter, and other debris along with retaining the finished grades and mulch in a neat uniform condition. The Contractor shall have sole responsibility for the maintenance and appearance of the roadside restoration. 8- 02.3(2) Roadside Work Plan Before starting any work described in Sections 8 -02 and 8 -03, the Contractor shall submit a roadside work plan for approval by the Engineer. The roadside work plan shall define the work necessary to provide all contract requirements, including: plant area preparation, seeding, planting, plant replacement, irrigation, and weed control in narrative form. The Roadside Work Plan shall also include the following: Progress Schedule In accordance with Section 1 -08.3, the Progress Schedule shall include the planned time periods for work necessary to provide all contract requirements LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 63 1 covered in Sections 8 -01, 8 -02, and 8 -03. Where appropriate, notes on the 2 schedule shall indicate the calendar dates during which these activities must occur. 3 4 Weed Control Plan 5 The Weed Control Plan shall be submitted and approved prior to starting any work 6 defined in Section 8- 02.3(2). 7 8 Plant Establishment Plan 9 The Plant Establishment Plan shall be prepared in accordance with Section 8- 10 02.3(13), submitted and approved prior to initial planting acceptance in accordance 11 with Section 8- 02.3(12). 12 13 An emergency contact person for the Contractor shall also be listed. Should any 14 part of the roadside work plan become unworkable at any time, the Contractor shall 15 submit, and receive approval of a revised plan prior to proceeding with further work. 16 17 The weed control plan shall show the scheduling of all weed control measures 18 required under the Contract including, hand weeding, rototilling, applications of 19 herbicides, noxious weed control, mowing, and shoulder slope weed control. Target 20 weeds and unwanted vegetation to be removed (no live top growth or roots) shall 21 be identified and listed in the weed control plan. 22 23 The plan shall be prepared and signed by a licensed Commercial Pest Control 24 Consultant when chemical pesticides are proposed. The plan shall include 25 methods of weed control; dates of weed control operations; and the name, 26 application rate, and Material Safety Data sheets of all proposed herbicides. In 27 addition, the Contractor shall furnish the Engineer with a copy of the current 28 product label for each pesticide and spray adjuvant to be used. These product 29 labels shall be submitted with the weed control plan for approval. 30 31 No on -site soil placement, grading, weed control, irrigation, or planting work shall 32 begin until the plan is approved. Upon approval of the roadside work plan by the 33 Engineer, the Contractor shall proceed in accordance with the approved plan. 34 35 8- 02.3(2)A Chemical Pesticides 36 Application of chemical pesticides shall be in accordance with the label 37 recommendations, the Washington State Department of Ecology, local sensitive area 38 ordinances, and Washington State Department of Agriculture laws and regulations. The 39 applicator shall be licensed by the State of Washington as a Commercial Applicator or 40 Commercial Operator with additional endorsements as required by the Special 41 Provisions or the proposed weed control plan. The Contractor shall furnish the 42 Engineer evidence that all operators are licensed with appropriate endorsements, and 43 that the pesticide used is registered for use by the Washington State Department of 44 Agriculture. The Contractor shall furnish the Engineer a copy of the product label and 45 Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) for each pesticide to be used. All chemicals shall 46 be delivered to the job site in the original containers. The licensed applicator or 47 operator shall complete a Commercial Pesticide Application Record (DOT Form 540- 48 509) each day the pesticide is applied, and furnish a copy to the Engineer by the 49 following business day. 50 51 The Contractor shall use extreme care to ensure confinement of the chemicals within 52 the areas designated. The use of spray chemical pesticides shall require the use of 53 antidrift and activating agents, and a spray pattern indicator unless otherwise allowed by 54 the Engineer. 55 56 The Contractor shall assume all responsibility for rendering any area unsatisfactory for 57 planting by reason of chemical application. Damage to adjacent areas, either on or off 58 the highway right of way, shall be repaired to the satisfaction of the Engineer or the 59 property owner, and the cost of such repair shall be borne by the Contractor. 60 LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 64 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 8- 02.3(2)B Weed Control Those weeds specified as noxious by the Washington State Department of Agriculture, the local Weed District, or the County Noxious Weed Control Board shall be controlled on the project in accordance with the weed control plan or as directed by the Engineer. During the life of the contract, the Contractor shall apply a nonselective residual herbicide to the area between the edge of paved shoulders and a point shown in the Plans or as designated by the Engineer. The Contractor shall make additional applications when ordered by the Engineer. A nonselective herbicide recommended for use adjacent to shrub and grass areas, and in ditches shall be used. 8- 02.3(3) Planting Area Weed Control All planting areas shall be prepared so that they are weed and debris free at the time of planting and until completion of the project. The planting areas shall include the entire ground surface, regardless of cover, all planting beds, areas around plants, and those areas shown in the Plans. At no time during the life of the Contract shall the Contractor allow weeds or unwanted vegetation to reach seed stage. All applications of post - emergent herbicides shall be made while green and growing tissue is present. Should unwanted vegetation reach the seed stage, in violation of these Specifications, the Contractor shall physically remove and bag the seed heads. All physically removed vegetation and seed heads shall be disposed of off site at no cost to the Contracting Agency. 8- 02.3(4) Topsoil Topsoil shall be evenly spread over the specified areas to the depth shown in the Plans or as otherwise ordered by the Engineer. The soil shall be cultivated to a depth of 1 foot or as specified in the Special Provisions or the Plans. After the topsoil has been spread, all large clods, hard lumps, and rocks 3 inches in diameter and larger, and litter shall be raked up, removed, and disposed of by the Contractor. Topsoil shall not be placed when the ground or topsoil is frozen, excessively wet, or in the opinion of the Engineer in a condition detrimental to the work. 8- 02.3(4)A Topsoil Type A Topsoil Type A shall be as specified in the Special Provisions. 8- 02.3(4)B Topsoil Type B Topsoil Type B shall be native topsoil taken from within the project limits and shall meet the requirements of Section 9- 14.1(2). Topsoil Type B shall be taken from areas designated by the Engineer to the designated depth and stockpiled at locations that will not interfere with the construction of the project, as approved by the Engineer. Areas beyond the slope stakes shall be disturbed as little as possible in the above operations. When topsoil Type B is specified, it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to perform the excavation operations in such a manner that sufficient material is set aside to satisfy the needs of the project. Upon physical completion of the work, topsoil Type B remaining and not required for use on the project shall be disposed of by the Contractor at no expense to the Contracting Agency and to the satisfaction of the Engineer. Should a shortage of topsoil Type B occur, and the Contractor has wasted or otherwise disposed of topsoil material, the Contractor shall furnish topsoil Type C at no expense to the Contracting Agency. LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 65 0 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 Topsoil Type B will not be considered as selected material, as defined in Section 2- 03.3(10, and the conditions of said section shall not apply. Materials taken from roadway excavation, borrow, stripping, or other excavation items, and utilized for topsoil, will not be deducted from the pay quantities for the respective items. 8- 02.3(4)C Topsoil Type C Topsoil Type C shall be native topsoil obtained from a source provided by the Contractor outside of the Contracting Agency -owned right of way. Topsoil Type C shall meet the requirements of Section 8- 02.3(4)B and Section 9- 14.1(2). 8- 02.3(5) Planting Area Preparation The work involved in preparing planting areas shall be conducted so the flow line in drainage channels are maintained. Material displaced by the Contractor's operations, which interferes with drainage, shall be removed from the channel and disposed of as approved by the Engineer. The planting area shall be weed free with no top growth or live roots before any soil work begins. Before planting and final grading takes place, the area shall be cultivated when specified in the Plans or the Special Provisions. The areas shall be brought to a uniform finished grade, 1 inch, or the specified depth of mulch plus 1 inch, below walks, curbs, junction and valve boxes, catch basins, and driveways, unless otherwise specified. All excess material and debris, stumps, and rocks larger than 3 inches, shall be removed and disposed of off the project site or as approved by the Engineer. 8- 02.3(6) Soil Amendments Soil amendments of the type, quality, and quantities specified shall be applied where shown in the Plans or as specified in the Special Provisions. 8- 02.3(7) Layout of Planting All location layout and staking shall be the responsibility of the Contractor, subject to approval of the Engineer before planting of each area begins. The Engineer will make only the field measurements necessary to calculate and verify quantities for payment. All trees to be planted in mowable grass areas shall be located a minimum of 10 feet from the edge of planting beds, other trees, fence lines, and bottom of ditches unless otherwise specified. Tree locations shown in the Plans shall be considered approximate unless shown with stationing and offset distance. In irrigated areas, trees shall be located so their trunk is a minimum of 1/3 of the spray radius away from the nearest sprinkler head. Unless otherwise shown, planting beds located adjacent to roadways shall begin at the shoulder subgrade. 8- 02.3(8) Planting No plant material shall be planted until it has been inspected and approved for planting by the Engineer. Rejected material shall be removed from the project site. Under no circumstances will planting during freezing weather or in frozen ground be permitted. All planting shall be accomplished during the following periods: 1. Nonirrigated Plant Material September 15 to March 31. 2. Irrigated Plant Material LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 66 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 In irrigated areas, plant material shall not be installed until the irrigation system is fully operational. Plants shall not be placed in areas that are below the finished grade. Planting hole sizes for plant material shall be in accordance with the details shown in the Plans. Any glazed surface of the planting hole shall be removed by hand methods. Plant material supplied in containers shall not be removed from the containers until the time of planting at the planting location. Roots of bare root stock shall not be bunched, curled, twisted, or unreasonably bent when placed in the planting hole. All bare root plant material shall be dormant at the time of planting. Fascines shall be installed in accordance with the requirements of Section 8- 01.3(10). After placing balled and budapped plants, all inorganic, plastic, or treated burlap and all string or wire lacing shall be completely removed. A burlap -lined wire basket container may be used in lieu of laced burlap. The top 912 of the basket shall be removed after the plant is positioned in the planting hole. The plant material shall be handled in such a manner that the root systems are kept covered and damp at all times. The root systems of all bare root plant material shall be dipped in a slurry of silt and water immediately prior to planting. The root systems of container plant material shall be moist at the time of planting. In their final position, the plants shall have the same relationship to the finished grade as when growing in the nursery or container. After planting, the backfill material and root ball shall be thoroughly watered in within 24 hours. The Contractor shall provide and apply an antidesiccant substance to all coniferous plant material and to all deciduous trees (when in leaf) before the plants leave the nursery. The Contractor shall supply a letter of certification that the antidesiccant has been applied in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. 8- 02.3(9) Pruning, Staking, Guying, and Wrapping Plants shall be pruned at the time of planting, if needed, to remove minor broken or damaged twigs, branches or roots. Pruning shall be done with a sharp tool and shall be done in such a manner as to retain or to encourage natural growth characteristics of the plants. When the lowest branch on a 2 -inch caliper or larger deciduous tree occurs at 3 feet or more from ground level, the trunks shall be wrapped with a tree wrapping material. Tree wrap may be self- adhering or secured using tape. Staples will not be allowed. Each tree shall be staked or guyed before completion of the backfilling in accordance with the details shown in the Plans. All staking, guying, and wrapping shall be completely removed at the end of the first year of plant establishment, unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. 8- 02.3(10) Fertilizers Fertilizers shall be applied in the form specified in the Special Provisions. Application procedures shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations or as specified in the Special Provisions. The Contractor shall submit for approval a guaranteed fertilizer analysis label for the selected product. 8- 02.3(11) Bark or Wood Chip Mulch Bark or wood chip mulch of the type and depth specified shall be applied where shown in the Plans or as specified in the Special Provisions. Any contamination of the mulch due to the Contractor's operations shall be corrected to its former condition at the Contractor's expense. Mulch shall be feathered to the base of the plant and 1 inch LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 67 IrIA 1 below the top of junction and valve boxes, curbs, and pavement edges. All plant crowns 2 shall be free of mulch. Mulch placed to a thickness greater than specified shall be at no 3 additional cost to the Contracting Agency. 4 5 8- 02.3(12) Completion of Initial Planting 6 Upon completion of the initial planting within a designated area, the Engineer will make 7 an inspection of all plant material and notify the Contractor, in writing, of any 8 replacements or corrective action necessary to meet the Contract Provisions. The 9 Contractor shall replace all materials rejected or missing and correct unsatisfactory 10 conditions. 11 12 Completion of the initial planting within a designated area includes the following: 13 14 1. A minimum of 95 percent of each of the plant material categories, as described 15 in Section 8 -02.1, shall be in a healthy and vigorous growing condition and 16 shall be installed as shown in the Contract Plans. 17 18 2. Planting Area cleanup. 19 20 3. Repairs completed for the entire project, including but not limited to full 21 operation of the irrigation system, complete mulch coverage, and all weeds 22 controlled. 23 24 4. Approval of plant establishment plan. 25 26 8- 02.3(13) Plant Establishment 27 Plant establishment shall consist of caring for all plants planted on the project and 28 caring for the planting areas within the project limits. The provisions of Section 1- 29 07.13(2) and 1- 07.13(3) do not apply to this section 30 31 The Contractor shall submit a first year plant establishment plan, for approval by the 32 Engineer. The Plan shall show the proposed scheduling of activities, materials, and 33 equipment to be utilized for the first year plant establishment. The Plan shall include the 34 management of the irrigation system, when applicable. Should the plan become 35 unworkable at any time during the first year plant establishment, the Contractor shall 36 submit a revised plan. 37 38 The first year of plant establishment shall begin immediately upon written notification 39 from the Engineer of the acceptance of initial planting for the entire project. The first 40 year plant establishment period shall be a minimum of one calendar year. 41 42 During the first year plant establishment period, it shall be the Contractor's responsibility 43 to perform all work necessary to ensure the resumption and continued growth of the 44 transplanted material. This care shall include, but not be limited to, labor and materials 45 necessary for removal of foreign, dead, or rejected plant material, maintaining a weed - 46 free condition, and the replacement of all unsatisfactory plant material planted under the 47 contract. If plants are stolen or damaged by the acts of others, the Contracting Agency 48 will pay invoice cost only for the replacement plants with no mark -up and the Contractor 49 will be responsible for the labor to install the replacement plants. 50 51 The Contractor shall meet with the Engineer for the purpose of joint inspection of the 52 planting material on the closest working day to the first day of the month. The 53 Contractor shall correct all conditions unsatisfactory to the Engineer within a 10 -day 54 period immediately following the inspection. Failure to comply with corrective steps as 55 outlined by the Engineer shall constitute justification for the Contracting Agency to take 56 corrective steps and to deduct all costs thereof from any monies due the Contractor. At 57 the end of the plant establishment period, plants that do not show normal growth shall 58 be replaced. 59 LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 68 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 All automatic irrigation systems shall be operated fully automatic during the plant establishment period and until final acceptance of the contract. Payment for water used to water in plants, or hand watering of plant material or lawn areas unless otherwise specified, is the responsibility of the contractor during the first year plant establishment period. Subsequent year plant establishment periods, when included in the contract, shall begin immediately at the completion of the preceding year's plant establishment period. Each subsequent year plant establishment period shall be one full calendar year in duration. During the year plant establishment periods, whichever may apply, the Contractor shall maintain all plant establishment areas in a condition that is free of unwanted vegetation. Weeds and unwanted vegetation shall not be allowed to reach seed stage. The Contractor shall perform all other work necessary to the continued healthy and vigorous growth of all plant material as ordered by the Engineer. The Contractor shall perform this work on a force account basis at the direction of the Engineer. 8- 02.3(14) Plant Replacement The Contractor shall be responsible for growing or providing enough plants for replacement of all plant material rejected through first year plant establishment. All rejected plant material shall be replaced at dates approved by the Engineer. All replacement plants shall be of the same species and quality as the plants they replace. Plants may vary in size reflecting one season of growth should the Contractor elect to hold plant material under nursery conditions for an additional year to serve as replacement plants. 8- 02.3(15) Erosion Control Seeding, Fertilizing, and Mulching 8- 02.3(15)A Preparation For Final Application Areas to be cultivated are shown in the Plans or specified in the Special Provisions. The areas shall be cultivated to the depths specified to provide a reasonably firm but friable seedbed. Cultivation shall take place no sooner than two weeks prior to seeding. All areas to be seeded, including excavated slopes shall be compacted and prepared unless otherwise specified or ordered by the Engineer. Unless seed is covered with soil immediately after seed application, a cleated roller, crawler tractor, or similar equipment, approved by the Engineer that forms longitudinal depressions at least 2 inches deep shall be used for compaction and preparation of the surface to be seeded. The entire area shall be uniformly covered with longitudinal depressions formed perpendicular to the natural flow of water on the slope unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. The soil shall be conditioned with sufficient water so the longitudinal depressions remain in the soil surface until completion of the seeding. The area shall be compacted within three weeks prior to seeding. Prior to seeding, the finished grade of the soil shall be 1 inch, or the specified depth of mulch, below the top of all curbs, catch basins, junction and valve boxes, walks, driveways, and other structures. 8- 02.3(15)B Seeding and Fertilizing Seed and fertilizer shall be placed at the rate, mix and analysis specified in the Special Provisions or as designated by the Engineer. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer not less than 24 hours in advance of any seeding operation and shall not begin the work until areas prepared or designated for seeding have been approved. Following the Engineer's approval, seeding of the approved slopes shall begin immediately. Seeding shall not be done during windy weather or when the ground is frozen, excessively wet, or otherwise untillable. Seed and fertilizer may be sown by one of the following methods: LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 69 No 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 An approved hydro seeder that utilizes water as the carrying agent, and maintains continuous agitation through paddle blades. It shall have an operating capacity sufficient to agitate, suspend, and mix into a homogeneous slurry the specified amount of seed and water or other material. Distribution and discharge lines shall be large enough to prevent stoppage and shall be equipped with a set of hydraulic discharge spray nozzles that will provide a uniform distribution of the slurry. 2. Approved blower equipment with an adjustable disseminating device capable of maintaining a constant, measured rate of material discharge that will ensure an even distribution of seed at the rates specified. 3. Helicopters properly equipped for aerial seeding. 4. Approved power -drawn drills or seeders. 5. Areas in which the above methods are impractical may be seeded by approved hand methods. When seeding by hand, the seed shall be incorporated into the top /, inch of soil by hand raking or other method that is approved by the Engineer. The seed shall have a tracer added to visibly aid uniform application. This tracer shall not be harmful to plant and animal life. If wood cellulose fiber is used as a tracer, the application rate shall not exceed 250 pounds per acre. Hand seeding operations are excluded from this requirement. Seed and fertilizer may be applied in one application provided that the fertilizer is placed in the hydro seeder tank no more than one hour prior to application. 8- 02.3(15)C Liming Agricultural lime shall be applied at the rates specified in the Special Provisions. The method of application shall be in conformance with all air and water pollution regulations and shall be approved by the Engineer. 8- 02.3(15)D Mulching Mulch of the type specified in the Special Provisions shall be furnished, hauled, and evenly applied at the rates indicated and shall be spread on seeded areas within 48 hours after seeding unless otherwise specified. Distribution of straw mulch material shall be by means of an approved mulch spreader that utilizes forced air to blow mulch material on seeded areas. In spreading straw mulch, the spreader shall not cut or break the straw into short stalks. Wood cellulose fiber may be applied with seed and fertilizer West of the summit of the Cascade Range. East of the summit of the Cascade Range, seed and fertilizer shall be applied in one application followed by the application of wood cellulose fiber. Wood cellulose fiber used as mulch shall be suitable for application with a hydro seeder as specified in Section 8- 02.3(15)B. Areas not accessible by mulching equipment shall be mulched by approved hand methods. Mulch sprayed on signs or sign structures shall be removed the same day. 8- 02.3(15)E Soil Binder or Tacking Agent When the proposal includes a pay item for soil binders and tacking agents, they shall be applied in accordance with the manufacturer's recommended requirements. Tackifiers used as a tie -down for seed and mulch shall be applied in quantities sufficient to equal the retention properties of guar when applied at the rate of 60 pounds per acre. LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 70 1 3 4 5 6 7 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 8- 02.3(15)F Dates for Application of Final Seed, Fertilizer, and Mulch Unless otherwise approved by the Engineer, the final application of seeding, fertilizing, and mulching of slopes shall be performed during the following periods: West of the summit of the Cascade Range - March 1 to May 15 and August 15 to October 1. Where contract timing is appropriate, seeding, fertilizing, and mulching shall be accomplished during the fall period listed above. Written permission to seed after October 1 will only be given when physical completion of the project is imminent and the environmental conditions are conducive to satisfactory growth. East of the summit of the Cascade Range - August 15 to November 15. Seeding, fertilizing, and mulching shall be accomplished during this fall period only. All roadway excavation and embankment slopes, including excavation and embankment slopes that are partially completed to grade, shall be prepared and seeded during the first available seeding window. When environmental conditions are not conducive to satisfactory results, the Engineer may suspend work until such time that the desired results are likely to be obtained. The Contractor will be responsible to ensure a healthy stand of grass, otherwise, the Contractor will, restore eroded areas, clean up eroded materials, and reseed, fertilize and mulch, at no additional cost to the Contracting Agency. 8- 02.3(15)G Protection and Care of Seeded Areas In addition to the requirements of Section 1- 07.13(1), the contractor shall be responsible for performing the following duties: 1. Protect all areas involved against vehicle and pedestrian traffic by use of approved warning signs and barricades. 2. Areas, which have been damaged through any cause prior to final inspection, and areas failing to receive a uniform application at the specified rate, shall be reseeded, refertilized, and remulched at the Contractor's expense. 3. Seeded areas within the planting area shall be considered part of the planting area. Weeds within the seeded areas shall be controlled in accordance with Section 8- 02.3(3). 8- 02.3(15)H Inspection Inspection of any area will be made upon completion of seeding, fertilizing, or mulching. The work in any area will not be measured for payment until a uniform distribution of the materials is accomplished at the specified rate. Areas not receiving a uniform application of seed, fertilizer, or mulch at the specified rate, as determined by the Engineer, shall be reseeded, refertilized, or remulched at the Contractor's expense prior to payment. 8- 02.3(15)1 Mowing When the proposal contains the bid item "Mowing" or mowing areas are defined, the Contractor shall mow all grass growing areas and slopes 2.5 (H) to 1 (V) or flatter except for naturally wooded and undergrowth areas. Trimming around traffic facilities, structures, planting areas, or other features extending above ground shall be accomplished preceding or simultaneously with each mowing by use of power- driven or hand - operated machinery and tools to achieve a neat and uniform appearance. Each mowing shall be considered as one coverage of all grass areas to be mowed within a defined area. Prospective bidders shall verify the estimated acreage, the topography, irregularity of the area, slopes involved, and access limitations to determine the appropriate equipment to use for mowing. Equipment and tools shall be provided LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 71 N. 4W M 1 such as, but not limited to, tractor- operated rotary or flail -type grass cutting machines 2 and tools or other approved equipment. Power driven equipment shall not cause ruts or 3 deformation of improved areas. Sickle type grass cutters will be permitted only on 4 slopes of drainage ditches, berms, or other rough areas. The equipment and tools shall 5 be in good repair at all times and maintained so that a clean, sharp cut of the grass will 6 result at all times. The Engineer will determine the actual number of mowings. The 7 height of mowing will be 4 to 6 inches or as designated in the Plans or in the Special 8 Provisions. 9 10 Mowing equipment shall be operated and equipped with suitable guards to prevent 11 throwing rocks or debris onto the traveled way or off the right of way. Equipment, which 12 pulls or rips the grass or damages the turf in any manner will not be permitted. The 13 Engineer will be the sole judge of the adequacy of the equipment, safeguards, and 14 methods of use. The Contractor will not be required to collect or remove clippings from 15 the project except on the traveled way, shoulder, walkway, or other areas designated by 16 the Engineer. 17 18 8- 02.3(16) Lawn Installation 19 In irrigated areas, lawn installation shall not begin until the irrigation system is fully 20 operational. 21 22 Seed mix and rate of application shall be as specified in the Special Provisions. 23 24 Unless otherwise approved by the Engineer, seeded lawn installation shall be performed 25 during the following periods of at the location shown: 26 27 West of the summit of the Cascade Range - March 1 to October 1. 28 East of the summit of the Cascade Range - April 15 to October 10 29 30 The Contractor shall have the option of sodding in lieu of seeding for lawn installation at 31 no additional expense to the Contracting Agency. Seeding in lieu of sodding will not be 32 allowed. 33 34 Topsoil for seeded or sodded lawns shall be placed at the depth and locations shown in 35 the Plans. The topsoil shall be cultivated to the specified depth, raked to a smooth even 36 grade without low areas to trap water and compacted, all as approved by the Engineer. 37 38 Sod strips shall be placed within 48 hours of being cut. Placement shall be without voids 39 and have the end joints staggered. The sod shall be rolled with a smooth roller 40 following placement. 41 42 Barriers shall be erected, with warning signs where necessary, to preclude pedestrian 43 traffic access to the newly placed lawn during the establishment period. 44 45 8- 02.3(17) Lawn Establishment 46 Lawn establishment shall consist of caring for all new lawn areas within the limits of the 47 project. 48 49 The lawn establishment period shall begin immediately after the lawn planting has been 50 accepted by the Engineer and shall extend to the end of four mowings or 20 working 51 days which ever is longer. The mowings shall be done in accordance with 8- 02.3(18)1. 52 53 During the lawn establishment period, it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to 54 ensure the continuing healthy growth of the turf. This care shall include labor and 55 materials necessary to keep the project in a presentable condition, including but not 56 limited to, removal of litter, mowing, trimming, removal of grass clippings, edging, 57 fertilization, insecticide and fungicide applications, weed control, watering, repairing the 58 irrigation system, and repair and reseeding any and all damaged areas. Lawn mowing 59 shall be performed once each week, or as ordered by the Engineer, during the lawn 60 establishment period with no additional compensation. LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 72 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 Temporary barriers shall be removed only on written permission from the Engineer. All work performed under lawn establishment shall comply with established turf management practices. Acceptance of lawn planting as specified shall be based on a uniform stand of grass and a uniform grade at the time of final inspection. Areas that are bare or have a poor stand of grass, and areas not having a uniform grade through any cause before final inspection, shall be recultivated, regraded, reseeded, or resodded and refertilized as specified at no additional cost to the Contracting Agency. 8- 02.3(18) Lawn Mowing Lawn mowing shall begin immediately after the lawn establishment period has been accepted by the Engineer and shall extend to the end of the contract or the first year -■ plant establishment, whichever is last. The Contractor shall accomplish the following minimum requirements: 1. Mowing, trimming, and edging shall be done as often as conditions dictate. Maximum height of lawn shall not exceed 3 inches. The cutting height shall be 2 inches. Cuttings, trimmings, and edgings shall be disposed of off the project site. When the Engineer approves the use of a mulching mower, trimmings may be left in place. 2. Watering shall be as often as conditions dictate depending on weather and soil conditions. 3. Provide fertilizer, weed control, and other measures as necessary to maintain a healthy stand of grass. 8 -02.4 Measurement Topsoil, mulch and soil amendments will be measured by the cubic; yard in the haul conveyance at the point of delivery. Live fascine will be measured by the linear foot. Brush layer will be measured by the linear foot. Live pole will be measured per each. Live stake row will be measured by the linear foot Live brush mattress will be measured by the surface square yard. Compost will be measured by the cubic yard in the haul conveyance at the point of delivery. The quantity of topsoil Type B used on the project will not be deducted from the total quantity of roadway excavation, borrow, strippings, or other excavation for which haul is being paid. The pay quantities for plant materials will be determined by count of the number of satisfactory plants in each category accepted by the Engineer. Weed barrier mat will be measured per each Fertilizer will be measured in pounds LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 73 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 Seeding, fertilizing, liming, mulching, mowing, and soil binder or tacking agent will be measured in acres by ground slope measurement or through the use of design data. Seeding and fertilizing by hand will be measured by the square yard. No adjustment in area size will be made for the vegetation free zone around each plant. Water will be measured in accordance with Section 2 -07.4. Measurement will be made of only that water hauled in tank trucks or similar equipment. Seeded lawn, sod installations, and lawn mowing will be measured along the ground slope and computed in square yards of actual lawn completed, established, and accepted. 8 -02.5 Payment Payment will be made in accordance with Section 1 -04.1, for each of the following listed bid items that are included in the proposal: "Topsoil Type ", per cubic yard. The unit contract price per cubic yard for `Topsoil Type " shall be full pay for providing the source of material for topsoil Type A and C, for excavating, loading, hauling, Intermediate windrowing, stockpiling, weed control and removal, placing, spreading, processing, cultivating, and compacting topsoil Type A, Type B, and Type C. "Plant Selection __ ", per each. "PSIPE ", per each. (PSIPE is Plant Selection Including Plant Establishment.) The unit contract price for "Plant Selection _ ", per each, and "PSIPE _", per each, shall be full pay for all materials, labor, tools, equipment, and supplies necessary for weed control within the planting area, planting area preparation, fine grading, planting, cultivating, and cleanup for the particular items called for in the Plans. As the plants that include plant establishment are obtained, propagated, and grown, partial payments shall be made as follows after inspection by the Engineer: Payment of 5 percent of the unit contract price, per each, when the plant materials have been contracted, propagated, and are growing under nursery conditions. The Contractor shall provide the Engineer with certification that the plant material has been procured or contracted for delivery to the project for planting within the time limits of the project. The certification shall state the location, quantity, and size of all material. Payment shall be increased to 15 percent of the unit contract price, per each, upon completion of the initial weed control work. Payment shall be increased to 60 percent of the unit contract price per each for the contracted plant material in a designated unit area when planted. Payment shall be increased to 80 percent of the unit contract price per each for contracted plant material at the completion of the initial planting. Payment shall be increased to the appropriate percentage upon accomplishment of the following phases of plant establishment. 3 months after completion of initial planting 85% 6 months after completion of initial planting 90% Completion of 1 st year plant establishment 100% As the plants that do not include plant establishment are obtained, propagated, and grown, partial payments shall be made as follows: LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 74 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 Payment of 15 percent of the unit contract price per each when the plant materials have been contracted, propagated, and are growing under nursery conditions. The Contractor shall provide the Engineer with certification that the plant material has been procured or contracted for delivery to the project for planting within the time limits of the project. The certification shall state the location, quantity, and size Hof all material. Payment shall be increased to 90 percent of the unit contract price per each for contracted plant material at the completion of the initial planting. Payment shall be increased to 100 percent at the physical completion of the contract. All partial payments shall be limited to the actual number of healthy vigorous plants that meet the stage requirements, limited to plan quantity. Previous partial payments made for materials rejected or missing will be deducted from future payments due the Contractor. "Live Fascine ", per linear foot. "Live Pole ", per each. "Live Stake Row", per linear foot. "Live Brush Mattress ", per square yard. "Plant Establishment - Year", will be paid in accordance with Section 1 -09.6. "Brush Layer", per linear foot. "Weed Barder Mat", per each The unit contract pdce per each for "Weed Barrier Mat" shall be full pay to provide and install the weed bander mat as specified, to maintain the mat in place throughout the plant establishment period, and to remove the mat when ordered by the Engineer. "Compost Type — ", per cubic yard. The unit contract price per cubic yard for "Compost Type " shall be full pay for furnishing and spreading the compost onto the existing soil. "Fertilizer", per pound. "Weed Control ", will be paid in accordance with Section 1 -09.6. "Pesticide Application ", will be paid in accordance with Section 1 -09.6. For the purpose of providing a common proposal for all bidders, the Contracting Agency entered an amount for "Plant Establishment - Year', "Weed Control ", and "Pesticide Application" in the proposal to become a part of the total bid by the Contractor. "Soil Amendment ", per cubic yard. "Bark or Wood Chip Mulch ", per cubic yard. `Water", per M Gal. "Seeding ", per acre. "Seeding and Fertilizing ", per acre. "Seeding, Fertilizing, and Mulching ", per acre. "Seeding and Mulching ", per acre. "Seeding and Fertilizing by Hand ", per square yard. "Fertilizing ", per acre. "Second Application of Fertilizer", per acre. "Liming ", per acre. "Mulching ", per acre. "Soil Binder or Tacking Agent ", per acre. "Mowing ", per acre. "Seeded Lawn Installation ", per square yard. "Sod Installation ", per square yard. LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 75 M 2 3 4 5 6 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 "Lawn Mowing ", per square yard. The unit contract price per square yard for "Seeded Lawn Installation" or "Sod Installation" shall be full pay for all costs necessary for weed control within the seeding area, to prepare the area, plant or sod the lawn, erect barriers, and establish lawn areas and for furnishing all labor, tools, equipment, and materials necessary to complete the work as specified and shall be paid in the following sequence for healthy, vigorous lawn: Completion of Lawn Planting Mid Lawn Establishment (after 2 mowings) Completion of Lawn Establishment (after 4 mowings) SECTION 8 -03, IRRIGATION SYSTEM December 2, 2002 This section is revised to read: 60 percent of individual areas 85 percent of individual areas 100 percent of individual areas 8 -03.1 Description This work shall consist of installing an irrigation system in accordance with these Specifications and the details shown in the Plans or as staked. The irrigation system has been designed using the products as shown in the Sprinkler Legend/Performance Data table and the irrigation details. If approved by the Engineer, the Contractor may supply different manufacturer products, but only if the products are of equal performance and material quality as shown in the Plans. 8 -03.2 Materials Materials shall meet the requirements of Sections 9 -15 and 9 -29. 8 -03.3 Construction Requirements Location of pipe, tubing, sprinkler heads, emitters, valves, and other equipment shall be as shown in the Plans and shall be of the size and type indicated. No changes shall be made except as approved by the Engineer. Potable water supplies shall be protected against cross - connections in accordance with applicable Contracting Agency rules and regulations. Water service connections shall be made by the Contractor as indicated in the Plans and Special Provisions and such installations and equipment shall conform to the - requirements set forth by the supplying agency. Construction of electrical systems shall conform to applicable portions of Sections 8 -20 and 9 -29. 8- 03.3(1) Layout of Irrigation System The Contractor shall stake the irrigation system following the schematic design shown in the Plans, before the construction begins. Alterations and changes in the layout may be expected in order to conform to ground conditions and to obtain full and adequate coverage of plant material with water; however, no changes in the system as planned shall be made without the prior authorization of the Engineer. Irrigation Potholing Existing underground irrigation casing pipe ends shall be located by potholing, as specified by the Engineer. 8- 03.3(2) Excavation Pipe trenches shall be no wider at any point than is necessary to lay the pipe or install equipment. The top 6 inches of topsoil, when such exists, shall be kept separate from LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 76 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 subsoil and shall be replaced as the top layer when backfill is made. Trench bottoms shall be relatively smooth and consist of sand or other suitable material free from rocks, stones, or any material that might damage the pipe. Trenches in rock or other material unsuitable for trench bottoms shall be excavated 6 Inches below the required depth and shall be backfilled to the required depth with sand or other suitable material free from rocks or stones. a The Contractor shall exercise care when excavating trenches near existing trees to minimize damage to tree roots. Where roots are 2 inches and greater in diameter, except in the direct path of the pipe, the pipe trench shall be hand excavated and tunneled. When large roots are exposed, they shall be wrapped with heavy burlap for protection and to prevent excessive drying. Trenches dug by machines adjacent to trees having roots 2 inches and less in diameter shall have the sides hand trimmed making a clean cut of the roots. Trenches having exposed tree roots shall be backfilled within 24 hours unless adequately protected by moist burlap or canvas as approved by the Engineer. Detectable marking tape shall be placed in the trench 6 inches directly above, parallel to, and along the entire length of all nonmetallic water pipes and all nonmetallic and aluminum conduits placed under existing or future pavement. The width of the tape shall be as recommended by the manufacturer. 8- 03.3(3) Piping All lines shall be a minimum of 18 inches below finished grade measured from the bottom of the pipe or as shown in the Plans. All live mains to be constructed under existing pavement shall be placed in irrigation conduits jacked under pavement unless otherwise noted in the plans. All PVC pipe installed under areas to be paved shall be placed in irrigation conduit. Irrigation conduit shall extend a minimum of 1 foot beyond the limits of pavement. All jacking operations shall be performed in accordance with an approved jacking plan. Where possible, mains and laterals or section piping shall be placed in the same trench. All lines shall be placed a minimum of 3 feet from the edge of concrete sidewalks, curbs, guardrail, walls, fences, or traffic barriers. Mainlines and lateral lines shall be defined as follows: Mainlines: All supply pipe and fittings between the water meter and the irrigation control valves. Lateral Lines: All supply pipe and fittings between the irrigation control valves and the connections to the irrigation heads. Swing joints, thick walled poly pipe, flexible risers, rigid pipe risers, and associated fittings are not considered part of the lateral line but incidental components of the irrigation heads. Pipe pulling will not be allowed for installation and placement of irrigation pipe. 8- 03.3(4) Jointing During construction, pipe ends shall be plugged or capped to prevent entry of dirt, rocks, or other debris. All galvanized steel pipe shall have sound, clean cut, standard pipe threads well fitted. All pipes shall be reamed to the full diameter and burrs removed before assembly. Threaded galvanized steel joints shall be constructed using either a nonhardening, nonseizing multipurpose sealant or teflon tape or paste as recommended by the pipe manufacturer. All threaded joints shall be made tight with wrenches without the use of handle extensions. Joints that leak shall be cleaned and remade with new material. Caulking or thread cement to make joints tight will not be permitted. PVC pipe, couplings, and fittings shall be handled and installed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendation. The outside of the PVC pipe shall be chamfered to a minimum of 1/16 inch at approximately 22 degrees. Pipe and fittings shall be joined by LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 77 ISM 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 solvent welding. Solvents used must penetrate the surface of both pipe and fitting which will result in complete fusion at the joint. Use solvent and cement only as recommended by the pipe manufacturer. Threaded PVC joints shall be assembled using Teflon tape as recommended by the pipe manufacturer. On plastic to metal connections, work the metal connection first. Use a nonhardening compound on threaded connections. Connections between metal and plastic are to be threaded utilizing female threaded PCV adapters with threaded schedule 80 PVC nipple only. Polyethylene pipe and fittings shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. The ends of the polyethylene pipe shall be cut square and inserted to the full depth of the fitting. Clamps for insert fittings shall be stainless steel. 8- 03.3(5) Installation Galvanized pipe shall be used from the water meter or service connection through the cross - connection control device. Final position of turf heads shall be between 1/2 inch and 1 inch above finished grade measured from the top of the sprinkler. All sprinklers adjacent to walks, curbs, and pavement shall be placed as shown in the Plans. Shrub heads, unless otherwise specified, shall be placed on risers approximately 12 inches above finished grade. Final position of valve boxes, capped sleeves, and quick coupler valves shall be between 1/2 inch and 1 inch above finished grade or mulch. Drip irrigation emitters shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. 8- 03.3(6) Electrical Wire Installation Wiring between the automatic controller and automatic valves shall be direct burial and may share a common neutral. Separate control conductors shall be run from the automatic controller to each valve. When more than one automatic controller is required, a separate common neutral shall be provided for each controller and the automatic valve which it controls. Wire shall be installed adjacent to or beneath the irrigation pipe. Plastic tape or nylon ty -wraps shall be used to bundle wires together at 10 -foot intervals, and the wire shall be "snaked" from side to side in the trench. When necessary to run wire separate from the irrigation pipe, the wire shall be bundled and placed under detectable marking tape. When lateral pipe lines have less than 18 inches of cover, direct burial wire shall not be adjacent to pipes but shall be placed at a minimum depth of 18 inches. Wiring placed under pavement and walls, or through walls, shall be placed in irrigation casing. Irrigation casing shall not be less than 1 inch In diameter, Class 200 PVC. Splices will be permitted only at junction boxes, valve boxes, pole bases, or at control equipment. A minimum of 2 feet of excess conductor shall be left at all splices, terminal and control valves to facilitate inspection and future splicing. All 120 -volt electrical conductors and conduit shall be installed by a certified electrician including all wire splices and wire terminations. For all 24 volt direct burial circuits, the continuity test, ground test, and functional test shall be performed. The Megger test confirming insulation resistance of not less than 2 megohms to ground in accordance with Section 8- 20.3(11) is required. LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 78 1 2 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 All wiring shall be tested in accordance with Section 8- 20.3(11). 8- 03.3(7) Flushing and Testing All gauges used in the testing of water pressures shall be certified correct by an independent testing laboratory Immediately poor to use on the project. Gauges shall be retested when ordered by the Engineer. Automatic controllers shall be tested by actual operation for a period of two weeks under normal operating conditions. Should adjustments be required, the Contractor shall do so according to the manufacturer's direction and test until operation is satisfactory. Main Line Flushing All main supply lines shall receive two fully -open flushings, to remove debris that may have entered the line during construction: the first before placement of valves; the second after placement of valves and poor to testing. Main Line Testing All main supply lines shall be purged of air and tested with a minimum static water pressure of 150 psi for 60 minutes without introduction of additional service or pumping pressure. Testing shall be done with one pressure gauge installed on the line, where ordered by the Engineer. An additional pressure gauge shall be installed at the pump when ordered by the Engineer. Lines that show loss of pressure exceeding 5 psi at the ends of specified test periods will be rejected. The Contractor shall correct rejected installations and retest for leaks as specified herein. Lateral Line Flushing All lateral lines shall receive one fully -open flushing prior to placement of sprinkler heads, emitters, and drain valves. The flushing shall be of sufficient duration to remove any dirt or debris that has entered the lateral lines during construction. Lateral Line Testing All lateral lines shall be purged of air and tested in place at operating line pressure with a pressure gauge and with all fittings capped or plugged. The operating line pressure shall be maintained for 30 minutes with valves closed and without introduction of additional pressure. Lines that show leaks or loss of pressure exceeding 5 psi at the end of specified test periods will be rejected. The Contractor shall correct and retest lateral line installations that have been rejected. Throughout the life of the Contract, the Contractor shall repair, flush, and test, all main and lateral lines that have sustained a break or disruption of service. Upon restoration of the water service, the affected lines shall be brought up to operating pressure. The Contractor shall then conduct a thorough inspection of all sprinkler heads, emitters, etc., located downstream of the break, disruption of service, and repair. This inspection is required to ensure that the entire irrigation system is operating properly. 8- 03.3(8) Adjusting System Before final inspection, the Contractor shall adjust and balance all spidnklers to provide adequate and uniform coverage. Spray pattems shall be balanced by adjusting individual sprinkler heads with the adjustment screws or replacing nozzles to produce a uniform pattern. Unless otherwise specified, sprinkler spray pattems will not be permitted on pavement, walks, or structures. 8- 03.3(9) Backfill Backfill shall not be started until all piping has been inspected, tested, and approved by the Engineer, after which backfilling shall be completed as soon as possible. All backfill material placed within 6 inches of the pipe shall be free of rocks, roots, or other LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 79 1 2 3 4 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 objectionable material that might cut or otherwise damage the pipe. Backfill from the bottom of the trench to approximately 6 inches above the pipe shall be by continuous compacting in a manner that will not damage pipe or wiring and shall proceed evenly on both sides of the pipe. The remainder of the backfill shall be thoroughly compacted, except that heavy equipment shall not be used within 18 inches of any pipe. The top 6 inches of the backflll shall be of topsoil material or the first 6 inches of material removed in the excavation. 8- 03.3(10) As Built Plans Upon physical completion of the work, the Contractor shall submit As Built Plans consisting of corrected shop drawings, schematic circuit diagrams, or other details necessary to show the work as constructed including the actual Installed locations of the irrigation system(s) equipment including, but not limited to, water meters, cross connection control devices, electrical services, pipe and wire runs, splice boxes, controllers, valves, heads, and other equipment. These drawings shall be on sheets conforming in size to the provisions of Section 1 -05.3. All drawings must be complete and legible. Any corrections and additions ordered by the Engineer shall be made by the Contractor prior to acceptance. The Contractor shall provide the Engineer with three copies of parts lists, catalog cuts, and service manuals for all equipment installed on the project. 8- 03.3(11) System Operation The irrigation system shall be completely installed, tested, and automatically operable prior to planting in a unit area except where otherwise specified in the Plans or approved by the Engineer. The Contractor shall be fully responsible for all maintenance, repair, testing, inspecting, and automatic operation of the entire system until all work is considered complete as determined by the final inspection specified in Section 1- 05.11. The final inspection of the irrigation system will coincide with the end of the contract or first year plant establishment which ever is later. This responsibility shall include, but not be limited to, draining the system prior to winter and reactivating the system in the spring and at other times as ordered by the Engineer. For the life of the contract, the Contractor shall be responsible for having annual inspections and tests performed on all cross connection control devices as required and specified by the Washington State Department of Social and Health Services. Inspections and tests shall be conducted at the time of initial activation and each spring prior to reactivating the irrigation system. Potable water shall not flow through the cross - connection control device to any downstream component until tested and approved for use by the serving utility. In the spring, when the drip irrigation system is in full operation, the Contractor shall make a full inspection of all emitters. This shall involve visual inspection of each emitter under operating conditions. All adjustments, flushings, or replacements to the system shall be made at this time to ensure the proper operation of all emitters. 8- 03.3(12) Cross - connection Control Device Installation Cross - connection control devices shall be installed, inspected, and tested by the serving utility or designee in accordance with applicable portions of the Washington Administrative Code (WAC 246 - 290 -490) and other applicable regulations as set forth by the Washington State Department of Social and Health Services and the Washington State Department of Transportation. During the life of the Contract, these devices shall be inspected and tested annually, or more often if successive inspections indicate repeated failures. Inspections and tests shall be conducted at the time of initial installation, after repairs, and each spring prior to reactivation of the irrigation system. These inspections and tests shall be completed and the results recorded by a licensed Backflow Assembly Device Tester (BADT) Operator or by a Contracting Agency Certified Water Works Operator with a CCS -1 or LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 80 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 CCS -2 Classification and shall document that the devices are in good operating condition prior to flushing and testing of any downstream water lines. Devices that are defective shall be repaired or replaced. Inspection and test results shall be recorded on Department of Transportation Form No. DOT 540 -020 and other forms as may be required by the serving utility. The completed forms shall be submitted to the appropriate health authority and to the serving utility when applicable. 8- 03.3(13) Irrigation Water Service The Contracting Agency has arranged for a water meter installation(s) for the irrigation system at no cost to the Contractor at the locations and sizes as shown in the plans. The water meter(s) will be installed by the serving utility. It shall be the Contractors responsibility to contact the Engineer to schedule the water meter installation performed by the servicing utility. The Contractor shall provide a minimum of 60 calendar days prior notice to the Engineer for the desired date for installation to ensure no service installation delays work. Construction activities for irrigation water service connections will be in accordance with the serving utility's Service Agreement. A copy of the Service Agreement may be obtained from the Engineer. 8- 03.3(14) Irrigation Electrical Service The Contracting Agency has arranged for electrical service connection(s) for operation of the automatic electrical controller(s) at the locations as shown in the Plans. The Contractor shall splice and run conduit and wire from the electrical service connection(s), or service cabinet, which ever may apply, to the automatic electrical controller and connect the conductors to the circuit(s) as shown in the Plans. The installation of conduit and wire for the electrical power service shall be in accordance with the serving utility's Service Agreement and these specifications. A copy of the Service Agreement may be obtained from the Engineer. 8 -03.4 Measurement No unit of measure shall apply to the lump sum price for irrigation system. 8 -03.5 Payment Payment will be made in accordance with Section 1 -04.1, for the following bid items when included in the proposal: "Irrigation System ", lump sum. All costs for furnishing and installing plastic valve boxes, irrigation system equipment and components where indicated and as detailed in the Plans, all costs of initial and annual inspections and tests performed on cross connection control devices and electrical wire testing during the life of the contract and As Built Plans shall be included in the lump sum price for the complete irrigation system as shown in the Plans or as otherwise approved by the Engineer. The Contracting Agency shall, at no cost to the contractor, provide water and electrical services needed for installation and operation of the irrigation system for the life of the contract. As the irrigation system is installed, the payment schedule will be as follows: Payment will be made in proportion to the amount of work performed up to 90 percent of the unit contract price for irrigation system when the irrigation system is completed, tested, inspected, and fully operational. LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 81 1 2 3 4 6 7 9 10 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 Payment shall be increased to 95 percent of the unit contract price for irrigation system upon completion and acceptance of initial planting and submittal of As Built Plans. Payment shall be increased to 100 percent of the unit contract price for irrigation system upon completion and acceptance of the first year plant establishment. When there is no first year plant establishment or when the contract is completed, payment will be increased to 100 percent of the unit contract price for irrigation system upon completion of As Built Plans. SECTION 8 -04, CURBS, GUTTERS, AND SPILLWAYS April 7, 2003 8- 04.3(1)A Extruded Cement Concrete Curb In the third paragraph, the second sentence is revised to read: The adhesive shall meet the requirements of Section 9 -26.1 for Type II epoxy bonding agent. 8- 04.3(1) Cement Concrete Curbs, Gutters, and Spillways The first paragraph is revised to read: Cement concrete curb, curb and gutter, gutter, and spillway shall be constructed with air entrained concrete Class 3000 conforming to the requirement of Section 6 -02 except at driveway entrances. Cement concrete curb or curb and gutter along the full width of a driveway entrance shall be constructed with air entrained concrete Class 4000 conforming to the requirements of Section 6 -02. The fourth paragraph is revised to read: Expansion joints in the curb or curb and gutter shall be spaced at 15 -foot intervals, the beginning and ends of curb returns, drainage structures, bridges, and cold joints with existing curbs and gutters. The expansion joint shall be filled to full cross - section with 3/8 -inch premolded joint filler. When curb or curb and gutter is placed adjacent to Portland Cement Concrete Pavement, a 1/4 -inch thick, 6 -inch deep premolded joint filler shall be installed between the two vertical surfaces to prevent cracking. When noted in the Plans, the Contractor shall install the catch basin gutter pan at drainage structures abutting the curb and gutter. 8 -04.5 Payment This section is revised to read: Payment will be made in accordance with Section 1 -04.1, for each of the following bid items that are included in the proposal: "Cement Conc. Traffic Curb and Gutter", per linear foot. "Cement Conc. Traffic Curb ", per linear foot. "Mountable Cement Conc. Traffic Curb ", per linear foot. "Dual -Faced Cement Conc. Traffic Curb and Gutter ", per linear foot. "Dual -Faced Cement Conc. Traffic Curb ", per linear foot. "Cement Conc. Pedestrian Curb ", per linear foot. "Roundabout Truck Apron Inner Cement Conc. Curb ", per linear foot. "Roundabout Truck Apron Outer Cem. Conc. Curb and Gutter", per linear foot. "Extruded Curb ", per linear foot. "Cement Conc. Gutter", per linear foot. "Cement Conc. Spillway ", per linear foot. "Asphalt Conc. Gutter", per linear foot. "Asphalt Conc. Spillway ", per linear foot. "Drain Pipe In. Diam. ", per linear foot. "Half Round Plain St. Culy. Pipe In. Th. In. Diam. ", per linear foot. LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 82 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 "Half Round Tr. 1 St. CUIv. Pipe _ In. Th. In. Diam. ", per linear foot. "Half Round Plain Al. CUM Pipe In. Th. _ In. Diam. ", per linear foot. "Half Round Tr. 1 Al. CUM Pipe —_ In. Th. _ In. Diam. ", per linear foot. "Hand Placed Riprap ", per cubic yard. Hand placed riprap will be paid for as provided in Section 8 -15.5. When catch basin gutter pans are required in the Plans, all costs for providing the widened area of gutter pan shall be included in the curb and gutter bid item. SECTION 8 -08, RUMBLE STRIPS April 7, 2003 This section is revised to read: 8 -08.1 Description This work shall consist of constructing shoulder rumble strips by grinding asphalt concrete pavement. The work shall include cleanup and disposal of cuttings and other resultant debris. The Standard Plans show the patterns and construction details for the four types of shoulder rumble strips. 8 -08.2 Vacant 8 -08.3 Construction Requirements The equipment shall have a rotary type cutting head or series of cutting heads capable of grinding one or more recesses In the asphalt concrete as detailed in the Standard Plans. The difference in the surface texture between the high and low surfaces from the grinding shall not exceed 1 /8 inch. Rumble strips shall not be constructed on bridge decks, bridge approach slabs, or cement concrete surfaces. In areas where monuments, drainage structures, induction loop lead -ins, pavement markings or other features will not allow the rumble strips to be constructed as detailed, the rumble strips shall be eliminated or relocated as approved by the Engineer. The traveled lanes shall be kept free of cuttings and other construction debris at all times. Immediately upon completion of rumble strip grinding, all cuttings, grinding debris, dust, and other loose materials shall be removed from the rumble strips and shoulder areas. All cuttings and other debris shall be disposed of as designated by the Engineer or shall become the property of the Contractor and be disposed of outside the project limits. Cuttings and other debris shall not be allowed to enter any waterways. When shown in the Plans, the rumble strips shall be fog sealed in accordance with the requirements of Section 5- 04.3(19) following the completion of the shoulder rumble strip. All pavement markings, junction boxes, drainage structures, and similar objects located in the shoulder shall not be fog sealed. The accumulative error in the longitudinal spacing of the rumble strips and the gaps, when required, shall not exceed plus or minus 5 percent. 8 -08.4 Measurement Shoulder rumble strips will be measured to the nearest 0.01 -mile along the mainline roadway for each shoulder. No deductions will be made for required gaps shown on the Standard Plans or for the elimination of rumble strips across bridge decks, bridge approach slabs, cement concrete areas, or other areas approved by the Engineer. Fog sealing, when shown in the Plans, will be measured as asphalt for fog seal in accordance with Section 5 -04.4. LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 93 1 2 3 4 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 F 8 -08.5 Payment Payment will be made in accordance with Section 1-04.1, for the following bid items when included in the proposal: "Shoulder Rumble Strip Type _. ", per mile. Layout of the rumble strip pattern on the shoulder for the grinding operation is the responsibility of the Contractor. All costs involved in this work shall be considered incidental to the bid item. Payment for fog sealing the shoulder, when shown in the Plans, shall be paid as asphalt for fog seal in accordance with Section 5 -04.5. SECTION 8 -10, GUIDE POSTS December 2, 2002 8 -10.2 Materials In the second paragraph, the first sentence is revised to read: Adhesives for surface mounted guide posts shall meet the requirements of Sections 9- 02.1(8) or 9 -26.2. SECTION 8 -11, GUARDRAIL. January 7, 2002 8- 11.3(1)C Erection of Rail The fourth paragraph is revised to read: Galvanized and Weathering steel rail plates shall be fastened to the posts with galvanized bolts, washers, and nuts the size and kind shown in the Plans. 8 -11.4 Measurement The third paragraph is revised to read: Measurement of beam guardrail terminal and beam guardrail buried terminal Type 1 will be per each for the completed terminal. The two paragraphs listed below are inserted following the third paragraph: Measurement of beam guardrail buried terminal Type 2 will be per linear foot for the completed terminal. Measurement of beam guardrail placement -25 foot span will be per each for the completed span. 8 -11.5 Payment The bid items listed below are inserted following "Beam Guardrail Terminal ": "Beam Guardrail Buried Terminal Type 1 ", per each. "Beam Guardrail Buried Terminal Type 2 ", per linear foot. The note for "Beam Guardrail Terminal etc." is revised to read: The unit contract price for "Beam Guardrail Terminal ", "Beam Guardrail Buried Terminal Type 1" and "Beam Guardrail Buried Terminal Type 2" shall include the posts, rail, end section, and anchor. The bid item and note listed below are inserted following the note for "Beam Guardrail Terminal ": "Beam Guardrail Placement - 25' Span ", per each LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 94 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 The unit contract price per each for "Ream Guardrail Placement - 25' Span" shall include all CRT posts, Type 1 guardrail posts and blocks and all nested w -beam rail elements. SECTION 8 -12, CHAIN LINK FENCE AND WIRE FENCE April 1, 2002 8 -12.4 Measurement The second paragraph is revised to read- End, gate, corner, and pull posts for chain link fence will be measured per each for the posts furnished and installed complete in place. 8 -12.5 Payment The bid item "End, Comer, and Pull Post for Chain Link Fence" is revised to "End, Gate, Comer, and Pull Post for Chain Link Fence ", per each. SECTION 8 -20, ILLUMINATION, TRAFFIC SIGNAL SYSTEMS, AND ELECTRICAL April 7, 2003 This section is revised to read: 8 -20.1 Description This work shall consist of furnishing, installing and field testing all materials and equipment necessary to complete in place, fully functional system(s) of any or all of the following, types including modifications to an existing system all In accordance with approved methods, the Plans, the Special Provisions and these Specifications: 1. Traffic Signal System 2. Illumination System 3. Traffic Data Accumulation and Ramp Metering System Unless otherwise noted, the location of signals, controllers, standards, and appurtenances shown in the Plans are approximate; and the exact location will be established by the Engineer in the field. 8- 20.1(1) Regulations and Code All electrical equipment shall conform to the standards of the National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA), Electric Utility Service Equipment Requirements Committee (EUSERC), California Department of Transportation document entitled. Traffic signal control equipment shall conform to the contract and these Standard Specifications. EIA Electronic Industries Association, IEEE Institute of Electrical, and Electronic Engineers the Radio Manufacturers Association, the American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM), the American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO), the American National Standards Institute (ANSI), whichever is applicable, and to other codes listed herein. In addition to the requirements of these Specifications, the Plans, and the Special Provisions, all material and work shall conform to the requirements of the National Electrical Code, hereinafter referred to as the Code, and any WACs and local ordinances, which may apply. Wherever reference is made in these Specifications or in the Special Provisions to the Code, the rules, or the standards mentioned above, the reference shall be construed to mean the code, rule, or standard that is in effect at the date of advertising of the project. In accordance with RCW 39.06.010, the Contractor need not be registered or licensed if the Contractor has been prequalified as required by RCW 47.28.070. LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 95 r-7 1 3 4 5 6 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 Safe wiring labels normally required by the Department of Labor and Industries will not be required on electrical work within the Rights -of -Way of Contracting Agency Highways as allowed in RCW 19.28.141. Persons performing electrical work shall be certified in accordance with RCW 19.28.161. Proof of certification shall be supplied to the Engineer prior to the performance of the work. 8- 20.1(2) Industry Codes and Standards The following electrical industry codes and standard procedures are listed for reference purposes: Air Movement and Control Association (AMCA),30 West University Dr. Arlington Heights, Illinois 60004. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO), 444 North Capitol Street N.W., Suite 225, Washington, D.C. 20001. Amedcan National Standards Institute (ANSI), 70 East 45 Street, New York, New York. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM), 1916 Race Street, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania. American Wood Preservers' Association (AWPA), 836 Seventeenth Street, Washington, D.C. Bell Company Research and Evaluation (Bellcore) 31220 La Baya DR Westlake Village CA 91362. Edison Electric Institute (EEI), 420 Lexington Avenue, New York, New York. Electronics Industries Association (EIA) 101 Pennsylvania Ave. Washington D C. Federal Communications Commission (FCC) 445 12th SW Washington D C 20554. Intemational Municipal Signal Association (IMSA), P.O. Box 539, 1115 North Main Street, Newark, New York. 14513. International Telephony Communications Union (ITU) Place des Nations CH 1211 Geneva 20 Switzerland. Institute of Transportation Engineers (ITE), 2029 K Street, Washington, D.C. Insulated Power Cable Engineers' Association (IPCEA), 283 Valley Road, Montclair, New Jersey. National Electrical Manufacturers' Association (NEMA), 155 East 44th Street, New York, New York. National Fire Protection Association - National Electrical Code (NEC), 470 Atlantic Avenue, Boston, Massachusetts. National Television Standards Committee (NTSC) 445 12th SW Washington D C 20554. National Transportation Communications for ITS Protocol (NTCIP). LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 86 «w 1 Rural Utilities Service (RUS) 1400 Independence Ave. Washington D C. 2 3 Underwriters' Laboratories (UL), 207 East Ohio Street, Chicago, Illinois. 4, 5 8 -20.2 Materials 6 Materials shall meet the requirements of Section 9 -29. Unless otherwise indicated in the 7 Plans or specified in the Special Provisions, all materials shall be new. 8 9 Where existing systems are to be modified, the existing material shall be incorporated in 10 the revised system, salvaged, or abandoned as specified in the contract documents, or 11 as ordered by the Engineer. 12 13 8- 20.2(1) Equipment List and Drawings 14 Within twenty days following execution of the Contract, the Contractor shall submit 15 to the Engineer a completed "Request for Approval of Material" that describes the 16 material proposed for use to fulfill the Plans and specifications. 17 18 If required to do so, the Contractor shall submit supplemental data, sample articles, 19 or both, of the material proposed for use. Supplemental data (six copies required) 20 would include such items as catalog cuts, product specifications, shop drawings, 21 wiring diagrams, etc. Any material purchased or labor performed prior to such 22 approval shall be at the Contractor's risk. All approvals by the Engineer must be 23 received by the Contractor before materials will be allowed on the job site. 24 25 If the luminaires are not listed in the Qualified Products List, the Contractor shall 26 submit six copies of the following information for each different type of luminaire 27 required on the contract: 28 29 1. Isocandela diagrams showin.9 vertical light distribution, vertical control 30 limits, and lateral light distribution classification. 31 32 2. Details showing the lamp socket positions with respect to lamp and 33 refractor for each light distribution type. 34 35 The Contractor shall submit for approval six sets of shop drawings for each of the 36 following types of standards called for on this project:: 37 38 1. Light standards without pre- approved plans. 39 40 2. Signal standards with or without pre- approved plans. 41 42 The Contractor will not be required to submit shop drawings for approval for light 43 standards conforming to the pre - approved plans listed in the Special Provisions. 44 45 The Engineer's approval of any submitted documentation shall in no 46 way relieve the Contractor from compliance with the safety and 47 performance requirements as specified herein. 48 49 Submittals required shall include but not be limited to the following: 50 51 1. A material staging plan, should the Contractor propose Contracting 52 Agency -owned property for staging areas. 53 54 2. A cable vault installation plan showing the exact proposed installation 55 location by roadway station, offset and the scheduled sequence for each 56 cable vault installation. 57 58 3. A pit plan, for each boring pit, which bears the seal and signature of a 59 licensed professional engineer licensed under title 18 RCW, state of 60 Washington, qualified in civil engineering. The pit plan shall depict the LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 87 IM 1 2 3 4 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 protection of traffic and pedestrians, pit dimensions, shoring, bracing, struts, walers, sheet piles, conduit skids and means of attachment, casing type and casing size. 4. The proposed boring plan which bears the seal and signature of a. licensed professional engineer, licensed under title 18 RCW, state of Washington, qualified in civil engineering. The proposed boring plan shall depict the boring system and entire support system. 3 -20.3 Construction Requirements 8- 20.3(1) General All workmanship shall be complete and in accordance with the latest accepted standards of the industry as determined by the Engineer. Existing electrical systems, traffic signal or illumination, or approved temporary replacements, shall be kept in effective operation during the progress of the work, except when shutdown is permitted to allow for alterations or final removal of the system.. Illumination system shutdowns shall not interfere with the regular lighting schedule, unless permitted by the Engineer. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer prior to performing any work on existing systems. Work shall be so scheduled that each electrical system is operational prior to opening the corresponding section of roadway to traffic. Traffic signals shall not be placed in operation for use by the public until all required channelization, pavement markings, illumination, signs, and sign lights are substantially complete and operational unless otherwise allowed by the Project Engineer. All costs incurred by the Contractor for providing effective operation of existing electrical systems shall be included in the associated electrical bid items. 8- 20.3(2) Excavating and Backfilling The excavations required for the installation of conduit, foundations, poles and other appliances shall be performed in a manner to cause the least possible injury to the streets, sidewalks, and other improvements. The trenches shall not be excavated wider than necessary for the proper installation of the electrical appliances and foundations. Excavating shall not be performed until immediately before installation of conduit and other appliances. The material from the excavation shall be placed where the least interference to vehicular and pedestrian traffic, and to surface drainage, will occur. All surplus excavated material shall be removed and disposed of by the Contractor in accordance with Section 2 -03 or as directed by the Engineer. The excavations for foundations shall be backfilled in conformance with applicable requirements of Section 2 -09. Excavations after backfilling shall be kept well filled and maintained in a smooth and well drained condition until permanent repairs are made. At the end of each day's work and at all other times when construction operations are suspended, all equipment and other obstructions shall be removed from that portion of the roadway open for use by public traffic. Excavations in the street or highway shall be performed in such a manner that not more than one traffic lane is restricted in either direction at any time unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 88 1 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 8- 20.3(3) Removing and Replacing Improvements Improvements such as sidewalks, curbs, gutters, Portland cement concrete and asphalt concrete pavement, bituminous surfacing, base material, and any other improvements removed, broken, or damaged by the Contractor, shall be replaced or reconstructed with the same kind of materials as found on the work or with other materials satisfactory to the Engineer. Whenever a part of a square or slab of existing concrete sidewalk or driveway is broken or damaged, the entire square or slab shall be removed and the concrete reconstructed as above specified. The outline of all areas to be removed in Portland cement concrete sidewalks and pavements and asphalt concrete pavements shall be cut to a minimum depth of 3 inches with a saw prior to removing the sidewalk and pavement material. The cut for the remainder of the required depth may be made by a method satisfactory to the Engineer. Cuts shall be neat and true with no shatter outside the removal area. 8- 20.3(4) Foundations Foundation concrete shall conform to the requirements for the specified class, be cast -in -place concrete and be constructed in accordance with Section 6 -02.2 and 6- 02.3. Concrete for posts, standards, pedestals, and cabinets shall be constructed of concrete Class 3000. Steel reinforcing bars for foundations shall conform to Section 9 -07. The bottom of concrete foundations shall rest on firm ground. Foundations shall be cast in one operation where practicable. The exposed portions shall be formed to present a neat appearance. The foundations shown in the Plans shall be extended if conditions require additional depth, and such additional work, if ordered by the Engineer, will be paid for as extra work as provided in Section 1 -04.4. Forms shall be true to line and grade. Tops of foundations for posts and standards, except special foundations, shall be finished to ground line or sidewalk grade, unless otherwise noted in the Plans or directed by the Engineer. Forms shall be rigid and securely braced in place. Conduit ends and anchor bolts shall be plumbed and rigidly placed in proper position and to proper height prior to placing concrete and shall be held in place by means of a template until the forms are removed. Anchor bolts shall be installed so that two full threads extend above the top of the top heavy -hex nut, except that slip base anchor bolt extensions shall conform to the specified slip base clearance requirements. Anchor bolts shall be installed plumb, plus or minus 1 degree. Plumbing of standards shall be accomplished by adjusting leveling nuts. Shims or other similar devices for plumbing or raking will not be permitted except on power installed hot dipped galvanized steel luminaire foundations. The top heavy -hex nuts of light standards and signal standards shall be tightened in accordance with Section 6- 03.3(33), and as follows: The top heavy -hex nuts for all clamping bolts of slip base light standards and Type RM and FB signal standards, shall be tightened using a torque wrench to the torque specified in Sections 8- 20.3(13)A and 8- 20.3(14)E, respectively. LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 89 M 0 1=1 F. -, 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 2. The top heavy -hex nuts for all anchor bolts shall be tightened by the Turn - Of -Nut Tightening Method to minimum rotation of 1/4 turn and a maximum rotation of 1/3 turn past snug tight. Permanent marks shall be set on the base plate and nuts to indicate nut rotation past snug tight. Both forms and ground which will be in contact with the concrete shall be thoroughly moistened before placing concrete; however, excess water in the foundation excavation will not be permitted. Foundations shall have set at least 72 hours prior to the removal of the forms. Class 2 surface finish shall be applied to exposed surfaces of concrete in accordance with the requirements of Section 6- 02.3(14)B. Where obstructions prevent construction of planned foundations, the Contractor shall construct an effective foundation satisfactory to the Engineer. The combined height of the light standard concrete foundation plus the anchor bolt stub height shall not exceed 4 inches above the ground line. 8- 20.3(5) Conduit Installation of conduit shall conform to appropriate articles of the Code and these Specifications. The size of conduit used shall be as shown in the Plans. Conduits smaller than 1- inch electrical trade size shall not be used unless otherwise specified, except that grounding conductors at service points may be enclosed in 1/2 -inch diameter conduit. It shall be the option of the Contractor, at no expense to the Contracting Agency, to use larger size conduit if desired, and where larger size conduit is used, it shall be for the entire length of the run from outlet to outlet. Reducing couplings will not be permitted. The ends of all conduits shall be well reamed to remove burrs and rough edges. Field cuts shall be made square and true. Slip joints or running threads will not be permitted for coupling metallic conduit; however, running threads will be permitted in traffic signal head spiders. When a standard coupling cannot be used, an approved threaded union coupling shall be used. The threads on all metallic conduit shall be rust -free, clean and well painted with a good quality colloidal copper suspended in a petroleum vehicle before couplings are made up. All couplings shall be tightened so that a good electrical connection will be made throughout the entire length of the conduit run. If the conduit has been moved after assembly, it shall be given a final tightening from the ends prior to backfilling. Non metallic conduit shall be assembled using the solvent cement specified in Section 9- 29A.-Where coating on galvanized conduit has been injured in handling or installing, such injured places shall be thoroughly painted with galvanizing repair paint, Formula A -9 -73. Conduit ends shall be capped (do not glue non metallic caps). Metallic conduit ends shall be threaded and capped with standard threaded conduit caps until wiring is started. When conduit caps are removed, the threaded ends shall be provided with approved conduit bushings or end bells (do not glue in place) for nonmetallic conduit Conduit stubs from controller cabinet foundations shall extend to the nearest junction box in that system Metallic conduit stubs, caps, and exposed threads shall be painted with galvanizing repair paint Formula A -9 -73. LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 90 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 Metallic conduit bends, shall have a radius consistent with the requirements of " Article 344.24 and other articles of the Code. Where factory bends are not used, conduit shall be bent, using an approved conduit bending tool employing correctly sized dies, without crimping or flattening, using the longest radius practicable. Nonmetallic conduit bends, where allowed, shall conform to Article 352.24 of the Code. Conduit shall be laid so that the top of the conduit is a minimum depth of: 1. 24 inches below the subgrade including asphalt or concrete shoulder areas and asphalt or concrete sidewalk areas. "" 2� 48 inches below the bottom of ties under railroad tracks unless otherwise specified by the Rail Road Company. 3. 18 inches below the finish grade in all other areas. Galvanized steel conduit shall be installed at the following locations: -► All roadbed crossings. 2. All railroad crossings. 3. All runs from the luminaire base to the nearest junction box. 4. All runs installed at traffic signal installations unless nonmetallic is specified in the contract provisions or plans. 5. All pole risers, except as otherwise required by owning utilities. 6. All bends with radius less than 3 feet. Runs embedded within reinforced concrete structures are exempted. 7. All conduit entering junction boxes and service foundations, unless non metallic conduit is specified in the contract provisions or plans. 8. All other locations noted in the contract. 9. All runs externally attached to structures. 10. All runs installed in barrier that is constructed by slip forming. Non metallic conduit may be employed as an alternate to metallic conduit at other locations unless specified otherwise in the contract. Nonmetallic conduit - installation shall include equipment grounding conductor and shall conform to requirements noted in the Standard Plans. Liquidtight flexible metal conduit is allowed only at locations called for in the plans. 1. The use of aluminum conduit shall be restricted to above ground locations. 2. Aluminum conduit shall not be placed in concrete. Metallic conduit shall be placed under existing pavement by approved directional boring, jacking or drilling methods, at locations approved by the Engineer. The --- pavement shall not be disturbed unless allowed in the Plans, or with the approval of the Engineer in the event obstructions or impenetrable soils are encountered. LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 91 L--] F- 0 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 Boring operations shall be conducted to prevent caving ahead of the pipe, which will cause voids outside the pipe. The auger head shall precede no more than 4 inches ahead of the pipe being jacked. The Contractor shall install steel casings as specified and shown in the plans. The Contractor must be prepared to use a method approved by the Engineer to clear any obstructions to boring operations, which may be encountered. After the casing pipe is in place, the inside shall be cleaned free of rock, dirt and water. The space between the conduit and the casing shall be plugged with sand bags and a grout seal 12 inch thick at each end of the casing. Casings abandoned due to an encountered obstruction shall be grout sealed in the same manner. Grout shall obtain a minimum of 400 psi compressive strength at 7 days. In lieu of sandbags and grout, unopened sacks of prepackaged concrete may be used to seal the casing. Material shall not be removed from the boring pit by washing or sluicing. Bore pits shall be backfilled and compacted in accordance with Section 2- 09.3(1)E. Directional boring, and jacking or drilling. pits shall be kept 2 feet from the edge of any type of pavement wherever possible. Excessive use of water that might undermine the pavement or soften the subgrade will not be permitted. When approved by the Engineer, small test holes may be cut in the pavement to locate obstructions. When the Contractor encounters obstructions or is unable to install conduit because of soil conditions, as determined by the Engineer, additional work to place the conduit will be paid in accordance with Section 1 -04.4. When open trenching is allowed, trench construction shall conform to the following: The pavement shall be sawcut a minimum of 3 inches deep. The cuts shall be parallel to each other and extend 2 feet beyond the edge of the trench. 2, Pavement shall be removed in an approved manner. 3. Trench depth shall provide 2 feet minimum cover over conduits. 4. Trench width shall be 4 inches or the conduit diameter plus 2 inches, whichever is larger. 5. Trenches located within paved roadway areas shall be backfilled with Controlled density fill (CDF) meeting the requirements of Section 2- 09.3(1)E. The controlled density fill shall be placed level to, and at the bottom of the existing pavement. The pavement shall be replaced with paving material that matches the existing pavement. On new construction, conduit shall be placed prior to placement of base course pavement. Conduit terminating in foundations shall extend a maximum of 2 inches above the foundation vertically including grounded end bushing or end bell. Conduit entering through the bottom of a junction box shall be located near the end walls to leave the major portion of the box clear. At all outlets, conduit shall enter from the direction of the run, terminating 6 to 8 inches below the junction box lid and within 3 inches of the box wall nearest its entry location. LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 92 LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE sIESMIC RETROFIT 93 1 2 Galvanized rigid steel conduit entering cable vaults shall extend 2 inches for the 3 installation of grounded end bushing and bonding. PVC conduit entering cable 4 vaults and pull boxes shall terminate flush with the Inside walls of the structure. All .. 5 conduit ends shall be terminated with termination kits. 6 7 When conduit or casing is to be placed under pavement it shall be placed prior to 8 the placement of a subbase, base, surfacing, and pavement. 9 10 Conduit entering through the bottom of a junction box shall be located near the end , 11 walls to leave the major portion of the box clear. At all outlets, conduit shall enter 12 from the direction of the run, terminating 6 to 8 inches below the junction box lid 13 and within 3 inches of the box wall nearest its entry location. 14 15 Interduct conduit ends shall be terminated with termination kits. Galvanized rigid 16 steel conduit ends shall be terminated with grounded end bushings. PVC conduit 17 ends shall be terminated with bell ends. 18 19 Suitable marker stakes shall be set at the ends of conduits, which are buried so that 20 they can be easily located. 21 22 Fittings shall be installed at locations as designated by the Engineer so as to 23 provide a conduit channel that will permit freedom for installing the electrical control 24 wires. When conduit fittings are called for in the Plans, or where their installation is 25 required by the Engineer, the Contractor shall also furnish all necessary covers and 26 gaskets. 27 28 All covered underground conduit shall be cleaned with an approved sized mandrel 29 and blown out with compressed air prior to pulling wire. 30 31 Conduits installed for future use shall be prepared as follows: After final assembly in 32 place, the conduit shall be blown clean with compressed air. Then, in the presence 33 of the Engineer, a cleaning mandrel correctly sized for each size of conduit shall be 34 pulled through to ensure that the conduit has not been deformed. As soon as the 35 mandrel has been pulled through, both ends of the conduit shall be sealed with 36 conduit caps. All conduits scheduled for future use shall originate in a foundation or 37 junction box as detailed in the plans and terminate in a junction box. All equipment 38 grounding conductors, and the bonding conductor for metallic conduits shall be 39 bonded in all junction boxes in accordance with Standard Specification 8- 20.3(9). 40 41 Where surface mounting of conduit is required, supports shall consist of "unistrut" — 42 type or equal mounting complete with clamps sized for the conduit. Support 43 spacing shall comply with the Code or shall be as noted in the contract. Approved 44 expansion fittings shall be installed at all expansion joints. Approved deflection 45 fittings shall be Installed at the joint between the bridge end and the retaining wall 46 end and the transition point from the bridge attachment to the underground section. 47 In addition to the expansion fittings installed at all expansion joints, when PVC 48 conduit is installed, an additional expansion fitting shall be installed for each 100 .� 49 feet of conduit. Fasteners shall be as approved by the Engineer. 50 51 Existing conduit in place scheduled to receive new conductors shall have any 52 existing conductors removed and a cleaning mandrel sized for the conduit shall be 53 pulled through. 54 55 Conduit runs shown in the Plans are for bidding purposes only and may be 56 changed, with approval of the Engineer, to avoid underground obstructions. 57 58 Conduit with innerduct shall be installed as shown in the Plans encased in 59 controlled density fill. A maximum of 1000 feet of continuous open trench will be 60 allowed, unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. All conduit with innerduct LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE sIESMIC RETROFIT 93 1 2 3 4 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 exposed above grade level, or on any elevated structures, or as noted in the plans shall be galvanized rigid steel innerduct conduit. Innerduct warning tape shall be placed above all innerduct installed in trenches. The warning tape shall be polyethylene with a metallic backing. The polyethylene shall have a minimum 4 mils thicknesses and be 3 inches wide. The polyethylene shall be orange in color and printed in black with the words 'Fiber Optic Cable Buried Below." Location wire shall be placed directly above all innerduct installed in trenches. The 4 inch outerduct shall be placed to ensure correct consistency of alignment of the innerducts. All innerducts shall be prepared as follows: After final assembly in place, all innerducts shall be blown clean with compressed air. Then, in the presence of the Engineer, a cleaning mandrel, correctly sized for the innerduct, shall be pulled through to ensure that the conduit has not been deformed. As soon as the mandrel has been pulled through, a 200 lb. minimum tensile strength pull string shall be installed in each innerduct and attached to duct plugs at both ends of the innerduct. At all innerduct conduit terminus points, including those in cable vaults and pull boxes, removable and reusable mechanical plugs shall be employed as follows: Outerduct conduits shall be plugged using a quadplex expansion plug inside the conduit around the innerduct. Duct plugs shall be installed in all unused innerducts (those that are specified as empty) at the time of conduit installation. Duct plugs shall be installed in all used innerducts (as specified in the plans) at the time of conduit installation, unless cable pulling for those innerducts will commence within 48 hours. Innerduct containing one cable shall be plugged using an expandable split plug. Innerducts with multiple cables shall be sealed with self- expanding waterproof foam. The waterproof foam shall not be placed more than 2 inches into the innerduct. 8- 20.3(6) Junction Boxes ,Cable Vaults, and Pull boxes Standard junction boxes, pull boxes and cable vaults shall be installed at the locations shown in the Plans. The Contractor may install, at no expense to the Contracting Agency, such additional boxes as may be desired to facilitate the work. Junction box installation shall conform to details in the Standard Plans. Cable vaults and pull boxes shall be installed accordance with the following: Excavation shall be performed in accordance with Section 2 -09. 2. Cable vaults and pull boxes shall be installed on 6 inches of crushed surfacing top course, per section 9- 03.9(3), placed on a compacted or undisturbed level foundation.. 3. All openings around conduits shall be sealed and filled with grout to prevent water and debris from entering the vaults or pull boxes. The grout shall meet the specifications of the cable vault and pull box manufacturers. 4. Backfilling around the work shall not be allowed until the concrete or mortar has set. LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 94 1 5. Pull boxes shall be installed in accordance with plans and details. 2 3 6. Pull boxes shall be configured such that the tensile and bending limitations 4 of the fiber optic cable are not compromised. Pull boxes shall be 5 configured to mechanically protect the fiber optic cable against installation 6 force as well as inert forces after cable pulling operations. 7 8 7. Upon acceptance of work, cable vaults, and pull boxes shall be free of 9 debris and ready for cable installation. All grounding requirements shall be 10 met prior to cable installation. 11 12 8. Where installed near steel casings, the pull boxes and cable vaults shall 13 be offset 3 feet, minimum from the centerline of the casing. Factory bends 14 shall be used to route the conduits to the cable vault or pull box. 15 16 Adjustments involving raising or lowering the junction boxes shall require conduit 17 modification if the resultant clearance between the top of the conduit and the 18 junction box lid becomes less than 6 inches or more than 8 inches in accordance 19 with Standard Plan J -11 a. 20 21 Cable vaults and pull boxes shall be adjusted to final grade using risers or rings 22 manufactured by the cable vault and pull box manufacturer. Cable vaults and pull 23 boxes with traffic bearing lids shall be raised to final grade using ring risers to raise 24 the cover only. 25 26 All voids resulting from the adjustment shall be backfilled with materials matching 27 adjacent surfacing material and compacted in accordance with Section 2- 09.3(1)E. 28 29 Damage to the junction boxes, pull boxes, cable vaults and the associated conduit 30 system, or wiring resulting from the Contractor's operations, shall be repaired to the 31 Engineers satisfaction at no additional cost to the Contracting Agency. 32 33 Both existing and new junction boxes, pull boxes, and cable vaults shall be 34 adjusted to be flush with the finished grade as well as with the grade during the 35 various construction stages proposed in the contract. 36 37 8- 20.3(7) Messenger Cable, Fittings 38 Messenger cable shall be secured to steel strain poles by means of pole bands, 39 and to timber poles by means of single strand guy eye bolts. Pole bands and 40 eyebolts shall be installed as detailed in the Plans. 41 42 Messenger cable shall be secured to eye bolts or strain clamps at poles by the use 43 of approved self - locking cable clamp type dead - ending devices. Messenger cable 44 shall be secured to bull rings and anchors by two approved U -bolt connectors and 45 guy thimbles. 46 47 Traffic signal control cable shall be secured to the messenger cable by cable ties. 48 The ties shall be black nylon with ultraviolet protection and rated at 120 pound 49 minimum unlocking strength. 50 51 Down guy assemblies shall be installed as detailed in the Standard Plans. 52 53 8- 20.3(8) Wiring 54 All underground wiring shall be installed in conduit unless specifically noted 55 otherwise in the contract. All wiring in conduit shall be installed with an approved 56 lubricant. 57 58 With the exception of induction loop circuits, magnetometer circuits and illumination 59 circuits, all wiring shall run continuously, without splices, from a terminal located in 60 a cabinet, compartment, pedestrian push button assembly, or signal head to a LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 95 1 similarly located terminal. Illumination circuit terminals and traffic circuit signal 2 terminals located below grade will not be allowed. Video detection systems cable 3 installation shall follow manufacturer's specification, except no below grade 4 terminals will be allowed. 5 6 All splices in underground illumination circuits, induction loops circuits, and 7 magnetometer circuits shall be installed in junction boxes. The only splice allowed 8 in induction loop circuits and magnetometer circuits shall be the splice connecting 9 the induction loop lead in conductors or magnetometer lead in conductors to the 10 shielded home run cable. Splices for induction loop circuits and magnetometer 11 circuits shall be: heat shrink type with moisture blocking, material sized for 12 conductors, epoxy filled clear rigid mold splice kits or rigid re- enterable type splice 13 kits. Conductors for rigid mold kits shall be centered in the splice mold prior to 14 installation of the encapsulation material. Magnetometer and induction loop splices 15 shall be soldered. All connections with #10 and smaller wire shall use copper 16 crimped connectors installed with -a positive action (ratchet) tool, except for quick 17 disconnects as described in Section 9 -29.7. The non insulated die shall be an 18 indent type and insulated die shall be of a smooth shape capable of crimping pre - 19 insulated terminals and connectors. The tool shall be compound lever type with a 20 ratchet mechanism to ensure positive closure for full crimping cycle. The tool shall 21 be field adjustable to proper calibration with common tools and materials. All 22 connectors shall be wrapped with two layers electrical tape. All epoxy splice kits 23 24 shall be physically separated from other splices and wiring within the junction box to avoid damage from heat during the casting process. 25 26 Aerial illumination splices shall employ vice or crimp type pressure connectors. 27 Splice insulation may be epoxy, heat shrink, or tape. 28 29 Tape splice insulation shall consist of thermoplastic electrical insulating tape 30 applied to a thickness equal to the original wire insulation. It shall be well lapped 31 over the original insulation, and there shall be a coating of moisture resistant 32 varnish applied and allowed to dry. Two layers of friction tape will then be applied, 33 and the splice shall be finished with a second complete coating of moisture 34 resistant varnish. 35 36 Quick disconnect connectors, fused or unfused as required, shall be installed at all 37 poles supporting a luminaire. Installation shall conform to details in the Standard 38 Plans. 39 40 Pole and bracket cable shall be installed between the disconnects and the 41 luminaire. 42 43 Sufficient slack wire shall be installed at each junction box to allow any conductor, 44 cable, or splice within the junction box to be raised a minimum of 18 inches outside 45 of the box. 46 47 Insulated grounded conductors of size No. 6 or larger shall be identified either by a 48 continuous white or natural gray finish along its entire length or by an approved 49 white marking for the full length of the visible conductor at all terminations, junction 50 boxes, or accessible locations. 51 52 Every conductor at every wire termination, connector, or device shall have an 53 approved, (9- 29.13(7)6 & C) wire marking sleeve bearing as its legend, the circuit indicated in 54 number the contract. All terminal strips shall also bear the circuit 55 number consistent with the contract. 56 57 At all illumination circuit splices, each wire entering the splice shall have a 58 approved wire marking sleeve bearing as its legend the circuit number indicated in 59 the contract. 60 LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 96 2 4 5 6 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 n illumination circuits at 'unction All wiring, exclusive of the previously mentioned u J boxes and at the controller cabinet shall have an approved tag with legends as follows: 1. Individual conductors —the circuit number indicated in the contract. 2. Multiconductor cable — the numbers of the signal heads and /or pedestrian push buttons served. 3. Loop lead -in cable — the numbers of the loops served. 4. Magnetometer cable — the numbers of the magnetometers served. 5. Camera lead -in cable - -- The numbers of the phases the camera served. Drip loops shall be provided on all aerial conductors where they enter poles, signal heads, or weatherheads. Where direct burial cable or nonmetallic conduit is installed, care shall be used in excavating, installing, and backfilling, so that no rocks, wood, or other foreign material will be left in a position to cause possible injury. Direct burial cable shall be placed a minimum of 24 inches below grade and shall be placed loosely in the bottom of a trench. An approved red warning tape shall be installed in the trench, 6 inches above the direct buried conductors. When conductors, either cable or single, are being installed, care shall be exercised to not exceed tension limitations recommended by the manufacturer. Conductors may be pulled directly by hand. However, if conductors are pulled by any mechanical means, a dynamometer with drop - needle hand shall be used on every mechanical pull. On mechanical pulls, insulation shall be stripped off the individual conductor and the conductor formed into a pulling eye and firmly taped, or a cable grip shall be used. The maximum pulling force applied directly to the conductor; i.e., when pulling eyes are used or when the conductor is formed into a loop, shall be limited to that shown in the following table for copper conductor. When a cable grip is applied over nonmetallic sheathed cables, the maximum pulling force shall be limited to 1,000 pounds provided this is not in excess of the force as calculated above. Conductor Pounds 8 132 6 210 4 334 3 421 2 531 1 669 1/0 845 2/0 1,065 3/0 1,342 4/0 1,693 To limit the sidewail pressure at bends in duct and conduit runs, the pulling force in pounds shall not exceed 100 times the radius of the bend in feet. Adequate lubrication of the proper type to reduce friction in conduit and duct pulls shall be utilized as necessary. The grease and oil -type lubricants used on lead sheathed cables shall not be used on nonmetallic sheathed cables. When wiring is noted for future connection, the ends of each wire or cable shall be sealed with an approved heat shrink end cap. LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 97 1 2 If loop lead splices are not installed immediately after the installation of the loop 3 leads into the adjacent junction box, the ends of the two conductor "home run" 4 cable shall be sealed with heat shrink end caps to prevent entry of moisture into the 5 two conductor cable. All coaxial cables shall have heat shrink end caps installed 6 prior to aerial or underground installation of the cables to prevent moisture entry 7 into the cable. 8 9 Multiconductor cable for signal displays shall be installed entirely through the 10 mounting fitting to a point a minimum of 1 inch inside the signal display housing 11 before the outer insulation is stripped back for the connection of Individual 12 conductors to the terminal block. 13 14 8- 20.3(9) Bonding, Grounding 15 All metallic appurtenances containing electrical conductors (luminaires, light 16 standards, cabinets, metallic conduit, non - metallic conduit, etc.) shall be made 17 mechanically and electrically secure to form a continuous systems which shall be 18 effectively grounded. Where metallic conduit systems are employed, the conduit 19 system constitutes the equipment grounding conductor. Where nonmetallic conduit 20 Is Installed, the installation shall include an equipment ground conductor, in addition 21 to the conductors noted in the contract. Except as noted below for sign lighting 22 fixtures, bonding. Bonding jumpers and equipment grounding conductors shall be 23 installed in accordance with per Section 9 -29.3. The equipment ground conductor 24 between the isolation switch and the sign lighter fixtures may be No. 14 AWG 25 stranded copper conductor. Where parallel circuits are enclosed in a common 26 conduit, the equipment grounding conductor shall be sized by the of the largest 27 overcurrent device serving any circuit contained within the conduit. 28 29 All connectors between bonding jumpers and equipment grounding conductors 30 shall be installed in accordance with the NEC. 31 32 Identification of the equipment grounding conductor shall conform to all code 33 requirements. 34 35 Grounding of the equipment grounding system and neutral at the service point shall 36 be accomplished as required under the NEC. Grounding of the neutral shall be 37 accomplished only at the service. 38 39 Two service grounds shall be installed at each electrical service installation and at 40 each separately derived power source. Each service ground shall conform to the 41 detail in the Standard Plans for "Service Ground." If soil conditions make vertical 42 ground rod installation impossible see NEC Section 250 -52 (c)3 as an alternate 43 Installation procedure. The service ground installations shall be located a minimum 44 of 6 feet apart. The first service ground rod shall be connected to a continuous 45 grounding electrode conductor running to the service neutral bus. The second 46 service ground rod shall be connected to the same continuous grounding electrode 47 conductor connected to the first ground rod. Ground electrodes shall be bonded 48 copper, ferrous core materials and shall be solid rods not less than 10 feet in length 49 if they are 1/2 inch in diameter or not less than 8 feet in length if they are 5/8 inch or 50 larger in diameter. 51 52 The connection of the grounding electrode conductor to the grounding electrode 53 shall be made with two approved ground clamps. 54 55 Messenger cable shall be bonded to steel strain poles by means of a bond strap 56 connected between an approved U -bolt connector and a bonding lug on the pole. 57 58 At points where shields or shielded conductors are grounded, the shields shall be 59 neatly wired and terminated on approved grounding lugs. 60 LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 98 LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 99 i wli 1 8- 20.3(10) Services, Transformer, Intelligent Transportation System Cabinet 2 Power sources shown in the Plans are approximate only; exact location will be 3 determined in the field. 4 5 Aerial fed transformer cabinets and type A, type B, or type C service cabinets shall 6 include a timber pole, as specified in Section 9- 29.6(3, a meter base, installed in 7 accordance with serving utility requirements, a two or three wire service breaker of 8 size noted in the Plans, the necessary conduit risers and ground assembly as 9 noted in the standard plan. The timber pole shall be set at a depth of 10% of the 10 total pole length plus 2 feet. Modified type B, type D and type E.services shall be 11 installed per contract plan, and service description in standard plans. Pad mounted 12 transformer cabinets shall be installed per contract plans. 13 14 The service breaker shall be a standard thermal circuit breaker encased in a 15 raintight housing that can be padlocked. 16 17 Upon request of the Contractor, the Engineer will make the necessary 18 arrangements with the serving utility to complete the service connections. 19 Electrical energy used prior to completion of the contract will be charged to the 20 Contractor, except that the cost of energy used for public benefit, when such 21 operation is ordered by the Engineer, will be borne by the Contracting Agency. 22 23 The service, transformer and ITS cabinets shall be marked with the service 24 agreement letters and numbers as noted in the plans. The markings shall be 25 installed on the outside cabinet door near the top of the cabinet. The markings 26 shall be series C using stencils and black enamel alkyd gloss paint conforming to 27 Federal Specification TT -E -489. 28 29 8- 20.3(11) Testing 30 The Contractor shall conduct the following tests on all electrical circuits with 31 nominal operating voltage between 115 volts and 600 volts, other than direct burial 32 installations, in the presence of the Engineer: 33 34 1. Test the continuity of each circuit. 35 36 2. Test for grounds in each circuit, which shall consist of the physical 37 examination of the installation to ensure that all required ground jumpers, 38 devices, and appurtenances do exist and are mechanically firm. 39 40 3. A 500 volt megohm meter test on each circuit between the conductor and 41 ground with all switch boards, panel boards, fuse holders, switches, 42 receptacles, and overcurrent devices in place. All readings shall be 43 recorded. The Contractor shall fumish the Engineer with three copies of 44 the test results identifying observed readings with their respective circuits. 45 46 The insulation resistance shall not be less than 6 megohms between the 47 conductor and ground on circuits with a total single conductor length of 48 2,500 feet and over, nor less than 8 megohms on circuits with single 49 conductor length of less than 2,500 feet. 50 51 Any change in the above stated minimum readings must be approved in 52 writing by the Engineer. Only those factors based on dialectric properties 53 of conductor insulations, splicing insulations, terminal strip castings, etc., 54 will be cause for consideration of a variance. 55 56 4. A functional test in which it is demonstrated that each and every part of the 57 system functions as specified. 58 59 For those circuits below 115 volts nominal, except induction loop circuits and direct 60 burial circuits, the circuits shall be tested for continuity, ground, and a test to LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 99 M r V. , 1 demonstrate the circuit functions as specified. The megger test shall show an 2 insulation resistance of not less than 2 megohms to ground. 3 4 Any fault in any material or in any part of the installation revealed by these tests 5 shall be replaced or repaired by the Contractor in a manner approved by the 6 Engineer, and the same test shall be repeated until no fault appears. 7 8 When the project includes a traffic signal system, the Contractor shall conduct tests 9 noted in Section 8- 20.3(14)D. The Contractor shall provide the Engineer a 10 minimum of five days advance written notice of the proposed traffic signal turn -on 11 date and time. The traffic signal tum -on procedure shall not begin until all required 12 channelization, pavement markings, illumination, signs, and sign lights are 13 substantially complete and operational unless otherwise allowed by the Project 14 Engineer. The Contractor shall provide traffic control to stop all traffic from entering 15 the intersection and shall then turn the traffic signal system to its flash mode to 16 verify proper flash indications. The Contractor shall then conduct functional tests to 17 demonstrate that each part of the traffic signal system, illumination system, or other 18 electrical system functions as specified. This demonstration shall be conducted in 19 the presence of a Contracting Agency electronic technician, the Contracting Agency 20 electrical inspector, and Regional Traffic Engineer or his /her designee. The 21 Contractor shall then turn the traffic signal to stop and go operation for no less than 22 one full cycle. Based on the results of the turn-on, the Engineer will direct the 23 Contractor to either turn the traffic signal on to normal stop and go operation, to 24 turn the signal to flash mode for a period not to exceed five calendar days, or to 25 turn the signal off and cover all signal displays. 26 27 If the Contractor is directed to turn off the traffic signal, the Contractor shall 28 schedule a new turn -on date with the Engineer in accordance with the previously 29 mentioned procedures. 30 31 A qualified representative of the controller supplier may be required to be present 32 for the turn on to stop and go operation if the controller is being supplied on the 33 contract. 34 35 No change to stop and go operation will be allowed after 2 p.m. on any day nor will 36 the change be allowed on Friday, weekends, holidays, or the day preceding a 37 holiday. 38 39 8- 20.3(12) Painting 40 All painting required shall be done in conformance with applicable portions of 41 Section 6 -07. 42 43 8- 20.3(13) Illumination Systems 44 8- 20.3(13)A Light Standards 45 Light standards shall be handled when loading, unloading, and erecting in 46 such a manner that they will not be damaged. Any parts that are damaged due 47 to the Contractor's operations shall be repaired or replaced at the Contractor's 48 expense, to the satisfaction of the Engineer. 49 50 Light standards shall not be erected on concrete foundations until foundations 51 have set at least 72 hours or attained a compressive strength of 2,400 psi, and 52 shall be raked sufficiently to be plumb after all load has been placed or as 53 otherwise directed by the Engineer. 54 55 Slip base installation shall conform to the following: 56 57 1. The slip plane shall be free of obstructions such as protruding conduit 58 or anchor bolts. The conduit, anchor bolts, and other obstructions 59 shall terminate at a height below the elevation of the top of the slip 60 plate. LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 100 1 2 2. Washers in the slip plane shall be placed between the slip plate and 3 the keeper plate. 4 5 3. Anchor bolts shall extend through the top heavy -hex nut two full 6 threads to the extent possible while conforming to the specified slip 7 base clearance requirements. Anchor bolts shall be tightened by the 8 Turn -Of -Nut Tightening Method in accordance with Sections 6- 9 03.3(33) and 8- 20.3(4). 10 11 4. Clamping bolts shall be tightened in accordance with Sections 6- 12 03.3(33) and 8- 20.3(4). The clamping bolts shall be tightened to the 13 specified torque, plus or minus 2 percent, in two stages using an 14 accurately calibrated torque wrench before erecting the light standard. 15 Except as otherwise specified, the Contractor shall install 1 inch 16 diameter clamping bolts In all slip bases to a torque of 95 foot - 17 pounds. The Contractor shall tighten the 1 1/8 inch diameter clamping 18 bolts of slip bases for 50 foot light standards with double 10 foot mast 19 arms or greater to a torque to 104 foot - pounds. 20 21 5. The galvanized surfaces of the slip plates, the keeper plate and the 22 luminalre base plate shall be smooth, without irregularities, to reduce 23 friction and to prevent slackening of bolt tension due to flattening of 24 the irregularities. 25 26 6. Anchor bolts damaged after the foundation concrete is placed shall 27 not be repaired by bending or welding. The Contractor's repair 28 procedure is to be submitted to the Engineer for approval prior to 29 making any repairs. The procedure is to include removing the 30 damaged portion of the anchor bolt, cutting threads on the 31 undamaged portion to remain, the installation of an approved 32 threaded sleeve nut and stud, and repairing the foundation with epoxy 33 concrete. Epoxy concrete shall meet the requirements of Section 9- 34 26.3(1) B. 35 36 7. The grout pad shall not extend above the-elevation of the bottom of 37 the anchor plate. 38 39 8. Wiring for slip base installation shall conform to details in the 40 Standard Plans. 41 42 Breakaway coupling installation shall conform to the following: 43 44 1. At existing foundations, the anchor nuts, pole, grout pad, and leveling 45 nuts shall be removed. Conduits shall be cut to a maximum height of 46 2 inches above the foundation including grounding end bushing or . 47 bell end. Galvanizing repair paint, conforming to Formula A -9 -73 in 48 Section 9 -08.2, shall be applied to the cut conduit that has been 49 threaded. Anchor bolts that are damaged shall be repaired with 50 approved sleeve nuts as noted under slip base Installation 51 procedures. 52 53 2. Anchor bolts shall be cut off 2 -1/2 to 3 inches above the foundation. 54 At new foundations, the anchor bolts shall be installed with top of bolt 55 2 -1/2 to 3 inches above the foundation. 56 57 3. Couplings shall be installed to within 1 /8 to 3 /8 inch of the 58 foundation. Couplings shall then be leveled. 59 LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 101 1 4. The pole shall be set and plumbed; and washers, nuts, and skirt 2 installed per manufacturer's recommendations. 3 4 Slip base insert installations shall conform to details in the Standard Plans, and 5 6 shall conform to items 1 through 8 above for slip base installation, except that the specified torque for the 7/8 inch diameter clamping bolts shall be 50 foot- 7 pounds. 8 9 All new light standards shall have an approved metal tag riveted to the pole 10 above the handhole. The information provided on the tag shall be as noted on 11 the pre- approved drawings. The following information shall be stamped on the 12 tag: 13 14 1. Luminaire number. 15 2. Luminaire wattage. 16 3. Luminaire voltage. 17 18 All new or relocated metal light standards shall be numbered for identification 19 in accordance with the Plans using painted 3 -inch series C numbers installed 3 20 feet above the base facing the traveled way. Paint shall be black enamel alkyd 21 gloss conforming to Federal Specification TT -E -489. 22 23 In setting timber poles, the Contractor shall provide a minimum burial of 10 24 percent of the total pole length plus 2 feet and shall rake the poles per 25 Standard plan J -7d. 26 27 8- 20.3(13)B Decorative Light Standards 28 Design and fabrication shall meet or exceed the requirements of the latest 29 AASHTO Standard Specifications for Structural Supports for Highway Signs, 30 Luminaires and Traffic Signals. 31 32 Complete calculations for the structural design, including anchor bolt details, 33 shall be prepared by a professional engineer licensed under Title 18 RCW 34 State of Washington, in the branch of Civil or Structural Engineering. All shop 35 36 drawings and cover page of all calculations submittals shall carry signature, original seal, registration number and date of expiration. The cover page shall 37 include the contract number, contract title and sequential index to calculation 38 page numbers. Two copies of the associated design calculation shall be 39 submitted for approval along with shop drawings. 40 41 8- 20.3(13)C Luminaires 42 The Contractor shall mark the installation date on the inside of the luminaire 43 ballast housing using a permanent marking pen. 44 45 All luminaires shall be mounted level, both transverse and longitudinally, as 46 measured across points specified by the manufacturer. Leveling and 47 orientation shall be accomplished after pole plumbing. 48 49 8- 20.3(14) Signal Systems 50 8- 20.3(14)A Signal Controllers 51 All control cabinets and- control equipment shall be factory wired ready for 52 operation. Field work will be limited to placing cabinets and equipment and 53 connecting the field wiring to field terminal strips. All controller cabinets shall be 54 installed on a silicone seal pad. 55 56 Controllers for portable traffic signal systems shall conform to the requirements 57 of Section 9- 29.13(7). 58 LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 102 1 2 8- 20.3(14)B Signal Heads Unless ordered otherwise by the Engineer, signal heads shall not be installed 3 at any intersection until all other signal equipment is installed and the controller' 4 is in place, inspected, and ready for operation at that intersection, except that 5 the signal heads may be mounted if the faces are covered to clearly indicate 6 the signal is not in operation. 7 8 Three section displays mounted on type M mounts shall have the plumbizer 9 between the top and second display. Four and five section vertical displays 10 mounted on type M mounts shall have the plumbizer between the second and 11 third display. 12 13 8- 20.3(14)C Induction Loop Vehicle Detectors 14 Induction loops shall be constructed as detailed in the Contract and the 15 following: 16 17 1. Loop wire shall conform to Section 9 -29.3. 18 19 2. When Type 2 or 6' round (R) loops are grouped at the stop line, the 20 front edge of the first loop shall be one foot behind the stop line. 21 Each additional loop installed in the lane shall be on 15 foot centers. 22 23 3. Lead -in cable shall conform to Section 9 -29.3. 24 25 4. All loops shall be installed after grinding or prior to paving the final lift 26 of asphalt designated in the Contract. Loop conductors shall be held -� 27 at the bottom of the saw cut by high temperature backer rod (sized to 28 fit snugly in the saw cut). Two Inch long pieces of the backer rod shall 29 be installed on 24 inch centers along the entire loop, and home run(s) 30 and at the entrance and exit of all turns greater than 45 °. If new loops 31 are installed over existing the old loops shall be removed by grinding 32 and the grinding shall be deep enough to destroy any existing 33 operational loop conductors. If not listed as incidental to another item 34 or paid for under another bid item the additional work to remove the 35 existing loops shall be paid in accordance with Section 1 -04.4. 36 37 5. Each loop shall be the size and number of turns indicated in the - 38 Plans. 39 40 6. No loop installation will be done in rainy weather or when the 41 pavement is wet. 42 43 7. All sawcuts shall be cleaned with a high pressure washer and dried 44 with 100 psi minimum air pressure, to the satisfaction of the Engineer. 45 If traffic is allowed over the sawcut prior to wire installation, the 46 sawcuts shall be cleaned again. 47 48 8. Wiring shall be installed with a blunt -nosed wooden wedge. 49 50 9. Prior to the installation of the Hi temperature backer rod all slack shall 51 be removed from the wiring. -Kinks in wiring or folding back of excess 52 wiring will not be allowed. 53 54 10. High temperature backer rod, sized for snug fit shall be installed in the 55 saw cut on 2' centers and at all sharp turns. 56 57 11. Install sealant as per contract or as approved by the Engineer. 58 59 12. Sealant shall be applied such that air bubbles or foam will not be 60 trapped in the sawcut. LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 103 eJ 1 2 8- 20.3(14) D Test for Induction Loops and Lead -in Cable 3 All tests shall be performed by the Contractor in the presence of the Engineer 4 for each loop. The tests shall be performed at the amplifier location after 5 complete installation of the loop. All costs associated with testing shall be 6 included in the unit contract prices of the respective bid items. 7 8 Test A — The DC resistance between the two lead -in cable wires will be 9 measured by a volt ohm meter. The resistance shall not exceed 5 ohms. 10 11 Test B — A megohm meter test at 500 volts DC shall be made between the 12 lead -in cable shield and grounding, prior to connection to grounding. The 13 resistance shall equal or exceed 100 megohms. 14 15 Test C — A megger test shall be made between the loop circuit and grounding. 16 The resistance shall equal or exceed 100 megohms. 17 18 Test D — An inductance test to determine the inductance level of each 19 inductance loop. The Contractor shall record the inductance level of each 20 inductance loop installed on the project and shall furnish the findings to the 21 Engineer. An inductance level below 150 microhenries is considered a failure 22 for a Type 1 loop, any one round loop and an inductance level below 75 23 microhenries is considered a failure for a Type 2 loop. 24 25 If any of the installations fails to pass all tests, the loop installation or lead -in 26 cable shall be repaired and replaced and then retested. 27 28 8- 20.3(14)E Signal Standards 29 Traffic signal standards shall be furnished and installed in accordance with the 30 methods and materials noted in the contract and the following: 31 32 1. All dimensions and orientations will be field verified by the Engineer 33 prior to fabrication. 34 35 2. The signal standard component identification shall conform to details Plans. 36 in the 37 38 3. Disconnect connectors complete with pole and bracket cable shall be 39 installed in any signal standard supporting a Iuminaire. Illumination 40 wiring installation shall conform to details in the Plans for slip base 41 wiring. 42 43 4. No field drilling will be allowed on signal mast arms except for the 44 installation of any required pre -empt indicators , pre -empt detectors, 45 microwave detector, or type "N" signal mountings. The maximum 46 diameter shall be 1 inch. 47 48 5. All pole entrances required for pole- mounted signal heads, cabinets, 49 signs, pedestrian push button assemblies, etc., shall be field drilled. 50 51 6. Damage to the galvanized pole surface resulting from field drilling 52 shall be repaired with approved zinc rich paint. 53 54 7. Field welding will not be allowed, except as shown in the Plans or as 55 otherwise approved by the Engineer. 56 57 8. All tenons shall be factory installed. 58 59 9. All welding shall be completed prior to galvanizing. 60 LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 104 1 10. Foundations shall be constructed to provide the pole orientation noted 2 in the Plans. Anchor bolts shall be tightened in accordance with 3 Sections 6- 03.3(33) and 8- 20.3(4). 4 5 11. Slip base installation for Type RM and FB signal standards shall 6 conform to the slip base installation requirements specified in Section 7 8- 20.3(13)A, except that the specified torque for the 3/4 inch diameter 8 clamping bolts shall be 50 foot - pounds. 9 10 12. The pole shall be plumbed after signal heads are installed. 11 12 13. The space between the bottom base plate and the top of foundation 13 shall be filled with grout. with a 3/8 -inch plastic drain tube. 14 15 Signal standards shall not be erected on concrete foundations until the 16 foundations have attained 2400 psi or 14 days. Signal standards without mast 17 arms may be erected after 72 hours. Type IV and V strain pole standards may 18 be erected but the messenger cable (span wire) can not be placed until the 19 foundation has attained 2400 psi or 14 days. 20 21 Signal supports used with portable traffic signal systems shall provide a 22 minimum of two signal displays, spaced a minimum of 8 feet apart. When 23 portable traffic signals are used to provide alternating one way control, a 24 minimum of one of the signal displays shall be suspended over the traveled 25 way. The minimum vertical clearance to the traveled way for this signal display 26 is 16 feet 6 inches. 27 28 Timber strain poles shall be set a burial depth of 10% of the total length plus 2 29 feet and shall be raked as noted as noted on Standard Plan J -7d. 30 31 8- 20.3(15) Grout 32 Grout shall conform to the requirements of Section 6- 02.3(20). 33 34 8 -20.3 (16) Reinstalling Salvaged Material 35 When salvaged electrical equipment is to be reinstalled, the Contractor shall furnish 36 and install -all necessary materials and equipment, including anchor bolts, nuts, 37 washers, concrete, etc., required to complement the salvaged equipment in the 38 new installation. 39 40 Metal poles relocated to new permanent locations shall be inspected for structural 41 integrity prior to reinstalling. 42 43 8- 20.3(17) "As Built" Plans 44 Upon physical completion of the work, the Contractor shall submit corrected shop 45 drawings, schematic circuit diagrams, or other drawings necessary for the Engineer 46 to prepare corrected plans to show the work as constructed. 47 48 These drawings shall be on sheets conforming in size to the provisions of Section 49 1 -05.3. 50 51 8 -20.4 Measurement 52 When shown as lump sum in the Plans or in the proposal as illumination, traffic data 53 accumulation and ramp metering, or traffic signal system no specific unit of 54 measurement will apply, but measurement will be for the sum total of all items for a 55 complete system to be furnished and installed. 56 57 Conduit of the kind and diameter specified will be measured by the linear foot for the 58 actual neat line length in place, unless the conduit is included in an illumination system, 59 signal system, or other type of electrical system lump sum bid item. 60 LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 105 I! 1 Casing — will be measured by the linear foot for the actual length of casing placed, 2 unless the casing is included in an illumination, signal or other electrical system lump 3 sum bid item. 4 5 8 -20.5 Payment 6 Payment will be made in accordance with Section 1 -04.1, for each of the following bid 7 items that are included in the proposal: 8 9 "Illumination System ", lump sum. 10 `Traffic Signal System ", lump sum. 11 `Traffic Data Accumulation and Ramp Metering System ", lump sum. 12 The lump sum contract price for "Illumination System ", `Traffic Signal " 13 "Traffic Data Accumulation and Ramp Metering System ", shall be full pay for , 14 the construction of the complete electrical system, modifying existing systems, or 15 both, as shown in the Plans and herein specified including excavation, backfilling, 16 concrete foundations, conduit, wiring, restoring facilities destroyed or damaged 17 during construction, salvaging existing materials, and for making all required tests. 18 All additional materials and labor, not shown in the plans or called for herein and 19 which are required to complete the electrical system, shall be included in the lump 20 sum contract price. 21 22 "Conduit Pipe In. Diam. ", per linear foot. 23 The unit contract price per linear foot for "Conduit In. Diam." shall be full pay 24 for furnishing all pipe, pipe connections, elbows, bends, caps, reducers, conduits, 25 and unions; for placing the pipe in accordance with the above provisions, including 26 all excavation, directional boring, jacking or drilling required, backfilling of any voids 27 around casing, conduits, pits or the trenches, restoration of native vegetation 28 disturbed by the operation, chipping of pavement, and bedding of the pipe; and all 29 • other work necessary for the construction of the conduit, except that when conduit 30 is included on any project as an integral part of an illumination or traffic signal 31 system and the conduit Is not shown as a pay item, it shall be included in the lump 32 sum price for the system shown. 33 34 All costs for installing conduit containing both signal and illumination wiring shall be 35 included in the contract prices for the signal system. 36 37 All costs for installing junction boxes containing both illumination and signal wiring 38 shall be included in the contract prices for the signal system. 39 40 "Casing ", per linear foot. 41 The unit contract price per linear feet for "casing" shall be full payment for boring, 42 jacking or drilling for installing casing, and backfilling any voids around the casing 43 and pits or back filling of the trenches required to install the casing. This cost will 44 also include any restoration of native vegetation disturbed by the operation. 45 46 SECTION 8 -21, PERMANENT SIGNING 47 April 7, 2003 48 8 -21.2 Materials 49 This section is revised to read: 50 51 Signing materials and fabrication of signs shall meet the requirements of Section 9 -28. 52 Materials for roadside sign structures shall meet the requirements of Section 9- 06.16. 53 Materials for sign mounting shall conform to Section 9- 28.11. Materials for sign bridges, 54 cantilever sign structures, and bridge mounted sign brackets shall conform to Section 9- 55 28.14(2). 56 57 8- 21.3(9)A Fabrication of Steel Structures 58 This section is revised to read: 59 LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETRORT 106 r. 1 Fabrication and erection shall conform to the applicable requirements of Section 6 -03 2 and 9 -06. All welded connections of sign bridge and cantilever sign structure posts, 3 arms, and beams, including base and connection plates, shall be cleaned prior to 4 welding to remove all mill scale from within two inches of the weld. As an alternative to r` 5 the blast cleaning requirements of Section 6- 03.3(13), the Contractor may perform the 6 cleaning using power hand tools as approved by the Engineer. Unless otherwise 7 specified In the Plans or Special Provisions, metal surfaces shall not be painted. 8 9 8- 21.3(9)6 Grout 10 This section including title is revised to read: ON 11 12 8- 21.3(9)6 Vacant 13 14 8- 21.3(9)F Bases 15 In the last sentence of the third paragraph the reference to "Class 4000W" is revised to read- 16 17 Class 4000P placed in accordance with Section 6- 02.3(6)B. 18 19 The eleventh paragraph is revised to read: 20 21 Plumbing of sign bridges and cantilever sign structures shall be accomplished by 22 adjusting leveling nuts. Shims or other similar devices for plumbing or raking will not be 23 permitted. 24 25 SECTION 8 -22, PAVEMENT MARKING .- 26 December 2, 2002 27 8 -22.1 Description 28 The first sentence under "Railroad Crossing Symbol" is revised to read: .. 29 30 A WHITE marking that includes a symbol, two letters and two 24 inch transverse lines, 31 conforming to details in the Standard Plans. 32 -" 33 "Drainage Marking" is revised to read: 34 35 Drainage Marking 36 A WHITE marking conforming to the details in the Standard Plans for the identification of 37 a cross culvert, catch basin or grate inlet. 38 39 This section is supplemented with the following: 40 41 Bicycle Lane Symbol 42 A WHITE marking that includes a symbol and one traffic arrow conforming to details in 43 the Standard Plans. 44 45 8 -22.2 Materials 46 This section is revised to read: 47 48 Material for pavement marking shall be paint or plastic, as noted in the bid item, meeting 49 the requirements of Section 9 -34. 50 51 8- 22.3(3) Marking Application 52 The headings for the chart "Marking Material" are revised as follows: 53 54 "Dense Application" is revised to "Application ". 55 56 "Class D ACP" is revised to "Dense ACP ". 57 58 "ACP" is revised to "Class D ACP ". 59 LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 107 r-; 1 On page 8 -86, under Liquid pavement marking material, "Feet of 40 linelgallon" is revised 2 to "Feet of 4" line /gallon ". 3 4 Under Solid pavement marking material, "Feet of 40 line /50# bag" is revised to "Feet of 4 -- 5 line/50# bag". 6 7 8 -22.4 Measurement 8 The first sentence of the 7th paragraph is revised to read: 9 10 Traffic arrows, traffic letters, access parking space symbols, HOV symbols, railroad 11 crossing symbols, bicycle lane symbol, drainage markings, aerial surveillance full, and 12 1/2 markers will be measured per each as "_Traffic Marking 13 14 The ninth paragraph is revised to read: 15 16 Removal of traffic arrows, traffic letters, access parking space symbol, HOV lane 17 symbol, railroad crossing symbol, bicycle lane symbols, drainage markings, aerial 18 surveillance full and 1/2 markers will be measured per each as "Removing A Traffic 19 Marking ". Removal of crosswalk lines will be measured by the square foot of lines 20 removed as "Removing — Crosswalk Line". 21 22 8 -22.5 Payment 23 This section is supplemented with the following: 24 25 "Painted Bicycle Lane Symbol ", per each. 26 "Plastic Bicycle Lane Symbol ", per each. 27 28 SECTION 8 -23, TEMPORARY PAVEMENT MARKINGS 29 August 5, 2002 30 8 -23.1 Description 31 This section is revised to read: 32 33 The work shall consist of furnishing and installing temporary pavement markings. 34 Temporary pavement markings shall be provided where noted in the Plans and for all 35 lane shifts and detours resulting from construction activities. Temporary pavement 36 markings shall also be provided when permanent markings are eliminated because of 37 construction operations. Temporary pavement markings shall be maintained in 38 serviceable condition throughout the project until permanent pavement markings are 39 installed. Temporary pavement markings that are damaged shall be repaired or replaced 40 immediately. Temporary painted center lines, edge lines, or lane lines and temporary 41 raised pavement markers which are, in the opinion of the Engineer, damaged due to 42 normal wear by traffic, will be replaced. Any temporary line marked with tape shall be 43 repaired immediately when it no longer provides the intended use. 44 45 Temporary pavement marking installations are defined as follows: 46 47 Temporary Center Line 48 A BROKEN line used to delineate adjacent lanes of traffic moving in opposite 49 directions. The broken pattern shall be based on a 40 -foot unit, consisting of a 50 4 -foot line with a 36 -foot gap if paint or tape is used. If temporary raised pavement 51 markers are used, the pattern shall be based on a 40 -foot unit, consisting of a 52 grouping of three temporary raised pavement markers, each spaced 3 feet apart, 53 with a 34 -foot gap. 54 55 Temporary Edge Line 56 A SOLID line used on the edges of traveled way. The line shall be continuous if 57 paint or tape is used. If temporary raised pavement markers are used, the line shall 58 consist of markers installed continuously at 5 -foot spacings. 59 LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 108 1 Temporary Lane Line 2 A BROKEN line used to delineate adjacent lanes with traffic traveling in the same 3 direction. The broken pattern shall be based on a 40 -foot unit, consisting of a 4 -foot 4 line with a 36 -foot gap, if paint or tape is used. If temporary raised pavement 5 markers are used, the pattern shall be based on a 40 -foot unit, consisting of a " 6 grouping of three temporary raised pavement markers, each spaced 3 feet apart, 7 with a 34 -foot gap. 8 -- 9 Lane line and right edge line shall be white in color. Center line and left edge line 10 shall be yellow in color. Edge lines shall be installed only if specifically required in 11 the contract. All temporary pavement markings shall be retroreflective. 12 13 8 -23.4 Measurement 14 The following new paragraph is inserted after the first paragraph: 15 16 Reinstalled painted markings and raised pavement markers, when ordered by the 17 Engineer due to normal wear by traffic, will be measured again, each time ordered. 18 Repair, for any reason, of temporary markings made with tape shall not be measured. 19 20 8 -23.5 Payment 21 The third sentence in the note for "Temporary Pavement Marking" is revised to read: 22 23 No additional compensation will be allowed when the Contractor is required to repair ..a 24 temporary taped markings that have been damaged or wom. 25 26 SECTION 9 -01, PORTLAND CEMENT 27 April 1, 2002 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 9- 01.2(1) Portland Cement This section is revised to read: Portland cement shall conform to the requirements for Types I, II, or III cement of the Standard Specifications for Portland Cement, AASHTO M 85, except that the content of alkalis shall not exceed 0.75 percent by weight calculated as Na20 plus 0.658 K20 and .•� except that the content of Tricalcium aluminate (CA shall not exceed 8 percent by weight calculated as 2.650A1203 minus 1.692Fe203. The time of setting shall be determined by the Vicat Test method, AASHTO T 131. SECTION 9 -02, BITUMINOUS MATERIALS December 2, 2002 9- 02.1(4) Asphalt Cements The reference to "AASHTO MP1" is revised to read "AASHTO M320 ". 9- 02.1(4)A Vacant This section including title is revised to read: 9- 02.1(4)A Performance Grade (PG) Asphalt Cement PERFORMANCE GRADE PG 58 JPG 64 JPG 70 PG 76 12212813412212813412212813412212 ORIGINAL BINDER Flash Point Temp., T48 MIN C° 230 Rotational Viscosity T316 Maximum 3 Pa-s, Test Temp C° 135 Dynamic Shear, T315: G` /sins Min., 1.00 kPa LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 109 IL:, 1 2 3 4 6 7 8 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 so Test Temp 4 10 rad/s, C° 58 64 1 70 1 76 ROLLING THIN FILM OVEN RESIDUE (T240) Mass Loss, Maximum, percent 1.00 Dynamic Shear, T315: G' /sins Min., 2.20 kPa Test Temp @ 10 rad/s, C° 58 64 70 76 PRESSURE AGING VESSEL RESIDUE (R28) PAV Aging Temperature C° 100 Dynamic Shear, T315: G'sinS Maximum, 5000 kPa Test Temp 0 10 rad/s, C° 22 19 16 25 22 19 28 25 22 31 28 Creep Stiffness, T313 S, Maximum, 300 Mpa m- value, Minimum, 0.300 Test Temp @ 60s, C° -12 -18 -24 -12 -18 -24 -12 -18 -24 -12 -18 All Performance Graded Binders not included in this chart shall be determined by Table 1 "Performance Graded Asphalt Specification Chart in AASHTO M320. 9- 02.1(8) Hot Melt Traffic Button Adhesive The column "ASTM Test Method" is revised to "Test Method ". The Specification "Brookfield Viscosity, 400 F" along with Test Method "ASTM D 2196" is revised to read "Rotational Viscosity, 400 F AASHTO T 316 ". SECTION 9 -03, AGGREGATES December 2, 2002 9- 03.1(1) General Requirements In the third paragraph, the third sentence is deleted. 9- 03.1(5)B Grading The second paragraph is supplemented with the following: Standard sieve sizes shall be those listed in ASTM C 33. 9- 03.9(3) Crushed Surfacing The percent passing the 1/2" square sieve for Top Course and Keystone is revised to "80- 100 ". 9 -03.11 Recycled Portland Cement Concrete Rubble The section including title is revised to read: 9 -03.11 Vacant 9- 03.12(3) Gravel Backfill for Pipe Zone Bedding The Percent Passing for U.S. No. 200 is revised to read "10.0 max ". 9 -03.15 Vacant This section including title is revised to read: LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 110 1 9 -03.15 Native Material for Trench Backfill 2 Trench backfill outside the roadway prism shall be excavated material free of wood 3 waste, debris, clods or rocks greater than 6 inches in any dimension. 4 5 9 -03.20 Test Methods for Aggregates 6 The title for Test Method WAQTC FOP for T 27/11 is revised to read: 7 8 Sieve Analysis of Fine and Course Aggregates and Aggregates in ACP 9 10 Gradation of Aggregates in ACP WSDOT FOP for AASHTO T 30 is deleted. 11 12 9 -03.21 Recycled Material 13 This section along with sub - sections 9- 03.21(1) and 9- 03.21(2) are deleted in their entirety 14 and replaced with the followin new Section 9 -03.21 with sub - sections 9- 03.21(1), 9- 15 03.21(2), 9- 03.21(3) and 9 -03.21 ?4). 16 17 9- 03.21(1) General Requirements 18 Recycled materials that are identified below may be used as, or blended uniformly with, 19 naturally occurring materials for aggregates. The final blended product shall meet the ,.. 20 requirements for the specified type of aggregate. In addition, each recycled material 21 component included in a blended product, shall meet the specific requirements listed below. 22 23 Recycled materials obtained from the Contracting Agency's roadways will not require testing -» 24 and certification for toxicity testing or certification for toxicity characteristics. 25 26 For recycled materials that are imported to the job site, the Contractor shall certify that the 27 recycled material is not a Washington State Dangerous Waste per the Dangerous Waste 28 Regulations WAC 173 -303. Sampling and testing for toxicity shall be at a frequency of one 29 per 10,000 tons prior to combining with other materials and not less than one sample from 30 any single source. 31 32 9- 03.21(2) Recycled Asphalt Concrete Pavement 33 Recycled asphalt concrete pavement may be uniformly blended with the following materials, 34 to the extent that the specified maximum bitumen content in the final product shall not - 35 exceed the following: 36 37 Maximum 38 Bitumen 39 Content 40 (Percent) 41 42 Fine Aggregate for Portland Cement Concrete 9- 03.1(2) 0 43 Coarse Aggregates for Portland Cement Concrete 9- 03.1(4) 0 44 Aggregates for Asphalt Treated Base (ATB) 9 -03.6 45 Aggregates for Asphalt Concrete 9 -03.8 46 Ballast 9- 03.9(1) 1.2 47 Shoulder Ballast 9- 03.9(2) 1.2 48 Crushed Surfacing 9- 03.9(3) 1.2 49 Aggregate for Gravel Base 9 -03.10 1.2 50 Gravel Backfill for Foundations - Class A 9- 03.12(1)A 1.2 51 Gravel Backfill for Foundations - Class B 9- 03.12(1)B 1.2 52 Gravel Backfill for Walls 9- 03.12(2) 0 53 Gravel Backfill for Pipe Zone Bedding 9- 03.12(3) 0 54 Gravel Backfill for Drains 9- 03.12(4) 0 55 Gravel Backfill for Drywells 9- 03.12(5) 0 56 Backfill for Sand Drains 9 -03.13 0 57 Sand Drainage Blanket 9- 03.13(1) 0 58 Gravel Borrow 9- 03.14(1) 0 59 Select Borrow 9- 03.14(2) 1.2 LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT ill 0 1 Select Borrow 9- 03.14(2) 8.0 2 (greater than 3 feet below subgrade and 3 side slopes) 4 Common Borrow 9- 03.14(3) 1.2 5 Common Borrow - 9- 03.14(3) 8.0 6 (greater than 3 feet below subgrade and 7 side slopes) 8 Foundation Material Class A and Class B 9 -03.17 0 9 Foundation Material Class C 9 -03.18 0 10 Bank Run Gravel for Trench Backfill 9 -03.19 0 11 12 `See 5 -04.2 13 14 The following field operating procedures will determine total bitumen content: 15 16 AASHTO T 308" 17 WSDOT TM 6 18 19 *The Contractor shall verify the asphalt content for the blended mix. A statewide 20 average of 0.70 may be used as a calibration factor for AASHTO T -308. 21 22 9- 03.21(3) Recycled Portland Cement Concrete Rubble 23 Recycled portland cement concrete rubble may be uniformly blended with the following 24 materials, to the extent that the specified maximum concrete rubble content in the final 25 product shall not exceed the following: 26 Maximum 27 Concrete 28 Rubble 29 (Percent) 30 31 Fine Aggregate for Portland Cement Concrete 9- 03.1(2) 0 32 Coarse Aggregates for Portland Cement Concrete 9- 03.1(4) 0 33 Aggregates for Asphalt Treated Base (ATB) 9 -03.6 0 34 Aggregates for Asphalt Concrete 9 -03.8 0 35 Ballast 9 -03.91 100 36 Shoulder Ballast 9-03.92 100 100 37 Crushed Surfacing 9- 03.9(3) 100 38 Aggregate for Gravel Base 9 -03.10 100 39 Gravel Backfill for Foundations - Class A 9- 03.12(1)A 100 40 Gravel Backfill for Foundations - Class B 9- 03.12(1)B 100 41 Gravel Backfill for Walls 9- 03.12(2) 100 42 Gravel Backfill for Pipe Zone Bedding 9- 03.12(3) 100 43 Gravel Backfill for Drains 9- 03.12(4) 100 44 Gravel Backfill for Drywells 9- 03.12(5) 0 45 Backfill for Sand Drains 9 -03.13 100 46 Sand Drainage Blanket 9- 03.13(1) 100 47 Gravel Borrow 9- 03.14(1) 100 48 Select Borrow 9- 03.14(2) 100 49 Common Borrow 9- 03.14(3) 100 50 Foundation Material Class A and Class B 9 -03.17 100 51 Foundation Material Class C 9 -03.18 100 52 Bank Run Gravel for Trench Backfill 9 -03.19 100 53 54 9- 03.21(4) Recycled Glass Aggregates 55 Recycled glass may be uniformly blended with the following materials, to the extent that the 56 maximum recycled glass content in the final product shall not exceed the following: 57 58 Maximum 59 Recycled 60 Glass LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 112 1 (Percent) 2 3 Fine Aggregate for Portland Cement Concrete 9- 03.1(2) 0 4 Coarse Aggregates for Portland Cement Concrete 9- 03. 0 „q 5 Aggregates for Asphalt Treated Base (ATB) 9 -03.6 6 0 6 Aggregates for Asphalt Concrete 9 -03.8 0 7 Ballast 9m03.9(1) 15 8 Shoulder Ballast 9- 03.9(2) 15 .. 9 Crushed Surfacing 9-03.3) 10 Aggregate for Gravel Base 15 11 Gravel Backfill for Foundations s Class A 9- 03.12(1)A 15 12 Gravel Backfill for Foundations _ Class B 9- 03..12 1 B 15 13 Gravel Backfill for Walls 9- 03.12(2) 15 14 Gravel Backfill for Pipe Zone Bedding 9- 03.12(3) 15 15 Gravel Backfill for Drains 9- 03.12(4) 100 16 Gravel Backfill for Drywells 9- 03.12(5) 100 17 Backfill for Sand Drains 9 -03.13 100 18 Sand Drainage Blanket 9- 03.13(1) 100 19 Gravel Borrow 9- 03014(1) 100 20 Select Borrow 9-03.14(2) 100 21 Common Borrow 9-03.14(3) 100 22 Foundation Material Class A and Class B 9 -03.17 100 23 Foundation Material Class C 9 -03.18 100 24 Bank Run Gravel for Trench Backfill 9 -03.19 100 25 26 The product supplier shall perform total lead content testing quarterly. Tests shall include a 27 minimum of five samples. Sample collection shall be conducted according to ASTM D 75. 28 Total lead content testing will be conducted according to EPA Method 3010/6010. 29 30 A test shall not exceed 250 ppm using a total lead analysis EPA Test Method 6010. In 31 addition, the Toxicity Characteristics Leaching Procedure,. EPA Test Method 1311 shall be 32 used and a test shall not exceed 5.0 ppm. The product supplier shall keep all test results on 33 file. 34 35 SECTION 9 -04, JOINT AND CRACK SEALING MATERIALS 36 April 1, 2002 37 9 -04.6 Expanded Polystyrene 38 This section is revised to read: 39 40 Expanded polystyrene shall be of a cellular molded type with a density of 1.5 plus or 41 minus 0.25 pounds per cubic foot. 42 43 SECTION 9 -05, DRAINAGE STRUCTURES, CULVERTS, AND CONDUITS 44 January 7, 2002 45 9- 05.2(7) Perforated Corrugated Polyethylene Drainage Tubing Underdrain 46 Pipe 47 This section is revised to read: 48 49 Perforated corrugated polyethylene drainage tubing underdrain pipe shall meet the 50 requirements of AASHTO M252, Type CP or Type SP. Type CP shall be Type C pipe 51 with Class 2 perforations and Type SP shall be Type S pipe with either Class 1 or Class 52 2 perforations. Additionally, Class 2 perforations shall be uniformly spaced along the 53 length and circumference of the pipe. The maximum size pipe shall be 10 -inch 54 diameter. 55 56 9- 05.2(8) Perforated Corrugated Polyethylene Underdrain Pipe 57 This section is revised to read: 58 LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 113 lu No .. -0 Im 1 Perforated corrugated polyethylene underdrain pipe, 12 -inch through 48 -inch diameter 2 maximum, shall meet the requirements of AASHTO M 294 Type CP or Type SP. Type 3 CP shall be Type C pipe with Class 2 perforations and Type SP shall be Type S pipe 4 with either Class 1 or Class 2 perforations. Additionally, Class 2 perforations shall be 5 uniformly spaced along the length and circumference of the pipe. 6 7 SECTION 9 -06, STRUCTURAL STEEL AND RELATED MATERIALS 8 April 1, 2002 9 9- 06.5(4) Anchor Bolts 10 The second sentence in the second paragraph is revised to read: 11 12 Nuts for ASTM A 449 galvanized bolts shall conform to AASHTO M291, Grade DH and 13 shall conform to the lubrication requirements in Section 906.5(3). 14 15 SECTION 9 -07, REINFORCING STEEL 16 August 5, 2002 17 9- 07.1(1) Acceptance by Manufacturer's Certification 18 This section is supplemented with the following: 19 20 9- 07.1(1)A Acceptance of Materials 21 Steel reinforcing bar manufacturers use either an English or a Metric size designation 22 while stamping rebar. The actual size of the bar, whether stamped with an English or a 23 Metric size designation is acceptable. The contract plans and the standard plans will 24 continue to use an English size designation. The table below shows the comparable 25 reinforcing steel bar size designations in both units of measure: 26 27 English Bar Metric 28 Designation Diameter Designation 29 #3 0.375 inches) #10 30 #4 0.500 inches) #13 31 #5 0.625 inches) #16 32 #6 (0.750 Inches) #19 33 #7 (0.875 inches) #22 34 #8 (1.000 inches) #25 35 #9 1.128 inches #29 36 #10 1.270 inches #32 37 #11 1.410 inches #36 38 #14 1.690 inches) 12.260 #43 39 #18 inches) #57 40 41 9- 07.1(4) Inspection 42 This section including title is revised to read: 43 44 9- 07.1(4) Vacant 45 46 SECTION 9 -09, TIMBER AND LUMBER 47 April 7, 2003 48 9 -09.1 General Requirements 49 The reference to "Westem Red Cedar" is deleted. 50 51 9- 09.2(3) Inspection 52 This section is revised to read: 53 54 Timber and lumber must be marked with a certified lumber grade stamp provided by 55 one of the following agencies: 56 57 West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau (WCLIB) LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 114 1 Western Wood Products Association (WWPA) 2 Pacific Lumber Inspection Bureau (PLIB) 3 Any lumber grading bureau certified by the American Lumber Standards Committee 4 5 For Structures: 6 A grading certificate must accompany each order of timber and lumber for use in 7 structures as specified in Section 9 -09.2. The certificate shall be issued by either 8 the grading bureau whose stamp is shown on the material, or by the lumber mill, 9 which must be under the supervision of one of the grading bureaus listed above. 10 The certificate shall include the following: 11 .r 12 Name of the mill performing the grading 13 The grading rules being used 14 Name of the person doing the grading with current certification IV 15 Signature of a responsible mill official 16 Date the lumber was graded at the mill 17 Grade, dimensions, and quantity of the timber or lumber 18 19 When the material is delivered to the project, the Engineer shall check the order for ' 20 the appropriate grade stamp. The invoice and grading certificate accompanying the 21 order must be accurate and complete with the information listed above. The 22 grading certificate and grade markings shall not constitute final acceptance of the 23 material. The Engineer may reject any or all of the timber or lumber that does not 24 comply with the specifications or has been damaged during shipping or upon 25 delivery. 26 27 For Guardrail Posts and Blocks, Sign Posts, Mileposts, Sawed Fence Posts, 28 and Mailbox Posts: 29 When the material is delivered to the project, the Engineer shall check the order for 30 the appropriate grade stamp. The grade markings shall not constitute final 31 acceptance of the material. The Engineer may reject any or all of the timber or 32 lumber that does not comply with the specifications or has been damaged during 33 shipping or upon delivery. 34 35 SECTION 9 -12, MASONRY UNITS 36 April 7, 2003 37 9 -12.4 Precast Concrete Manholes 38 The reference to "ASTM C 116 Type III" in the second sentence of the third paragraph is 39 revised to read "ASTM C 1116 Type III ". 40 41 The fifth sentence in the third paragraph is revised to read: 42 43 A minimum of two hoops of W2 wire shall be placed in the 48 -inch end of each cone. 44 45 SECTION 9 -14, EROSION CONTROL AND ROADSIDE PLANTING 46 December 2, 2002 47 This section is replaced in its entirety as follows: 48 49 9 -14.1 Soil 50 51 9- 14.1(1) Topsoil Type A 52 Topsoil Type A shall be as specified in the Special Provisions. 53 54 9- 14.1(2) Topsoil Type B 55 Topsoil Type B shall be native topsoil taken from within the project limits either from the 56 area where roadway excavation is to be performed or from strippings from borrow, pit, 57 or quarry sites, or from other designated sources. The general limits of the material to 58 be utilized for topsoil will be indicated in the Plans or in the Special Provisions. The LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 115 mom 1 Engineer will make the final determination of the areas where the most suitable material 2 exists within these general limits. The Contractor shall reserve this material for the 3 specified use. Material for Topsoil Type B shall not be taken from a depth greater than 4 1 foot from the existing ground unless otherwise designated by the Engineer. 5 6 In the production of Topsoil Type B, all vegetative matter, less than 4 feet in height, shall 7 become a part of the topsoil. Prior to topsoil removal, the Contractor shall reduce the 8 native vegetation to a height not exceeding 1 foot. Noxious weeds, as designated by 9 authorized State and County officials, shall not be incorporated in the topsoil, and shall 10 be removed and disposed of as designated elsewhere or as approved by the Engineer. 11 12 9- 14.1(3) Topsoil Type C 13 Topsoil Type C shall be native topsoil meeting the requirements of Topsoil Type B but 14 obtained from a source provided by the Contractor outside of the Contracting Agency 15 owned right of way. 16 17 9 -14.2 Seed 18 Grasses, legumes, or cover crop seed of the type specified shall conform to the 19 standards for "Certified" grade seed or better as outlined by the State of Washington 20 Department of Agriculture "Rules for Seed Certification," latest edition. Seed shall be 21 furnished in standard containers on which shall be shown the following information: 22 23 1) Common and botanical names of seed, 24 2 Lot number, 25 3) Net weight, 26 14) Percentage of purity, 27 (5) Percentage of germination (in case of legumes percentage of germination to 28 include hard seed), and Percentage of weed seed content and inert material 29 clearly marked for each kind of seed in accordance with applicable State and 30 Federal laws. 31 32 All seed installers must have a business license issued by the Washington State 33 Department of Licensing with a "seed dealer" endorsement. Upon request, the 34 contractor shall furnish the Engineer with copies of the applicable licenses and 35 endorsements. 36 37 Upon request, the Contractor shall fumish to the Engineer duplicate copies of a 38 statement signed by the vendor certifying that each lot of seed has been tested by a 39 recognized seed testing laboratory within six months before the date of delivery on the 40 project. Seed which has become wet, moldy, or otherwise damaged in transit or storage 41 will not be accepted. 42 43 9 -14.3 Fertilizer 44 Fertilizer shall be a standard commercial grade of organic or inorganic fertilizer of the 45 kind and quality specified. It may be separate or in a mixture containing the percentage 46 of total nitrogen, available phosphoric acid, and water - soluble potash in the amounts 47 specified. All fertilizers shall be fumished in standard unopened containers with weight, 48 name of plant nutrients, and manufacturer's guaranteed statement of analysis clearly 49 marked, all in accordance with State and Federal laws. 50 51 Fertilizer shall be supplied in one of the following forms: 52 53 (1) A dry free - flowing granular fertilizer, suitable for application by agricultural 54 fertilizer spreader. 55 (2) A soluble form that will permit complete suspension of insoluble particles in 56 water, suitable for application by power sprayer. 57 (3) A homogeneous pellet, suitable for application through a ferti -blast gun. 58 (4) A tablet or other form of controlled release with a minimum of a 6 month 59 release period. 60 LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 116 1 9 -14.4 Mulch and Amendments 2 All amendments shall be delivered to the site in the original, unopened containers 3 bearing the manufacturer's guaranteed chemical analysis and name. In lieu of 4 containers, amendments may be furnished in bulk. A certificate from the manufacturer or 5 supplier indicating the above information shall accompany each delivery. Compost and 6 other organic amendments shall be accompanied with all applicable health certificates 7 and permits. 8 9 9- 14.4(1) Straw 10 All straw mulch material shall be in an air dried condition free of noxious weeds and 11 other materials detrimental to plant life. Straw,mulch so provided shall be suitable for 12 spreading with mulch blower equipment. 13 14 9- 14.4(2) Wood Cellulose Fiber 15 Fiber shall be produced from natural or recycled (pulp) fiber, such as wood chips or 16 similar wood materials, or from newsprint, corrugated cardboard, or a combination of 17 these processed materials. The fibers shall not contain any rock, metal, or plastic. It 18 shall be treated with a nontoxic green dye non toxic to plant or animal life to facilitate 19 inspection of the placement of the material. It shall be manufactured in such a manner 20 that after addition and agitation in slurry tanks with water, the fibers in the material will 21 become uniformly suspended to form a homogenous slurry. When hydraulically sprayed 22 on the ground, the material shall allow the absorption and percolation of moisture. 23 24 During the request for approval of the material source process, a letter of certification 25 shall be submitted which certifies that the product contains less than 250 parts per 26 million boron, and shall be otherwise nontoxic to plant or animal life. The organic matter 27 content shall be at least 90 percent on an oven -dry basis as determined by ASTM D 28 586. The moisture content shall be no more than 15 percent as determined by oven 29 dried weight. 30 31 Each package of the cellulose fiber shall be marked by the manufacturer to show the 32 dried weight. 33 34 9- 14.4(3) Bark or Wood Chips 35 Bark or wood chip mulch shall be derived from Douglas fir, pine, or hemlock species. It 36 shall be ground so that a minimum of 95 percent of the material will pass through a 37 11/2 -inch sieve and no more than 55 percent, by loose volume, will pass through a U.S. 38 No. 4 sieve. The mulch shall not contain resin, tannin, or other compounds in quantities 39 that would be detrimental to plant life. 40 41 9- 14.4(4) Sawdust 42 Sawdust mulch shall be free of chips, chunks, and large splinters, and shall not contain 43 resin, tannin, or other compounds in quantities that would be detrimental to plant life. 44 45 9- 14.4(5) Lime 46 Agriculture lime shall be of standard manufacture, flour grade, meeting the requirements 47 of ASTM C -602. 48 49 9- 14.4(6) Gypsum 50 Gypsum shall consist of Calcium Sulfate (CaSO42H2O) in a pelletized or granular form. 51 100% shall pass through a U.S. No. 8 sieve. 52 53 9- 14.4(7) Tackifier 54 Tackifiers used as a tie -down for seed and mulch shall be applied in quantities sufficient 55 to equal the retention properties of guar when applied at the rate of 60 pounds per acre 56 for slopes less than 2:1 and 120 pounds per acre for slopes greater than 2:1. Tackifer 57 shall contain no growth or germination inhibiting materials nor significantly reduce 58 infiltration rates. Tackifer shall hydrate in water and readily blend with other slurry 59 materials. Tackifer options include: 60 LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 117 1 Type A — Organic tackifier derived from natural organic plant sources. 2 Type B — Synthetic tackifier having an MSDS sheet that demonstrates to the 3 satisfaction of Engineer that the product is not harmful to aquatic life. 4 5 9- 14.4(8) Compost 6 Compost products shall contain composted plant material derived from the aerobic 7 decomposition of recycled plant waste. The composted plant waste shall have 8 moisture content that has no visible free water or dust produced when handling the 9 material. 10 11 Compost shall be stable, mature, decomposed organic solid waste that is the result of .. 12 the accelerated, aerobic biodegradation and stabilization under controlled conditions. 13 The result is a uniform dark, soil -like appearance. 14 15 Compost maturity or stability is the point at which the aerobic biodegradation of the 16 compost has slowed and oxygen consumption and carbon dioxide generation has 17 dropped. Subsequent testing provides consistent results. 18 19 Compost production and quality shall comply with the Interim Guidelines for Compost 20 Quality, #94 -38 or superseding editions, and amendments, published by the Washington 21 State Department of Ecology. The Interim Guidelines for Compost Quality can be found 22 at the web site http: / /www.ecy.wa.gov /pubs /94038.pdf. 23 24 Compost products shall meet the following physical criteria: 25 26 1. Compost material shall be tested in accordance with AASHTO Test Method 27 T87 and T88. 100% of Type 1 Compost shall pass through a 5/8° sieve. 90% of 28 Type 2 Compost shall be larger than 3/8 inch and smaller than 1 inch. 29 30 2. The pH range shall be between 5.5 and 8.5 when tested in accordance with 31 WSDOT Test Method 417. 32 33 3. Manufactured inert material (plastic, concrete, ceramics, metal, etc.) shall be 34 less than 1 percent on a dry weight or volume basis, whichever provides for 35 the least amount of foreign material. 36 w 37 4. Minimum organic matter shall be 30 percent dry weight basis as determined by 38 loss on ignition. (LOI test) 39 40 5. Soluble salt contents shall be less than 4.0 mmhos /cm for areas that receive 41 less than 20 inches of precipitation per year and 6.0 mmhos /cm for areas that 42 receive more than 20 inches of precipitation per year. 43 44 6. Type 1 Compost shall score a number 6 or above on the Solvita Compost 45 Maturity Test. Type 2 Compost shall score a 5 or above on the Solvita 46 Compost Maturity Test. 47 - 48 All compost products will be tested within 30 calendar days prior to application by the 49 Contracting Agency with samples taken from the material stockpiled by the supplier for 50 project use. Compost not conforming to the above requirements or taken from a source 51 other than those tested shall be immediately removed from the project and replaced at 52 no cost to the Contracting Agency. 53 54 Acceptance of composted products shall be based on the following submittals by the 55 Contractor: 56 57 1. A Request for Approval of Material Source. 58 LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETRORT 118 1 2, A copy of the Solid Waste Handling Permit issued to the supplier by the 2 Jurisdictional Health Department as per WAC 173 -304 (Minimum Functional 3 Standards for Solid Waste Handling), 4 5 3. Written verification from the supplier that the material complies with the 6 processes, testing, and standards specified in the Interim Guidelines for 7 Compost Quality. 8 9 4. Written verification from the supplier that the compost products originate a 10 minimum of 65 percent by volume from recycled plant waste. A maximum of 11 35 percent by volume of other approved organic waste and /or biosolids may 12 be substituted for recycled plant waste. 13 14 5. A copy of the lab analyses described under Testing Parameters in the 15 Guidelines for Compost Quality. The analyses shall be less than three months 16 old. 17 18 6. A list of the feedstock by percentage present in the final compost product. 19 20 9 -14.5 Erosion Control Blanket 21 Organic temporary erosion control blanket shall meet the following requirements: 22 23 1. Made of natural plant fibers. 24 2. Have a minimum weight of 8 oz. /sq. yd. and a minimum limiting shear stress of 25 0.45 lb./sq. ft. 26 3. Netting, if present, shall be biodegradable or photodegradable. 27 28 Permanent erosion control blanket shall meet the following requirements: 29 30 1. Consist of uv stabilized' fibers, filaments, and netting. 31 2. Have a minimum weight of 8 oz. /sq. yd. and a minimum limiting shear stress of 32 1.5 lb./sq. ft. 33 34 'uv stability (minimum 80 percent tensile retained) ASTM D4355 (1,000 hour 35 exposure). 36 37 9- 14.5(3) Clear Plastic Covering 38 Clear plastic covering shall meet the requirements of the NIST Voluntary Product 39 Standard, PS 17 -69, for polyethylene sheeting having a minimum thickness of 6 mils. 40 41 9- 14.5(4) Geotextile- Encased Check Dam 42 The geotextile- encased check dam shall be a urethane foam core encased in geotextile 43 material. The minimum length of the unit shall be 7 feet. 44 45 The foam core shall be a minimum of 8 inches in height, and have a minimum base 46 width of 16 inches. The geotextile material shall overhang the foam by at least 6 inches 47 at each end, and shall have apron type flaps that extend a minimum of 24 inches on 48 each side of the foam core. The geotextile material shall meet the requirements for silt 49 fence in Section 9 -33. 50 51 9- 14.5(5) Wattles 52 Wattles shall consist of cylinders of biodegradable plant material such as straw, coir, or 53 wood shavings encased within biodeggradable or photodegradable netting. Netting shall 54 meet the requirements of Section 9-j4.5. Rolls shall be at least 6 inches in diameter, 55 unless otherwise specified. 56 57 9 -14.6 Plant Materials 58 LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 119 No 1 9- 14.6(1) Description 2 Seedlings are plants grown from cuttings, seeds, or other approved propagation 3 methods. Seedlings do not normally show form characteristic to species generally under rement is by height in 3 -inch 4 three years of age and less than 24 Inches in height. Measu 5 increments or by age and number of times transplanted. 6 7 Whips are bareroot, broadleaf trees, generally unbranched and between 2 feet and ... 8 6 feet In height. Measurement is by 1 -foot height Increments. 9 10 Broadleaf trees are branched, over 6 feet in height and measured by caliper and/or 11 height. 12 13 Coniferous trees are over 2 feet in height and measured in height and occasionally 14 spread. 15 16 Shrubs and ground covers begin to show form characteristic to their normal habit of 17 growth and are measured by height and/or spread. 18 19 Container sizes may be specified in addition to other measurements, however, the other 20 measurements shall govern. 21 22 Cuttings are live plant material without a previously developed root system. Source 23 plants for cuttings shall be dormant when cuttings are taken. All cuts shall be made with 24 a sharp instrument. Written permission shall be obtained from property owners and 25 provided to the Engineer before cuttings are collected. The Contractor shall collect 26 cuttings in accordance with applicable sensitive area ordinances. For cuttings, the 27 requirement to be nursery grown or held in nursery conditions does not apply. Cuttings 28 include the following forms: 29 30 Live branch cuttings shall have flexible top growth with terminal buds and may have 31 side branches. The rooting end shall be cut at an approximate 45 degree angle. 32 33 Live stake cuttings shall have a straight top cut immediately above a bud. The 34 lower, rooting end shall be cut at an approximate 45- degree angle. Live stakes are 35 cut from one to two year old wood. 36 37 Live pole cuttings shall have a minimum 2 -inch diameter and no more than three 38 branches which shall be pruned back to the first bud from the main stem. 39 40 Rhizomes shall be a prostrate or subterranean stem, usually rooting at the nodes 41 and becoming erect at the apex. Rhizomes shall have a minimum of two growth 42 points. 43 44 Tubers shall be a thickened and short subterranean branch having numerous buds 45 or eyes. 46 47 9- 14.6(2) Quality 48 All plant material furnished shall meet the grades established by the latest edition of the 49 American Standard for Nursery Stock, shall conform to the size and acceptable 50 conditions as listed in the contract, and shall be free of all foreign plant material. 51 52 All plant material shall comply with State and Federal laws with respect to inspection for 53 plant diseases and insect infestation. 54 55 Live woody or herbaceous plant material, except cuttings, rhizomes, and tubers, shall 56 be vigorous, well formed, with well developed fibrous root systems, free from dead 57 branches, lichens, and from damage caused by an absence or an excess of heat or 58 moisture, insects, disease, mechanical or other causes detrimental to good plant 59 development. Evergreen plants shall be well foliated and of good color. Deciduous trees 60 which have solitary leaders shall have only the lateral branches thinned by pruning. All LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 120 I conifer trees shall have only one leader (growing apex) and one terminal bud, and shall 2 not be sheared or shaped. Trees having a damaged or missing leader, multiple leaders, 3 or Y- crotches shall be rejected. 4 5 Root balls of plant materials shall be solidly held together by a fibrous root system and 6 shall be composed only of the soil in which the plant has been actually growing. The ball 7 shall be securely wrapped with jute burlap or other packing material not injurious to the 8 plant life. Root balls shall be free of weed or foreign plant growth. 9 10 Plant materials shall be nursery grown stock. Plant material, with the exception of 11 cuttings, gathered from native stands shall be held under nursery conditions for a 12 minimum of one full growing season, shall be free of all foreign plant material, and meet 13 all of the requirements of these Specifications, the Plans, and the Special Provisions. 14 15 Container grown plants must be plants transplanted into a container and grown in that 16 container sufficiently long for new fibrous roots to have developed so that the root mass 17 will retain its shape and hold together when removed from the container. Plant material 18 which is root bound, as determined by the Engineer, shall be rejected. 19 20 Container sizes for plant material of a larger grade than provided for in the container 21 grown specifications of the American Standard for Nursery Stock (ASNS) shall be 22 determined by the volume of the root ball specified in the ASNS for the same size plant 23 material. 24 25 All bare root plant materials shall have a heavy fibrous root system. All plants must be 26 dormant at the time of planting. 27 28 Average height to spread proportions and branching shall be in accordance with the 29 applicable sections, illustrations, and accompanying notes of the American Standard for 30 Nursery Stock. 31 32 Plants, which have been determined by the Engineer to have suffered damage as the 33 result of girdling of the roots, stem, or a major branch; have deformities of the stem or 34 major branches; have a lack of symmetry; have dead or defoliated tops or branches; or 35 have any defect, injury, or condition which renders the plant unsuitable for its intended 36 use, shall be rejected. 37 38 Plants that are grafted shall have roots of the same genus as the specified plant. 39 40 9- 14.6(3) Handling and Shipping 41 Handling and shipping shall be done in a manner that is not detrimental to the plants. 42 43 The nursery shall furnish a notice of shipment in triplicate at the time of shipment of 44 each truck load or other lot of plant material. The original copy shall be delivered to the 45 Project Engineer, the duplicate to the consignee and the triplicate shall accompany the 46 shipment to be furnished to the Inspector at the job site. The notice shall contain the 47 following information: 48 49 1. Name of shipper. 50 2. Date of shipment. 51 3. Name of commodity. (Including all names as specified in the contract.) 52 4. Consignee and delivery point. 53 5. State contract number. 54 6. Point from which shipped. 55 7. Quantity contained. 56 8. Certificate of Grade. (Statement that material conforms to the specifications.) 57 9. Size. (Height, runner length, caliper, etc. as required.) 58 10. Statement of root pruning. (Date pruned and size of pruning.) 59 11. Signature of shipper by authorized representative. 60 LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 121 1 To acclimate plant materials to Northwest conditions, all plant materials used on a 2 project shall be grown continuously outdoors north of the 42nd Latitude 3 (Oregon- California border) from not later than August 1 of the year pnor to the time of 4 planting. 5 6 All container grown plants shall be handled by the container. r 7 8 All balled and burlapped plants shall be handled by the ball. 9 10 Plant material shall be packed for shipment in accordance with prevailing practice for 11 the type of plant being shipped, and shall be protected at all times against drying, sun, - 12 wind, heat, freezing, and similar detrimental conditions both during shipment and during 13 related handling. Where necessary, plant material shall be temporarily heeled in. When 14 transported in closed vehicles, plants shall receive adequate ventilation to prevent 15 sweating. When transported in open vehicles, plants shall be protected by tarpaulins or 16 other suitable cover material. Antidesiccant material shall be applied before shipment. 17 18 9- 14.6(4) Tagging 19 Plants delivered as a single unit of 25 or less of the same size, species, and variety, 20 shall be clearly marked and tagged. Plants delivered in large quantities of more than 25 21 must be segregated as to variety, grade, and size; and one plant in each 25, or fraction 22 thereof, of each variety, grade, and size shall be tagged. 23 24 9- 14.6(5) Inspection 25 The Contracting Agency will make an inspection of plant material at the source when 26 requested by the Engineer. However, such approval shall not be considered as final 27 acceptance for payment. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer, not less than 48 28 hours in advance, of plant material delivery to the project. 29 30 9- 14.6(6) Substitution of Plants 31 No substitution of plant material, species or variety, will be permitted unless evidence is 32 submitted in writing to the Engineer that a specified plant cannot be obtained and has 33 been unobtainable since the award of the contract. If substitution is permitted, it can be 34 made only with written approval by the Engineer. The nearest variety, size, and grade, 35 as approved by the Engineer, shall then be furnished. 36 37 Container or balled and burlapped plant material may be substituted for bare root plant 38 material. Container grown plant material may be substituted for balled and burlapped 39 plant materials. Container size shall be determined by the volume of the root ball that is 40 specified. These substitutions shall be approved by the Engineer and be at no cost to 41 the Contracting Agency. 42 43 9- 14.6(7) Temporary Storage 44 Plants stored under temporary conditions shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. 45 46 Plants stored on the project shall be protected at all times from extreme weather 47 conditions by insulating the root balls with sawdust, soil, or other approved material and 48 shall be kept moist at all times. 49 50 Cuttings to be stored for periods longer than one week shall be taken during the months 51 of November and December. Cuttings to be stored for later installation shall be 52 bundled, laid horizontally, and completely buried under 6 inches of soil or placed in cold 53 storage at a temperature of 34 F and 90% humidity. Cuttings that are not planted within 54 24 hours of cutting shall be soaked in water for 24 hours prior to planting. Cuttings 55 taken when the temperature is higher than 50° F shall not be stored for later use. 56 57 Cuttings shall continually be shaded and protected from wind. Cuttings must be 58 protected from drying at all times and shall be heeled into moist soil or placed in water if 59 not installed within 8 hours of cutting. 60 LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 122 0 1 9- 14.6(8) Sod 2 The available grass mixtures on the current market shall be submitted to the Engineer 3 for selection and approval. 4 5 The sod shall be field grown one calendar year or older, have a well developed root 6 structure, and be free of all weeds, disease, and insect damage. 7 8 Prior to cutting, the sod shall be green, in an active and vigorous state of growth, and 9 mowed to a height not exceeding 1 inch. 10 11 The sod shall be cut with a minimum of 1 inch of soil adhering. 12 13 9 -14.7 Stakes, Guys, and Wrapping 14 Stakes shall be installed as shown in the Plans. 15 16 Commercial plant ties may be used in lieu of hose and wire guying upon approval of the 17 Engineer. The minimum size of wire used for guying shall be 14 gage, soft drawn. 18 19 Hose for guying shall be nylon, rubber, or reinforced plastic and shall have an inside 20 diameter of at least 1/2 inch. 21 22 Tree wrap shall be a crinkled waterproof paper weighing not less than 4.0 pounds per 23 100 square feet and shall be made up of two sheets cemented together with asphalt. 24 25 SECTION 9 -15, IRRIGATION SYSTEM 26 December 2, 2002 27 This section is replaced in its entirety as follows: 28 29 All materials and equipment incorporated in the system shall be new, undamaged, of 30 standard quality, and shall be subject to testing as specified. 31 32 9 -15.1 Pipe, Tubing, and Fittings 33 Pipe shall be galvanized iron, PVC, or polyethylene, as specified in the Plans or in the 34 Special Provisions. 35 36 9- 15.1(1) Galvanized Pipe and Fittings 37 Pipe shall be standard weight, hot -dip galvanized iron or steel pipe, threaded and 38 coupled. Pipe shall meet the requirements of ASTM A 53. 39 40 All pipe fittings shall be standard threaded galvanized malleable iron fittings. 41 42 9- 15.1(2) Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe and Fittings 43 PVC pipe and fittings, where indicated in the Plans, shall be of PVC compound Type 1, 44 Grade 1, conforming to ASTM D 1784 specifications. The pipe and fittings shall be 45 approved and certified by the National Sanitation Foundation. Pipe and fittings shall be 46 free from defects in materials, workmanship, and handling. The Engineer may require 47 dimensional and quick burst tests of pipe and fittings after arrival at the job site. 48 Acceptance of the materials shall be subject to passing the designated tests per ASTM 49 Standards. 50 51 PVC solvent weld pipe shall be of PVC 1120 material and shall have 200 psi minimum 52 pressure rating with SDR 21 walls which conform to ASTM D 2241. PVC pipe with walls 53 heavier than SDR 21 shall be installed when noted in the Plans and specified in the 54 Special Provisions. PVC threaded pipe shall be of PVC 1120 material and shall be 55 schedule 80 which conforms to ASTM D 1785. 56 57 PVC pipe fittings shall conform to ASTM D 2466, Type I, Grades 1 or 2. Pipe may be 58 belled on one end with the dimensions of the tapered bell conforming to ASTM D 2672. 59 LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 123 1 Each length of PVC pipe is to be marked with an identifying extrusion "run" number and 2 the manufacturer's name or trade name plus the pipe size and schedule. 3 4 9- 15.1(3) Polyethylene Pipe 5 Polyethylene pipe shall be Class 80, SDR 15, medium density polyethylene pipe, meet 6 the requirements of ASTM D 2239, conform to U.S. Commercial Standard CS -255, and 7 be National Sanitation Foundation (NSF) approved. 8 9 Thick walled polyethylene (poly) pipe shall be used in conjunction with fittings 10 recommended by the manufacturer of the poly pipe to produce a flexible swing joint' 11 assembly between the lateral line and the irrigation head. The pipe shall be 12 manufactured from high quality, low density virgin polyethylene material and have a 13 minimum wall thickness of 0.10 Inch and a minimum Inside diameter of 0.49 inch. The 14 pipe shall be capable of withstanding 80 psi operating water pressure at 110 F. The 15 length of thick walled poly pipe at each flexible swing joint assembly shall be 18 inches 16 minimum to 36 inches maximum. 17 18 9 -15.2 Drip Tubing 19 Drip tubing shall be manufactured from specially formulated, chemical resistant, low to 20 medium density virgin polyethylene or polybutylene selected for excellent weatherability 21 and stress cracking resistance and designed specifically for use in drip irrigation 22 systems. Drip tubing shall have a minimum wall thickness of 0.045 inch and shall have 23 a written warranty from the manufacturer against defects in manufacturing, rot, - 24 electrolytic corrosion, or stress cracking for a period of five years minimum from the time 25 of installation. 26 27 9 -15.3 Automatic Controllers 28 Automatic controllers shall be installed on a concrete base. They shall be an electrically 29 timed device for automatically opening and closing control valves for predetermined �► 30 periods of time and mounted so that all normal adjustments will be conveniently located 31 for use b the operator. Controllers shall be enclosed in a weatherproof, painted, metal 32 housing fabricated from 16 gage sheet aluminum alloy 6061 -T6, or from 16 gage sheet 33 steel metal. 34 35 A pedestal or skirting shall be placed around the conduit leading to the metal housing 36 shown in the Plans. It shall be of the same material and finish as the housing. The 37 Contractor shall submit a plan of the proposed design for the pedestal or skirting to the 38 Engineer for approval before fabrication. Controller housing shall have hasp and lock or 39 locking device. All locks or locking devices shall be master keyed and three sets of keys 40 provided. The controller shall be compatible with and capable of operating the irrigation 41 system as designed and constructed and shall include the following operating features: 42 43 1. Each controller station shall be adjustable for setting to remain open for any 44 desired period of time — from five minutes or less to at least one hour. 45 46 2. Adjustments shall be provided whereby any number of days may be omitted 47 and whereby any one or more positions on the controller can be skipped. 48 When adjustments are made, they shall continue automatically within a 14 -day 49 cycle until the operator desires to make new adjustments. 50 51 3. Controls shall allow any position to be operated manually both on or off 52 whenever desired. 53 54 4. Controls shall provide for resetting the start of the irrigation cycle at any time 55 and advancing from one position to another. 56 57 5. Controllers shall contain an on -off switch and fuse assembly. 58 LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 124 1 9 -15.4 Sprinkler Heads 2 Sprinkler heads shall be of the type, pattern, and coverage shown in the Plans at rated 3 operating pressure specified, discharging not more than the amount of gallons per 4 minute listed. 5 6 Sprinkler heads shall be designed so that spray adjustments can be made by either an 7 adjustment screw or interchangeable nozzles. Watering cores shall be easily removed 8 without removing the housing from the pipe. 9 10 9 -15.5 Valve Boxes and Protective Sleeves 11 All automatic control valves, flow control valves, and pressure reducing valves shall be 12 provided with valve boxes. Valve boxes shall conform to the Plans and shall be 13 extendible to obtain the depth required. All manual drain valves and manual control 14 valves shall be equipped with a protective sleeve and cap as shown in the Plans. 15 16 9 -15.6 Gate Valves 17 Gate valves when called for in the Plans shall be heavy duty bronze conforming to the 18 requirements of ASTM B 62. Valves shall be of the same size as the pipes on which 19 they are placed and shall have union or flange connections. Service rating (for 20 nonshock cold water) shall be 150 psi. Valves shall be of the double disk, taper seat 21 type, with rising stem, union bonnet and hand wheel or suitable cross wheel for 22 standard key operation. Manufacturer's name, type of valve, and size shall be cast on 23 the valve. 24 25 9 -15.7 Control Valves 26 27 9- 15.7(1) Manual Control Valves 28 Manual valves shall be bronze or brass, angle type with hex brass union. Service rating 29 shall be not less than 150 psi nonshock cold water. Valves shall be designed for 30 underground installation with suitable cross wheel for operation with a standard key. The 31 Contractor shall furnish three suitable operating keys per contract. Valves shall have 32 removable bonnet and stem assembly with adjustable packing gland and shall house 33 long acme threaded stem to ensure full opening and closing. Valve discs shall be full 34 floating with replaceable seat washers. 35 36 9- 15.7(2) Automatic Control Valves 37 Automatic remote control valves shall be globe pattern with flanged or screwed 38 connections as required. The valve shall be constructed so as to allow all internal parts 39 to be removable from the top of the valve without disturbing the valve installation. 40 41 Valves shall be of a normally closed design and shall be electric solenoid operated, 42 having maximum rating of 6.5 watts utilizing 24 volt AC power. Solenoids shall be 43 directly attached to the valve bonnets or body with all control parts completely internal. 44 Valves shall be of 150 psi brass or bronze, or Iron body bronze - mounted combination. 45 The opening and closing speed of the valve shall be a minimum of five seconds for 46 closure and a minimum of three seconds for opening with a constant rate of opening 47 and closing. A manual control bleed cock shall be included on the valve to operate the 48 valve without the requirement of electric current. A manual shutoff stem with cross 49 handle for wrench operation is required for manual adjustment from fully closed to wide 50 open. Once the manual adjustment is set, the valve shall operate automatically in the 51 adjusted position. Water flow shall be completely stopped when the control valve is 52 closed either manually or automatically. Automatic control valves and automatic 53 controllers need not be from the same manufacturer. 54 55 9- 15.7(3) Automatic Control Valves With Pressure Regulator 56 The automatic control valve with pressure regulator shall be similar to the automatic 57 control valve and shall also reduce the inlet pressure to a constant lower pressure 58 regardless of supply fluctuations. The regulator must be fully adjustable. 59 LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 125 1 9 -15.8 Quick Coupling Equipment 2 Quick coupler valves shall have a service rating not less than 125 psi for nonshock cold 3 water. The body of the valves shall be of cast leaded semi -red brass alloy No. C84400 4 conforming to ASTM B 584. The base of the valve shall have standard female pipe 5 threads. The design of the valve shall be such that it will open only upon inserting a 6 coupler key and will close as the coupler is removed from the valve. Leakage of water 7 between the coupler and valve body when in operation will not be accepted. The valve 8 body receiving the coupler shall be designed with double worm slots to allow smooth 9 action in opening and closing of the valve with a minimum of effort. Slots shall be 10 notched at the base to hold the coupler firmly in the open position. Couplers shall be of 11 the same material as the valve body with stainless steel double guide lugs to fit the 12 worm slots. Couplers shall be of one piece construction with steel reinforced side 13 handles attached. All couplers shall have standard male pipe threads at the top. 14 Couplers shall be furnished with all quick coupler valves unless otherwise specified. 15 16 9 -15.9 Drain Valves 17 Drain valves shall be 1/2 or 3/4 inch in size and shall be vable bonnet of bronze et and stem, and brass, manual , 18 angle globe type, with rising stem, hex brass union, remo 19 adjustable packing gland. Valves shall be designed for underground installation with 20 suitable cross wheel for operation with a standard key, and shall have a service rating of 21 not less than 150 psi nonshock cold water. The Contractor shall furnish three standard 22 operating keys per contract. 23 24 On potable systems, drain valves shall be allowed only in the downstream side of 25 approved cross - connection control devices. 26 27 9 -15.10 Hose Bibs 28 Hose bibs shall be constructed of bronze or brass, angle type threaded to 29 accommodate a 3/4 -inch hose connection, and shall be key operated. Design shall be .� 30 such as to prevent operation by wrench or pliers. 31 32 9 -15.11 Cross - Connection Control Devices 33 Atmospheric vacuum breaker assemblies (AVBAs), pressure vacuum breaker - 34 assemblies (PVBAs), double check valve assemblies (DCVAs), and reduced pressure 35 backflow devices (RPBDs), shall be of a type approved by the Washington State 36 Department of Health, Olympia, Washington. 37 38 9 -15.12 Check Valves 39 Adjustable spring check valves shall be PVC and shall be pressure rated at 200 psi. 40 Valves shall be adjustable from 5 to 15 pounds spring tension, but shall not cause 41 pressure loss in excess of 5 psi for flows up to 30 gpm. Valves shall have angled seats, 42 Buna -N seals and threaded connections, and shall be installed in 6 -inch Schedule 40 43 PVC sleeves with removable caps or 6 -inch round plastic valve boxes. 44 45 9 -15.13 Pressure Regulating Valves 46 Pressure regulating valves shall have a minimum of 150 psi working pressure with an 47 adjustable outlet range of 20 to 70 psi. The valves shall be factory set as shown in the 48 Plans. Pressure regulating valves shall be rated for safe operation at 175 psi nonshock 49 cold water. 50 51 9 -15.14 Three -Way Valves 52 Three -way valves shall be tight closing, three port, ball or plug type, constructed to 53 permit straight through and 90 degree flow only. The valve shall be of bronze or 54 approved corrosion resistant body materials and shall have a minimum of 150 psi 55 working pressure. The head of the valve, or handle when applicable, shall be 56 permanently marked to indicate port position. Whenever handles are included as an 57 integral part of the valve, the Contractor shall remove the handles and give them to the 58 Engineer for ultimate distribution to the Maintenance Division. 59 LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 126 r- 1 9 -15.15 Flow Control Valves 2 Valve body materials shall be plastic or metal. Internal parts shall be stainless steel. 3 Valves shall be factory set to plan flows. Valves shall have no external adjustment and 4 be tamper proof when installed. One - quarter inch and smaller flow control valves shall 5 have a minimum pressure absorption range of 2 to 32 psi. One and one -half inch and 6 larger flow control valves shall have a minimum pressure absorption range of 3 to 7 50 psi. 8 9 Flow shall be controlled to 5 percent of plan volumes. 10 11 9 -15.16 Air Relief Valve 12 The air relief valve shall automatically relieve air and break a vacuum in the serviced 13 pipe. Body materials shall be installed exactly at all high points. 14 15 9 -15.17 Electrical Wire and Splices 16 Electrical wire used in the irrigation system shall comply with Section 9- 29.3. Electrical 17 wire used between the automatic controller and automatic valves shall be copper AWG 18 No. 14 minimum size, Type USE Chemically Cross Linked Polyethylene or 19 Thermoplastic, Type UF, and shall be color coded or marked with number identification. 20 21 Low voltage splices shall be made with a kit containing a "T" shaped open cell centering 22 device and a plastic bag of urethane and hardener which is mixed at the time of 23 installation or heat shrinkable insulating tubing. Heat shrinking insulating tubing shall 24 consist of a mastic lined heavy wall polyolefin cable sleeve. The resin used with the `T " 25 shaped open cell centering device shall be a quick curing flexible compound with an 26 approximate set -up time of 4 minutes at 72 F. 27 28 9 -15.18 Detectable Marking Tape 29 Detectable marking tape shall consist of inert polyethylene plastic that is impervious to 30 all known alkalis, acids, chemical reagents, and solvents likely to be encountered in the 31 soil, with a metallic foil core to provide the most positive detection and pipeline locators. 32 33 The tape shall be color coded and shall be imprinted continuously over its entire length 34 in permanent black ink. The message shall convey the type of line buried below and 35 shall also have the word "Caution" prominently shown. Color coding of the tape shall be 36 as follows: 37 38 Utility Tape Color 39 Water Blue 40 Sewer Green 41 Electrical Red 42 Gas -Oil Yellow 43 Telephone -CATV Orange 44 45 The width of the tape shall be as recommended by the manufacture for the depth of 46 installation. 47 48 9 -15.19 Wye Strainers 49 Wye strainers shall be bronze or brass with screwed end connections, 20 mesh Monel 50 or stainless steel screen, and standard tapped bronze retainer cap and closure plug. 51 Service rating shall be not less than 150 psi nonshock cold water. 52 53 SECTION 9 -16, FENCE AND GUARDRAIL 54 April 7, 2003 55 9- 16.2(3) Wood Fence Posts and Braces 56 This section is revised to read: 57 58 Douglas fir, Western red cedar, hemlock, or larch shall be used in the construction of 59 wood fence posts and braces. The material shall be of good quality and approved by the LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 127 1 Engineer before use. Peeler cores shall not be used for round posts. Wood fencing 2 materials shall have sufficient sapwood in the outer periphery to obtain the specified 3 penetration of preservative. Fencing materials shall be cut to the correct length before 4 pressure treatment. 5 6 Line posts shall be 3 -inch minimum diameter round posts or nominal 3 -inch by 3 -inch 7 square sawed posts. If the posts are to be pointed for driving, they shall be pointed 8 before treatment. Line posts shall be at least 7 feet in length. 9 10 Pull posts and brace posts shall be 6 -inch diameter round posts or nominal 6 -inch by 6- 11 inch material not less than 7 feet in length. 12 13 End, gate, and corner posts, and posts at an intersecting fence shall be 6 -inch diameter 14 round posts or nominal 6 -inch by 6 -inch material not less than 7 feet 10 inches in length. W 15 16 All sawed posts and timbers shall meet the requirements in the table under Section 9- 17 09.2. 18 19 The preservatives used to pressure -treat wood fencing materials shall meet the 20 requirements of Section 9 -09.3. 21 22 The retention and penetration of the preservative shall be as follows: - 23 24 Minimum Retention in 25 Pounds Per Cubic Foot 26 27 Preservative Sawed Posts Round Posts 28 Creosote 10.00 8.00 29 Pentachlorophenol 0.50 0.40 v. 30 ACA 0.40 0.40 31 ACZA 0.40 0.40 32 ACQ 0.40 0.40 33 CCA 0.40 0.40 34 35 Minimum Penetration 36 37 for material 5" or less - 0.40 inches penetration and 90% of sapwood 38 for material 5 "or greater - 0.50 inches penetration and 90% of sapwood 39 40 9- 16.3(1) Rail Element 41 The first paragraph is revised to read: 42 43 The W -beam or thrie beam rail elements, backup plates, reducer sections, and end 44 sections shall conform to "A Guide to Standardized Highway Barder Hardware" 45 published by AASHTO, AGC, and ARTBA. All rail elements shall be formed from 12 46 gage steel except the thrie beam used for bridge rail retrofits, Design F end sections, 47 and the reducer sections, which shall be formed from 10 gage steel. 48 49 9- 16.3(2) Posts and Blocks 50 This section is revised to read: 51 -» ol treated timber, 52 Posts and blocks may be of creosote treated timber, pentachlorophen 53 waterborne, chromated copper arsenate (CCA), ammoniacal copper arsenate (ACA), 54 ammoniacal copper zinc arsenate (ACZA), or ACID treated timber or galvanized steel; 55 except only treated timber posts and blocks may be used for weathering steel beam �a 56 guardrail. Blocks made from alternate materials that meet the NCHRP Report 350 57 criteria may be used in accordance with the manufacturers recommendations. Except 58 for terminal or anchor assemblies, all posts for any one project shall be of the same type 59 (wood or steel). Posts and blocks shall be of the size and length shown in the Plans and LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 128 ow 0 2 3 4 5 6 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 meet the requirements of these Specifications. Posts and blocks may be S4S or rough sawn. Timber posts and blocks shall conform to the grade specified in Section 9 -09.2, except pine lumber No. 1 grade may be used for the blocks. Timber posts and blocks shall be fabricated as specified in the Plans before being treated. Timber posts and blocks shall be treated by the empty cell process to provide a minimum retention, depending on the treatment used, according to the following: Creosote oil 12.0 lbs. pcf. Pentachlorophenol 0.60 lbs. pcf. ACA 0.50 lbs. pcf. ACZA 0.50 lbs. pcf. ACQ 0.50 lbs. pcf. CCA 0.50 lbs. pcf. Treatment shall be in accordance with Section 9 -09.3. Steel posts, blocks, and base plates, where used, shall conform to ASTM A 36, and shall be galvanized in accordance with AASHTO M 111. Welding shall conform to Section 6- 03.3(25). All fabrication shall be completed prior to galvanizing. 9- 16.8(1) Rail and Hardware The second sentence in the first paragraph is revised to read: Bolts, nuts, and washers for installation of weathering steel shall meet the requirements of Section 9- 16.3(4), and be galvanized in accordance with Section 9- 16.3(3). SECTION 9 -17, FLEXIBLE GUIDE POSTS January 7, 2002 9 -17.4 Pre - approval The address for the Department of Transportation Materials Laboratory is revised to P.O. Box 47365, Olympia, WA 98504 -7365. SECTION 9 -23, CONCRETE CURING MATERIALS AND ADMIXTURES April 7, 2003 9 -23.6 Admixture for Concrete This section is revised to read: Admixtures for use in concrete shall meet the following specifications: Admixture Air entraining Water Reducing Set Retarding *Accelerating Water Reducing/ Set Retarding *Water Reducing/ Accelerating High Range Water Reducing Specification AASHTO M 154 AASHTO M 194 Type A AASHTO M 194 Type B AASHTO M 194 Type C AASHTO M 194 Type D AASHTO M 194 Type E AASHTO M 194 Type F and G ASTM C 260 ASTM C 494 Type A ASTM C 494 Type B ASTM C 494 Type C ASTM C 494 Type D ASTM C 494 Type E ASTM C 494 Type F and G 'Accelerating admixtures are only allowed in Portland cement concrete pavement per Section 5.05, Cement Concrete Pavement and Section 5- 05.3(1) Concrete Mix Designs for Paving. LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 129 am 1 In addition to the above specifications, admixtures proposed for use shall contain less 2 than one percent chloride Ion (Cl- ) by weight of admixture and only non - chloride 3 accelerating admixtures shall be used. .. 4 5 Acceptance of admixtures will be based on Manufacturer's Certificate of Compliance. 6 7 If required by the Engineer, admixtures shall be sampled and tested before they are _. 8 used. 9 10 Samples shall be submitted for testing 10 days prior to use. 11 12 9 -23.9 Fly Ash 13 The reference to "Table 1 A" is revised to read "Table 2 14 15 SECTION 9 -26, EPDXY RESINS 16 April 7, 2003 17 Section 9 -26 is deleted in its entirety and replaced by the following: 18 19 SECTION 9 -26, EPDXY SYSTEMS 20 21 9 -26.1 Epoxy Bonding Agents 22 23 9- 26.1(1) General 24 Epoxy bonding agents shall be 2- component epoxy resin -base systems that meet the 25 requirements of ASTM C 881, shall be furnished in the type, grade, and class specified, 26 and shall meet the requirements below. When not specified, an appropriate grade and 27 class shall be selected for the particular application. Epoxy bonding agents for patching , 28 external concrete shall be concrete -gray in color. 29 30 9- 26.1(1)A Type I and Type IV 31 Epoxy bonding agents used for bonding hardened concrete to hardened concrete and 32 other materials shall be Type I for non -load bearing applications and Type IV for load 33 bearing applications. 34 35 9- 26.1(1)B Type II and Type V 36 Epoxy bonding agents used for bonding freshly mixed concrete to hardened concrete 37 shall be Type II for non -load bearing applications and Type V for load bearing 38 applications. 39 40 9- 26.1(1)C Type III 41 Epoxy bonding agents used for bonding skid - resistant materials to hardened concrete 42 and as a binder in epoxy mortars and epoxy concretes used on traffic; bearing surfaces 43 shall be Type III. 44 45 9- 26.1(2) Packaging and Marking 46 The components of the epoxy system furnished under these Specifications shall be 47 supplied in separate containers that are non - reactive with the materials contained. The 48 contents of each container shall be such that when the container contents are 49 combined, a properly proportioned final mixture results. 50 51 Containers shall be identified as "Component A" (Contains the Epoxy Resin) and 52 "Component B" (Contains the Curing Agent) and shall show the type, grade, class and 53 mixing directions as defined by these Specifications. Each container shall be marked 54 with the name of the manufacturer, the lot or batch number, the date of packaging, and 55 the quantity contained in pounds or gallons. 56 . 57 Potential hazards shall be so stated on the package in accordance with the Federal 58 Hazardous Products Labeling Act and State of Washington, Department of Labor and " 59 Industries Regulations for Shipment of Hazardous Products. LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 130 0 0 1 2 9- 26.1(3) Certification 3 If requested by the Contracting Agency, the manufacturer of the epoxy system shall 4 certify that components A and B meet the requirements of this specification before a 5 sample will be accepted for testing by the Contracting Agency. The Manufacturer's 6 Certificate of Compliance shall be furnished in accordance with Section 1 -06.3. 7 8 9- 26.1(4) Rejection 9 Except as noted otherwise, the entire lot of both components may be rejected if samples 10 submitted for test fail to meet any requirements of this specification. 11 12 9- 26.1(5) Acceptance 13 Acceptance of the Epoxy Bonding Agents for use on the project shall be based on a 14 passing test report from the State Materials Laboratory. 15 16 9 -26.2 Epoxy Adhesive for Lane Markers 17 18 9- 26.2(1) General 19 Epoxy adhesives for lane markers shall meet the requirements of AASHTO M237 for 20 Type II - Standard Setting, High Viscosity, Epoxy Adhesive. In lieu of the square base 21 test specimen molds for the Slant Shear Strength test specified in AASHTO M237, 22 cylindrical molds in accordance with ASTM D882 may be used. 23 24 9- 26.2(2) Packaging and Marking 25 Packaging and Marking of Epoxy Adhesive for Lane Markers shall meet the 26 requirements of Section 9- 26.1(2). 27 28 9- 26.2(3) Certification 29 Certification of Epoxy Adhesive for Lane Markers shall meet the requirements of Section 30 9- 26.1(3). 31 32 9- 26.2(4) Rejection 33 Rejection of Epoxy Adhesive for Lane Markers shall meet the requirements of Section 9- 34 26.1(4). 35 36 9- 26.2(5) Acceptance 37 Acceptance of each lot of the Epoxy Adhesive for Lane Markers for use on the project 38 shall be based on a Manufacturer's Certificate of Compliance. 39 40 9 -26.3 Epoxy Grout/Mortar /Concrete 41 42 9- 26.3(1) General 43 This specification shall apply to epoxy grout, epoxy mortar and epoxy concrete for traffic 44 and non - traffic bearing applications. Epoxy grout/mortar /concrete shall consist of an 45 epoxy bonding agent and an aggregate component. 46 47 Prepackaged epoxy grout/mortar /concrete shall be prepared from a ready -to -mix epoxy 48 bonding agent/aggregate system supplied by a manufacturer in kit form. 49 50 Non - prepackaged epoxy grout/mortar /concrete shall be prepared from an epoxy 51 bonding agent and an aggregate component that is clean, surface dry and inert and that 52 is of a quality and gradation suitable for Portland cement mortar or concrete. Aggregate 53 meeting the requirements of Section 9- 03.1(2) will be satisfactory. Epoxy 54 grout/mortar /concrete for patching external concrete shall be concrete -gray in color. 55 56 9- 26.3(1)A Traffic Bearing Applications 57 Epoxy grout/mortar /concrete for traffic bearing applications shall have a seven- day 58 compressive strength of not less ,than 2500 psi when tested in accordance with ASTM 59 C579. Epoxy bonding agent shall be Type III as described in Section 9- 26.1(1)C. 60 LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 131 2 4 5 6 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 Wa 9- 26.3(1)B Non - Traffic Bearing Applications Epoxy grout/mortar /concrete for non - traffic bearing applications shall have a seven -day compressive strength of not less than 4000 psi when tested in accordance with ASTM C579. Epoxy bonding agent shall be Type I, II, IV, or V as appropriate for intended use as described in Section 9- 26.1(1)A and Section 9- 26.1(1)B. 9- 26.3(2) Packaging and Marking Packaging and Marking of the epoxy bonding agent component of epoxy grout/mortar /concrete shall meet the requirements of Section 9- 26.1(2).. 9- 26.3(3) Certification Certification of the epoxy bonding agent component of epoxy grout/mortar /concrete shall meet the requirements of Section 9- 26.1(3). 9- 26.3(4) Rejection —r Rejection of the epoxy bonding agent component of epoxy grout/mortar /concrete shall meet the requirements of Section 9- 26.1(4). 9- 26.3(5) Acceptance Acceptance of the epoxy grout/mortar /concrete material for use on the project shall be based on a passing test report from the State Materials Laboratory. SECTION 9 -28, SIGNING MATERIALS AND FABRICATION April 7, 2003 9 -28.11 Hardware This section is revised to read: Bolts, nuts, locknuts, and washers shall be of the same material for each attachment. Bolts, nuts, locknuts, and washers for signs mounted on overhead sign structures (i.e. -- sign bridges, cantilevers sign structures, and bridge mounted sign brackets) shall be stainless steel only. Hardware Specification Bolts ASTM F 468 2024 -T4 Aluminum ASTM A 307 Steel ASTM F 593 Group 1, Condition A Stainless Steel, or ASTM A 193, Grade B8, Class 1 Stainless Steel U -bolts ASTM A 276 Type 304 Stainless Steel Washers ASTM B 209 2024 -T4 Aluminum ASTM F 844 Steel ANSI B.18.22.1 Stainless Steel Alloy 304 Nuts ASTM F 467 2024 -T4 Aluminum ASTM A 563 Grade A Steel ASTM F 594 Group 1 Stainless Steel, or ASTM A 194 Grade 8 or 8A Stainless Steel Locknuts ASTM F 467 2024 -T4 Aluminum (with nylon insert ASTM A 563 Grade A Steel unless otherwise ASTM F 594 Group 1 Stainless Steel, or noted in the Plans) ASTM A 194 Grade 8 or 8A Stainless Steel Rivets ASTM B 316 5052 Aluminum Alloy ASTM B 316 5056 Aluminum Alloy LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 132 am r 1 Post Clips ASTM B 179 356 -T6 Aluminum 2 3 Windbeams ASTM B 221 6061 -T6 Aluminum 4 5 Angle and `Z" Bar ASTM B 221 6061 -T6 Aluminum 6 ASTM A 36 Steel 7 8 Strap and Mounting Bracket ASTM A 666, Type 201 Stainless Steel 9 10 All steel parts shall be galvanized per AASHTO M 111. Steel bolts and related 11 connecting hardware shall be galvanized per AASHTO M 232, 12 13 9 -28.12 Reflective Sheetings 14 This section is revised to read: 15 16 Type I and Type II reflective sheeting shall consist of spherical lens elements embedded 17 within a transparent plastic having a smooth, flat outer surface. Type III and Type IV 18 reflective sheeting shall consist of spherical or prismatic lens elements adhered to a 19 synthetic resin and encapsulated by a flexible, transparent, weatherproof plastic having 20 a smooth outer surface. Type V reflective sheeting shall consist of metallized 21 microprismatic lens bonded to a flexible, smooth - surf aced, weather resistant polymeric 22 film. Type VI reflective sheeting shall consist of unmetallized microprismatic lens 23 formed on a flexible vinyl material. Type VII, VIII, IX and Type X Fluorescent Orange 24 reflective sheeting shall consist of unmetallized microprismatic lens formed in a 25 synthetic resin and encapsulated by a flexible, transparent, weatherproof plastic having 26 a smooth outer surface. All sheeting shall be weather resistant and have a protected 27 pre- coated adhesive backing. Type II reflective sheeting shall contain an identifying 28 marking, such as a water mark, which is visible after sheeting application. The marking 29 shall not adversely affect the performance or life of the sheeting. 30 31 The reflective sheeting shall have the following minimum coefficient of retroreflection 32 values at 0.2 degrees and 0.5 degrees observation angle expressed as average 33 candelas per foot - candle, per square foot of material. Measurements shall be conducted 34 in accordance with ASTM E 810. 35 36 Type I Glass Bead Retroreflective Element Material 37 38 Obs. Entrance SILVER 39 Angle Angle WHITE YELLOW ORANGE GREEN RED BLUE BROWN 40 0.20 -40 70 50 25 9.0 14 4.0 1.0 41 0.20 +300 30 22 7.0 3.5 6.0 1.7 0.3 42 0.50 -40 30 25 13 4.5 7.5 2.0 03 43 0.5° +30° 15 15 4.0 2.2 3.0 0.8 0.2 44 45 Type II Glass Bead Retroreflective Element Material 46 47 Obs. Entrance 48 Angle Angle WHITE YELLOW ORANGE GREEN RED BLUE BROWN 49 0.20 -40 140 100 60 30 30 10 5.0 50 0.20 +300 60 36 22 10 12 4.0 2.0 51 0.50 -40 50 33 20 9.0 10 3.0 2.0 52 0.5° +30° 28 20 12 6.0 6.0 2.0 1.0 53 54 Type III Glass Bead Retroreflective Element Material 55 56 Obs. Entrance 57 Angle Angle WHITE YELLOW ORANGE GREEN RED BLUE 58 0.20 -40 250 170 100 45 45 20 59 0.20 +30° 150 100 60 25 25 11 60 0.50 -4° 95 62 30 15 15 7.5 LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETRORT 133 1 0.5° +30° 65 45 25 10 10 5.0 2 Type IV Micro Prismatic Retroreflective Element Material 3 4 5 Obs. Entrance FLUORESCENT 6 Angle Angle WHITE YELLOW ORANGE GREEN RED BLUE BROWN 7 0.20 -40 250 170 210 35 35 20 7.0 8 0.20 +30° 80 54 92 9 9 5..0 2.0 9 0.50 -40 135 100 100 17 17 10 4.0 10 0.5° +30° 55 37 52 6.5 6.5 3.5 1.4 11 12 Type V Metallized Micro Prismatic Retroreflective Element Material 13 14 Obs. Entrance 15 Angle Angle WHITE YELLOW ORANGE GREEN RED BLUE 16 0.20 -0.40 700 470 280 120 120 56 17 0.2° +30° 400 270 160 72 72 32 18 0.50 -0.40 160 110 64 28 28 13 19 0.5° +300 75 51 30 13 13 6.0 20 21 Type VI Vinyl Micro Prismatic Retroreflective Element Material 22 23 Obs. Entrance 24 Angle Angle WHITE YELLOW ORANGE GREEN RED BLUE 25 0.2® -0.40 250 170 70 30 35 20 26 0.2° +30° 95 64 26 11 13 7.6 27 0.50 -0.40 200 136 56 24 28 18 28 0.50 +30° 60 40 17 7.2 8.4 4.8 29 30 Type VII Micro Prismatic Retroreflective Element Matedal 31 32 Obs. Entrance 33 Angle Angle WHITE YELLOW ORANGE GREEN RED BLUE 34 0.20 -0.40 750 560 280 75 150 34 35 0.20 +30° 430 320 160 43 86 20 36 0.50 -0.40 240 180 90 24 48 11 37 0.5° +300 135 100 50 14 27 6.0 38 39 Type VIII Micro Prismatic Retroreflective Element Material 40 41 Obs. Entrance 42 Angle Angle WHITE YELLOW ORANGE GREEN RED BLUE BROWN 43 0.20 -0.40 700 525 265 70 105 42 21 44 0.2° +300 325 245 120 33 49 20 10 45 0.50 -0.40 250 190 94 25 38 15 7.5 46 0.5° +300 115 86 43 12 17 7 3.5 47 48 Type IX Micro Prismatic Retroreflective Element Material 49 50 Obs. Entrance 51 Angle Angle WHITE YELLOW ORANGE GREEN RED BLUE 52 0.2° -0.40 380 285 145 38 76 17 53 0.2° +300 215 162 82 22 43 10 54 0.20 -0.40 240 180 90 24 48 11 55 0.5° +30° 135 100 50 14 27 6.0 56 1.0 -0.40 80 60 30 8.0 16 3.6 57 1.0 +300 45 34 17 4.5 9.0 2.0 58 59 Type X Micro Prismatic Retroreflective Element Material 60 LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 134 .w 1 Obs. Entrance FLUORESCENT 2 Angle Angle ORANGE 3 0,20 -0.40 200 4 0.20 +300 90 5 0.2° -0.40 70 6 0.5° +300 26 7 8 The wet performance measurements on unweathered sheeting shall be conducted in 9 accordance with one of the following methods: 10 11 1. The standard rainfall test specified in Federal Specification LS 300C and the 12 brightness of the reflective sheeting totally wet by rain shall not be less than 13 90 percent of the above values. 14 15 2. Samples shall be submerged in a tank of clean water (approximately 72 F) for 16 a period of 5 minutes. Reflex - reflective performance of the sheeting shall be 17 viewed in a darkened room by reflected light through the surface of the water 18 or through a transparent plane surface of the tank parallel to the sample 19 surface. Light source shall be such as a hand flashlight held close to the eye. 20 The wet sheeting shall show no apparent loss of reflective performance as 21 compared to dry material. 22 23 The sheeting shall conform to the applicable daytime color and luminance factor 24 requirements of ASTM D 4956 when tested instrumentally in accordance with Section 25 8.4 of that specification; OR,. the diffuse day color of the reflective sheeting shall be 26 visually evaluated by comparson with the applicable Highway Color Tolerance Chart. 27 Color comparison shall be made under north daylight or a scientific daylight having a 28 color temperature from 6500 degrees to 7500 degrees Kelvin. Daytime color evaluation 29 shall be illuminated at 45 degrees and viewed at 90 degrees. There shall be no 30 significant color shift when viewed under nighttime (retroreflective) conditions. 31 32 The reflective sheeting shall have a pre - coated pressure sensitive adhesive (Class 1) or 33 a heat - activated adhesive (Class 2) either of which will adhere to flat, clean surfaces 34 without necessity of additional adhesive coats on the reflective sheeting or application 35 surface. Chemical activators shall not be used to activate Class 2 adhesive. The pre - 36 coated adhesive shall be protected by an easily removed liner which, when removed, 37 shall not have a staining effect on the reflective sheeting and shall be mildew resistant. 38 The protective liner attached to the adhesive shall be removable by peeling without 39 soaking in water or other solvents and shall be easily removed after storage for 4 hours 40 at 150 F under weight of 215 psi. The sheeting with liner removed, conditioned for 24 41 hours at -72 F and 50 percent relative humidity, shall be sufficiently flexible to show no 42 cracking when bent around a 1.2 -inch diameter mandrel with the adhesive side 43 contacting the mandrel. For ease of testing, talcum powder may be spread on the 44 adhesive to prevent sticking to the mandrel. The sheeting surface shall be smooth and 45 flat to facilitate self - cleaning in the rain, regular cleaning, and wet performance, and 46 exhibit 85 degrees giossmeter rating of not less than 50 when tested in accordance with 47 ASTM D 523. The sheeting surface shall be readily processed and compatible with 48 transparent and opaque process colors and show no loss of the color coat with normal 49 handling, cutting, and application. The sheeting shall permit cutting and color processing 50 at temperatures of 60 F to 100 F and 20 to 80 percent RH. The sheeting shall be heat 51 resistant and permit force curing without staining of unapplied sheeting or applied 52 sheeting at temperatures recommended by the manufacturer not to exceed 150 F for 53 unapplied sheeting or 200 F for applied sheeting. The sheeting surface shall be solvent 54 resistant to permit cleaning by wiping with a clean soft cloth dampened with VM &P 55 Naphtha or mineral spirits. 56 57 The adhesive shall form a durable bond to smooth, corrosion and weather resistant 58 surfaces and permit the reflective sheeting to adhere securely, 48 hours after application 59 at temperatures of -30 F to 200 F. The adhesive bond shall be sufficient to render the 60 applied sheeting vandal- resistant and prevent its shocking off when subjected to an LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 135 1 impact energy of 20 ft. lbs. applied with a hemispherical tipped object 1 inch in diameter 2 at -0 F. The test specimen shall be applied to aluminum backing not less than 0.080 inch 3 thick and having a dimension of not less than 4 inches square. During testing, the 4 specimen shall be supported on a 3 -inch diameter ring. 5 6 The adhesion test shall conform to ASTM D 4956 with the addition of the temperatures 7 noted above. 8 9 The resistance to accelerated weathering shall be as described in ASTM D 4956 except 10 the weathering apparatus and procedure shall be in accordance with ASTM G 154. 11 12 The reflective sheeting shall be sufficiently flexible to be cut to shape easily and permit 13 application over, and conform to, moderate shallow embossing characteristic of certain 14 sign borders and symbols. The tensile strength of the sheeting shall be 5 to 20 pounds 15 per square inch width when conditioned for 48 hours in accordance to ASTM D 685 and 16 tested In accordance with ASTM D 828. Following liner removal, the reflective sheeting 17 shall not shrink more than 1/32 inch in ten minutes nor more than 1/8 inch in 24 hours in 18 any dimension per 9 inch square at 72 F and 50 percent relative humidity. 19 20 The sheeting, when applied according to manufacturer's recommendations to cleaned 21 and etched 0.020 -inch — 2 -inch x 8 -inch aluminum, conditioned (24 hours) and tested at 22 72 F and 50 percent relative humidity, shall be sufficiently flexible to show no cracking 23 when bent around a 3/4 -inch diameter mandrel. 24 25 9- 28.14(1) Timber Sign Posts 26 This section is revised to read: 27 28 At the Contractor's options, timber sign posts and mileposts shall be treated Douglas fir, 29 or treated Hem -fir meeting the grades specified in Section 9 -09.2. Douglas fir and Hem - 30 fir posts shall be given a treatment in accordance with Section 9- 09.3(1). Preservative 31 retention shall be as shown in section 9- 16.2(3) for sawn posts. 32 33 9- 28.14(2) Steel Structures and Posts 34 This section is revised to read: 35 36 Truss chords, struts, and diagonals, end posts, and end post struts and diagonals for 37 sign bridge structures and cantilever sign structures shall conform to either ASTM A 36 38 or ASTM A 53 Grade B Type E or S. The nominal pipe diameter and the pipe wall 39 thickness shall be as specified in the Plans or Standard Plans. All other structural steel 40 for sign bridge structures and cantilever sign structures shall conform to ASTM A 36. 41 Truss member connection hardware shall conform to Section 9- 06.5(3). 42 43 Pipe members for bridge mounted sign brackets shall conform to ASTM A 53 Grade B 44 Type E or S, and shall be Schedule 40 unless otherwise specified. All other structural 45 steel for bridge mounted sign brackets shall conform to ASTM A 36. U bolts, and 46 associated nuts and washers, shall be stainless steel conforming to Section 9- 28.11, 47 and shall be fabricated hot. 48 49 Anchor rods, nuts and washers for sign bridge structure foundations shall conform to 50 Section 9- 06.5(4). Anchor rods for cantilever sign structure foundations shall conform to 51 ASTM F 1554 Grade 105, including the appropriate supplemental requirements for 52 grade and manufacturer's identification, and charpy impact testing (15 foot - pounds 53 minimum at 40F). Nuts and washers for cantilever sign structure foundations shall 54 conform to AASHTO M 291 Grade DH and AASHTO M 293, respectively. 55 56 Anchor rods for sign bridge structures and cantilever sign structures shall be galvanized 57 after fabrication a minimum of 1' -0" at the exposed end in accordance with AASHTO M 58 232. Nuts and washers shall be galvanized after fabrication in accordance with 59 AASHTO M 232. Anchor rod templates shall conform to ASTM A 36, but need not be 60 galvanized. LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETRORT 136 0 1 2 Steel sign structures and posts shall be galvanized after fabrication in accordance with 3 AASHTO M 111, unless noted otherwise in the Plans. All bolts, nuts, and washers shall 4 be galvanized after fabrication in accordance with AASHTO M 232. Unless otherwise 5 specified in the Plans or Special Provisions, metal surfaces shall not be painted. 6 7 Minor fabricating and modifications necessary for galvanizing will be allowed if not 8 detrimental to the end product as determined by the Engineer. If such modifications are 9 contemplated, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer, for approval, six copies of 10 the proposed modifications, prior to fabrication. 11 12 9 -28.15 Sign Lighting Luminaires 13 This section is revised to read: 14 15 Sign lighting luminaries shall be either Mercury Vapor or Induction. 16 17 This section is supplemented with the following: 18 19 9- 28.15(1) Sign Lighting Luminaires — Mercury Vapor 20 Sign lighting luminaires shall have a cast aluminum housing and door assembly with a 21 polyester paint finish. 22 23 The housing shall encase a reflector, lamp socket, and ballast. It shall have a front entry 24 (the side facing the sign) suitable for 1/2 inch conduit and mounting holes for attaching 25 to a fixture mounting plate. Any additional entries shall have suitable plugs. The sign 26 lighting luminaire shall be supported by a lighting bracket assembly as detailed in the 27 plans. If the sign structure includes a maintenance walkway, the luminaire fixture 28 mounting plate shall be bolted to the walkway grating. Condensation drain holes shall 29 be provided as recommended by the manufacturer. 30 31 The door shall be hinged to the housing on the side of the fixture away from the sign 32 panel and shall be provided with two captive devices. The door shall be provided with 33 the means to allow the door to be locked in the open position 700 to 900 from the plane 34 of the door opening. The juncture of the door and housing shall be gasketed to provide 35 a rain tight and dust tight joint. 36 37 Refractors shall be manufactured from heat resistant borosilicate glass. The refractor 38 shall be shielded so that no light source is visible from the sign viewing approach. The 39 shield shall be an integral part of the door assembly. When called for in the plans, 40 fixtures shall be provided with a wire guard to prevent damage to the refractor. 41 42 The light source shall be a 175 watt deluxe phosphor coated mercury vapor lamp. The 43 lamp socket shall be porcelain enclosed mogul type containing integral lamp grips to 44 ensure electrical contact under conditions of normal vibration. The center contact shall 45 be spring loaded. The shell and center contact shall be rated for 1500 watts, 600 volts. 46 47 An isolation switch shall be installed in a NEMA 3R stainless steel terminal cabinet per 48 standard specification 9- 29.25. The terminal cabinet shall be installed in accordance to 49 the Standard Plans. The switch shall be either single pole, single throw, or double pole 50 single throw as necessary to open all conductors to the luminaires other than neutral 51 and ground conductors. The switch shall contain 600 volt alternating current (VAC) 52 terminal strips on the load side with solderless lugs as required for each load carrying 53 conductor plus four spare lugs per strip. 54 55 Each fixture shall be provided with a fusible terminal block. Fuses shall be 10 amp, 250 56 VAC for 120 VAC circuits and 5 amp 600 VAC for 240 VAC and 480 VAC circuits. The 57 primary voltage shall be as indicated in the plans. Photometric performance shall be as 58 follows: 59 LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 137 J 1 The ratio of the maximum to minimum illuminance level on a panel 10 feet high by 2 16 feet wide shall not numerically exceed 5:1 approaching 1:1. In addition, the 3 illuminance gradient shall not numerically exceed 2:1, illuminance gradient being 3 4 defined as the ratio of the minimum illuminance of a square panel 1 foot on a side 5 to that of any adjacent panel of the same size. This performance shall be obtained 6 when the fixture is mounted 1 foot below the bottom edge of the sign and 5 feet out 7 from the sign face. 8 9 The average to minimum uniformity ratio for a panel as dimensioned above shall 10 not numerically exceed 3:1. Average Initial illuminance shall exceed 10 foot candles 11 for a mercury vapor lamp of 175 watts as specified. .3 12 13 9- 28.15(2) Sign Lighting Fixtures - induction 14 Induction sign lighting fixture shall conform to the provisions for mercury sign lighting 15 fixtures except as modified below: 16 17 Each fixture shall consist of a housing a reflector, refractor or lens, lamp socket, 18 lamp, power coupler, a high frequency (HF) generator and a fuse block, door, front 19 entry (the side facing the sign) suitable for 1/2 inch conduit and mounting holes for 20 attaching to a fixture mounting plate. Any additional entries shall have suitable 21 plugs. The sign lighting luminaire shall be supported by a lighting bracket assembly 22 as detailed in the plans. The door shall be hinged to the housing on the side of the 23 fixture away from the sign panel and shall be provided with two captive devices. 24 The door shall be provided with the means to allow the door to be locked in the . 25 open position 700 to 900 from the plane of the door opening. The juncture of the 26 door and housing shall be gasketed to provide a rain tight and dust tight joint. 27 28 Refractors or lens shall be manufactured from heat resistant glass. The refractor or 29 lens shall be shielded so that no light source is visible from the sign viewing 30 approach. The shield shall be an integral part of the door assembly. When called for 31 in the plans, fixtures shall be provided with a wire guard to prevent damage to the 32 refractor. 33 34 The ratio of the maximum to minimum illuminance level on a panel 10 feet high by 35 16 feet wide shall not numerically exceed 9:1 approaching 1:1. In addition, the 36 illuminance gradient shall not numerically exceed 2:1, illuminance gradient being 37 defined as the ratio of the minimum illuminance of a square panel 1 foot on a side 38 to that of any adjacent panel of the same size. This performance shall be obtained 39 when the fixture is mounted 1 foot below the bottom edge of the sign and 5 feet out 40 from the sign face. 41 42 The average to minimum uniformity ratio for a panel as dimensioned above shall 43 not numerically exceed 4:1. Average Initial illuminance shall exceed 10 foot candles 44 for an induction lamp of 85 watts as specified. 45 46 The system lifetime shall be rated at 60 000 hours with a failure rate of less than 10 47 percent. The system shall be rated at a nominal wattage of 87 W, 120/240 or 3 48 480V(ac). The power factor of the system shall be greater than 90 percent and the 49 total harmonic distortion (THD) shall be less than 10 percent. The system shall be 50 UL approved for wet locations and be FCC Class a listed. 51 52 The mounting assembly shall be either cast aluminum, hot -dip galvanized steel 53 plate or steel plate that has been galvanized and finished with a polymeric coating 54 system or the same finish that is used for the housing. The overall weight of the 55 fixture shall not exceed 44 pounds. The manufacturer's brand name, trademark, 56 model number, serial number and date of manufacture shall be located on the 57 packaged assembly and on the outside and inside of the housing. 58 LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 138 1 Housing 2 The housing shall have a door designed to hold a refractor or lens. The 3 housing door shall be designed to be opened without the use of tools. The 4 housing and door shall have polyester paint finish of a gray color resembling 5 unfinished fabricated aluminum. 6 7 Reflector 8 The reflector may be designed to be removed as a unit that includes the lamp 9 and power coupler. 10 11 Lamp 12 Each fixture shall be furnished with an 85 -W induction lamp. The interior lamp 13 walls shall be fluorescent phosphor coated. Lamp light output shall be not less 14 than 70 percent at 60 000 hours. Lamps shall have a color - rendering index 15 (CRI) of not less than 80. Lamps shall be rated at a color temperature of 4 000 16 K. Lamps shall be removable without the use of tools. 17 18 Power Coupler 19 The power coupler shall consist of a construction base with antenna, heat sink 20 and electrical connection cable. 21 22 The power coupler shall be designed so that it can be removed with no more 23 than common hand tools. 24 25 High Frequency Generator 26 High frequency (HF) generators shall provide reliable lamp starting and 27 operation at ambient temperatures down to -15° F for the rated life of the lamp. 28 29 The generator output frequency shall be 2.65 MHz +/- 10 percent. The 30 generator radio frequency Interference shall meet the requirements of Part 18 31 of the FCC. 32 33 High frequency generators shall be designed for continuous operation at 34 ambient air temperatures from -5 °F to 80 °F without reduction in generator life. 35 High frequency generators shall have a design life of not less than 100,000 36 hours at 130° F. 37 38 A Certificate of Compliance, conforming to the provisions in Section 6 -1.07, 39 "Certificates of Compliance," and a copy of the high frequency generator test 40 methods and results shall be submitted by the manufacturer with each lot of 41 sign lighting fixtures. The certificate shall state that the high frequency 42 generators meet, in every respect, the above requirements and the generator 43 specifications of the lamp manufacturer. 44 45 High frequency generators shall also conform to the following: 46 47 A. High frequency generators shall be capable of being easily replaced. 48 All conductor terminals shall be identified as to the component 49 terminal to which they connect. 50 51 B. High frequency generators shall be mounted so as to use the portion 52 of the sign lighting fixture upon which they are mounted as a heat 53 sink. 54 55 SECTION 9 -29, ILLUMINATION, SIGNALS, ELECTRICAL 56 December 2, 2002 57 The section is revised to read: 58 LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 139 1 9 -29.1 Conduit, Innerduct, and Outerduct 2 Rigid metal conduit shall conform to Article 344 of the National Electrical Code. 3 Liquldtight flexible metal conduit and associated couplings, connectors shall conform f o 4 article 356 of the National Electrical Code. PVC conduit shall conform to Article 352 of 5 the National Electrical Code and to NEMA specification TC -2 (Conduit), TC -3 (Fittings - 6 UL 514), and UL 651 (standard for rigid nonmetallic conduit). Fiberglass conduit and 7 fittings shall be UL listed and shall comply with ANSI/ NEMA standards TC -14A (filament 8 wound reinforced thermosetting resin conduit and fittings) and ASTM D -2996. 9 10 Exterior and interior surfaces of all steel conduit, except threaded ends, shall be 11 uniformly and adequately zinc coated by a hot -dip galvanizing process. The average 12 weight of zinc coating shall be not less than 0.80 ounces of zinc per square foot of 13 single surface area as determined by tests on 12 -inch samples taken from each end of 14 a standard length of conduit of each size. The weight of zinc coating on any individual 15 test specifications shall be not less than 0.70 ounces of zinc per square foot of single 16 surface area. The weight of zinc coating will be determined in accordance with AASHTO 17 T 65. Determinations and nominal weights shall conform to the requirements of the 18 Underwriters Laboratory Publication No. 6 (latest edition). In addition, the exterior as 19 well as the interior conduit samples shall withstand four dips in the PREECE test in 20 accordance with ASTM A 239. The threaded ends of all conduits shall be either 21 galvanized in accordance with the foregoing or shall be painted with galvanized repair 22 paint, Formula A -9 -73. All field cuts shall also be painted with galvanized repair paint, 23 Formula A -9 -73. 24 25 Couplings for rigid metal type conduits may be either hot -dip or electroplated galvanized 26 and, in addition, shall be painted with one coat of galvanizing repair paint Formula A -9- 27 73. The paint shall have a minimum wet film thickness of 3 mils. The painted coating 28 shall cover the entire coupling. 29 30 Grounding end bushings shall comply with the following: 31 32 1. Full standard threads, around the entire 3601 circumference. 33 2. Malleable iron material. 34 3. Hot -dip galvanized, per AASHTO M 111. 35 4. Copper, tinned copper, stainless steel or integral lug. 36 5. Stainless steel clamping screw, mounting screw and set screw. 37 38 Every length of rigid metal conduit shall bear the label of Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. 39 or the label of the Canadian Standards Association if affected items of Canadian 40 manufacture are approved for use on the project. Installation shall conform to 41 appropriate articles of the Code. 42 43 The colloidal copper compound required for coating threads on metallic conduit, 44 couplings, and fittings shall consist of approximately 70 percent by weight of petroleum 45 oil and 30 percent by weight of copper flakes. 46 47 All types of conduit shall be free from defects, including out of round, foreign inclusions, 48 etc. It shall be uniform in color, density, and physical properties. It shall be straight and 49 the ends shall be cut square to the inside diameter. All conduit shall display the 50 Underwriters Laboratory certification (UL Listed). 51 52 PVC solvent cement shall be medium - bodied gray or clear and meet ASTM D 2564 53 including note 8 (label to show pipe sizes for which the cement is recommended). 54 55 Rigid galvanized steel conduit is required for all surface mounted conduit, with the 56 exception of Electrical service utility poles, upon the approval of the serving Utility 57 company only. 58 LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 140 .r 1 Galvanized steel conduit outerduct shall be hot - dipped galvanized inside and out. The 2 conduit shall be smooth and free from burrs. Conduit shall be supplied and shipped 3 with thread protectors. 4 5 Deflection fittings shall be weather tight, with hot dipped galvanized ductile iron or 6 bronze end couplings, molded neoprene sleeve and internal tinned copper bonding 7 jumper. Deflection fittings shall provide for conduit movement of 3/4 inch in all directions 8 and angular movement of 30 degrees from the normal in any direction. 9 10 Expansion fittings shall be weather tight, with hot dipped galvanized malleable or ductile 11 iron end couplings and body. Expansion fittings shall have an external tinned copper 12 bonding jumper. Expansion fittings on bridges shall allow for 8 inches of movement (4 13 inches in each direction) normal to the structure. All other expansion fittings shall allow 14 for 4 inches of movement (2 inches in each direction) normal to the structure. 15 16 A combination deflection / expansion fitting shall be made from a 17 deflection fitting and a expansion fitting as listed above, with the 18 addition of an external tinned copper bonding jumper. The external 19 tinned copper bonding jumper shall be of sufficient length to be 20 installed on the conduit run and bypass the combination deflection / 21 expansion fitting. 22 23 Inner and Outer duct 24 Yellow location tape with black lettering shall be installed 12 inches above all 25 underground Inner and Outer duct. 26 27 Each section of steel outerduct shall be supplied with one reversing spin coupling that 28 allows straight sections and fittings to be joined without spinning the conduit. The 29 reversing coupling shall be galvanized and have three setscrews or a lock nut ring to 30 lock the coupling in place. Setscrews or lock nut ring shall be corrosion resistant and 31 insure continuous electrical ground. The coupling shall be galvanized steel with the 32 same material properties as the conduit. 33 34 The innerduct system shall be factory- installed and shall be designed so that expansion 35 and contraction of the innerducts takes place in the coupling body to eliminate 36 compatibility problems. 37 38 The conduit coupling body shall have a factory- assembled gasket that is multi -stage 39 and anti- reversing, sealing both the outerduct and innerducts. A secondary mid body 0- 40 ring gasket shall be seated into the coupling body and shall hold the coupling body 41 firmly in the steel outerduct. 42 43 The conduit system shall be designed so that assembly of components can be, 44 accomplished in the following steps: 45 46 1. Loosen setscrews or lock nut ring on coupling and spin back to allow for 47 insertion. 48 2. Spin coupling mating sections forward to bottom. 49 3. Tighten set screws on lock nut ring. 50 51 Innerduct for Straight Sections of PVC Conduits 52 53 The 4 inch PVC outerduct shall be equipped with four innerducts. The innerducts shall 54 have a minimum outside diameter of 1 1/4 inch a minimum inside diameter of 1 1/5 inch. 55 Larger diameter innerducts may be provided if the wall thickness and diameter 56 tolerances are met. The tolerance for inside and outside diameters shall be 0.0005 inch. 57 The innerducts shall have a minimum wall thickness of 0.006 inch. Innerduct shall be 58 color coded. The color coding shall be three gray and one white. Alternate color codes 59 are permitted as long as the color codes are contiguous between adjacent junctions 60 boxes. The innerducts shall be factory installed in the outerduct. LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 141 r 1 2 Dynamic coefficient of friction of innerducts shall be tested in accordance with Bellcore 3 GR- 356 -CORE procedure. The coefficient of friction shall be less than 0.30 between 4 medium density polyethylene jacketed fiber optic cable and the prelubricated innerduct. 5 The coefficient of friction shall be less than 0.10 between the 1/4 inch diameter 6 polypropylene rope (suitable for fiber optic cable pulling) and the prelubricated 7 innerduct. Pull rope used for testing (meeting the 0.10 coefficient of friction requirement) 8 shall be the same type as the pull rope used for cable installation. The Contractor shall 9 provide as part of the conduit submittals a certificate of compliance with these 10 coefficient of friction requirements. 11 12 The innerduct shall have a smooth, non - ribbed interior surface, with a factory 13 prelubricated coating. The coating shall provide the required dynamic coefficient of 14 friction. 15 16 Innerduct shall be extruded polyvinyl chloride (PVC) or polyethylene (PE). PE innerduct 17 shall have a white internal color as a result of the prelubrication process. An approved 18 equivalent material shall continue to meet all dimensional requirements and the 19 dynamic coefficient of friction specified. 20 21 Protective outerduct for PVC schedule 40 and schedule 80 conduit outerduct shall be 4 22 inch with a minimum 5 inch extended integral "bell' end and shall be gray in color. The 23 outerduct minimum wall thickness shall be 0.23 inch for Schedule 40 PVC and 0.32 inch 24 for Schedule 80 PVC. 25 26 Conduit and fittings for PVC outerduct shall be supplied with an ultraviolet inhibitor. 27 28 The coupling body for PVC outerduct shall include a factory- assembled, multi -stage 29 gasket that is anti - reversing, sealing both the outer and innerducts. A secondary mid 30 body gasket shall be seated at the shoulder of the bell to assure air and water integrity 31 of the system. The bell end and the coupling body assembly shall accept a minimum of 32 5 inch of the spigot end. 33 34 The conduit system shall be designed so that straight sections and fittings will assemble 35 without the need for lubricants or cement. 36 37 Bends for 4 inch PVC Conduit with Innerducts 38 All bend radii shall be 36 inches or greater. The conduit system shall provide a 39 complete line of fixed and flexible sweeps with system compatible bell and spigot ends. 40 The bends shall contain high- temperature burn - through- resistant innerducts 41 manufactured from PVC, PE, or Nylon -66. The innerducts shall meet all other 42 requirements for innerduct per "innerduct for Straight Sections of PVC Conduits" 43 44 Prefabricated fixed Bends 45 The prefabricated standard fixed PVC bends provided shall have a radius between 4 46 feet and 9 feet and sweep angles of 11.250, 22.50, 450, or 90 ". 47 48 Direction changes shall not exceed 90 °. 49 50 Flexible bends shall be supplied in two lengths to meet field requirements. Conduit 51 lengths shall be 10 feet 6 inches and 16 feet 6 inches. These conduits may be field bent 52 to a uniform radius no less than 4 feet. The field bend shall be no greater than 900 . 53 Grounding shall be continuous in flexible Bends. Outerduct for flexible bends shall be 54 manufactured from reinforced PVC. 55 56 All outerduct shall be marked with data traceable to plant location. 57 58 PVC outerduct shall have a. longitudinal print -line that denotes "Install This Side Up" for 59 proper innerduct alignment. PVC outerducts shall have a circumferential ring on the 60 spigot end of duct to provide a reference point for ensuring the proper insertion depth LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 142 �''I 2 3 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 when connecting conduit ends. The line shall be a minimum of 5 inches from the end of the conduit. All fittings, adapters, and bends (sweeps) shall be provided and shall be manufactured from the same materials and manufacturing process as the conduit, except as specified otherwise. The conduit system shall be a complete system with the following accessories: Manhole Terminator Kits Deflection Fittings Offset Fittings Expansion /Contraction Fittings Lubrication Fittings Repair Kits Installation Accessories Conduit and Innerduct Plugs Pull string Pull rope Conduit spacers Split internal expansion plugs shall be supplied to suit various cable sizes. Duct plugs shall be polypropylene and be equipped with a neoprene or polyurethane gasket. Plugs shall be equipped with an attachment to secure the pull rope in the innerduct. The plug shall withstand 5 psi. Steel casing material shall conform to ASTM A 252 Grade 1, 2, or 3 or casing as approved by the engineer. The Contractor shall furnish pipe of adequate thickness to withstand the forces exerted by the boring operation as well as those forces exerted by the earth during installation and shall be a minimum of 3/8 inch thick. All joints shall be welded by a qualified welder. Qualified in accordance with AWS D1.1 structural welding code, section 3, workmanship. 9 -29.2 Junction Boxes Junction boxes shall conform to the requirements set forth in the contract. 9- 29.2(1) Standard Junction Box Install standard junction boxes in locations shown in the plans. Standard junction boxes shall be concrete junction boxes conforming to details in the standard plans, or approved non - concrete junction boxes. Concrete junction boxes shall have a minimum compressive strength of 6000 psi when reinforced with a welded wire hoop and 4000 psi when reinforced with welded wire fabric or fiber reinforcement. The frame shall be anchored to the box by welding the wire fabric to the frame or by welding headed studs 3/8 inch X 3 inches long, as specified in Section 9- 06.15, to the frame. The wire fabric shall be attached to the studs and frame with standard tie practices. The box shall contain ten studs located near the centerline of the frame and box wall. The studs shall be placed one anchor in each comer, one at the middle of each width and two equally spaced on each length of the box. The steel frame, lid support, and lid shall be painted with a black paint containing rust inhibitors or painted with a shop applied, inorganic zinc primer in accordance with Section 6 -07.3 or hot dip galvanized in accordance with AASHTO M 111. Material for concrete junction boxes shall conform to the following: Concrete Reinforcing Steel Fiber Reinforcing Lid Frame LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT Section 6 -02 Section 9 -07 ASTM C 1116, Type III ASTM A786 diamond plate steel ASTM A786 diamond plate steel or 143 1 ASTM A36 flat steel 2 Lid Support & Handle ASTM A36 steel 3 Anchors (studs) Section 9 -06.15 4 5 Non- concrete junction boxes shall be gray in color and shall have approximately the 6 7 same inside dimensions as concrete junction boxes. Non - concrete function box lids shall include a pull slot and shall be secured with two '/2 inch stainless steel hex -head 8 bolts recessed Into the cover. The tapped holes for the securing bolts shall extend 9 completely through the box to prevent accumulation of debris. Bolt shall conform to 10 ASTM F 593, stainless steel. 11 12 Non - concrete junction boxes shall have a vertical load strength of 15,000 pounds 13 applied uniformly through a 10 inch x 10 inch x 1 inch steel plate centered on the cover. 14 The function box will be considered to have withstood the test load if: 15 16 1. The lid is fully functional. 17 2. No vertical or horizontal displacement of the lid frame. 18 3. The junction box holds its shape. 19 20 When requested, a test report from an independent materials testing facility shall be 21 provided showing compliance with the load test. 22 23 9- 29.2(3) Structure Mounted Junction Box 24 Junction boxes installed on structures (including boxes embedded in barrier) shall be 25 galvanized cast iron or stainless steel and shall conform to NEMA 4X requirements. 26 Cover screws shall be stainless steel. Each box shall include a neoprene cover gasket. 27 A 3/8 —inch drain shall be installed in each junction box. The size of NEMA 4X junction 28 boxes shall be as shown in the plans. 29 30 9- 29.2(4) Cover Markings 31 Junction boxes with metallic lids shall be marked with the appropriate legend in 32 accordance with the bead weld details in the Standard Plans. Non - metallic lids shall be 33 embossed with the appropriate legend and a non -skid surface. Legends for metallic lids 34 and non - metallic lids shall be 1 -inch nominal height. 35 36 Junction boxes shall be marked or embossed for use in accordance with the plans and 37 following schedule: 38 39 System Type Legend 40 Traffic Signal Interconnect (6pr) COMM 41 Fiber Optic Trunk Lines ITS 42 HUB to TC (25pr) ITS 43 Fiber Optic Laterals to CC ITS 44 TC to DS (6pr) ITS 45 TC to HAIR (6pr) SC &DI ITS 46 TC to CC (6 r) ITS 47 TC to VMS 6pr) ITS 48 TC to WSTA (6pr) ITS 49 All other lateral 6pr (i.e. neon control, etc) TS 50 CC to camera (coax, control cables, old style) ITS 51 CC to camera (fiber, new style) ITS ITS 52 HAR to antenna (coax) 53 VMS to sign (control cables) ITS 54 WSTA to temp sensor, weather station ITS 55 DS to loops (2cs) ITS 56 DS to ramp meter (5c) ITS 57 Flashing Beacons ITS 58 Neon Power ITS 59 Transformers to Cabinets ITS 60 Service to Transformers LT LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 144 1 All power for lighting LT 2 Signal Controller to Displays TS 3 Signal Controller to Loops TS 4 Signal Controller to emergency preempt TS 5 Telephone Service Drop TEL 6 Telephones at Flyer Stops, Park & Rides, Etc. TEL 7 8 9 -29.3 Conductors, Cable 9 For the purpose of this specification, the neutral conductor is defined as a current 10 carrying conductor with zero potential. For the purpose of this specification, equipment 11 grounding conductor is defined as the conductor used to connect the noncurrent - 12 carrying metal parts of equipment, raceways, and other enclosures to the system 13 grounded conductor and/or the grounding electrode conductor at the service equipment 14 or at the source of a separately derived system. 15 16 Conductors and cable shall conform to the applicable specifications as follows: 17 18 1. All current carrying single conductors shall be stranded copper conforming to 19 ASTM B3 and B8. Insulation shall be 600 volt. Except as allowed in item 3, 20 chemically cross - linked polyethylene or EPR Type USE insulation of code 21 thickness is required for all current carrying single conductors in underground 22 electrical systems. Grounding electrode conductor and bonding jumpers shall 23 be bare or Insulated stranded copper, AWG No. 8 minimum or larger as 24 required by the NEC. Equipment grounding conductors shall be insulated, 25 stranded copper with type XHHW, THWN, or USE insulation, non jacketed 26 AWG No. 8 minimum or larger as required by the NEC. Insulated Grounding 27 Electrode conductors, bonding jumpers and equipment grounding conductors, 28 shall have continuous green color or green color with one or more yellow 29 stripes. 30 31 2. Two and three conductor signal control cable shall consist of three No. 14 32 stranded copper conductors. Each conductor shall have 20 -mil polyethylene 33 insulation and a 10 -mil PVC jacket. The cable shall be rated at 600 volts 34 minimum. The cable assembly shall be covered with a polyester tape applied 35 with a 10 percent minimum lap. The overall jacket shall be 45 -mil PVC. 36 37 Four conductor through 10 conductor si nal control cable shall conform to 38 International Municipal Signal Association �IMSA) signal cable specification 20- 39 1 except the conductor sequence color code as shown in the following table. 40 IMSA specification cables shall use No. 14 AWG stranded copper conductors. 41 Individual conductors shall be cabled together in accordance with the 42 following: 43 44 Conductor Color &ior 45 Number Code Trace Use 46 1 R Red Red or Don't Walk 47 2 O Orange Yellow or Spare 48 3 G Green Green or Walk 49 4 W White Neutral 50 5 B Black Ped Call or Spare 51 6 Wb White /Black Neutral or Spare 52 7 BI Blue Ped Call or Spare 53 8 Rb Red/Black Red or Don't Walk 54 9 Ob Orange /Black Yellow or Spare 55 10 Gb Green/Black Green or Walk 56 57 3. All single conductors employed in traffic control shall be Class B or Class C 58 stranded copper. The minimum wire size shall be No. 12 AWG. Insulation shall 59 be THW or USE, except loop wire. 60 LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 145 1 4. Triplex or Quadraplex type ACSR neutral self - supporting aerial conductors of 2 the appropriate size for aluminum conductors shall be used where required in 3 the contract. The neutral conductor shall be the same size as the insulated 4 conductor. All current carrying conductors shall be stranded. 5 6 5. Pole and bracket cable shall be two conductor stranded copper No. 10 AWG 7 insulated for 600 volts between conductors. The insulation shall consist of 45- 8 mils polyvinyl chloride with 95 -mils polyethylene jacket. If luminaires with 9 remote ballasts are specified in the contract, this same cable shall be used 10 between luminaire and ballast for both timber and ornamental pole 11 construction. If the luminaire requires fixture wire temperature greater than 750 12 C, the outer jacket shall be stripped for that portion of the cable inside the 13 luminaire. The single conductors shall then be sheathed with braided fiberglass 14 sleeving of the temperature rating recommended by the luminaire 15 manufacturer. 16 17 6. With the exception of type XHHW insulation and with the further exception of 18 the shielded two conductor cable identified in (7), and the magnetometer lead - 19 in cable identified in (9), the minimum insulation thickness around any 20 electrical conductor shall be 45 mils, and the minimum acceptable insulation 21 thickness shall refer solely to the thickness of that insulation immediately 22 around any conductor excluding any sheath or jacket thickness. 23 24 7. Two conductor shielded (2CS) cable shall have No. 18 AWG (minimum) 25 conductors and shall conform to I.M.S.A. specification No. 50 -2. 26 27 8. Detector loop wire may be No. 12 or 14 AWG stranded copper wire, Class B, 28 with chemically cross linked polyethylene type USE insulation of code 29 thickness. 30 31 9. Four conductor shielded cable (4CS) shall consist of a cable with four No. 18 32 AWG conductors with polyethylene insulation, an aluminized polyester shield, 33 water blocking material in the cable interstices, and a 26 -mil minimum outer 2; 34 jacket of polypropylene. The four - conductor assembly shall be twisted 6 turns 35 per foot. Each conductor shall have a different insulation color. Overall cable 36 diameter shall be 0.25 inch maximum. Capacitance between adjacent pairs 37 shall be 18 pf per foot and 15 pf per foot between diagonal pairs. The 38 capacitances shall not vary more than 10 percent after a 10 -day immersion 39 test with ends exposed in a saturated brine solution. 40 41 10. Three - conductor shielded cable (3CS) for the detector circuit for optical fire 42 preemption receivers shall consist of three No. 20 AWG conductors with 43 aluminized mylar shield and one No. 20 drain wire, all enclosed with an outer 44 jacket. All wires shall be 7 X 28 stranded tinned copper material. Conductor 45 Insulation shall be rated 75 °C, 600 volt. The drain wire shall be uninsulated. 46 Conductor color coding shall be yellow, blue, and orange. DC resistance of any 47 conductor or drain wire shall not exceed 11 ohms per 1,000 feet. Capacitance 48 from one conductor to the other two conductors and shield shall not exceed 48 49 pf per foot. The jacket shall be rated 80 °C, 600 volt, with a minimum average 50 wall thickness of 0.045 inch. The finished outside diameter of the cable shall 51 be 0.3 inch maximum. 52 53 11. Six pair communications cable (6PCC) shall meet REA specification PE -39 54 and shall have six pair No. 19 AWG wires with 0.008 -inch FPA/MPR coated 55 aluminum shielding. The cable shall have a petroleum compound completely 56 filling the inside of the cable. 57 58 12. Sign light conductors between the junction box or other source of power and 59 the Isolation switch shall be a two conductor stranded No. 10 AWG pole and 60 bracket cable insulated to 600 volts between conductors. The conductors LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 146 noun 1 between the isolation switch and the sign lighting luminaire shall be either code 2 sized individual conductors with cross linked polyethylene type USE insulation 3 or three conductor control cable, stranded copper No. 14 AWG cable rated at a 4 minimum of 600 volts. 5 6 9- 29.3(1) Fiber Optic Cable 7 Each fiber optic cable shall be suitable for placement in an underground duct. 8 9 All fibers in the cable shall be usable fibers and shall be sufficiently free of surface 10 imperfections and inclusions to meet or exceed the optical, mechanical, and 11 environmental requirements contained in this specification. 12 13 Cables shall be all dielectric cable (with no armoring) and shall be jacketed (sheathed) 14 with medium density polyethylene. The minimum nominal jacket thickness shall be 71 15 mils. Jacketing material shall be applied directly over the tensile strength members. The 16 polyethylene shall contain carbon black to provide ultra - violet light protection, and it 17 shall not promote the growth of fungus. 18 19 The jacket or sheath shall be free of any holes, splits, or blisters. 20 21 The cable shall contain at least one ripcord under the sheath for easy sheath removal. 22 23 The shipping, storage, and operating temperature range of the cable shall be -40 °F to 24 +160 °F. The installation temperature range of the cable shall be -20 °F to +160 °F. 25 26 The fiber optic cable shall withstand a maximum pulling tension of 600 pounds (lbs.) 27 during installation (short term) with no damage and 135 pounds (long term). 28 29 Each optical fiber shall consist of a doped silica core surrounded by a concentric silica 30 cladding. 31 32 Void areas around the individual buffer tubes shall be protected with a moisture resistant 33 compound as a block against moisture migration. 34 35 All cables shall be free of material or manufacturing defects and dimensional non - 36 uniformity that would: 37 38 1. Interfere with the cable installation using accepted cable installation practices. 39 40 2. Degrade the transmission performance and environmental resistance after 41 installation. 42 43 3. Inhibit proper connection to interfacing elements. 44 45 4. Otherwise yield an inferior product. 46 47 The outer jacket material shall be a medium density polyethylene (MDPE) conforming to 48 ASTM D 1248, Type ll, Class C, Category 4 or 5, Grade J4. The light absorption 49 coefficient, when measured in accordance with ASTM D 3349, shall be a minimum of 50 400 at a wavelength of 375 nanometers. 51 52 The outer jacket material used in construction of this cable shall be fungus inert as 53 described in ASTM G 21. 54 55 Fibers shall contain no factory splices. 56 57 The fiber optic cables shall be shipped on wooden reels in lengths as specified in the 58 purchase order with a maximum overage of 10 %. The diameter of the drum shall be at 59 least 20 times the diameter of the cable. 60 LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 147 1 9- 29.3(1)A Singlemode Fiber Optic Cable 2 Singlemode fibers utilized in the cables specified herein shall be fabricated from 100 3 kpsi proof stress glass and primarily composed of silica which shall provide a matched 4 clad Index of refraction (n) profile and the following physical and performance 5 characteristics: 6 7 Maximum Attenuation: 0.4/0.3 dB /km at 1310/1550 manometers, respectively. 8 9 Typical Core Diameter: 0.3 mils. 10 11 Cladding Diameter: 4.9 mils +/-.004 mils. 12 13 Core -to- Cladding Offset:< 0.8 microns. 14 15 (The core center and the cladding center offset is defined as the distance between 16 the core center and the cladding center.) 17 18 Cladding Non - Circularity: < 2.0 %. Defined as: 19 20 {[1- (minimum cladding diameter - maximum cladding diameter)] X 100.) 21 22 Coating Diameter of 250 microns +/- 15 microns with a minimum coating thickness 23 at any point of not less than 50 microns. 24 25 The coating shall be a dual - layered, UV -cured acrylate applied by the fiber 26 manufacturer. 27 28 The coating shall be mechanically or chemically strippable without damaging the 29 fiber. 30 31 9- 29.3(2) Twisted -Pair (TWP) Copper Cable 32 The TWP cable installed for outside plant (OSP) applications shall contain the amount of 33 twisted, #22 AWG, copper pairs as specified In the Plans. This cable shall be 34 constructed for installation in an underground conduit environment with a sheath 35 consisting of a double coated aluminum shield over which a medium de Sit 36 polyethylene jacket is extruded, in accordance with Rural Electrical Association (REA� 37 Standard PE -39. This cable shall be filled with a gel compound to resist water 38 penetration and migration. 39 40 The TWP copper cable for OSP applications shall contain no faulty pairs and shall be 41 capable of the transmission of 9600 b/s VF data over distances greater than 7.5 miles. 42 43 9 -29.4+ Messenger Cable, Fittings 44 Messenger cable shall be 3/8 -inch, 7 -wire strand messenger cables conforming to 45 ASTM A 475, extra- high- strength grade, 15,400 pounds minimum breaking strength, 46 Class A galvanized. 47 48 Strain insulators shall be wet process, porcelain, conforming to EEl -NEMA Class 54 -2 49 standards for 12,000 pound ultimate strength. 50 51 Down guy assembly shall consist of an eight -way steel expanding anchor, having a 52 minimum area of 300 square inches, made of pressed steel, coated with asphalt or 53 similar preservative, and fitted with a 3/4 inch minimum guy eye anchor rod 8 feet Iongg. 54 As an alternate to expanding anchors, screw type anchors with two 8 -inch helix, 3 1 /2 55 inch - pitch, 1 -inch by 7 -foot guy anchor rod, and rated for 7,000 pound maximum torque 56 may be installed. 57 58 All pole hardware, bolts, plate rods, hangers, clips, wire guards, and pole bands shall be 59 hot - dipped galvanized in conformance with the requirements of AASHTO M 232. 60 LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 148 MW 1 9 -29.5 Pole Line Hardware 2 All miscellaneous pole line hardware shall be standard material manufactured for pole 3 line construction. All metal parts shall be hot - dipped galvanized. 4 5 In addition to the above, whenever secondary racks are required, they shall be as 6 classified "Heavy Service Secondary Rack" by the EEl -NEMA, and shall have a 7 minimum spacing of 12 inches between the insulators. Each rack shall be secured to 8 the pole by not less than one through bolt and one lag bolt. 9 10 Ground clamps shall be bronze. 11 12 9 -29.6 Light and Signal Standards 13 Light and signal standards shall be in accordance with the details shown in the Plans, 14 as specified in the Special Provisions and as outlined herein, provided that only one 15 type of light or signal standard shall be used throughout the project. 16 17 Light standard, signal standards, slip base hardware and foundation hardware shall be 18 hot - dipped galvanized in accordance with AASHTO M 111 and AASHTO M 232. 19 20 9- 29.6(1) Light and Signal Standards 21 Steel plates and shapes for light and signal standards shall conform to the requirements 22 of ASTM A 36. Shafts for light and signal standards, except Type PPB signal standards, 23 shall conform to AASHTO M 223, Grade 50. Shafts and caps for Type PPB signal 24 standards, slipfitters for type PS, I, FB, and RM signal standards, and all pipes shall 25 conform to ASTM A 53, Grade B. Base plates for light standards shall conform to ASTM 26 572, Grade 50, except as otherwise noted in the Standard plans for fixed base light 27 standards. Base plates for signal standards shall conform to ASTM A 36. Connecting 28 bolts shall conform to AASHTO M 164. Fasteners for handhole covers, bands on lighting 29 brackets, and conductor attachment brackets shall conform to ASTM F 593. 30 31 9- 29.6(1)A Decorative Light Standards 32 Light standards shall be finished on all surfaces with a phenolic resin paint, applied in 33 the shop, conforming to the following specifications: 34 35 The primer shall meet the requirements of Federal Specification TT -P -641, Primer 36 Paint, Zinc Dust, Zinc Oxide, IES distribution Type II or III. 37 38 One Coat of primer 3 mils wet thickness shall be applied. Primer shall be applied 39 both inside and outside. 40 41 Phenolic Finish Coat for Steel. Finish coats shall be color chip No. 37056 olive 42 green , Federal Standard 5958. Two coats of 3 mils wet thickness each shall be 43 applied. 44 45 A hand hole with cover shall be provided 8 inches above the base. 46 47 A pressure type ground lug shall be provided and shall be located on the pole wall 48 directly opposite the handhole. 49 50 9- 29.6(2) Slip Base Hardware 51 Slip plates and anchor plates for light standards and for Type FB and RM signal 52 standards shall conform to the requirements of ASTM 572, Grade 50. The keeper plate 53 shall be 28 gage, conforming to ASTM A 526, coating G 90. Clamping bolts for slip base 54 assemblies and slip base adapters shall conform to AASHTO M 164. Studs and bolts for 55 slip base adapters shall conform to AASHTO M 164. Nuts shall conform to AASHTO M 56 291, Grade DH. Hardened washers shall conform to AASHTO M 293. Plate washers 57 shall conform to ASTM A 36. 58 59 Galvanized bolts shall meet standard specification 9- 06.5(4). 60 LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 149 1 3 4 6 7 8 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 9- 29.6(3) Timber Light Standards, Timber Strain Poles, Timber Service Supports All timber poles used in illumination or traffic signal systems shall be Douglas fir, machine shaved, roof sawed, conforming to the latest ANSI Specifications and Dimensions for Wood Poles. All timber poles shall be gained according to industry standards. A dated nail or metallic date plate shall be set in the gain evidencing the year of treatment of the timber pole. All poles shall be treated with pentachlorophenol in accordance with Section 9- 09.3(1). Tops shall be sawed before treatment. Where holes are bored in poles to accommodate hanging bolts for brackets, transformers, guy assemblies, or other accessories, such holes shall be painted with a solution of the above preservative. 9- 29.6(4) Welding Welding of steel structures shall be in accordance with Section 5.15 of the AASHTO Standard Specifications for Structural Supports for Highway Signs, Luminaires and Traffic Signals, Fourth Edition -2001. 9- 29.6(5) Foundation Hardware Anchor bolts for Type PPB, PS, I, FB, and RM signal standards shall conform to the requirements of ASTM A 307. Nuts shall meet the requirements of AASHTO M 291. Washers shall meet the requirements of ASTM F 844. Anchor bolts for Type II, III, IV, and V signal standards and luminaire poles shall meet the requirements of ASTM A 449. Nuts shall be heavy hex meeting the requirements of AASHTO M 291, Grade C, D, or DH. Washers shall meet the requirements of AASHTO M 293. All foundation hardware shall be 100% hot - dipped galvanized in accordance with AASHTO M 111 and AASHTO M 232. Galvanized bolts shall be tested for embrittlement in accordance with ASTM A 143. 9 -29.7 Luminaire Fusing and Electrical Connections at Light Standard Bases, Cantilever Bases and Sign Bridge Bases Electrical disconnects shall be installed in the base of every standard supporting a luminaire. Every conductor above ground potential shall be served by a fused quick - disconnect kit. Every conductor at ground potential shall be served by an unfused quick - disconnect kit. Unfused quick- disconnect connectors shall conform to the following requirements: A copper pin and a copper receptacle both of at least 90 percent conductivity shall be crimped or a stainless steel alien head screw and lug connection to the cable. If the alien head screw is used the alien head screw shall be torqued to the manufactures recommendations. All crimped connections shall use a copper connector installed with a positive action (ratchet) tool. The receptacle shall establish contact pressure with the pin through the use of a copper beryllium sleeve spring and shall be equipped with a disposable mounting pin. The pin shall be of at least half -hard material and the crimping portion shall be fully annealed while the rest of the pin is maintained in Its original state of hardness. The receptacle shall be fully annealed. Both the copper pin and receptacle shall have a centrally located recessed locking area adapted to be complementarily filled and retained by the rubber housing. 2. A plug and a receptacle housing shall be made of water resistant synthetic rubber which is capable of burial in the ground or installation in sunlight. Each housing shall provide a section to form a water -seal around the cable, have an interior arrangement to suitably and complementarily receive and retain the LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 150 I copper pin or receptacle, and a section to provide a water -seal between the 2 two housings at the point of disconnection. 3 4 Fused quick- disconnect kits shall provide waterproof in -line fuse protection. The kit shall 5 provide three cutoff sections on both lines and load side to accommodate various wire 6 sizes. All connections shall be as described in item 1" above. Upon disconnect, the 7 fuse shall remain in the load side of the kit. 8 9 Fuses furnished for all lighting circuits shall be capable of handling the operating voltage 10 of the circuit involved and shall have the following characteristics: 11 12 1. Fuses shall be capable of indefinitely supporting 110 percent of the rated load. 13 14 2. Fuses shall be capable of supporting 135 percent of the rated load for 15 approximately 1 hour. 16 17 3. A load of 200 percent of rated load shall effectively cause instantaneous 18 blowing of the fuse. 19 20 4. Fuses shall be rated as listed below and shall be sized to fit the fuse 21 containers furnished on this project, according to the manufacturer's 22 recommendations therefore. 23 24 5. Fuses shall be UL Listed. 25 26 Luminaire Service Voltage 27 Size 480V 240V 120V 28 29 1,000W 10A 15A 30A 30 750W 5A 10A 20A 31 70OW 5A 10A 20A 32 40OW 5A 10A 15A 33 310W 5A 5A 10A 34 250W 5A 5A 10A 35 20OW 4A 5A 10A 36 175W 4A 5A 10A 37 150W 3A 4A 5A 38 100W 2A 3A 4A 39 70W 2A 2A 2A 40 50W 2A 2A 2A 41 42 9 -29.8 Vacant 43 44 9 -29.9 Ballast, Transformers 45 Each ballast shall have a name plate attached permanently to the case listing all 46 electrical data. 47 48 Certificates of compliance, to manufactures specifications and these specifications shall 49 be submitted by the manufacturer with each type of luminaire ballast. 50 51 Ballasts shall be designed for continuous operation at ambient air temperatures from 52 20° F without reduction in ballast life. Ballasts shall have a design life of not less than 53 100,000 hours. Ballasts shall be designed to operate for at least 180 cycles of 12 hours 54 on and 12 hours off, with the lamp circuit in an open or short- circuited condition and 55 without measurable reduction in the operating requirements. All ballasts shall be high 56 power factor (90 %). 57 58 Ballasts shall be tested in accordance with the requirements of current ANSI C 82.6, 59 Methods of Measurement of High - Intensity- Discharge Lamp Ballasts. Starting aids for LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 151 1 ballasts of a given lamp wattage shall be interchangeable between ballasts of the same 2 wattage and manufacturer without adjustment. 3 4 Ballast assemblies shall consist of separate components, each of which shall be 5 capable of being easily replaced. A starting aid will be considered as a single 6 component. Each component shall be provided with screw terminals, NEMA tab 7 connectors or a single multi- circuit connector. All conductor terminals shall be identified 8 as to the component terminal to which they connect. 9 10 Heat - generating components shall be mounted to use the portion of the luminaire upon 11 which they are mounted as a heat sink. Capacitors shall be located as far as practicable 12 from heat - generating components or shall be thermally shielded to limit the fixture 13 temperature to 160° F. 14 15 Ballasts for high - pressure sodium lamps shall have a ballast characteristic curve which 16 will intersect both of the lamp- voltage limit lines between the wattage limit lines and 17 remain between the wattage limit lines throughout the full range of lamp voltage. This 18 requirement shall be met not only at the rated Input voltage of the ballast, but also the 19 lowest and highest input voltage for which the ballast is rated. Throughout the lifetime of 20 the lamp, the ballast curve shall fall within the specified limits of lamp voltage and 21 wattage. 22 23 All luminaires ballasts shall be located within the luminaire housing. The only exception 24 shall be ballasts to be mounted on lowering assemblies shall be external and attached 25 to the fixture assembly. 26 27 No capacitor, transformer, or other devise shall employ the class of compounds 28 identified as polychlorinated biphenyls (PCB) as dielectric, coolants, or for any other 29 purpose. 30 31 Ballast Characteristics for High Pressure Sodium (HIPS) and Metal Halide (MH) Sources 32 shall be: 33 34 Source Line Lamp Ballast Input Lamp 35 Volt. Wattage Type Voltage Wattage 36 Variation Variation 37 38 HPS any 70 400 Mag. Reg. Lag 10% 18% 39 40 HIPS any 750 1000 Auto Reg. Lead CWA 10% 30% 41 42 MH any 175 400 Mag. Reg. Lag 10% 18% 43 44 MH any 1000 Auto Reg. Lead CWA 10% 30% 45 46 Transformers and inductors shall be resin - impregnated for protection against moisture. 47 Capacitors, except those in starting aids, shall be metal cased and hermetically sealed. 48 49 The transformers to be furnished shall be indoor /outdoor dry type transformers rated as 50 shown in the Plans. The transformer coils, buss bar, and all connections shall be 51 copper. Transformers, 7.5 kVA and larger shall be supplied with two full capacity taps, 52 one at 2.5% and one at 5% below the normal full capacity. 53 54 9 -29.10 Luminaires 55 If not listed on the Qualified Products List (QPL) a Certificate of Compliance shall be 56 submitted by the manufacturer with each type of luminaire. The certificate shall state 57 that the lot of luminaires meets this specification: 58 LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 152 I= 1 All luminaires shall be of the IES distribution type and wattage indicated in the 2 contract. Luminaires shall be installed with HPS lamps rated at 24,000 hours, 3 unless otherwise specified in the contract or this specification. 4 5 Conventional highway luminaires shall provide a full cut -off distribution and a high 6 pressure sodium light source. 7 8 Horizontal luminaires shall attach to 2 inch pipe tenons on mast arms. Vertical 9 mounted luminaires shall be appropriately sized for their respective pole top 10 tenons. 11 12 All luminaires shall have their components secured to the luminaire frame with 13 stainless steel mounting hardware (nuts, bolts, washers, hinges, hinge pins, etc.). 14 The stainless steel shall be AISI, 300 series chrome - nickel grade. The luminaire 15 slip -fitter bolts shall be either stainless steel or hot -dip galvanized steel. All internal 16 luminaire assemblies shall be assembled on or fabricated from either stainless 17 18 steel or hot dip galvanized steel. The housing, complete with integral ballast, shall be weathertight. The ballast and lamp housing shall be on the same level. 19 20 All luminaries shall be mounted level, both transverse and longitudinally, as 21 measured across points specified by the manufacturer. Leveling and orientation 22 shall be accomplished after pole plumbing. Highway and decorative luminaries 23 shall have slip- fitters capable of adjusting through a 5- degree axis for the required 24 leveling procedure. 25 26 Refractors shall be formed from heat resistant, high impact, molded borosilicate 27 glass. Fiat lens shall be formed from heat resistant, high impact borosilicate or 28 tempered glass. 29 30 High pressure sodium cobra head luminaires shall be capable of accepting a 150, 31 200, 250, 310, or 400 watt lamp complete with ballast. Metal halide fixtures shall 32 be capable of accepting a 175, 250 or 400 waft lamp complete with ballast. Mercury 33 vapor fixtures shall be capable of accepting a 175, 250, 400 watt lamp complete 34 with ballast. Metal halide fixture shall accept a 175 watt mercury vapor lamp 35 complete with ballast. Each luminaire shall consist of a housing, a reflector, lens, a 36 lamp socket, an integral ballast, a terminal strip and lamp. 37 38 Housings shall be fabricated from aluminum. Painted housings shall be painted flat 39 gray, Federal Standard 595B color chip No. 26280. Housings that are painted shall 40 withstand a 1,000 -hour salt spray test as specified in ASTM B 117. 41 42 All luminaries to be mounted on horizontal mast arms, shall be capable of 43 withstanding cyclic loading in: 44 45 1. A vertical plane at a minimum peak acceleration level of 3.0 g's peak -to- 46 peak sinusoidal loading (same as 1.5 g's peak) with the internal ballast 47 removed, for a minimum of 2 million cycles without failure of any luminaire 48 parts, and 49 50 2. A horizontal plane perpendicular to the direction of the mast arm at a 51 minimum peak acceleration level of 1.5 g's peak to peak sinusoidal 52 loading (same as 0.75 g's peak) with the internal ballast installed, for a 53 minimum of 2 million cycles without failure of any luminaire parts. 54 55 The temperature rating of all wiring internal to the luminaire housing, excluding the 56 pole and bracket cable, shall equal or exceed 200° F. 57 58 All luminaires shall be provided with markers for positive identification of light 59 source type and wattage. Markers shall be 3 inches square with Gothic bold, black 60 2 inch legend on colored background. Background color shall be gold for sodium, LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 153 1 blue for mercury, and red for metal halide light sources. Legends shall be sealed 2 with transparent film resistant to dust, weather, and ultraviolet exposure. 3 4 Legends shall correspond to the following code: 5 g Lamp Wattage Legend 7 70 7 8 100 10 9 150 15 10 175 17 11 200 20 12 250 25 13 310 31 14 400 40 15 700 70 16 750 75 17 1,000 XI 18 19 9- 29.10(1) Cobra Head Luminaires 20 Conventional highway luminaires shall be IES Type II cut off type distribution cobra 21 head configuration with horizontal lamp. The ballast shall be mounted on a separate 22 door, which shall be hinged to the luminaire and secured, in the closed position to the 23 luminaire housing by means of an automatic type of latch (a combination hex/ slot 24 stainless steel screw fastener may supplement the automatic type latch). The reflector 25 of all luminaires shall be of a snap -In design or be secured with screws. The reflector 26 shall be manufactured of polished aluminum or molded from prismatically formed 27 borosilicate glass. The refractor or lens shall be mounted in a doorframe assembly 28 which shall be hinged to the luminaire and secured in the closed position to the 29 luminaire by means of automatic latch. The refractor or lens and doorframe assembly, 30 when closed, shall exert pressure against a gasket seat. The refractor lens shall not 31 allow any light output above 90 degrees nadir. Gaskets shall be composed of material 32 capable of withstanding temperatures involved and shall be securely held in place. 33 34 Each housing shall be provided with a slipfitter capable of mounting on a 2 inch pipe 35 tenon. Vertical mounted luminaires shall be appropriately sized for their respective pole 36 top tenon and capable of being adjusted within 50 from the axis of the tenon. The 37 clamping bracket(s) and the cap screws of the slipfitter shall not bottom out on the 38 housing bosses when adjusted within the t5° range. 39 40 No part of the slipfitter mounting brackets on the luminaires shall develop a permanent 41 set in excess of 0.2 inch when the cap screws used for mounting are tightened to a 42 torque of 32 pounds feet. 43 44 9- 29.10(2) Decorative Luminaires 45 Decorative fixture shall provide for a 150 - 400 watt HPS lamp fully enclosed fixture with 46 mogul lamp socket, adjustable where required to alternate cutoff distributions. 47 48 The fixture shall be a one piece, box shaped, raintight, dustight and corrosion resistant, 49 integral unit. The unit shall consist of an accessible ballast compartment and a sealed 50 housing which permits filtered pressure equalization. 51 52 The ballast housing shall be fabricated of close tolerance extruded aluminum with heat 53 resistant vinyl finish. The housing shall be adequately constructed to contain ballasts for 54 150 - 400 watt alternate high intensity discharge sources. 55 56 Each housing shall consist of an integral Alzak reflector, containing a mogul based high 57 intensity discharge lamp, a rigid box type lamp holder assembly, a reflector assembly 58 with a lamp vibration damper, and a one piece heat and shock resistant, clear tempered 59 lens mounted in a gasketed, hinged, and baffled extruded aluminum frame. The housing LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 154 1 shall have vinyl heat resistant finish. One fourth inch stainless steel, series 300 2 fasteners shall secure the lens frame to the housing. 3 4 The auxiliary equipment compartment for ballast terminals shall be separated from the 5 lamp compartment by a metal heat barrier. The chassis shall be designed to provide 6 effective heat sinking from the ballast cores. Capacitors shall be mounted at least 5 7 inches from the core and foil components. �. 8 9 Fixtures shall be finished alternately with paint or epoxy primer and either acrylic 10 enamel; vinyl clad aluminum or powdered polyester baked on paint. Aluminum 11 .• 12 compatible epoxy primer shall be applied. The finish coat shall be dark bronze in color matching Federal Standard 595B or as shown in the contract. 13 14 Without chipping or flaking, the finish shall withstand 5 foot pounds direct or indirect 15 impact from a falling cylindrical steel rod 7/8 inch diameter, a hemispheric nose and 16 shall be salt spray resistant after 300 hours exposure in accordance with ASTM B 117 17 shall not cause blistering, peeling, corrosion or loss of adhesion. 18 19 Decorative fixtures shall be mounted using a reinforced mounting arm, milled to provide 20 a smooth fit between fixture and arm. A slipfitter assembly shall be provided for leveling 21 purposes, between fixture and tenon. Two 7/16 inch or larger stainless steel bolts, 22 series 300, shall be used to mount the fixture to the tenon. An approved gasket shall be 23 utilized to seal against weather. A smooth wireway shall be provided. 24 25 All decorative fixtures shall be of the same manufacturer and external appearance. 26 27 9- 29.10(3) High Mast Luminaires and Post Top Luminaires 28 High mast and post top luminaires shall comply with the requirements of the contract 29 and Section 9 -29.9 except the unit lamp shall utilize a vertically positioned lamp. High M 30 mast luminaries shall be 400 watt HPS full 90° nadir cut off, capable of types 2, 3, 5 31 distribution or as shown in the contract. When installed at heights between 50 and 70 32 feet the bottom of the fixture shall be closed, at heights from 70 to 85 feet the bottom 33 shall be open. High Mast luminaries poles with mounting heights greater than 50 feet 34 shall have approved fixture lowering device installed and two remote control units, to 35 operate the lowering device. 36 37 Post top luminaires shall have the ballast located directly below the vertical installed 38 HPS lamp. All post top luminaires shall be capable of accepting 70, 100, 200, 250, 400 39 watt HPS lamps complete with ballast assembly. 40 41 9- 29.10(4) Underdeck and Wall Mount Luminaires 42 Underdeck luminaires shall be weatherproof and corrosion resistant. Light distribution 43 shall be as shown on the contract. Each flush - mounted underdeck luminaire shall 44 consist of a metal body, a prismatic refractor mounted in a doorframe, a prismatic glass 45 or specular anodized aluminum reflector, a ballast, and a ceramic lamp socket and be 46 supplied complete with all fasteners. The body shall have provisions for anchoring to 47 concrete. The refractor shall be glass and shall be clearly identified as to "street side." 48 The doorframe assembly shall be hinged, gasketed and secured to the body. 49 50 Each wall- mounted luminaire shall consist of a metal body, a prismatic refractor 51 mounted in a doorframe, an aluminum reflector with a specular anodized finish, an 52 integral ballast and a ceramic lamp socket and supplied with all fasteners. The refractor 53 shall be glass. A gasket shall be provided between the refractor and the body of the 54 fixture. 55 56 All lamp sockets shall be positioned to locate the light center of the lamp within 1/2 inch 57 of the light center location for which the luminaire is designed. 58 ILOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 155 1 Ballasts for underdeck and wall luminaires shall conform to the provisions in Section 9- 2 29.9. Ballasts for underdeck and wall mount luminaires shall be installed in the luminaire 3 housing. 4 5 9 -29.11 Control Equipment 6 Illumination circuits shall be controlled by a combination of photoelectric controls and 7 lighting contactors or mercury relays as noted in the contract. 8 9 9- 29.11(1) Time Clock Controls 10 Time clocks, when specified in the contract, shall be solid state and shall have a battery � 11 backup. The clock shall provide four functions and shall be enclosed within a dust tight 12 mounting case. The unit shall be mounted on vibration dampened fittings. 13 14 The unit shall be push button programmable with 15 events per week, selectable by day 15 of week and time of day to the nearest minute. 16 The clock shall be accurate to plus or minus 15 seconds per month through a humidity 17 variation of 0 to 95 percent and at temperature variation of 0 F to 150 F. The clock shall 18 be within plus or minus 10 seconds after 10 hours of battery backup operation. The 19 backup battery shall operate for 24 hours minimum. 20 21 Contacts shall be rated at 5 amps tungsten load for up to 100,000 cycles. Each clock 22 function shall operate a 120 VAC normally open and normally closed set of contacts. 23 24 9- 29.11(2) Photoelectric Controls 25 The photoelectric control shall be the twistlock type and the light sensitive element shall 26 be a solid state photo diode. The control shall be designed to turn on at 3 foot - candles 27 (32 lux) and turn off at 1.8 foot - candles (20 lux). The lighting control shall not drift by 28 more than 1 percent over a 10 -year period. 29 30 The output control relay shall have a 45- second time delay to prevent false tum -off 31 caused by momentary brightness. This output relay shall be rated 1,000 watts 32 incandescent or 15 amps inductive load. The contacts shall be normally closed. The unit 33 shall be designed to not continuously pulse the output relay if the photo control bypass 34 switch is energized. 35 36 The lighting control shall have a built in metal oxide varistor (MOV) rated 320 joules for 37 lightning and transient protection. The control shall also have secondary zener diode 38 and transient filter. The printed circuit board shall be coated to prevent corrosion. The 39 normal operating voltage range will be 105 to 285 VAC., 40 ,11 41 9 -29.12 Electrical Splice Materials 42 Splicing in illumination circuits will be permitted only at junction boxes. With the 43 exception of lead -in cable to loop wire or magnetometer sensing probe splices, no 44 splices will be allowed in traffic signal circuitry. All other traffic signal circuitry will be 45 terminated at a load, at control equipment, or at a terminal. 46 47 9- 29.12(1) Illumination Circuit Splices 48 Splices and taps shall be made with solderless crimp connectors on underground 49 circuits to securely join the wires both mechanically and electrically. Aerial splices may 50 employ split bolt connectors. Splices at below grade locations shall employ moisture 51 blocking heat shrink, Mil Spec 1 -23053 or be epoxy resin cast type insulation. Two -way 52 (in -line) splices and three -way (T or wye) splices shall employ clear rigid plastic molds. 53 Clear myiar sheet bonded to butyrate webbing forming a flexible mold or heat shrink 54 shall be used for four -way or more. The material used shall be compatible with the 55 insulation material utilized. Equipment and methods shall be as recommended by the 56 manufacturer of the splicing materials. The component materials of the resin insulation 57 shall be packaged form ready for convenient mixing without removing from the package. 58 Only one conductor or one multi conductor cable per wire entrance will be allowed In 59 any rigid mold splice. 60 LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 156 1 Heat shrink splices shall be manufactured from irradiated, crosslinked polyolefin suitable 2 for direct burial installations and shall conform to requirements of ANSI C- 119.1. 3 4 The sealant shall be an approved stabilized mastic which shall provide a permanent 5 moisture proof bond between the recovered polyolefin and any conductor insulating 6 material. 7 8 9- 29.12(2) Traffic Signal Splice Material 9 Induction loop splices and magnetometer splices shall be either moisture resistant two 10 way heat shrink meeting Mil Spec 1- 23053, epoxy resin cast type with clear rigid molds 11 or re- enterable type with semi - hardening epoxy filling compound that remains semi - 12 flexible enclosed in a re- enterable rigid mold with end cap seals. 13 14 9 -29.13 Traffic Signal Controllers 15 A controller shall consist of a complete electrical mechanism for controlling the 16 operations of traffic control signals including the timing mechanism and all necessary 17 auxiliary equipment, mounted in a cabinet. 18 19 The Contractor shall furnish to the Contracting Agency all guarantees and warranties 20 furnished as a normal trade practice for all control equipment that is provided. 21 22 The fabricator of the controller shall perform quality control (QC) inspections based on 23 their QC program. Their QC program shall be submitted and approved by WSDOT at 24 least annually. The fabricator of the controller shall certify that the controller meets all 25 requirements of the Standard Specifications and Special Provisions for the specific 26 application. 27 28 The QC program shall include, but not be limited to, the following: 29 30 1. Quality Statement 31 2. Individual responsible for quality (organizational chart) 32 3. Fabrication procedures 33 4. Test procedures 34 5. Documented inspection reports 35 6. Documented test reports 36 7. Certification package 37 38 Control equipment includes all equipment used to control the operations of traffic control 39 signals, programmable message signs, illumination system's and other associated 40 control systems. Control equipment includes all devices including auxiliary equipment 41 mounted in a cabinet. 42 43 The traffic signal control equipment shall conform to the contract specifications and 44 these standard specifications. 45 46 All control equipment shall be as specified below: 47 48 NEMA control and all auxiliary equipment shall conform to current NEMA 49 specifications. 50 51 Type 170E control equipment and all auxiliary equipment, shall conform to the 52 California Department of Transportation document entitled "Transportation 53 Electrical Equipment Specifications" dated November 19, 1999. 54 55 The 170E/ HC -11 controller and auxiliary equipment shall conform to the current 56 Oregon Department of Transportation Specification for model 170E/ HC -11 57 controller and auxiliary equipment. The 170E shall be compatible with Type 170E 58 controllers and the current revision of the software specified in the contract. 59 LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 157 VW 1 170 ATC controller and auxiliary equipment shall conform to the current Oregon 2 Department of Transportation Specification for model 170 ATC controller and 3 auxiliary equipment. aw 4 5 Type 2070 controller and all auxiliary equipment shall conform to the current 6 California Department of Transportation Specification for Model 2070 and auxiliary 7 equipment. 8 9 Type 2070 Lite controller and auxiliary equipment shall conform to the current 10 Oregon Department of Transportation Specification for model 2070 Lite controller 11 and auxiliary equipment. 12 13 9- 29.13(1) Vacant 14 to 15 9- 29.13(2) Flashing Operations 16 All controllers shall be equipped for flashing operation of signal displays. Controllers 17 shall be programmed for flashing red displays for all approaches. During flash display, 18 all pedestrian circuits shall be de- energized. 19 20 Actuated traffic signal control mechanisms shall be capable of entry into flash operation 21 and return to normal operation as follows: 22 23 1. Terminal Strip Input (Remote Flash). When called as a function of a terminal 24 strip input, the controller shall provide both sequenced entry into flash and 25 sequenced return to normal operation consistent with the requirements of the ,.. 26 latest edition of the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices. 27 28 2. Police Panel Switch. When the flash- automatic switch located behind the 29 police panel door is turned to the flash position, the signals shall immediately - 30 revert to flash; however, the controller shall "STOP TIME." When the switch is 31 placed on automatic, the signals shall immediately time an 8 -10 second all red 32 period then resume normal cyclic operations at the beginning of major street 33 green. 34 35 3. Controller Cabinet Switches. When the flash- automatic switch located inside 36 the controller cabinet is placed in the flash position, the signals shall 37 immediately revert to flash; however, the controller shall continue to function. 38 When the flash - automatic switch is placed in the automatic position, the 39 controller shall immediately resume normal cyclic operation at the beginning of 40 the artery green. Adjacent to the flash- automatic switch shall be a controller 41 on -off switch. If the flash- automatic switch is in the automatic position and the 42 controller on -off switch is placed in the OFF position, the signals shall 43 immediately revert to flash. 44 45 4. Power Interruption. On "NEMA" controllers any power interruption longer than 46 475 plus or minus 25 milliseconds, signals shall re- energize consistent with 47 No. 2 above to ensure an 8- second flash period prior to the start of major 48 street green. A power interruption of less than 475 plus or minus 25 49 milliseconds shall not cause resequencing of the controller and the signal 50 displays shall re- energize without change. Type 170 controllers shall re- 51 energize consistent with No. 2 above after a power interruption of 1.75 plus or 52 minus 0.25 seconds. The 8- second flash period will not be required. 53 54 5. Conflict Monitor. Upon sensing conflicting signals or unsatisfactory operation 55 voltages, the conflict monitor shall immediately cause the signal to revert to 56 flash; however, the controller shall stop time at the point of conflict. After the 57 conflict monitor has been reset, the controller shall immediately take command 58 of the signal displays at the beginning of major street green. 59 LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 158 0 1 9- 29.13(3) Emergency Preemption 2 Immediately after a valid call has been received, the preemption controls shall cause the 3 signals to display the required clearance intervals and subsequent preemption intervals. 4 Preemption shall sequence as noted in the contract. Preemption equipment shall be 5 installed so that internal wiring of the controller, as normally furnished by the 6 manufacturer, is not altered. Termination of the preemption sequence shall place a call 7 on all vehicle and pedestrian phases. Preemption indicators, if required, shall turn on 8 when the controller reaches the preempted phase. NEMA controller shall energize the 9 pre - emption indicators when the controller is in the pre - emption phase(s). For the type 10 170, 2070, ATC, 2070 Lite controllers, the pre - emption indicators shall be energized 11 when the pre empt detector registers the pre empt request call. 12 13 9- 29.13(4) Wiring Diagrams 14 Schematic wiring diagrams of the controllers and auxiliary equipment shall be submitted 15 when the controllers are delivered. The diagram shall show in detail all circuits and 16 parts. The parts shall be identified by name or number in a manner readily interpreted. 17 One reproducible mylar or two microfilms and four copies of the cabinet wiring diagram 18 and component wiring diagrams shall be furnished with each cabinet and if requested 19 by the Engineer on a high density disk or CD. The schematic drawing shall consist of a 20 single sheet, detailing all circuits and parts, not to exceed 52 inches by 72 inches The 21 cabinet wiring diagram shall indicate and identify all wire terminations, all plug 22 connectors, and the locations of all equipment in the cabinet. Included in the diagram 23 shall be an intersection sketch identifying all heads, detectors, and push buttons and a 24 phase diagram. 25 26 9- 29.13(5) Vacant 27 28 9- 29.13(6) Radio Interference Suppressers 29 All traffic signal controllers, flashers, or other current - interrupting devices shall be 30 equipped with radio interference suppressers installed at the Input power point. 31 Interference suppressers shall be of a design which will minimize interference in both 32 broadcast and aircraft frequencies, and shall provide a minimum attenuation of 50 33 decibels over a frequency range of 200 kilocycles to 75 megacycles when used in 34 connection with normal installations. The interference filters furnished shall be 35 hermetically sealed in a substantial case filled with a suitable insulating compound. 36 Terminals shall be nickel plated, 10 -24 brass studs of sufficient external length to 37 provide space to connect two No. 8 AWG wires, and shall be so mounted that they 38 cannot be turned in the case. 39 40 Ungrounded terminals shall be insulated from each other and shall maintain a surface 41 leakage distance of not less than 1/4 inch between any exposed current conductor and 42 any other metallic parts with an insulation factor of 100 -200 megohms dependent on 43 external circuit conditions. 44 45 Suppressers shall be designed for operations on 50 amperes, 125 volts, 60 cycles, 46 single wire circuits, and shall meet standards of the Underwriters' Laboratories and the 47 Radio Manufacturers Association. 48 49 9- 29.13(7) Traffic - Actuated Controllers 50 All traffic signal controllers shall operate with industry standard operating 51 software installed that at a minimum has the following: 52 53 1. Defined phases, minimum of 8 each. 54 55 2. Has manufacturer designed single or 2 ring operation minimum. 56 57 3. A minimum of 16 overlaps, including 4 each minus pedestrian overlaps. 58 LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 159 1 4. Defined intervals, min green, walk, flash don't walk, passage, gap, minimum 2 gap, simultaneous gap out, volume density, yellow clearance, all red 3 clearance, Maximum I, Maximum II. 4 5 Traffic- actuated controllers shall be electronic devices which, when connected to traffic 6 detectors or other means of actuation, or both, shall operate the electrical traffic signal 7 system at one or more intersections. 8 9 All solid -state electronic traffic - actuated controllers and their supplemental devices shall 10 employ digital timing methods. 11 12 Control equipment shall conform to 9- 29.13. 13 14 Actuated traffic signal controllers shall be 8 -phase minimum control units. Volume - 15 density timing features shall be provided on all controllers. 16 17 Every pin of every connecting pluck shall be utilized as described within the NEMA 18 requirement, except that those pins identified as "spare" or "future" shall remain unused. " 19 Controller interchangeability between NEMA controllers of any and all approved makes 20 is mandatory, and demonstration of interchangeability will be a portion of the State 21 Materials Laboratory testing. 22 23 Overlaps for NEMA controllers may be accomplished by programming of software or by o utilize the software method 24 use of NEMA overlap boards. If a manufacturer elects t, 25 they may be required to furnish an overlap board with each signal controller which will — 26 allow substitution of controllers using the alternated method of overlaps. 27 28 NEMA controllers shall provide indications for vehicle call and pedestrian call that can 29 be viewed simultaneously with indications for timing intervals. Controllers shall provide `-" 30 indications for timing intervals in both rings that can be viewed simultaneously. Reason 31 for green termination shall be displayed simultaneously with other timing data. 32 33 All controllers shall provide a "simultaneous gap out" feature. This feature allows 34 retiming a gap from a green rest upon an actuation. 35 36 9- 29.13(7)A Environmental, Performance, and Test Standards for Solid - 37 State Traffic Controllers 38 The scope of this specification includes the controller assembly of solid -state design 39 installed in a weatherproof controller cabinet. The controller assembly includes the 40 cabinet, controller unit, load switches, signal conflict monitoring circuitry, accessory logic 41 circuitry, AC line filters, vehicle detectors, coordination equipment and interface, and 42 preemption equipment. NEMA control assemblies shall meet or exceed current NEMA 43 Environmental Standards and TS 1 Standards. Normal operation will be required while 44 the control assembly is subjected to any combination of high and low environmental 45 limits (i.e. low voltage at high temperature with high repetition noise transients). All other 46 control equipment testing shall be tested to Caltrans Transportation Electrical 47 Equipment Specifications (TEES) dated November 19, 1999. 48 49 9- 29.13(7)6 Auxiliary Equipment for NEMA Controllers 50 The following auxiliary equipment shall be furnished and installed in each cabinet for 51 NEMA traffic - actuated controllers: 52 53 1. A solid -state Type 3 NEMA flasher with flash- transfer relay which will cut in the 54 flasher and isolate the controller from light circuits. See Section 9- 29.13(2) for p 55 operational requirements. 56 57 2. Modular solid state relay load switches of sufficient number to provide for each 58 vehicle phase (including future phases if shown in the plans), each pedestrian 59 phase and preemption sequence indicated in the contract. Type P & R 60 cabinets shall include a fully wired 16- position back panel. Solid -state load LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 160 r 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 switches shall conform to NEMA standards except only optically isolated load switches will be allowed. Load switches shall include indicator lights on the input circuits. 3. A power panel with: a. A control - display breaker sized to provide 125 percent overload protection for all control equipment and signal displays, 30 ampere minimum. b. A 20 ampere accessory breaker wired parallel to the control display breaker. The breaker will carry accessory loads, including vent fan, cabinet light, plug receptacle, etc. c. A busbar isolated from ground and unfused for the neutral side of power supply. d. A radio interference suppresser to the output side of the control display breaker. See Section 9- 29.13(6) for other requirements. e. A transient voltage protection device connected to the controller power circuit for protection against voltage abnormalities of 1 cycle or less duration. The protector shall be a solid state high energy circuit containing no spark gap, gas tube, or crow bar component. The current rating of the device shall be 15 amps minimum. The device shall provide transient protection between neutral and ground, line and ground, as well as line and neutral. If the protection circuits fail, they shall fail to an open circuit condition. The device shall meet all requirements of UL standard 1449. The suppressed voltage rating shall be 600 volts or less when subjected to an Impulse of 6,000 volts, 3,000 amp source impedance, 8.0/20 microsecond waveform as described in UL 1449. In addition, the device shall withstand, without failure or permanent damage, one full cycle at 264 volts RMS. The device shall contain circuitry to prevent self- induced regenerative ringing. There shall be a failure warning indictor light which shall illuminate when the device has failed and is no longer operable. Cabinet ground busbar independent (150K ohms minimum) of neutral. 4. A police panel located behind the police panel door with a flash automatic switch and a control- display power line on -off switch. See Section 9- 29.13(2) for operational requirements. 5. An auxiliary control panel located inside the controller cabinet with a flash - automatic switch and a controller on -off switch. See Section 9- 29.13(2) for operational requirements. A three wire 15 ampere plug receptacle with grounding contact and 20 ampere ground fault interrupter shall also be provided on the panel. 6. A conflict monitor conforming to NEMA standards. See Section 9- 29.13(2) for operational requirements. The unit shall monitor conflicting signal indications at the field connection terminals. The unit shall be wired in a manner such that the signal will revert to flash if the conflict monitor is removed from service. Supplemental loads not to exceed 10 watts per monitored circuit or other means, shall be provided to prevent conflict monitor actuation caused by dimming or lamp bum -out. Supplemental loads shall be installed on the control side of the field terminals. Conflict monitors shall include a minimum of one indicator light for each phase used. The monitoring capacity of the unit shall be LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 161 1 compatible with the controller frame size. Conflict monitors shall include a . 2 program card. 3 4 7. A "Display Panel" when noted in the contract. The display panel shall depict a .0 5 generic eight -phase operation. The panel shall be mounted on the inside of the , design that allows 6 7 front cabinet door and the mounting shall be of a positioning of the panel in four orientations 90 degrees from each other. The mounting 8 shall be removable without use of any tools. Incandescent red, yellow, green, 9 walk and don't walk indicator lights shall be provided for each phase. The 10 indicator lights shall be connected to the associated field terminals, The 11 connecting cable shall be long enough to allow for any mounting orientation. 12 No diodes will be allowed in the display panel. A means of disconnecting all 13 wiring entering the panel shall be provided. Switches shall be provided on the 14 panel with labels and functions as follows: 15 16 a. Display On — Signal indicator lamps will display the operation of the 17 intersection. 18 19 b. Test — All indicator lamps shall be energized. 20 21 c. Display Off — all signal indicator lamps shall be de- energized. 22 23 A "Detector Panel' The panel shall be mounted on the inside of the front 24 cabinet door. The detector panel may be constructed as a single unit or it may 25 be constructed as a combined unit with the "Display Panel' if a "Display Panel' 26 is required in the contract. Detector switches with separate operate, test, and .. 27 off positions shall be provided for each field detector input circuit. A high 28 intensity light emitting diode (LED) shall be provided for each switch. The lamp 29 shall energize upon vehicle, pedestrian or test switch actuation. The test switch 30 shall provide a spring loaded momentary contact that will place a call into the — 31 controller. When In the OFF position, respective detector circuits will be 32 disconnected. In the operate position, each respective detector circuit shall 33 operate normally. Switches shall be provided on the panel with labels and 34 functions as follows: 35 36 a. Display On — Detector indicator lights shall operate consistent with 37 their respective switches. 38 b. Display Off — detector indicator lights shall be de- energized. 39 40 A means of disconnecting all wiring entering the panel shall be provided. 41 42 The disconnect shall include a means to jumper detection calls when the 43 display panel is disconnected. All switches on the panel shall be marked with 44 its associated plan detector number. All markers shall be permanent w 45 46 8. Insulated terminal blocks of sufficient number to provide a termination for all 47 field wiring. A minimum of 12 spare terminals shall be provided. Terminal 48 blocks shall be 600 volt, heavy duty, barrier type, except loop detector lead -ins, 49 which may be 300 volt. Each terminal shall be provided with a field -side and a 50 control -side connector separated by a marker strip. The marker strip shall bear 51 the circuit number indicated in the plans and shall be engraved. Each 52 connector shall be a screw type with No. 10 post capable of accepting no less 53 than three No. 12 AWG wires fitted with spade tips. 54 55 9. A vent fan with adjustable thermostat. The minimum CFM rating of the fan shall 56 exceed three times the cabinet volume. 57 58 10. An incandescent or fluorescent interior cabinet light mounted at the top of the 59 enclosure with door switch to automatically energize when the door opens. The LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 162 1 light shall be installed a minimum of 12 inches from the vent fan thermostat. 2 The switch shall be labeled "light." 3 4 11. All wiring within the cabinet, exclusive of wiring installed by the signal controller 5 manufacturer, shall have insulation conforming to the requirements of Section 6 9 -29.3. Cabinet wiring shall be trimmed to eliminate all slack and shall be laced 7 or bound together with nylon wraps or equivalent. All terminals, shall be 8 numbered and permanently identified with PVC or polyolefin wire marking 9 sleeve consistent with the cabinet wiring diagram provided by the signal 10 controller manufacturer and the contract. The cabinet will be completely wired 11 so that the only requirement to make a field location completely operational is 12 to attach field power and ground wiring. Internal cabinet wiring shall not utilize 13 the field side connections of the terminal strip intended for termination of field 14 wires. 15 16 12. One reproducible mylar or two microfilms and four copies of the cabinet wiring 17 diagram and component wiring diagrams shall be furnished with each cabinet. 18 Each cabinet shall be equipped with a, shelf mounted roll out drawer mounted 19 directly below the controller to house one or more cabinet wiring diagrams. The 20 cabinet wiring diagram shall indicate and identify all wire terminations, all plug 21 connectors, and the locations of all equipment in the cabinet. Included in the 22 diagram shall be an intersection sketch identifying all heads, detectors, and 23 push buttons; and a phase diagram. 24 25 13. Each vehicle detector amplifier, video detection out put channel pedestrian call 26 isolation unit, phase selector, discriminator, and load switch shall be identified 27 with semi - permanent stick -on type label. The following information shall be 28 included: 29 30 a. Vehicle Detector Amplifier Channel 31 1. Loop number 32 2. Assigned phase(s) 33 b. Ped Call Isolation Unit 34 1. Push button number 35 2. Assigned phase(s) 36 c. Load Switches 37 1. Signal head number 38 2. Assigned phase(s) 39 d. Phase Selectors 40 1. Circuit Letter 41 2. Phase(s) called 42 43 The label shall be placed on the face of the unit. It shall not block any switch, 44 light, or operational words on the unit. The lettering on this label shall be neat, 45 legible, and easily read from a distance of approximately 6 feet. 46 47 9- 29.13,jQC Auxiliary Equipment for Type 170E, 2070, 2070 Lite, ITS /ATC 48 Controlllers 49 The following requirements apply to required auxiliary equipment fumished with Type 50 170E, 170E- HC -11, 2070, 2070 Lite, ATC controller cabinets: 51 52 Flashers, flash transfer relays, conflict monitor, AC isolators, DC isolators, 53 discriminator modules, program modules, modem modules, load switches, 54 breakers, buses, police panel switches, receptacle requirement, vent fan and 55 auxiliary control panel switches shall conform to the requirements noted in the 56 California Department of Transportation document entitled "Traffic Signal Control 57 Equipment Specifications ", specified in Section 9- 29.13(7). 58 LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 163 LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 164 1 Flashing operation shall conform to Section 9- 29.13(2), except the 8- second flash 2 period described in Item 2 of that section will not be required. Emergency 3 preemption shall conform to Section 9- 29.13(3). 4 5 The requirements for radio interference sup ressor, transient voltage protection, 6 terminal blocks, cabinet light (florescent only, cabinet wiring, vZinng diagram and 7 equipment labeling are the same as previously noted for the NEMA control 8 assemblies. 9 10 Input and output terminals shall be installed with a marking strip with field wire 11 numbers noted in the contract embossed on the strip. All cabinet and field -� 12 conductor shall have a PVC or polyolefin wire marking sleeve installed, matching 13 the input and output terminals above. 14 15 The input panel terminal blocks TB 2 through TB 9 and associated cable to the 16 input files as described in California Department of Transportation document 17 entitled "Traff ic Signal Control Equipment Specifications" dated November 19, 1999 18 shall be provided In all control assemblies. The alternate raceway specified in 19 Chapter 18 will not be allowed. 20 21 Supplemental load requirements to prevent conflict monitor actuation on lamp 22 burnout are the same as previously noted for NEMA control assemblies. 23 24 A "Display Panel19, conforming to the requirements previously noted for the NEMA 25 control assemblies shall be provided when noted in the contract. . 26 27 A "Detection Panel" conforming to the requirements previously noted for the NEMA 28 control assemblies shall be provided except the panel shall be a separate unit from 29 the "Display Panel." The panel shall be rack mounted above the controller and shall 30 conform to details in the contract. 31 32 A "Detector Termination and Interface Panel" shall be provided. When viewing the 33 cabinet from the back, the panel shall be located on the upper left hand side of the .. 34 cabinet. The panel shall be electrically located between the "Detector Panel" and 35 the C -1 connector. The panel shall utilize insulated terminal blocks and each 36 connector shall be a screw type with post. 37 38 A print holder rollout drawer shall be provided. The drawer shall be rack mounted 39 below the controller. 40 41 A "DB -9" socket shall be mounted on the rack facing the front door of the cabinet 42 and shall be easily accessible when the front door is open. The socket shall provide 43 a communication interface between a personal computer and the C -20S connector 44 on the back of the controller. The appropriate cable and C -20 plug connector shall 45 be part of this assembly to provide ease of connection to the controller. 46 47 A C -2 plug with 6 feet of 22 AWG 4 conductor shielded cable shall be provided in 48 each cabinet. The cable shall be terminated on positions 3, 4, and 6 of the TB 49 terminal block. 50 51 An "Absence Of Red Programming Assembly' shall be provided. There shall be 52 provided on the back panel of the output file, 16 accessible jumper plug attachment 53 areas, made up of three male pins per position (one set of three, for each conflict 54 monitor channel). Each jumper plug shall be a three position Molex style connector, 55 using crimped wire pins. Two female pins shall be installed in each jumper plug, 56 one attached to each end of a single wire. These pins shall be installed in the 57 connector, one on the center position and one in either outer position of the plug. It 58 shall be possible, by inserting and positioning one of the 16 dumper plugs on the 59 right two pins on the monitor board, to apply 120 VAC into a corresponding channel 60 of the conflict monitor red channels. The connection between the absence of red LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 164 Elm M 1 programming board and the 210 plus conflict monitor shall be accomplished via a 2 20 pin ribbon cable and the industry standard P -20 connector, that attaches on the 3 front panel of the monitor. It shall be possible, by inserting and positioning one of 4 the 16 jumper plugs on the two left pins on the monitor board, to enable the red 5 monitor on the corresponding channel (phase). There shall be installed on the 6 absence of red programming assembly a red enableldisconnect relay, that controls 7 the 120 VAC red enable signal into the 210 plus monitor. During normal operation, 8 the normally closed contacts of this relay shall supply 120 VAC into the red enable 9 input of the monitor. When energized, this red enable signal shall be removed from 10 the input disabling red monitoring. The relay shall be energized by the 11 corresponding Cl pin connection, as required by the local software, to indicate that 12 the assembly is in processor flash. 13 14 9- 29.13(7)D NEMA Controller Cabinets 15 Each traffic - actuated NEMA controller shall be housed in a weatherproof cabinet 16 conforming to the following requirements: 17 18 1. Construction shall be of 0.073 -inch minimum thickness series 300 stainless 19 steel or 0.125 minimum thickness 5052 H32 ASTM B209 alloy aluminum. The 20 stainless steel shall be annealed or one - quarter - hardness complying with 21 ASTM A666 stainless steel sheet. - Cabinets may be finished inside with an 22 approved finish coat of exterior white enamel the outside of aluminum cabinets 23 shall be clear anodized or as shown in the contract. 24 25 2. The cabinet shall contain shelving, brackets, racks, etc., to support the 26 controller and auxiliary equipment. All equipment shall set squarely on shelves 27 or be mounted in racks and shall be removable without turning, tilting, or 28 rotating or relocating one device to remove another. 29 30 3. The cabinet shall be of adequate size to properly house the controller and all 31 required appurtenances and auxiliary equipment in an upright position with a 32 clearance of at least 3 inches from the vent fan and filter to allow for proper air 33 flow. In no case shall more than 70 percent of the cabinet volume be used. 34 There shall be at least a 2 -inch clearance between shelf mounted equipment 35 and the cabinet wall or equipment mounted on the cabinet wall. 36 37 4. The cabinet shall have an air intake vent on the lower half of the front door, 38 with a 12 inch by 16 inch by 1 inch removable throw away filter, secured in 39 place with a spring- loaded framework. 40 41 5. The cabinet door(s) shall be provided with: 42 43 a. A spring loaded construction core lock capable of accepting a Best 44 type CX series six segment core installed by others. Formed cabinets 45 shall have a three point latch. 46 47 b. A police panel assembly shall be installed in the front door and shall 48 have a stainless steel hinge pin and a lock. Two police keys with 49 shafts a minimum of 1 3/4 inches long shall be provided with each 50 cabinet. 51 52 c. All doors and police panel door shall have one piece closed cell, 53 neoprene gaskets. 54 55 d. A two position doorstop assembly. 56 57 9 -29.13 (7)E Type 170E, 170E- HC -11, 2070, 2070 Lite, ATC Controller 58 Cabinets 59 The above controllers shall be housed in a Models 332, Double 332, 336, 336S, 303 60 ITS /ATC cabinets, or as specified in the contract. The surfaces of the cabinet shall be LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 165 1 clear anodized. Each door shall be furnished with a construction core lock conforming to 2 9 -29.13 (7)D 5a, b and c above. A police panel with door, stainless steel hinge pin and 3 lock shall be provided. Two police keys with shafts a minimum of 1 3/4" long shall be 4 provided with each cabinet. Each of these cabinets shall be furnished with Auxiliary 5 equipment described in 9- 29.13(7)C. Type 33,4 cabinets for traffic data station controller 6 furnished shall meet Current Caltrans 170E specifications, as stated in Standard 7 Specifications 9- 29.13(7) and as follows. Camera control and DMS local control " 8 cabinets shall contain the equipment shown in the Plans. The cabinet shall have the 9 same external physical dimensions and appearance of Model 334 cabinets. 10 11 1. The cabinet shall be fabricated of stainless steel or clear anodized sheet 12 aluminum in accordance with Section 9- 29.13(7)D, Item number 1. Painted 13 steel or painted aluminum is not allowed. 14 15 2. Cabinet doors shall have a three -point latch and two - position stop assembly 16 with spring loaded construction core lock capable of accepting a Best lock 17 company type, with 6 -pin CX series core. The Contractor shall supply red or 18 blue construction cores. Upon contract completion, the Contractor shall deliver 19 two master keys to the Engineer. 20 21 3. Field wire terminals shall be labeled in accordance with the Field Wiring Chart. 22 23 4. Two shatterproof fluorescent interior cabinet lights with self- starting ballast 24 shall be furnished, one fixture mounted on the rear rack near the top and the 25 second mounted at the top of the front rack. Door switches shall automatically *w. 26 turn on both lights when either door is opened. 27 28 5. One controller unit shelf, which attaches to the front rails of the EIA rack, shall 29 be provided in lieu of the two controller unit support angles. The shelf shall be 30 fabricated from aluminum and shall be installed such that it does not interfere 31 with access to any terminal block. The shelf shall contain a rollout flip -top 32 drawer for storage of wiring diagrams and manuals. 33 34 A disposable paper filter element of at least 180 square inches shall be provided in lieu 35 of a metal filter. 36 37 The cabinet shall be equipped with an electric strip heater with a rating of 100 watts and 38 120 VAC, and a ventilation fan meeting the requirements specified in Caltrans 170 39 specification. The strip heater shall be shielded in a manner that prevents damage to 40 nearby electrical cables. 41 42 The fan and strip heater shall be controlled by a high -low adjustable thermostat which 43 can be set to ensure the cabinet interior temperature remains between 60 °F and 120 °F 44 45 All Traffic Data and Ramp Meter Cabinets shall include the following accessories: 46 47 1. Each cabinet shall be equipped with a fully operable controller equipped as „ 48 specified in these Special Provisions. 49 50 2. Two input files, except on Type 303 and 336 cabinet shall be supplied, each 51 using 133 millimeters of rack height. 52 53 3. Power Distribution Assembly shall be PDA #3 as detailed in the January 1989 54 CALTRANS 170 specification, with all current amendments. 55 56 The PDA #3 shall contain three Model 200 Load Switches. 57 58 A transient voltage protection device shall be provided, which plugs into the 59 controller unit receptacle and in turn accepts the controller plug and meets the 60 electrical requirements of Section 9- 29.13(7)B(3) item e. LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 166 ... 1 2 A second transfer relay, Model 430, shall be mounted on the rear of the PDA 3 #3 and wired as shown In the Plans. 4 5 4. Police Panel shall contain only one DPDT toggle switch. The switch shall be 6 labeled POLICE CONTROL, ON -OFF. 7 8 5. Display Panel 9 10 A. General: 11 Each cabinet shall be furnished with a display panel. The panel shall be 12 mounted, showing and providing detection for inputs and specified 13 controller outputs, at the top of the front rack above the controller unit. The 14 display panel shall be fabricated from brushed aluminum and constructed 15 according to the detail in the Plans. 16 17 B. Text: 18 All text on the display panel shall be black in color and silk screened 19 directly to the panel except the Phenolic detector and cabinet nameplates. 20 A nameplate for each loop shall be engraved with a 1/4 inch nominal text 21 according to the ITS Field Wiring Charts . The nameplates shall be 22 permanently affixed to the display panel. 23 24 C. LEDs: 25 The LEDs for the display panel shall meet the following specifications: 26 27 Case size T 1 -3/4 28 Viewing angle 500 minimum 29 Brightness 8 Milli candelas 30 31 LEDs with RED, YELLOW or GREEN as part of their labels shall be red, 32 yellow or green in color. All other LEDs shall be redo All LEDs shall have 33 tinted diffused lenses. 34 35 D. Detector Display Control Switch: 36 Each display panel shall be equipped with one detector display control 37 switch on the panel with labels and functions as follows: 38 39 ON 40 Detector display LEDs shall operate consistent with their separate 41 switches. 42 43 OFF 44 All detector indicator LEDs shall be de- energized. Detector calls shall 45 continue to reach the controller. 46 47 TEST 48 All detector indicator LEDs shall illuminate and no calls shall be 49 placed to the controller. 50 51 E. Advance Warning Sign Control Switch: 52 Each display panel shall be equipped with one advance warning sign 53 control switch on the panel with labels and functions as follows: 54 55 AUTOMATIC 56 Sign Relay shall energize upon ground true call from controller. 57 58 SIGN OFF 59 Sign Relay shall de- energize. 60 LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 167 1 SIGN ON 2 Sign Relay shall energize. 3 4 5 F. Sign Relay: The sign belay shall be plugged into a socket installed on the rear of the 6 display panel. The relay shall be wired as shown in the Plans. The relay 7 coil shall draw (or sink) less than 50 milliamperes from the 170E controller .. 8 and have a DPDT contact rating not less than 10 amperes. A 1 N4004 9 diode shall be placed across the relay coil to suppress voltage spikes. The 10 anode terminal shall be connected to terminal #7 of the relay as labeled in 11 the Plans. The relay shall energize when the METERING indicator LED is " 12 lit. 13 14 15 G. Detector Input Indicators: One display LED and one spring - loaded two- position SPST toggle switch 16 shall be provided for each of the 40 detection inputs. These LEDs and 17 switches shall function as follows: 18 19 TEST 20 When the switch is in the test position, a call shall be placed to the 21 controller and energize the associated LED. The switch shall 22 automatically return to the run position when it is released. 23 24 25 RUN In the run position the LEDs shall illuminate for the duration of each 26 call to the controller. 27 28 29 H. Controller Output Indicators: The display panel shall contain a series of output indicator LEDs mounted, 30 below the detection indicators. The layout shall be according to the detail 31 in the Plans. These LEDs shall illuminate upon a ground true output from 32 the controller via the C5 connector. 33 34 The output indicator LEDs shall have resistors in series to drop the voltage 35 from 24 volts DC to their rated voltage and limit current below their rated 36 current. The anode connection of each LED to +24 VDC shall be wired 37 through the resistor. 38 39 40 I. Connectors: Connection to the display panel shall be made by three connectors, one 41 pin (labeled P2) and one socket (labeled P1) and one labeled C5. The P1 42 and P2 connectors shall be 50 -pin cannon D series, or equivalent 50 pin 43 connectors and shall be compatible such that the two connectors can be 44 connected directly to one another to bypass the input detection. Wiring for • . 45 the P1, P2 and C5 connectors shall be as shown in the Plans. 46 47 The Contractor shall install wire connectors P1, P2, C1 P, C2, C4, C5 and 48 C6 according to the pin assignments shown in the Plans. 49 50 6. Model 204 Flasher Unit 51 Each Model 334 ramp meter cabinet shall be supplied with one Model 204 sign 52 flasher unit mounted on the right rear side panel. The flasher shall be powered 53 from T1 -2. The outputs from the flasher shall be wired to T1-5 and T1 -6. 54 55 56 7. Fiber Optic Patch Panel The contractor shall provide and install a rack - mounted fiber optic patch panel 57 as identified in the Plans. 58 LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 168 va 1 Cabinet Wiring 2 1. Terminal blocks T131 through T139 shall be installed on the Input Panel. 3 Layout and position assignment of the terminal blocks shall be as noted in 4 the Plans. 5 6 k Terminals for field wiring in traffic data and/or ramp metering controller 7 cabinet shall be labeled, numbered and connected in accordance with the 8 following: 9 10 Terminal Terminal and Connection 11 Block Pos. Wire Numbers Identification 12 13 TBS 501 -502 AC Power, Neutral 14 571 Neutral 15 T1 -2 641 Sign on 16 T1 -4 643 Sign off 17 T1 -5 644 Flasher Output NC 18 T1 -6 645 Flasher Output NO 19 T4 -1 631 Lane 3 - Red 20 T4 -2 632 Lane 3 - Yellow 21 T4 -3 633 Lane 3 - Green 22 T4 -4 621 Lane 2 - Red 23 T4 -5 622 Lane 2 - Yellow 24 T4 -6 623 Lane 2 - Green 25 T4 -7 611 Lane 1 - Red 26 T4 -8 612 Lane 1 - Yellow 27 T4 -9 613 Lane 1 - Green 28 29 Loop lead -in cables shall be labeled and connected to cabinet terminals 30 according to the ITS Field Wiring Chart. This chart will be provided by the 31 Engineer within 20 days of the Contractor's request. 32 33 9 -29.14 Vacant 34 35 9 -29.15 Flashing Beacon Control 36 Flashers shall conform to the latest NEMA publication, and shall be solid state. When 37 used as a beacon control, they shall be jack mounted and installed in raintight aluminum 38 or hot dipped galvanized steel cabinet. 39 40 9 -29.16 Vehicular Signal Heads 41 Each signal head shall be of the adjustable, vertical type with the number and type of 42 lights detailed in the contract; shall provide a light indication in one direction only; shall 43 be adjustable through 360 degrees about a vertical axis; and shall be mounted at the 44 location and in the manner shown in the plans. Except for optically programmed signal 45 heads, all vehicular signal heads at any one intersection shall be of the same make and 46 type. 47 48 9- 29.16(1) Optically Programmed, Adjustable Face, 12 Inch Traffic Signal 49 The signal shall permit the visibility zone of the indication to be determined optically and 50 require no hoods or louvers. The projected indication may be selectively visible or veiled 51 anywhere within 15 degrees of the optical axis. No indication shall result from external 52 illumination, nor shall one light unit illuminate a second. The display shall be maintained 53 from 85 VAC to 130 VAC. 54 55 9- 29.16(1)A Optical System 56 The components of the optical system shall comprise: 57 58 1. Lamp, 59 2. Lamp Collar, 60 3. Optical Limiter - Diffuser, and LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 169 1 4. Objective Lens. 2 3 The lamp shall be nominal 150 watt, 120 volt AC, three prong, sealed beam having are 4 integral reflector with stippled cover and an average rated life of at least 6,000 hours. 5 The lamp shall be coupled to the diffusing element with a collar including a specular 6 ihner surface. The diffusing element may be discrete or integral with the convex surface 7 of the optical limiter. Wo 8 9 The optical limiter shall provide an accessible imaging surface at focus on the optical 10 axis for objects 900 to 1,200 feet distant, and permit an effective veiling mask to be 11 variously applied as determined by the desired visibility zone. The optical limiter shall be 12 provided with positive indexing means and composed of heat - resistant glass. 13 14 The objective lens shall be a high resolution planar incremental lens hermetically sealed 15 within a flat laminant of weather resistant acrylic or approved equal. The lens shall be 16 symmetrical in outline and may be rotated to any 900 orientation about the optical axis 17 without displacing the primary image. 18 19 The optical system shall accommodate projection of diverse, selected indicia to 20 separate portions of the roadway such that only one indication will be simultaneously 21 apparent to any viewer after optically limiting procedures have been accomplished. The 22 projected indication shall conform to ITE transmittance and chromaticity standards. -r 23 24 9- 29.16(1)B Construction 25 Die cast aluminum parts shall conform to ITE alloy and tensile requirements and have a 26 chromate preparatory treatment. The exterior of the signal case, lamp housing, and 27 mounting flanges shall be finished with a high quality, baked enamel prime and finish 28 paint. 29 30 The lens holder and interior of the case shall be optical black. 31 32 Signal case and lens holder shall be predrilled for backplates and visors. Hinge and 33 latch pins shall be stainless steel. All acces's openings shall be sealed with weather 34 resistant rubber gaskets. 35 36 Backplates shall conform to ITE material requirements and include a chromate 37 preparatory treatment and optical black on all surfaces. 38 39 9- 29.16(1)C Mounting 40 The signal shall mount to standard 1 1/2 inch fittings as a single section, as a multiple 41 section face, or in combination with other signals. The signal section shall be provided 42 with an adjustable connection that permits incremental tilting of at least 00 to 100-above 43 or below the horizontal while maintaining a common vertical axis through couplers and 44 mounting. Terminal connection shall permit external adjustment about the mounting axis 45 in five degree increments. The signal shall be mountable with ordinary tools and 46 capable of being serviced with no tools. 47 48 Attachments such as visors, backplates, or adapters shall conform and readily fasten to 49 existing mounting surfaces without affecting water and light integrity of the signal. 50 51 9- 29.16(1)D Electrical 52 The lamp fixture shall be comprised of a separately accessible housing and integral 53 lamp support, indexed ceramic socket, and self - aligning, quick release lamp retainer. 54 The electrical connection between case and lamphousing shall be accomplished with an 55 interlock assembly which disconnects lamp holder when opened. Each signal section 56 shall include a covered terminal block for clip or screw attachment of lead wires. 57 Concealed No. 18 AWG -AWM, stranded and coded wires shall interconnect all sections 58 to permit field connection within any section. 59 LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 170 1 9- 29.16(1)E Photo Controls 2 Each signal section shall include integral means for regulating its intensity between 3 limits as a function of individual background illumination. Lamp intensity shall not be less 4 than 97 percent of uncontrolled intensity at 1,000 ft-c ambient and shall reduce to 15 5 plus or minus 2 percent of maximum at less than 1 ft -c ambient. Response shall be °6 proportional and essentially instantaneous to any detectable increase of illumination 7 from darkness to 1,000 ft -c ambient and damped for any decrease from 100 ft-.c 8 ambient. 9 10 The intensity controller shall comprise an integrated, directional light, sensing and 11 regulating device interposed between lamp and line wires. It shall be compatible with 60 12 Hz input and responsive within the range 105 VAC to 135 VAC. Output may be phase 13 controlled, but the device shall provide a nominal terminal impedance of 1,200 ohms 14 open circuit and a corresponding holding current. 15 16 9- 29.16(1)F Installation 17 The signal shall be installed, directed, and veiled in accordance with published 18 instructions and the project visibility requirement. Each section of the signal shall be 19 masked with prescribed materials in an acceptable and workmanlike manner. 20 21 9- 29.16(2) Conventional Traffic Signal Heads 22 23 9- 29.16(2)A Optical Units 24 Light Emitting Diode (LED) light sources are required for all red and green displays. 25 LED light sources for yellow displays are required as specified in the contract. LED light 26 sources must conform to the current Vehicle Traffic Control Signal Heads, Part 2 27 (VTCSH2) ITE Specification and the following requirements: 28 29 1. Wattage (Maximum): 12 inch red, yellow and green ball displays - 25 W 12 30 inch red, yellow and green arrow displays - 15W 8 inch red, yellow and green 31 ball displays - 15W 32 33 2. Voltage: The operation voltages shall be between 85 VAC and 130VAC. 34 35 3. The LED display shall be a module type and shall replace the lens, socket, 36 bail, reflector and be directly connected to the terminal strip in the signal head. 37 38 4. Warranty: A five -year written manufacture's warranty from date of installation 39 on parts and materials will be required. A $50.00 installation charge shall be 40 paid by the supplier to the Contracting Agency, if the display fails within one 41 year of installation. 42 43 5. Label: A label shall be provided on the LED housing. The contractor shall mark 44 the label with a permanent marker to note the installation date. 45 46 Incandescent light sources are required for yellow displays, unless otherwise specified 47 in the contract. Incandescent light sources shall conform to the current Vehicle Traffic 48 Control Signal Heads (VTCSH) ITE Specification and the following requirements: 49 50 1. Light Source: (8 inch Clear Bulb, A21/TS with brass medium base), (12 inch 51 clear bulb, P25/TS with brass medium base). 52 53 2. Voltage: 120 VAC. 54 55 3. Rated Initial Lumens at 120 VAC: (8 inch - 550), (12 inch- 1750). 56 57 4. Minimum Initial Lumens at 120 VAC: (8 inch - 550), (12 inch - 1650). 58 59 5. Light Center: ( 8 inch, 2 7/16 inch), (12 inch, 3 inch). 60 LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 171 EW 1 6. Minimum Life: 8,000 hours. 2 3 7. Orientation: the bulb shall be installed with the opening between the filaments 4 up. 5 6 8. Operation: The bulb shall operate properly form ( -40 °F to 170 °F). 7 8 9. Lens: the lens material shall be prismed glass. The lens shall be secured to 9 the housing with four noncorrosive clips. The lens shall have a neoprene 10 gasket making the display weather and dust tight. 11 12 10. Reflector: The reflector shall be specular aluminum with anodic coating. 13 14 11. Reflector Support: The reflector support shall be pivoted to the housing, and 15 shall be designed so that it can be swung out or easily removed without the 16 use of any tools. 17 18 9- 29.16(2)B Signal Housing 19 The signal head housing, or case, shall consist of an assembly of separate sections, 20 expandable type for vertical mounting, substantially secured together in a weathertight 21 manner to form a unit of pleasing appearance. Each section shall house an individual 22 optical unit. 23 24 Each section shall be complete with a one - piece, corrosion - resistant aluminum alloy die 25 cast door and shall have a nominal 8 -inch or 12 -inch diameter opening for the lens. 26 Each door shall be of the hinged type having two integrally cast hinge lugs and latch 27 jaw. The door shall be attached to the housing by means of two noncorrosive, stainless 28 steel hinge pins that are removable without the use of a special press or tool. A 29 noncorrosive, stainless steel, threaded latch bolt and matching wing nut shall provide for 30 opening and closing the door without the use of any special tools. Each door shall have 31 a cellular neoprene gasket around the entire outer edge of the door, which, when the 32 door is closed, shall miake a positive weather and dust -tight seal. Each door shall have 33 four tapped holes spaced about the circumference of the lens opening with four 34 noncorrosive screws to accommodate the signal head visors. Each door shall have 35 some device such as washers, clips, or keys, or be constructed so as to keep it from 36 dismounting from the housing accidentally when It Is open. 37 38 The body of each signal section shall consist of a one piece corrosion resistant, die cast 39 aluminum alloy. Each section shall have serrated rings top and bottom so when used 40 with proper brackets, each section may be adjustable in respect to an adjoining section, 41 and the hangers may be locked securely to prevent moving. Cast integrally with the 42 housing shall be two hinge lugs and one latch haw. The top and bottom of the housing 43 shall have an opening to accommodate standard 1 1/2 -inch pipe brackets. The sections 44 shall be so designed that when assembled, they interlock with one another forming one 45 continuous weathertight unit. The sections shall be interchangeable and shall be dust 46 and weathertight when assembled with the door and appropriate furnished hardware. 47 48 A terminal block of an approved type shall be mounted inside at the back of the housing. 49 All sockets shall be so wired that a white wire will be connected to the shell of the socket 50 and a wire, the color of the lens, to the bottom, or end terminal of the socket. These 51 wires shall in turn be connected to the terminal block mounted in the housing, in the 52 proper manner. The terminal block shall have sufficient studs to terminate all field wires 53 and lamp wires independently to the block with separate screws. The terminals to which 54 field wires are attached shall be permanently identified to facilitate field work. 55 56 Each lens shall be protected with a removable visor. The visor shall be tunnel type 57 unless noted otherwise in the contract. Tunnel, cap, and cut away type visors shall be 58 molded using ultraviolet and heat stabilized polycarbonate plastic or be constructed of 59 .050 inch corrosion resistant aluminum material throughout as specified in the contract 60 or as directed by the engineer. Visors shall be flat black in color Inside and shall be flat LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 172 0 0 1 black or dark green on the outside. Visors shall have attaching ears for installation to the 2 housing door. The signal display shall have square doors. End caps shall be made from 3 aluminum or plastic material and shall be installed with fittings to provide a watertight 4 seal. A bead of silicone sealant shall be applied around the perimeter of all top end cap 5 openings prior to installation of the end cap assembly. Plastic end caps shall utilize a 6 threaded stud with seal and wing nut. Plastic end caps utilizing a metal screw that may 7 damage the cap if overtightened will not be allowed. Plastic end caps shall have the 8 same color as the signal housing. 9 10 9- 29.16(2)C Louvered Visors 11 Where noted in the Contract, louvered tunnel visors shall be furnished and installed. 12 Directional louvers shall be constructed to have a snug fit in the signal visor. Louvers 13 shall be flat black, constructed of aluminum. Dimensions and arrangement of louvers 14 shall be as shown in the contract. 15 16 9- 29.16(2)D Back Plates 17 Back plates shall be furnished and attached to the signal heads. Back plates shall be 18 constructed of 5 inch wide .050 inch thick corrosion resistant flat black finish, louvered 19 aluminum as specified in the contract or as directed by the engineer 20 21 9- 29.16(2)E Painting Signal Heads 22 Traffic signal heads shall be finished with two coats of factory applied dark green 23 (Federal Standard 5958) baked enamel or shall be finished with a dark green oven 24 baked powder coating comprised of resins and pigments. Aluminum end caps shall be 25 painted to match the color of the signal housing. 26 27 9- 29.16(3) Polycarbonate Traff ic Signal Heads 28 Polycarbonate signal heads shall be provided only when specifically identified in the 29 contract. With the exception of top and bottom bracket mountings, polycarbonate signal 30 heads shall be installed with approved reinforcing plates located In signal sections 31 adjacent to the mounting hardware. 32 33 9- 29.16(3)A 8 -Inch Polycarbonate Traffic Signal Heads 34 Polycarbonate employed in traffic signal fabrication shall tolerate an elongation prior to 35 break in excess of 90 percent. The green color shall be molded throughout the head 36 assembly. Glass lenses shall be employed in the signal heads. The optical system shall 37 be of the fixed focus type for 67 to 69 watt bulbs. The entire optical system shall be 38 sealed by a single neoprene gasket. Alzak aluminum reflectors will be permitted in 39 polycarbonate traffic signal head assemblies. The signal head shall be formed to be 40 used with standard signal head mounting accessories. The optical system shall be 41 consistent with ITE requirements. 42 43 9- 29.16(3)B 12 -Inch Polycarbonate Traffic Signal Heads 44 Twelve -inch polycarbonate signal heads shall conform to all requirements of the 8 -inch 45 polycarbonate signal heads except the optical system shall be designed for a 1750 46 lumen traffic signal lamp. 47 48 9 -29.17 Signal Head Mounting Brackets and Fittings 49 Vehicle and pedestrian signal head mountings shall be as detailed in the Standard 50 Plans. Material requirements for signal head mounts are as follows: 51 52 Aluminum 53 1. Hinge fittings for Type E mount. 54 2. Arms and slotted tube fittings for Type N mount. 55 3. Tube clamp and female clamp assembly for Type N mount. 56 57 Bronze 58 1. Terminal compartments for Type A, B, C, F, H, and K mounts. 59 2. Collars for Type C, D, and F mounts. 60 3. Ell fittings for Type L and LE mounts. LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 173 LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 174 1 a 1 2 4. Plumbizer for type M mounts 5. Messenger hanger and wire entrance fittings for Type P, Q, R, and S mounts. 3 6. Balance adjuster for Type Q, R, and S mounts. 4 5 Galvanized Steel 6 1. Washers for Type A, B, C, D, F, H, and K mounts. 7 2. Fasteners for Type A, B, E, H, and K mounts. 8 9 Stainless Steel 10 1. All set screws and cotter Keys. 11 2. Bands for Type N mount. 12 3. Hinge pins for Type E mount. i3 4. Bolts, nuts and washers for Type M mount. 14 5. Bolt, nut and washers for Type L mount. 15 6. Bolts, nuts, washers, and screw buckle swivels. 16 17 18 Steel 1. Center pipes, nipples, elbow and tee fittings for Type A, B, C, F, H, and K 19 20 mounts. 2. Multi -head mounting assemblies and spider assemblies for Type Q, R, and S 21 22 mounts. 3. Nipples for Type L, LE, P, Q, R, and S mounts. 23 24 Fittings for Type N mounts shall be installed unpainted. All other hardware for other 25 mounts shall be painted with two coats of factory applied traffic signal green baked 26 enamel. 27 28 Pins for messenger hanger fittings shall be a minimum of 1/2 inch in diameter. 29 Terminal compartments for Type A, B, C, F, H, and K mounts shall contain a 12 section 30 terminal block. 31 32 33 9 -29.18 Vehicle Detector Induction loop detectors and magnetometer detectors shall comply with current NEMA 34 specifications when installed with NEMA control assemblies and shall comply with the 35 California Department of Transportation document entitled `Transportation Electrical 36 Equipment Specifications," specified in Section 9- 29.13(7) when installed with Type 170 37 2070, 2070 Lite, ITS /ATC control assemblies. 38 39 9- 29.18(1) Induction Loop Detectors 40 When required in the contract, amplifier units shall be provided with supplemental timing 41 features identified as follows: 42 43 1. Delay Timing. When delay timing is required, the unit shall delay detector 44 output for up to 15 seconds minimum, settable in one second maximum 45 intervals. 46 47 2. Delay Timing With Gate. When delay timing with gate is required, the unit shall 48 provide delay timing features as noted above with the additional capability of 49 inhibiting delay timing when an external signal is applied. 50 51 3. Extension Timing. When extension timing is required, the unit shall extend the 52 detector output for up to 7 seconds minimum, settable In 0.5 second minimum 53 intervals. 54 55 4. Delay and Extension Timing With Gate. When delay and extension timing with 56 gate Is required, the unit shall provide both delay and extension timing features inhibiting delay while enabling 57 as noted above with the additional capability of . 58 extension upon application of an external signal. Without external signal, the 59 unit shall inhibit extension and enable delay. 60 LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 174 0 1 9- 29.18(2) Magnetometer Detectors 2 Magnetometer detector units and sensors shall conform to the following specifications: 3 4 1. Operation. The magnetometer detector unit shall respond to changes in the 5 earth's local magnetic field caused by the passage of a vehicle containing iron 6 or steel over the sensor unit. 7 8 2. Environmental Requirements. Satisfactory operation shall be attained over the 9 ambient temperature range from -30° F to 160° F. Operation shall be 10 unaffected by temperature change, water, ice, pavement deterioration, or 11 electromagnetic noise. 12 13 3. Modes of Operation. Each detector channel shall be capable of functioning in 14 any of four front -panel selectable modes: 15 16 a. Presence. Time of detection shall be unlimited. 17 18 b. Extended Presence. The detection output shall extend for a timer set 19 value of up to 5 seconds after the detection zone has cleared. 20 21 c. Pulse. A single 30 to 50 millisecond pulse will be generated per 22 detection actuation. 23 24 d. Inhibited Pulse. The detection output will be inhibited for a time set 25 value of up to 5 seconds after the detection zone has cleared. 26 27 4. Response Time. Pick up and drop out times shall be consistently within 10 28 milliseconds. 29 30 5. Approach Speed. The unit shall be capable of detecting vehicles traveling from 31 0 to 80 miles per hour. 32 °33 6. Sensor Probes. Each channel of the detector unit shall be capable of operating 34 up to three sensing probes. 35 36 9 -29.19 Pedestrian Push Buttons 37 Where noted in the contract, pedestrian push buttons of substantially tamper -proof 38 construction shall be furnished and installed. They shall consist of a 2 -inch nominal 39 diameter mushroom plunger and a momentary contact switch assembled with the push 40 button sign shown in the plans. The switch may have snap action contacts, or magnetic, 41 or piezoelectric switch, or actuated by a three bladed beryllium copper spring, and shall 42 be rated 10 amperes, 125 volts. 43 44 The plunger may have an LED to indicate that a pedestrian call has been registered. 45 46 The switch assembly shall be warranted, by the manufacturer for three years, including 47 damage due to vandalism, from date of installation. The warranty shall include $50.00 48 for installation cost. 49 50 The pedestrian push -button assembly shall be constructed and mounted as detailed in 51 the contract. 52 53 9 -29.20 Pedestrian Signals 54 Pedestrian signals shall be either incandescent or neon -grid type, as specified in the 55 contract. Pedestrian signals shall conform to ITE Standards (Standard for Adjustable 56 Face Pedestrian Signal Heads, 1975). 57 58 The Pedestrian signal heads shall be on the QPL or A Certificate of Compliance shall be 59 submitted by the manufacturer with each type of signal head. The certificate shall state 60 that the lot of pedestrian signal heads meets the following requirements: LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 175 1 2 All pedestrian signal heads shall be Neon Grid type or Incandescent with Light Emitting 3 Diode (LED) or LED Walk/ Don't Walk module. .r 4 5 All pedestrian displays shall comply with ITE publication ST 011 B, VTCSH2 or current 6 ITE specification and the current draft or adopted Caltrans pedestrian LED displays and 7 following requirements: 8 9 All pedestrian signals supplied to any one project shall be from the same 10 manufacturer and type but need not be from the same manufacturer as the vehicle' 11 heads. 12 13 Word messages, when specified, shall provide letters a minimum of 4 1/2 inches 14 high. Symbol messages, when specified, shall be a minimum of 12 inches high 15 and 7 inches in width. 16 17 Housings shall be green polycarbonate or die -cast aluminum and the aluminum 18 housings shall be painted with two coats of factory applied traffic signal green 19 enamel (Federal Standard 59513). All hinges and latches and interior hardware shall 20 be stainless steel. 21 22 9- 29.20(1) LED Pedestrian Displays 23 Optical units for traffic signal displays shall conform to the following: 24 25 1. Light emitting diode (LED) light sources are required for 12 inch Portland 26 Orange Hand and may be Installed for the Lunar White Walking Man. LED 27 displays shall conform to the following: 28 29 a. Wattage (Maximum): 12 inch Portland Orange Hand 15 watts 12 inch ... 30 Lunar White walking Man 15 watts 31 32 b. Voltage: The operating voltages shall be between 85 VAC and 135 33 VAC. 34 35 c. Temperature: Temperature range shall be -35° F to +165° F. 36 37 d. LEDs shall be driven at no more than 50% of their rated amperage. 38 39 e. 12 inch Portland Orange Hand Circuit Configuration: 40 41 LEDs shall be connected to form multiple series circuits, with a 42 minimum of 2 circuits. All series circuits shall be interconnected at 43 intervals forming subcircuits not exceeding 15 LEDs each. These 44 subcircuits shall limit the number of extinguished LEDs to no more 45 than 10% of the total on the display in the event of a single LED 46 failure. 47 48 f. 12 inch Lunar White Walking Man 1 Circuit Configuration: LEDs shall 49 be connected to form multiple series circuits, with a minimum of 1 50 circuits. All series circuits shall be interconnected at intervals forming 51 subcircuits not exceeding 15 LEDs each. These subcircuits shall limit 52 the number of extinguished LEDs to no more than 10% of the total on 53 the display in the event of a single LED failure. 54 55 g. Color testing shall be conducted after 30 minutes of continuous 56 operation. 57 58 h. QUV Exposure Test: The test shall be performed with a QUV 59 instrument manufactured by Q Panel Corporation. 60 LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 176 .. M 1 9- 29.20(2) Neon Grid Type 2 Neon grid pedestrian heads shall be solid state type and shall be supplied with Z crate 3 visors. Z crate visors shall have 21 members at 45 degrees and 20 horizontal members. 4 5 Neon tubing shall be enclosed and shock - mounted inside a rugged plastic module. The 6 unit shall be 1 1/2 inches deep. Members shall be constructed of 0.03 -inch thick black 7 polycarbonate plastic. 8 9 A combination switch/ fuse holder shall be provided for each transformer. Each unit shall 10 provide a grounding terminal. 11 12 Transformers shall provide recessed secondary contacts and integral Pyrex glass 13 electrode housing. 14 15 9 -29.21 Flashing Beacon 16 Flashing beacons shall be installed as detailed in the Plans, as specified in the Special 17 Provisions, and as described below: 18 19 Controllers for flashing beacons shall be as specified in Section 20 9-29.15. 21 22 Beacons shall consist of single section, 8 -inch or 12 -inch traffic signal heads, three 23 or four -way adjustable, meeting all of the applicable requirements of Section 9- 24 29.16. 12 inch yellow displays shall be dimmed 50% after dark. 25 26 Mounting brackets, mountings, and installation shall meet all applicable 27 requirements of Section 9- 29.17. 28 29 Lenses shall be either red or amber, glass or polycarbonate as noted in the Plans 30 or as determined by the Engineer. 31 32 9 -29.22 Vacant 33 34 9 -29.23 Vacant 35 36 9 -29.24 Service Cabinets 37 In addition to the requirements for service cabinets indicated in the contract, the 38 following requirements shall apply: 39 40 All electrical conductors, buss bars, and conductor terminals shall be copper. 41 Conductor insulation shall be either THW, XHHW, USE, or SIS. 42 43 If field wiring larger than that which the contactors or breakers will accommodate is 44 required by the contract, a terminal board shall be supplied for use as a splicing 45 block. 46 47 The minimum size of all other load carrying conductors used within the service 48 cabinets shall be based on the National Electrical Code ampacity tables for not 49 more than three conductors in a raceway or cable. 50 51 Type B, B Modified, C, D, and E Cabinets shall have ventilation louvers on the 52 lower sides complete with screens. Type D, and E shall also have rain -tight cabinet 53 vents with screens at the top. Cabinet vents shall be gasketed. 54 55 The Type B modified cabinets shall have provision for a future double pole circuit 56 breaker. Type D, and E cabinets shall have two future double pole circuit breakers. 57 The dead front cover shall have cutouts with covers for this provision. The 58 receptacle shall be ground fault interrupter equipped. 59 LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 177 1 The minimum size of control circuit conductors used in service cabinets shall be 2 No. 14 AWG. 3 3 4 All electrical contactors shall have the loadside terminals toward the front (door 5 side) of the service cabinet. 6 7 The lighting contactors used shall be specifically rated for tungsten fluorescent and 8 mercury arc lamp loads. 9 10 All service enclosures shall be fabricated from steel or aluminum. If aluminum, they 11 shall be fabricated from 0.125 inch (minimum) 5052 H 32 ASTM designator or B209 12 aluminum. If steel, they shall be fabricated from 12 gage (minimum) steel, hot 13 dipped galvanized per AASHTO M 111. 14 15 All doors and dead front panels installed in service cabinets shall incorporate a 16 piano hinge placed in a vertical plane. Service doors shall be sealed with closed 17 cell gasket material. The side opposite the hinge shall be secured with quarter turn 18 screws or slide latch. No electrical devices shall be connected to the dead panel. 19 However, every switch serviced through the dead front panel shall be appropriately 20 identified with its respective circuit designation by means of a screwed or riveted 21 engraved name plate. Such circuit identification shall be submitted for approval 22 together with the appropriate fabrication drawings. Dead front panels shall be 23 intended to provide security only to the switching segment of the service enclosure 24 and shall not cover the electrical contactor portion. 25 26 A typed index of all circuits shall be mounted on the cabinet door. Each index shall 27 show an entire panel section without folding. Index holders shall have metal returns 28 on the sides and bottom. A schematic of the main panel, any subpanels, circuits, 29 and control circuits shall be provided. The schematic shall be plastic coated and 30 secured in a metal holder. 31 32 9- 29.24(2) Electrical Circuit Breakers and Contactors 33 Lighting contactors shall be rated 240 volts maximum line to line, or 277 volt maximum 34 line to neutral voltage for tungsten and ballasted lamp loads on 120/240/277 volt 35 circuits, whichever is applicable, or they shall be rated 480 volt maximum line to line 36 voltage for higher than 277 volt circuited tungsten or ballasted lamp loads. 37 38 As an alternate to the lighting contactor, the Contractor may furnish a double contact 39 mercury relay. The relay ampere rating shall equal or exceed the rating noted in the 40 contract. The relay shall be normally open and shall be rated for up to 480 VAC 41 resistive. The unit shall have a molded coil enclosure rated for 120 VAC. The contacts 42 shall be evacuated, backfilled with an inert gas and shall be hermetically sealed. The 43 electrode shall be one piece with Teflon wear rings on the internal plunger assembly. All 44 contact terminals and coil connection clamps shall be U.L. approved. 45 46 Circuit breakers shall be 240 or 277 volt maximum rated, for 120/240/277 volt circuits, 47 whichever is applicable, and shall have an interrupting capacity (R.M.S. — symmetrical) 48 of not less than 10,000 amperes. They shall have not less than 480 volt rated for circuits 49 above 277 volts and shall have an interrupting capacity (R.M.S. — symmetrical) of not 50 less than 14,000 amperes. Circuit breakers shall be bolt -on type. 51 52 9 -29.25 Amplifier, Transformer, and Terminal Cabinets 53 Amplifier, terminal, and transformer cabinets shall conform to the contract, NEMA 4 54 requirements and the following: 55 56 1. All cabinets shall be constructed of welded 14 gage (minimum) hot dipped 57 qalvanized sheet steel, 0.073 type 316 stainless steel or 0.125 inch aluminum 58 5052 alloy). 59 60 2. Nominal cabinet dimensions shall be: LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 178 1 2 Depth Height Width 3 a. Terminal 811 16" 12" 4 b. Terminal 8" 24" 181" 5 c. Transformer 121' 18" 18" 6 Up to 3.0KVA 7 Transformer 2 20" 401" 241" 8 3.1 to 12.5KVA 9 Transformer 3 301" 60" 321" 10 12.6 to 35 KVA 11 12 3. Cabinet doors shall be gasketed with a one -piece closed cell neoprene gasket 13 and shall have a stainless steel piano hinge. The door shall also be provided 14 with a three point latch spring loaded construction core lock capable of 15 accepting a Hest six pin CX series core. The locking mechanism shall provide 16 a tapered bolt. The contractor shall supply red or blue construction cores, with 17 two master keys, the keys shall be delivered to the engineer. 18 19 4. All seams shall be continuously welded. 20 21 5. All cabinets shall provide a door flange. 22 23 6. Transformer cabinets shall provide a 9- square inch minimum louvered vent. 24 25 7. One spare 12- position terminal block shall be installed in each terminal cabinet 26 and amplifier cabinet. 27 28 8. Each Terminal, Amplifier and Transformer cabinet shall have 1/8 inch drain 29 holes in back corners. 30 31 9. Mounting shall be as noted in the contract. 32 33 10. The cabinet shall have two separate compartments, one for the transformer 34 and one for the power distribution circuit breakers. Each compartment shall 35 enclosed with a dead front. Each breaker shall be labeled with the device 36 name. 37 38 SECTION 9 -30, WATER DISTRIBUTION MATERIALS 39 August 5, 2002 40 9- 30.1(2) Vacant 41 This section including title is revised to read: 42 43 9- 30.1(2) Polyethylene Encasement 44 Polyethylene encasement shall be tube -form meeting the requirements of ANSI /AWWA 45 C105 and shall be high- density, cross - laminated polyethylene film, natural or black 46 color. 47 48 9- 30.1(5)A Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe (4 Inches and Over) 49 The first sentence in the first paragraph is revised to read: 50 51 PVC pipe for water mains shall meet the requirements of ANSI /AWWA C900 or 52 ANSI /AWWA C905. 53 54 New Section 9- 30.1(6) is added: 55 56 9- 30.1(6) Polyethylene (PE) Pressure Pipe (4 inches and over) 57 PE pressure pipe for water mains shall meet the requirements of ANSI /AWWA C906. 58 Pipe materials shall be high- density polyethylene PE3408 conforming to a minimum cell 59 class 345464 C, D or E per ASTM D 3350. Pipe diameter shall be either iron pipe size LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 179 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 per Table 3 and Table 5 or ANSI /AWWA C906. Pipe pressure class shall be as listed in Table 9 of ANSI /AWWA C906 for DR 9 PE3408 material. 9- 30.2(4)A Steel Pipe (6 Inches and Over) This section is revised to read: Fittings for steel pipe 6 inches and larger shall be bell and spigot or welded to match the pipe joints.. Welded joints shall conform to AWWA C206. Field couplings shall be bolted, sleeve -type for plain -end pipe conforming to AWWA 0219. Expansion joints shall be fabricated steel mechanical slip -type conforming to AWWA C221. When flanges are required, they shall conform to AWWA C207. Linings and coatings for fittings shall be the same as specified for the adjacent pipe. 9- 30.2(8) Restrained Flexible Couplings This section is revised to read: Restrained flexible couplings shall be locking type couplings in accordance with the Plans or Special Provisions. Any couplings that utilize set screws tightened against the outside pipe wall are not acceptable. Coupling shall be epoxy coated. New section 9- 30.2(9) is added: 9- 30.2(9) Grooved and Shouldered Joints Grooved and shouldered joints shall conform to AWWA C606. Rigid or flexible grooved or shouldered joints shall be as specified in the Special Provisions." New section 9- 30.2(10) is added: 9- 30.2(10) Polyethylene (PE) Pipe (4 inches and over) Fittings for PE pipe shall meet the requirements of ANSI /AWWA C906. Pipe material shall be high- density polyethylene PE3408 conforming to minimum cell class 345464 C,D or E per ASTM D 3350. Pipe diameter shall be either iron pipe size per Table 3 and Table 5 of ANSI /AWWA C906 or ductile iron pipe size per Table 7 and Table 8 of ANSI /AWWA C 906. Pipe pressure class shall be as listed in Table 9 of ANSI /AWWA C 906 for DR 9 PE3408 material. New section 9- 30.2(11) is added: 9- 30.2(11) Fabricated Steel Mechanical Slip -Type Expansion Joints Fabricated steel mechanical slip -type expansion joints shall meet the requirements of ANSI /AWWA C221. Buried expansion joints to connect ductile iron or PVC pipe shall be ductile iron. Buried expansion joints for connecting steel pipe to steel pipe shall be steel. 9- 30.3(5) Valve Marker Posts The reference to "meters" in the third paragraph is revised to "feet and inches ". SECTION 9 -31, ELASTOMERIC BEARING PADS April 1, 2002 9 -31.1 Requirements The fourth paragraph is revised to read: Steel shims shall conform to ASTM A 1011, Grade 36, unless otherwise noted. LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SIESMIC RETROFIT 180 w mw lw .. to ow ow or or *. APPENDIX A - WAGE RATES APPENDIX A CITY OF RENTON HOURLY MINIMUM WAGE RATES Logan Avenue Bridge Seismic Retrofit it State of Washington DEPARTMENT OF LABOR AND INDUSTRIES Prevailing Wage Section - Telephone (360) 902 -5335 PO Box 44540, Olympia, WA 985044540 Washington State Prevailing Wage Rates For Public Works Contracts The PREVAILING WAGES listed here include both the hourly wage rate and the hourly rate of fringe benefits. On public works projects, workers' wage and benefit rates must add to "not less than this total. A brief description of overtime calculation requirements is provided on the Benefit Code Key. KING COUNTY Effective 03 -05 -03 rat* �r,.** �, r*, �- k, r, kr, r�►+ t**, �t* � *�,r *y►,t *,r,tr * *�.+t * * * *,►,t* art * *,e� *,r�r,r,r* *,rte «,tt *,t,r * *,tt* art *� *�,r * *,tt *�r�r *y►,t * *,tr ** *,►max * *,t,E *,et * *,r* (See Benefit Code Key) Over PREVAILING Time Holiday Note Classification WAGE Code Code Code ASBESTOS ABATEMENT WORKERS JOURNEY LEVEL $30.86 1M 5D BOILERMAKERS JOURNEY LEVEL $33.32 1 BRICK AND MARBLE MASONS JOURNEY LEVEL $36.87 1M 5A CABINET MAKERS (IN SHOP) JOURNEY LEVEL $16.67 1 CARPENTERS ACOUSTICAL WORKER $37.01 1 M 5D BRIDGE, DOCK AND WARF CARPENTERS $36.85 1 M 5D CARPENTER $36.85 1M 5D CREOSOTED MATERIAL $36.95 1M 5D DRYWALL APPLICATOR $36.79 1 M 5D FLOOR FINISHER $36.98 1M 5D FLOOR LAYER $36.98 1 M 5D FLOOR SANDER $36.98 1M 5D MILLWRIGHT AND MACHINE ERECTORS $37.85 1M 5D PILEDRIVERS, DRIVING, PULLING, PLACING COLLARS AND WELDING $37.05 1 M 5D SAWFILER $36.98 1 M 5D SHINGLER $36.98 1M 5D STATIONARY POWER SAW OPERATOR $36.98 1 M 5D STATIONARY WOODWORKING TOOLS $36.98 1 M 5D CEMENT MASONS JOURNEY LEVEL $37.89 1M 5D DIVERS & TENDERS DIVER $78.52 1 M 5D 8A DIVER TENDER $39.62 1M 5D DREDGE WORKERS ASSISTANT ENGINEER $37.22 16 5D 8L ASSISTANT MATE (DECKHAND) $36.78 18 50 8L BOATMEN $37.22 1B 50 8L ENGINEER WELDER $37.27 16 50 8L LEVERMAN, HYDRAULIC $38.66 1B 5D 8L MAINTENANCE $36.78 1B 5D 8L MATES $37.22 1B 5D 8L OILER $36.88 113 5D 8L DRYWALL TAPERS JOURNEY LEVEL $36.64 11 5B ELECTRICIANS - INSIDE CABLE SPLICER $48.36 10 6H CABLE SPLICER (TUNNEL) $52.24 1D 6H CERTIFIED WELDER $46.59 1D 6H CERTIFIED WELDER (TUNNEL) $50.30 1D 6H CONSTRUCTION STOCK PERSON $24.33 1D 6H JOURNEY LEVEL $44.83 1D 6H JOURNEY LEVEL (TUNNEL) $48.36 1D 6H ELECTRICIANS - POWERLINE CONSTRUCTION CABLE SPLICER $47.12 4A 5A CERTIFIED LINE WELDER $42.90 4A 5A GROUNDPERSON $30.59 4A 5A HEAD GROUNDPERSON $32.34 4A 5A Page 1 KING COUNTY Effective 03 -05 -03 ' (See Benefit Code Key) Over PREVAILING 7 me Holiday Note Classification WAGE Code Code Code HEAVY LINE EQUIPMENT OPERATOR $42.90 4A 5A JACKHAMMER OPERATOR $32.34 4A 5A JOURNEY LEVEL LINEPERSON $42.90 4A 5A ' LINE EQUIPMENT OPERATOR $36.21 4A 5A POLE SPRAYER $42.90 4A 5A POWDERPERSON $32.34 4A 5A ELECTRONIC & TELECOMMUNICATION TECHNICIANS JOURNEY LEVEL $12.07 1 ELEVATOR CONSTRUCTORS MECHANIC $46.46 4A 6Q MECHANIC IN CHARGE $51.14 4A 6Q FENCE ERECTORS ' FENCE ERECTOR $18.71 1 FENCE LABORER $12.77 1 FLAGGE RS JOURNEY LEVEL $26.18 1M 5D ' GLAZIERS JOURNEY LEVEL $37.46 2E 5G HEAT & FROST INSULATORS AND ASBESTOS WORKERS MECHANIC $37.93 1F 5E ' HOD CARRIERS & MASON TENDERS JOURNEY LEVEL $31.34 1M 5D INLAND BOATMEN CAPTAIN $32.28 1K 5B COOK $28.31 1K 5B ' DECKHAND $27.65 1K 5B ENGINEER / DECKHAND $29.95 1K 5B MATE, LAUNCH OPERATOR $31.25 1K 5B INSULATION APPLICATORS ' JOURNEY LEVEL $36.85 1M 5D IRONWORKERS JOURNEY LEVEL $39.02 1B 5A LABORERS ' ASPHALT RAKER $31.34 1M 50 BALLAST REGULATOR MACHINE $30.86 1M 5D BATCH WEIGHMAN $26.18 1M 5D CARPENTER TENDER $30.86 1M 5D ' CASSION WORKER $31.70 1 M 5D CEMENT DUMPER /PAVING $31.34 1M 50 CEMENT FINISHER TENDER $30.86 1M 5D CHIPPING GUN (OVER 30 LBS) $31.34 1M 5D CHIPPING GUN (UNDER 30 LBS) $30.86 1M 5D CHUCKTENDER $30.86 1M 5D CLEAN -UP LABORER $30.86 1M 5D CONCRETE FORM STRIPPER $30.86 1M 5D ' CONCRETE SAW OPERATOR $31.34 1M 5D CRUSHER FEEDER $26.18 1M 5D CURING LABORER $30.86 1M 5D DEMOLITION, WRECKING & MOVING (INCLUDING CHARRED $30.86 1M 5D ' DITCH DIGGER $30.86 1M 5D DIVER $31.70 1M 5D DRILL OPERATOR (HYDRAULIC, DIAMOND) $31.34 1M 5D DRILL OPERATOR, AIRTRAC $31.70 1M 5D DUMPMAN $30.86 1M 5D FALLER /BUCKER, CHAIN SAW $31.34 1M 5D FINAL DETAIL CLEANUP (i.e., dusting, vacuuming, window cleaning; NOT $23.86 IM 5D construction debris cleanup) FINE GRADERS $30.86 1M 5D ' FIRE WATCH $30.86 1M 5D Page 2 ' KING COUNTY Effective 03 -05 -03 *, �*, r**, r�r�t**, r, r�r, r, t, t** �,rtx- ,t *,t�t,r * *,r,t *,r * *,tt,r �r�r,r *, r *�r�r,r,r�r,r *,tir,t,►,r *,r�,r * * * *,r ** * ** * * *,r *,r *,tom ** �r, r, r, tw, r, tw, r * *,r *,r,r *,t * *,t�r,r,r,r * *�rrr (See Benefit Code Key) Over PREVAILING Time Holiday Note Classification WAGE Code Code Code FORM SETTER $30.86 1M 5D GABION BASKET BUILDER $30.86 1M 5D GENERALLABORER $30.86 1M 5D GRADE CHECKER & TRANSIT PERSON $31.34 1 M 5D GRINDERS $30.86 1M 5D GROUT MACHINE TENDER $30.86 1 M 5D HAZARDOUS WASTE WORKER LEVEL A $31.70 1 M 5D HAZARDOUS WASTE WORKER LEVEL B $31.34 1M 5D HAZARDOUS WASTE WORKER LEVEL C $30.86 1 M 5D HIGH SCALER $31.70 1 M 5D HOD CARRIE R/MORTAR MAN $31.34 1 M 50 JACKHAMMER $31.34 1M 5D LASER BEAM OPERATOR $31.34 1 M 5D MINER $31.70 1M 5D NOZZLEMAN, CONCRETE PUMP, GREEN CUTTER WHEN USING HIGH $31.34 1M 5D PRESSURE AIR & WATER ON CONCRETE & ROCK, SANDBLAST, GUNITE, SHOTCRETE, WATER BLASTER PAVEMENT BREAKER $31.34 1M 5D PILOT CAR $26.18 1 M 5D PIPE RELINER (NOT INSERT TYPE) $31.34 1 M 5D PIPELAYER & CAULKER $31.34 1 M 5D PIPELAYER & CAULKER (LEAD) $31.70 1M 5D PIPEWRAPPER $31.34 1M 5D POT TENDER $30.86 1 M 5D POWDERMAN $31.70 1M 5D POWDERMAN HELPER $30.86 1M 5D POWERJACKS $31.34 1 M 5D RAILROAD SPIKE PULLER (POWER) $31.34 1 M 5D RE- TIMBERMAN $31.70 1M 5D RIPRAP MAN $30.86 1 M 5D SIGNALMAN $30.86 1 M 5D SLOPER SPRAYMAN $30.86 1 M 50 SPREADER (CLARY POWER OR SIMILAR TYPES) $31.34 1 M 50 SPREADER (CONCRETE) $31.34 1M 5D STAKE HOPPER $30.86 1 M 5D STOCKPILER $30.86 1 M 5D TAMPER & SIMILAR ELECTRIC, AIR & GAS $31.34 1 M 5D TAMPER (MULTIPLE & SELF PROPELLED) $31.34 1 M 5D TOOLROOM MAN (AT JOB SITE) $30.86 1 M 5D TOPPER - TAILER $30.86 1M 5D TRACK LABORER $30.86 1 M 5D TRACK LINER (POWER) $31.34 1M 5D TUGGER OPERATOR $31.34 1 M 5D VIBRATING SCREED (AIR, GAS, OR ELECTRIC) $30.86 1 M 5D VIBRATOR $31.34 1M 50 WELDER $30.86 1 M 5D WELL -POINT LABORER $31.34 1M 5D LANDSCAPE CONSTRUCTION IRRIGATION OR LAWN SPRINKLER INSTALLERS $11.07 1 LANDSCAPE EQUIPMENT OPERATORS OR TRUCK DRIVERS $10.63 1 LANDSCAPING OR PLANTING LABORERS $8.42 1 LATHERS JOURNEY LEVEL $36.79 1 M 5D PAINTERS JOURNEY LEVEL $29.53 2B 5A PLASTERERS JOURNEY LEVEL $37.48 1R 5A PLUMBERS & PIPEFITTERS Page 3 KING COUNTY Effective 03 -05 -03 ►, tt*, tr*, r, o-k**** �r*****, �* �r�r**** �r, rw*, r** ie, r, t***+ rx«**, r* �x*, r * *�x,r * * * *,r,r *�r,r,r,r * * *�-,t * *,r *,rw ** * * *�,r,r*,. * *,tr * «,r,r,rt *,ter *,r * * * ** (See Benefit Code Key) Over PREVAILING Time Holiday Note Classification WAGE Code Code Code JOURNEY LEVEL $46.81 1G 5A POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATORS ASSISTANT ENGINEERS $35.14 IT 5D 8L BACKHOE, EXCAVATOR, SHOVEL (3 YD & UNDER) $37.60 IT 5D 8L BACKHOE, EXCAVATOR, SHOVEL (OVER 3 YD & UNDER 6 YD) $38.04 IT 5D 8L BACKHOE, EXCAVATOR, SHOVEL (6 YD AND OVER WITH $38.54 IT 5D 8L BACKHOES, (75 HP & UNDER) $37.24 IT 5D 8L BACKHOES, (OVER 75 HP) $37.60 IT 5D 8L BARRIER MACHINE (ZIPPER) $37.60 IT 5D 8L BATCH PLANT OPERATOR, CONCRETE $37.60 IT 5D 8L BELT LOADERS (ELEVATING TYPE) $37.24 IT 5D 8L BOBCAT $35.14 IT 5D 8L BROOMS $35.14 IT 5D 8L BUMP CUTTER $37.60 IT 5D 8L CABLEWAYS $38.04 IT 5D 8L CHIPPER $37.60 IT 5D 8L COMPRESSORS $35.14 IT 5D 8L CONCRETE FINISH MACHINE - LASER SCREED $35.14 IT 5D 8L CONCRETE PUMPS $37.24 IT 5D 8L CONCRETE PUMP -TRUCK MOUNT WITH BOOM ATTACHMENT $37.60 IT 5D 8L CONVEYORS $37.24 IT 5D 8L CRANES, THRU 19 TONS, WITH ATTACHMENTS $37.24 IT 5D 8L CRANES, 20 - 44 TONS, WITH ATTACHMENTS $37.60 IT 50 8L CRANES, 45 TONS - 99 TONS, UNDER 150 FT OF BOOM (INCLUDING $38.04 IT 5D 8L JIB WITH ATACHMENTS) CRANES, 100 TONS - 199 TONS, OR 150 FT OF BOOM (INCLUDING JIB $38.54 IT 5D 8L WITH ATTACHMENTS) CRANES, 200 TONS TO 300 TONS, OR 250 FT OF BOOM (INCLUDING JIB $39.04 IT 5D 8L WITH ATTACHMENTS) CRANES, A- FRAME, 10 TON AND UNDER $35.14 IT 5D 8L CRANES, A- FRAME, OVER 10 TON $37.24 IT 5D 8L CRANES, OVER 300 TONS, OR 300' OF BOOM INCLUDING JIB WITH $39.54 IT 5D 8L ATTACHMENTS CRANES, OVERHEAD, BRIDGE TYPE (20 - 44 TONS) $37.60 IT 5D 8L CRANES, OVERHEAD, BRIDGE TYPE (45 - 99 TONS) $38.04 IT 5D 8L CRANES, OVERHEAD, BRIDGE TYPE (100 TONS & OVER) $38.54 IT 5D 8L CRANES, TOWER CRANE UP TO 175 IN HEIGHT, BASE TO BOOM $38.54 IT 5D 8L CRANES, TOWER CRANE OVER 175' IN HEIGHT, BASE TO BOOM $39.04 IT 5D 8L CRUSHERS $37.60 IT 5D 8L DECK ENGINEER /DECK WINCHES (POWER) $37.60 IT 50 8L DERRICK, BUILDING $38.04 IT 5D 8L DOZERS, D -9 & UNDER $37.24 IT 5D 8L DRILL OILERS - AUGER TYPE, TRUCK OR CRANE MOUNT $37.24 IT 5D 8L DRILLING MACHINE $37.60 IT 5D 8L ELEVATOR AND MANLIFT, PERMANENT AND SHAFT -TYPE $35.14 IT 5D 8L EQUIPMENT SERVICE ENGINEER (OILER) $37.24 IT 50 8L FINISHING MACHINE/BIDWELL GAMACO AND SIMILAR EQUIP $37.60 IT 5D 8L FORK LIFTS, (3000 LBS AND OVER) $37.24 IT 5D 8L FORK LIFTS, (UNDER 3000 LBS) $35.14 IT 5D 8L GRADE ENGINEER $37.24 IT 5D 8L GRADECHECKER AND STAKEMAN $35.14 IT 5D 8L HOISTS, OUTSIDE (ELEVATORS AND MANLIFTS), AIR TUGGERS $37.24 IT 5D 8L HORIZONTAL/DIRECTIONAL DRILL LOCATOR $37.24 IT 5D 8L HORIZONTAL/DIRECTIONAL DRILL OPERATOR $37.60 IT 5D 8L HYDRALIFTS /BOOM TRUCKS (10 TON & UNDER) $35.14 IT 5D 8L HYDRALIFTS /BOOM TRUCKS (OVER 10 TON) $37.24 IT 5D 8L LOADERS, OVERHEAD (6 YD UP TO 8 YD) $38.04 IT 5D 8L LOADERS, OVERHEAD (8 YD & OVER) $38.54 IT 5D 8L Page 4 jKING COUNTY Effective 03 -05 -03 (See Benefit Code Key) Over PREVAILING Time Holiday Note Classification WAGE Code Code Code LOADERS, OVERHEAD (UNDER 6 YD), PLANT FEED $37.60 IT 5D 8L LOCOMOTIVES, ALL $37.60 IT 5D 8L MECHANICS, ALL (WELDERS) $37.60 IT 5D 8L MIXERS, ASPHALT PLANT $37.60 IT 5D 8L MOTOR PATROL GRADER (FINISHING) $37.60 IT 5D 8L MOTOR PATROL GRADER (NON- FINISHING) $37.24 IT 5D 8L MUCKING MACHINE, MOLE, TUNNEL DRILL AND /OR SHIELD $38.04 IT 5D 8L OIL DISTRIBUTORS, BLOWER DISTRIBUTION AND MULCH SEEDING $35.14 IT 5D 8L OPERATOR PAVEMENT BREAKER $35.14 IT 5D 8L PILEDRIVER (OTHER THAN CRANE MOUNT) $37.60 IT 5D 8L PLANT OILER (ASPHALT CRUSHER) $37.24 IT 5D 8L POSTHOLE DIGGER, MECHANICAL $35.14 IT 5D 8L POWER PLANT $35.14 IT 5D 8L PUMPS, WATER $35.14 IT 5D 8L QUAD 9, D -10, AND HD-41 $38.04 IT 5D 8L REMOTE CONTROL OPERATOR ON RUBBER TIRED EARTH MOVING $38.04 IT 5D 8L EQUIP RIGGER AND BELLMAN $35.14 IT 50 8L ROLLAGON $38.04 IT 5D 8L ROLLER, OTHER THAN PLANT ROAD MIX $35.14 IT 50 8L ROLLERS, PLANTMIX OR MULTILIFT MATERIALS $37.24 IT 5D 8L ROTO -MILL, ROTO - GRINDER $37.60 IT 5D 8L SAWS, CONCRETE $37.24 IT 5D 8L SCRAPERS - SELF PROPELLED, HARD TAIL END DUMP, ARTICULATING $37.60 IT 5D 8L OFF -ROAD EQUIPMENT ( UNDER 45 YD) SCRAPERS -SELF PROPELLED, HARD TAIL END DUMP, ARTICULATING $38.04 IT 5D 8L OFF -ROAD EQUIPMENT (45 YD AND OVER) SCRAPERS, CONCRETE AND CARRY ALL $37.24 IT 5D 8L SCREED MAN $37.60 IT 5D 8L SHOTCRETE GUNITE $35.14 IT 50 8L SLIPFORM PAVERS $38.04 IT 5D 8L SPREADER, TOPSIDE OPERATOR - BLAW KNOX $37.60 IT 5D 8L SUBGRADE TRIMMER $37.60 IT 5D 8L TRACTORS, (75 HP & UNDER) $37.24 IT 5D 8L TRACTORS, (OVER 75 HP) $37.60 IT 5D 8L TRANSFER MATERIAL SERVICE MACHINE $37.60 IT 5D 8L TRANSPORTERS, ALL TRACK OR TRUCK TYPE $38.04 1T 50 8L TRENCHING MACHINES $37.24 IT 5D 8L TRUCK CRANE OILER /DRIVER ( UNDER 100 TON) $37.24 IT 5D 8L TRUCK CRANE OILER /DRIVER (100 TON & OVER) $37.60 IT 5D 8L WHEEL TRACTORS, FARMALL TYPE $35.14 IT 5D 8L YO YO PAY DOZER $37.60 IT 5D 8L POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATORS- UNDERGROUND SEWER & (SEE POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATORS) POWER LINE CLEARANCE TREE TRIMMERS JOURNEY LEVEL IN CHARGE $31.05 4A 5A SPRAY PERSON $29.39 4A 5A TREE EQUIPMENT OPERATOR $29.79 4A 5A TREE TRIMMER $27.60 4A 5A TREE TRIMMER GROUNDPERSON $20.28 4A 5A REFRIGERATION & AIR CONDITIONING MECHANICS MECHANIC $44.76 1G 5A RESIDENTIAL REFRIGERATION & AIR CONDITIONING JOURNEY LEVEL $44.76 1G 5A ROOFERS JOURNEY LEVEL $33.78 1R 5A USING IRRITABLE BITUMINOUS MATERIALS $36.78 1R 5A Page 5 KING COUNTY Effective 03 -05 -03 (See Benefit Code Key) Over PREVAILING Time Holiday Note Classification WAGE Code Code Code SHEET METALWORKERS JOURNEY LEVEL (FIELD OR SHOP) $42.63 11 6L SIGN MAKER $16.84 1 SIGN MAKER $15.61 1 SOFT FLOOR LAYERS JOURNEY LEVEL $30.58 1B 5A SOLAR CONTROLS FOR WINDOWS JOURNEY LEVEL $12.44 1 5S SPRINKLER FITTERS (FIRE PROTECTION) JOURNEY LEVEL $44.84 16 5C SURVEYORS CHAIN PERSON $9.35 1 INSTRUMENT PERSON $11.40 1 PARTY CHIEF $13.40 1 TELEPHONE LINE CONSTRUCTION -OUTSIDE CABLE SPLICER $25.42 2B 5A HOLE DIGGER /GROUND PERSON $13.51 2B 5A INSTALLER (REPAIRER) $24.31 2B 5A JOURNEY LEVELTELEPHONE LINEPERSON $23.53 2B 5A SPECIAL APPARATUS INSTALLER 1 $25.42 2B 5A SPECIAL APPARATUS INSTALLER II $24.87 2B 5A TELEPHONE EQUIPMENT OPERATOR (HEAVY) $25.42 2B 5A TELEPHONE EQUIPMENT OPERATOR (LIGHT) $23.53 2B 5A TELEVISION GROUND PERSON $12.73 2B 5A TELEVISION LINEPERSON /INSTALLER $17.47 2B 5A TELEVISION SYSTEM TECHNICIAN $21.10 2B 5A TELEVISION TECHNICIAN $18.82 2B 5A TREE TRIMMER $23.53 2B 5A TERRAZZO WORKERS & TILE SETTERS JOURNEY LEVEL $34.23 1H 5A TILE, MARBLE & TERRAZZO FINISHERS FINISHER $28.06 1H 5A TRAFFIC CONTROL STRIPERS JOURNEY LEVEL $28.97 1K 5A TRUCK DRIVERS ASPHALT MIX (TO 16 YARDS) $34.89 1T 5D 8L ASPHALT MIX (OVER 16 YARDS) $35.47 1T 5D 8L DUMPTRUCK $34.89 1T 50 8L DUMP TRUCK & TRAILER $35.47 1T 5D 8L OTHER TRUCKS . $35.47 1T 5D 8L TRANSIT MIXER $23.45 1 WELL DRILLERS & IRRIGATION PUMP INSTALLERS IRRIGATION PUMP INSTALLER $17.71 1 OILER $12.97 1 WELL DRILLER $17.68 1 Page 6 WAIS Document Retrieval.txt WAIS Document Retrieval GENERAL DECISION WA020001 04/18/2003 WA1 Date: April 18, 2003 General Decision Number WA020001 Superseded General Decision No. WA010001 State: Washington Construction Type: DREDGING HEAVY HIGHWAY county(ies): STATEWIDE HEAVY AND HIGHWAY AND DREDGING CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS (Excludes D.O.E. Hanford Site in Benton and Franklin Counties) Modification Number Publication Date 0 03/01/2002 1 03/08/2002 2 03/15/2002 3 03/29/2002 4 04/19/2002 5 05/03/2002 6 05/10/2002 7 06/07/2002 8 06/21/2002 9 07/05/2002 10 07/19/2002 11 07/26/2002 12 08/09/2002 13 09/06/2002 14 09/27/2002 15 01/03/2003 16 01/17/2003 17 01/24/2003 18 01/31/2003 19 02/07/2003 20 03/07/2003 21 04/18/2003 COUNTY(ies): STATEWIDE CARP0001W 06/01/2002 Rates Fringes COLUMBIA RIVER AREA - ADAMS, BENTON, COLUMBIA, DOUGLAS (EAST OF THE 120TH MERIDIAN), FERRY, FRANKLIN, GRANT, OKANOGAN (EAST OF THE 120TH MERIDIAN) AND WALLA WALLA COUNTIES CARPENTERS: GROUP 1: 23.58 6.25 GROUP 2: 24.69 6.25 GROUP 3: 23.85 6.25 GROUP 4: 23.58 6.2S GROUP 5: 58.43 6.25 GROUP 6: 27.72 6.25 Page 1 WAIS Document Retrieval.txt SPOKANE AREA: ASOTIN, GARFIELD, LINCOLN, PEND OREILLE, SPOKANE, STEVENS AND WHITMAN COUNTIES CARPENTERS: GROUP 1: 22.91 6.25 GROUP 2: 24.01 6.25 GROUP 3: 23.17 6.25 GROUP 4: 22.91 6.25 GROUP 5: 56.77 6.25 GROUP 6: 27.00 6.25 CARPENTERS CLASSIFICATIONS GROUP 1: Carpenter; Burner - welder; Rigger and Signaler; Insulators (all types), Acoustical, Drywall and Metal Studs, Metal Panels and Partitions; Floor Layer, Sander, Finisher and Astro Turf; Layout Carpenters; Form Builder; Rough Framer; outside or Inside Finisher, including doors, windows, and jams; Sawfiler; shingler (wood, composition) Solar, Fiberglass, Aluminum or Metal; Scaffold Erecting and Dismantling; stationary saw -Off Bearer; wire, wood and Metal Lather Applicator GROUP 2: Millwright, machine erector GROUP 3: Piledriver - includes driving, pulling, cutting, placing collars, setting, welding, or creosote treated material, on all piling GROUP 4: Bridge, dock and wharf carpenters GROUP 5: Divers , GROUP 6: Divers Tender DEPTH PAYY FOR DIVERS: Each foot over 50 -100 feet $1.00 Each foot over 100 -175 feet 2.25 Each foot over 175 -250 feet 5.50 HAZMAT PROJECTS Anyone working on a HAZMAT job (task), where HAZMAT certification is required, shall be compensated at a premium, in addition to the classification working in as follows: LEVEL D + $.25 per hour - This is the lowest level of protection. No respirator is used and skin protection is minimal. LEVEL C + $.50 per hour - This level uses an air purifying respirator or additional protective clothing. LEVEL B + $.75 per hour - Uses same respirator protection as Level A. Supplied air line is provided in conjunction with a chemical "splash suit ". LEVEL A +$1.00 per hour - This level utilizes a fully encapsulated suit with a self- contained breathing apparatus or a supplied air line. ---------------------------------------------------------- - - - - -- CARP0003o 06/01/2002 Rates Fringes SOUTHWEST WASHINGTON: CLARK, COWLITZ, KLICKITAT, LEWIS(Piledriver only), PACIFIC (South of a straight line made by extending the north boundary line of wahkiakum County west to Willapa Bay to the Pacific Ocean), SKAMANIA AND WAHKIAKUM COUNTIES and INCLUDES THE ENTIRE PENINSULA WEST OF WILLAPA BAY Page 2 IWAIS Document Retrieval.txt SEE ZONE DESCRIPTION FOR CITIES BASE POINTS ZONE 1: CARPENTERS; ACOUSTICAL 27.37 8.80 DRYWALL 27.37 8.80 FLOOR LAYERS & FLOOR FINISHERS (the laying of all hardwood floors - nailed and mastic set, parquet and wood -type tiles, and block floors, the sanding and finishing of floors, the preparation of old and new floors when the materials mentioned above are to be installed); INSULATORS (fiberglass and similar irritating materils 27.52 MILLWRIGHTS 27.87 PILEDRIVERS 27.87 DIVERS 65.05 DIVERS TENDERS 29.91 lots DEPTH PAY 50 TO 100 FEET $1.00 PER FOOT OVER 50 PEET 100 TO 150 FEET 1.50 PER FOOT OVER 100 FEET 150 TO 200 FEET 2.00 PER FOOT OVER 150 FEET zone Differential (Add up zone 1 rates): 1 Zone 2 - $0.85 zone 3 - 1.25 Zone 4 - 1.70 zone 5 - 2.00 zone 6 - 3.00 BASEPOINTS: ASTORIA, LONGVIEW, PORTLAND, THE DALLES, AND VANCOUVER, (NOTE: All dispatches for Washington State Counties: Cowlitz, Wahkiakum and Pacific shall be from Longview Local #1707 and mileage shall be computed from that point.) ZONE 1: Projects located within 30 miles of the respective city hall of the above mentioned cities ZONE 2: Projects located more than 30 miles and less than 40 miles of the respective city of the above mentioned cities ZONE 3: Projects located more than 40 miles and less than 50 miles of the respective city of the above mentioned cities ZONE 4: Projects located more than 50 miles and less than 60 miles of the respective city of the above mentioned cities. ZONE 5: Projects located more than 60 miles and less than 70 miles of the respective city of the above mentioned cities ZONE 6: Projects located more than 70 miles of the respected city of the above mentioned cities ---------------------------------------------------------- - - - - -- CARP0770D 06/01/2002 Rates Fringes WESTERN WASHINGTON: CLALLAM, GRAYS HARBOR, ISLAND, JEFFERSON, KING, KITSAP, LEWIS (excludes piledrivers only), MASON, PACIFIC (North of a straight line made by extending the north boundary line of Wahkiakum County west to the Pacific ocean), PIERCE, SAN JUAN, SKAGIT, SNOHOMISH, THURSTON AND WHATCOM Page 3 WAIS Document Retrieval.txt COUNTIES CARPENTERS AND DRYWALL APPLICATORS 27.95 8.05 CARPENTERS ON CREOSOTE MATERIAL 28.05 8.05 INSULATION APPLICATORS 25.50 8.05 SAWFILERS, STATIONARY POWER SAW OPERATORS, FLOOR FINISHER, FLOOR LAYER, SHINGLER, FLOOR SANDER OPERATOR AND OPERATORS OF OTHER STATIONARY WOOD WORKING TOOLS 28.08 8.05 MILLWRIGHT AND MACHINE ERECTORS 28.95 8.05 ACOUSTICAL WOKRERS 28.11 8.05 PILEDRIVER, DRIVING, PULLING, CUTTING, PLACING COLLARS, SETTING, WELDING OR CRESOTE TREATED MATERIAL, ALL PILING 28.15 8.05 PILEDRIVER, BRIDGE, DOCK & WHARF CARPENTERS 27.95 8.05 DIVERS 68.97 8.05 DIVERS TENDER 30.68 8.05 (HOURLY ZONE PAY: WESTERN AND CENTRAL WASHINGTON - ALL CLASSIFICATIONS EXCEPT MILLWRIGHTS AND PILEDRIVERS Hourly zone Pay shall be paid on jobs located outside of the free zone computed from the city center of the following listed cities: Seattle Olympia Bellingham Auburn Bremerton Anacortes Renton Shelton Yakima Aberdeen- Hoquiam Tacoma Wenatchee Ellensburg Everett Port Angeles Centralia Mount Vernon Sunnyside Chelan Pt. Townsend Zone Pay 0 -25 radius miles Free 25 -35 radius miles $1.00 /hour 35 -45 radius miles $1.15 /hour 45 -55 radius miles $1.35 /hour over 55 radius miles $1.55 /hour (HOURLY ZONE PAY: WESTERN AND CENTRAL WASHINGTON - MILLWRIGHT AND PILEDRIVER ONLY) Hourly zone Pay shall be computed from Seattle union Hall, Tacoma City center, and Everett City center zone Pay 0 -25 radius miles Free 25 -45 radius miles $ .70 /hour over 45 radius miles $1.50 /hour CENTRAL WASHINGTON: CHELAN, DOUGLAS (WEST OF THE 120TH MERIDIAN), KITTITAS, OKANOGAN (WEST OF THE 120TH MERIDIAN) AND YAKIMA COUNTIES CARPENTERS AND DRYWALL APPLICATORS 20.72 7.82 CARPENTERS ON CREOSOTED MATERIAL 20.82 7.82 INSULATION APPLICATORS 20.72 7.82 SAWFILERS, STATIONARY POWER S37 OPERATORS, FLOOR FINISHER, Page 4 jWAIS Document Retrieval.txt FLOOR LAYER, SHINGLERS, FLOOR SANDER OPERATORS 20.85 7.82 MILLWRIGHT AND MACHINE ERECTORS 28.95 7.82 PILEDRIVER, DRIVING, PULLING, CUTTING, PLACING COLLARS, SETTING, WELDING OR CRESOTE TREATED MATERIAL, ALL PILING 28.15 7.82 PILEDRIVER, BRIDGE DOCK AND 1 WHARF CARPENTERS 27.95 7.82 DIVERS 68.97 8.05 DIVERS - TENDER - - - - -- ------------------ - - - - -- -30_68 ----------------------- 8.05 ELECO046A 12/30/2002 Rates Fringes CALLAM, JEFFERSON, KING AND KITSAP COUNTIES ELECTRICIANS 34.25 3% +9.55 CABLE SPLICERS ----------------------------------- - 37.68----------- - - - -- 3 % +9_55- -- ELE00048C 01/01/2003 Rates Fringes CLARK, KLICKITAT AND SKAMANIA COUNTIES ELECTRICIANS 31.00 3%+11.83 I CABLE SPLICERS ---------------- - - - - ---------- - - - - -- -- 31_25------ - - - -3% +11_83 - - - -- * ELECO073A 01/01/2003 Rates Fringes ADAMS, FERRY, LINCOLN, PEND OREILLE, SPOKANE, STEVENS, WHITMAN COUNTIES ELECTRICIANS 24.07 3% +10.63 CABLE SPLICERS ------------------ - - - - -- 24_47------- - - - -3% +10_63 ELEc0076B 07/01/2002 1 Rates Fringes GRAYS HARBOR, LEWIS, MASON, PACIFIC, PIERCE, AND THURSTON COUNTIES ELECTRICIANS 29.78 3% +11.01 CABLE SPLICERS ---------------------------------------------------------------- 32.76 3% +11.01 ELE00077C 02/01/2003 Rates Fringes LINE CONSTRUCTION: CABLE SPLICERS 37.95 3.875% +7.45 LINEMEN, POLE SPRAYERS, HEAVY LINE EQUIPMENT MAN 33.88 3.875%+7.45 LINE EQUIPMENT MEN 29.14 3.875%+5.70 POWDERMEN, JACKHAMMERMEN 25.41 3.875% +5.70 GROUNDMEN 23.72 3.875% +5.70 TREE TRIMMER ---------------------------------------------------------------- 23.81 3.875% +5.70 ELECO112E 06/01/2002 Rates Fringes ASOTIN, BENTON, COLUMBIA, FRANKLIN, GARFIELD, KITTITAS, WALLA WALLA, YAKIMA COUNTIES Page 5 WAIS Document Retrieval.txt ELECTRICIANS 28.75 3% +9.63 CABLE SPLICERS 30.19 3%+9.63 ---------------------------------------------------------- - - - - -- ELECO191C 08/31/2002 Rates Fringes ISLAND, SAN JUAN, SNOHOMISH, SKAGIT AND WHATCOM COUNTIES ELECTRICIANS 30.66 3%+9.33 CABLE SPLICERS 33.72 3% +9.33 ---------------------------------------------------------- - - - - -- ELECO191D 12/01/2002 Rates Fringes CHELAN, DOUGLAS, GRANT AND OKANOGAN COUNTIES ELECTRICIANS 26.66 3% +9.28 CABLE SPLICERS 29.33 3% +9.28 ---------------------------------------------------------- - - - - -- ELEC0970A 01/01/2003 Rates Fringes COWLITZ AND WAHKIAKUM COUNTIES ELECTRICIANS 28.55 3%+9.25 CABLE SPLICERS 31.41 3%+9.25 ---------------------------------------------------------- - - - - -- ENG10302E 06/01/2002 Rates Fringes CHELAN (WEST OF THE 120TH MERIDIAN), CLALLAM, DOUGLAS (WEST OF THE 120TH MERIDIAN), GRAYS HARBOR, ISLAND, JEFFERSON, KING, KITSAP, KITTITAS, MASON, OKANOGAN (WEST OF THE 120TH MERIDIAN), SAN JUAN, SKAGIT, SNOHOMISH, WHATCOM AND YAKIMA (WEST OF THE 120TH MERIDIAN) COUNTIES PROJECTS CATEGORY A PROJECTS (excludes Category B projects, as show below) POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATORS: Zge 1 (0 -25 radius miles): GROUP 1AAA 31.14 8.40 GROUP 1AA 30.64 8.40 GROUP lA 30.14 8.40 GROUP 1 29.64 8.40 GROUP 2 29.20 8.40 GROUP 3 28.84 8.40 GROUP 4 26.74 8.40 zone 2 (26 -45 radius miles) - Add $ .70 to zone 1 rates zone 3 (over 45 radius miles) - Add $1.00 to zone 1 rates BASEPOINTS: Bellingham, Mount Vernon, Kent, Port Angeles, Port Townsend, Aberdeen, Shelton, Bremerton, Wenatchee, Yakima, Seattle, Everett POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATORS CLASSIFICATIONS GROUP lAAA - Cranes -over 300 tons or 300 ft. of boom (including job with attachments) Page 6 WAIS Document Retrieval.txt GROUP 1AA - Cranes - 200 tons to 300 tons or 250 ft. of boom (including jib and attachments); Tower crane over 175 ft. in height, base to boom GROUP lA - Cranes - 100 tons thru 199 tons or 150' of boom (including jib with attachments); Crane - overhead, bridge type, 100 tons and over; Tower crane up to 175 ft. in height base to boom; Loader- overhead, 8 yards and over; shovel, excavator, backhoes -6 yards and over with attachments GROUP 1 - Cableway; Cranes -45 tons thru 99 tons, under 150 ft. of boom (including jib with attachments); crane - overhead, bridge type, 45 tons thru 99 tons; shovel, excavator, backhoes over 3 yards and under 6 yards; Hard tail end dump articulating off -road equipment 45 yards and over; Loader- overhead, 6 yards to, but not including 8 yards; Mucking machine, mole, tunnel, drill and /or shield; Quad 9, HD 41, d -10; Remote control operator on rubber tired earth moving equipment; Rollagon; Scrapers- self- propelled- 45 yards and over; Slipform pavers; Transporters, all track or truck type GROUP 2 - Barrier machine (zipper); Barch Plant opeator- concrete; Bump cutter; Cranes -20 tons thru 44 tons with attachments; Cranes - overheads, bridge type -20 tons through 44 tons; Chipper; Concrete pump -truck mount with boom attachment; Crusher; Deck Engineer /Deck winches (power); Drilling machine; Excavator, shovel backhoe -3 yards and under; Finishing machine Bidwell, Gamaco and similar equipment; Guardrail punch; Horizontal /directional drill operator; Loaders, overhead under 6 yds.; Loaders -plant feed; LOCOmOtives -all; Mechanics -all; Mixers- asphalt plant; Motor patrol graders- finishing; Pildriver (other than crane mount); Roto -mill, roto - grinder; Screedman, Spreader, Topside Operator -Blaw Knox, Cedar Rapids, Jaeger, Caterpillar, Barbar Green; Scraper - self - propelled, hard tail end dump, articulating off -road equipment -under 45 yards; Subgrader trimmer; Tractors, backhoes -over 75 hp; Transfer material service machine - shuttle buggy, blow knox, roadtec; Truck crane oiler /driver -100 tons and over; Truck mount portable conveyor;Yo Yo Pay Dozer GROUP 3 - Conveyors; Cranes -thru 19 tons with attachments; Cranes -A -frame over 10 tons; Drill oilers -auger type, truck or crane mount; Dozers D9 and under; Forklifts -3000 lbs and over with attachments; horizontal /directional drill locator; outside hoists - (elevators and manlifts), air tuggers, strao tower bucket elevators; Hydralifts /boom truck -over 10 tons; Loader- elevating type belt; Motor Patrol Grader - non - finishing; Plant oiler - asphalt, crusher; Pumps- concrete; Roller, plant mix or multi -lift materials; Saws - concrete; Scrapers- concrete and carryall; Service engineers- equipment; Trenching machines; Truck crane oiler/ driver -under 100 tons Tractors, backhoes -under 75 hp GROUP 4 - Assistant Engineer; Bobcat; Brooms; Compressor; Concrete Finish Machine -laser screed; Cranes-A _ frame -10 tons and under; Elevator and manlift- permanent and shaft type; Forklifts -under 3000 lbs. with attachments; Gradec ecker, stakehop; Hydralifts, boom trucks -10 tons and under; oil distributors, blower distribution and mulch seeding operator; Pavement breaker; Post Hole Digger - mechanical; Power Plant; Pumps- water; Rigger and Bellman; Roller -other than plant mix; wheel Tractors, farmall type; Shot crete /gunite equipment Page 7 WAIS Document Retrieval.txt operator ' CATEGORY B PROJECTS - 95% of the basic hourly rate for each group plus full fringe benefits applicable to Category A projects shall apply to the following projects. Reduced rates may be paid on the following: 1. Projects involving work on structures such as buildings and structures whose total value is less than $1.5 million excluding mechanical, electrical, and utility portions of the contract. 2. Projects of less than $1 million where no building is involved. Surfacing and paving included, but utilities excluded. 3. Marine projects (docks, wharfs, etc.) less than $150,000. WORK PERFORMED ON Total Project Cost GROUP 1 GROUP 2 GROUP 3 GROUP 4 GROUP 5 GROUP 6 HYDRAULIC DREDGES: $300,000 and over 1 28.38 8.40 28.48 8.40 28.82 8.40 28.87 8.40 30.26 8.40 28.38 8.40 GROUP 1: Assistant Mate (Deckhand) GROUP 2: Oi l.er GROUP 3: Assistant Engineer (Electric, Diesel, Steam or Booster Pump); Mates and Boatmen GROUP 4: Craneman, Engineer Welder GROUP 5: Leverman, Hydraulic GROUP 6: Maintenance Total Project cost under $300,000 GROUP 1 26.96 8.40 GROUP 2 27.06 8.40 GROUP 3 27.38 8.40 GROUP 4 27.43 8.40 GROUP 5 28.75 8.40 GROUP 6 26.96 8.40 GROUP 1: Assistant Mate (Deckhand) GROUP 2: Oiler GROUP 3: Assistant Engineer (Electric, Diesel, Steam, or Booster Pump); Mates and Boatmen GROUP 4: Craneman, Engineer Welder GROUP 5: Leverman, Hydraulic GROUP 6: Maintenance HEAVY WAGE RATES (CATEGORY A) APPLIES TO CLAM SHELL DREDGE, HOE AND DIPPER, SHOVELS AND SHOVEL ATTACHMENTS, CRANES AND BULLDOZERS. HANDLING OF HAZAARDOUS WASTE MATERIALS: Personnel in all craft classifications subject to working inside a federally designated hazardous perimeter shall be eligible for compensation in accordance with the following group schedule relative to the level of hazardous waste as outlined in the specific hazardous waste project site safety plan. H -1 Base wage rate when on a hazardous waste site when not outfitted with protective clothing H -2 Class "C" Suit - Base wage rate plus $.25 per hour. H -3 Class "B" Suit - Base wage rate plus $.50 per hour. H -4 Class "A" Suit - Base wage rate plus $.75 per hour. Page 8 WAIS Document Retrieval.txt ---------------------------------------------------------------- ENG10370C 06/01/2002 Rates Fringes ADAMS, ASOTIN, BENTON, CHELAN (EAST OF THE 120TH MERIDIAN), COLUMBIA, DOUGLAS (EAST OF THE 120TH MERIDIAN), FERRY, FRANKLIN, 1 GARFIELD, GRANT, LINCOLN, OKANOGAN (EAST OF THE 120TH MERIDIAN), PEND OREILLE, SPOKANE, STEVENS, WALLA WALLA, WHITMAN AND YAKIMA (EAST OF THE 120TH MERIDIAN) COUNTIES ZONE 1: POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATORS: GROUP lA 20.94 6.52 GROUP 1 21.49 6.52 GROUP 2 21.81 6.52 GROUP 3 22.42 6.52 GROUP 4 22.58 6.52 GROUP 5 22.74 6.52 GROUP 6 23.02 6.52 GROUP 7 23.29 6.52 GROUP 8 24.39 6.52 ' ZONE_ DIFFERENTIAL (Add to Zone 1 rate): zone 2 - $2.00 zone 1: within 45 mile radius of Spokane, Moses Lake, Pasco, Washington; Lewiston, Idaho zone 2: Outside 45 mile radius of Spokane, Moses Lake, Pasco, Washington; Lewiston, Idaho POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATORS CLASSIFICATIONS GROUP 1A: Boat Operator; Crush Feeder; Oiler; Steam Cleaner GROUP 1: Bit Grinders; Bolt Threading Machine; compressors (under 2000 CFM, gas, diesel, or electric power); Deck Hand; Drillers Helper (Assist driller in making drill rod connections, service drill engine and air compressor, repair drill rig and drill tools, drive drill support truck to and on the job site, remove drill cuttings from around bore hole and inspect drill rig while in operation); Fireman & Heater Tender; Grade checker; Hydro- seeder, Mulcher, Nozzleman; oiler Driver, & cable Tender, Mucking Machine; Pumpman; Rollers, all types on subgrade, including seal and chip coatings (farm type, Case, John Deere & similar, or Compacting vibrator), except when pulled by Dozer with operable blade; welding Machine GROUP 2: A -frame Truck (single drum); Ass- istant Refrigeration Plant (under 1000 ton); Assistant Plant operator, Fireman or Pugmixer (asphalt); Bagley or Stationary Scraper; Belt Finishing Machine; Blower Operator (cement); Cement Hog; Compressor (2000 CFM or over, 2 or more, gas diesel or electric power); Concrete saw (multiple cut); Distributor Leverman; Ditch witch or similar; Elevator Hoisting Materials; Dope Pots (power agitated); Fork Lift or Lumber stacker, hydra -lift & similar; Gin Trucks (pipeline); Hoist, single drum; Loaders (bucket elevators and conveyors); Longitudinal Float; Mixer (portable- concrete); Pavement Breaker, Hydra - Hammer & similar; Power Broom; Railroad Ballast Regulation operator (self - propelled); Railroad Power Tamper operator (self - propelled); Railroad Tamper Jack Operator (self - propelled; Spray Curing Machine (concrete); Spreader Box (self - propelled); straddle Buggy (Ross & similar Page 9 WAIS Document Retrieval.txt on construction job only); Tractor (Farm type R/T with attachment, except Backhoe; Tugger operator GROUP 3: A -frame Truck (2 or more drums); Assistant Refrigeration Plant & Chiller operator (over 1000 ton); Backfillers (Cleveland & similar); Batch Plant & wet Mix operator, single unit (concrete); Belt -Crete Conveyors with power pack or similar; Belt Loader (KOcal or similar); Bending Machine; Bob Cat; Boring Machine (earth); Boring Machine (rock under 8" bit) (Quarry Master, joy or similar); Bump Cutter (Wayne, Saginau or similar); Canal Lining Machine (concrete); Chipper (without crane); Cleaning & Doping Machine (pi eline); Deck Engineer; Elevating Belt -type Loader (Euclid, Barber Green & similar); Elevating Grader -type Loader (Dumor, Adams or similar); Generator Plant Engineers (diesel or electric); Gunnite Combination Mixer & Compressor; Locomotive Engineer; Mixermobile; Mucking Machine; Posthole Auger or Punch; Pump (grout or jet); soil Stabilizer (P & H or similar); Spreader Machine; Tractor (to D -6 or equivalent) and Traxcavator; Traverse Finish Machine; Turnhead operator GROUP 4: Concrete Pumps (squeeze - crete, flow- crete, pump - crete, Whitman & similar); Curb Extruder (asphalt or concrete); Drills (churn, core, calyx or diamond)(operate drilling machine, drive or transport drill rig to and on Job site and weld well casing); Equipment Serviceman; Greaser & oiler; Hoist (2 or more drums or Tower Hoist); Loaders (overhead & front -end, under 4 yds. R /T); Refrigeration Plant Engineer (under 1000 ton); Rubber -tired Skidders (R /T with or without attachments); Surface Heater & Plant Machine; Trenching Machines (under 7 ft. depth capacity); Turnhead (with re- screening); vacuum Drill (reverse circulation drill under 8" bit) GROUP 5: Backhoe (under 45,000 gw); Backhoe & Hoe Ram (under 3/4 yd.); Carrydeck & Boom Truck (under 25 tons); cranes (25 tons & under), all attachments including clamshell, dragline; Derricks & Stifflegs (under 65 tons); Drilling Equipment(8" bit & over) (Robbins, reverse circulation & similar)(operates drilling machine, drive or transport drill rig to and on job site and weld well casing); Hoe Ram; Piledriving Engineers; Paving (dual drum); Railroad Track Liner operaotr (self- propelled); Refrigeration Plant Engineer (1000 tons & over); Signalman (whirleys, Highline Hammerheads or similar) GROUP 6: Asphalt Plant Operator; Automatic subgrader (Ditches & Trimmers)(Autograde, ABC, R.A. Hansen & similar on grade wire); Backhoe (45,000 gw and over to 110,000 gw); Backhoes & Hoe Ram (3/4 yd. to 3 yd.); Batch Plant (over 4 units); Batch & wet Mix Operator (multiple units, 2 & incl. 4); Blade Operator (motor patrol & attachments, Athey & Huber); Boom Cats (side); Cable Controller (dispatcher); Clamshell operator (under 3 yds.); Compactor (self - propelled with blade); Concrete Pump Boom Truck; Concrete Sli Form Paver; cranes (over 25 tons, to and including 45 tons , all attachments including clamshell, dragline; Crusher, Grizzle & Screening Plant operator; Dozer, 834 R/T & similar; Draglines (under 3 yds.); Drill Doctor; H.D. Mechanic; H.D. welder; Loader operator (front -end & overhead, 4 yds. incl. 8 yds.); Multiple Dozer units with single blade; Paving Machine (asphalt and concrete); Quad -Track or similar equipment; Rollerman (finishing asphalt pavement); Roto Mill (pavement grinder); Scrapers, all, rubber- tired; Screed Operator; shove (under 3 yds.); Tractors (D -6 & equilvalent & Page 10 WAIS Document Retrieval.txt over); Trenching Machines (7 ft. depth & over); Tug Boat Operator vactor guzzler, super sucker GROUP 7: Backhoe (over 110,000 gw); Backhoes & Hoe Ram (3 yds & over); Blade (finish & bluetop) Automatic, CMI, ABC, Finish Athey & Huber & similar when used as automatic; Cableway operators; Concrete Cleaning /Decontamination machine operator; Cranes (over 45 tons to but not including 85 tons), all attachments including clamshell and dragine; Derricks & stiffleys (65 tons & over); Elevating Belt (Holland type); Heavy equipment robotics 1 operator; Loader (360 degrees revolving Koehring scooper or similar); Loaders (overhead & front -end, over 8 yds. to 10 yds.); Rubber -tired scrapers (multiple engine with three or more scrapers); shovels (3 yds. & over); Whirleys & Hammerheads, ALL GROUP 8: Cranes (85 tons and over, and all climbing, overhead,rail and tower), all attachments including clamshell, dragline; Loaders (overhead and front -end, 10 yards and over); Helicopter Pilot BOOM PAY: (All Cranes, Including Tower) 180' to 250' $ .30 over scale over 250' $ .60 over scale NOTE: In computing the length of the boom on Tower Cranes, they shall be measured from the base of the Tower to the point Iof the boom. HAZMAT: Anyone working on HAZMAT jobs, working with supplied air shall receive $1.00 an hour above classification. ----------------------------------------------------- ENG10370G 06/01/2002 Rates Fringes ADAMS, ASOTIN, BENTON, CHELAN (EAST OF THE 120TH MERIDIAN), COLUMBIA, DOUGLAS (EAST OF THE 120TH MERIDIAN), FERRY, FRANKLIN, GARFIELD, GRANT, LINCOLN, OKANOGAN (EAST OF THE 120TH MERIDIAN), PEND OREILLE, SPOKANE, STEVENS, WALLA WALLA, WHITMAN AND YAKIMA (EAST OF THE 120TH MERIDIAN) COUNTIES WORK PERFORMED ON HYDRAULIC DREDGES 1 GROUP 1: 24.73 6.27 GROUP 2:. 25.10 6.27 GROUP 3: 25.13 6.27 GROUP 4: 25.52 6.27 GROUP 5: 24.73 6.27 GROUP 1: Assistant Mate (Deckhand) and oiler GROUP 2: Assistant Engineer (Electric, Diesel, Steam, or Booster Pump); Mates and Boatmen GROUP 3: Engineer Welder GROUP 4: Leverman, Hydraulic GROUP 5: Maintenance HEAVY WAGE RATES APPLIES TO CLAM SHELL DREDGE, HOE AND DIPPER, SHOVELS AND SHOVEL ATTACHMENTS, CRANES AND BULLDOZERS. ---------------------------------------------------------------- ENG10612A 06/01/2002 Rates Fringes LEWIS, PIERCE, PACIFIC (THAT PORTION WHICH LIES NORTH OF A Page 11 WAIS Document Retrieval.txt PARALLEL LINE EXTENDED WEST FROM THE NORTHERN BOUNDARY OF WAHKAIKUM COUNTY TO THE SEA IN THE STATE OF WASHINGTON) AND THURSTON COUNTIES PROJECTS: CATEGORY A PROJECTS (excludes Category B projects, as shown below) POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATORS: ZONE 1 (0 -25 radius miles): GROUP 1AAA GROUP 1AA GROUP lA GROUP 1 GROUP 2 GROUP 3 GROUP 4 31.14 8.40 30.64 8.40 30.14 8.40 29.64 8.40 29.20 8.40 28.94 8.40 26.74 8.40 ZONE 2 (26 -45 radius miles) - Add $.70 to Zone 1 rates ZONE 3 (Over 45 radius miles) - Add $1.00 to Zone 1 rates BASEPOINTS: Tacoma, Olympia, and Centralia POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATORS CLASSIFICATIONS GROUP 1AAA - cranes -300 tons, or 300 ft of boom (including jib with attachments) GROUP 1AA - Cranes 200 tons to 300 tons, or 250 ft of boom (including jib with attachments); Tower crane over 175 ft in height, base to boom GROUP lA - Crane 100 tons thru 199 tons, or 150 of boom (including jib with attachments); Crane - overhead, bridge type, 100 tons and over; shovel, excavator, backhoes -6 yds and over with attachments GROUP 1 - Cableways; Cranes -45 tons thru 99 tons, under 150 ft of boom (including jib with attachments); crane - overhead, bridge type - 45 tons thru 99 tons; Excavator, shovel, backhoes over 3 yards and under 6 yards; hard tail end dump articulating off -road equipment 45 yards and over; loader- overhead 6 yards to, but not including 8 yards; Mucking machine, mole, tunnel, drill and /or shield; Quad 9, HD 41, D -10; Remote control operator on rubber tired earth moving equipment; Rollagon; Scrapers -self- propelled-45 yds and over; slipform pavers; Transporters -all track or truck type GROUP 2 - Barrier machine (zipper); Batch Plant Operator - concrete; Bump cutter; Cranes -20 tons through 44 tons with attachments; Crane - overhead, bridge type -20 tons thru 44 tons; Chipper, Concrete Pump -truck mounted with boom attachment; Crushers; Deck Engineer /Deck winches (power); Drilling machine; Excavator, shovel, backhoe- 3yards and under; Finishing machine, Bidwell, Gamaco and similar equipment; Guardrail punch; Horizontal /directional drill operator; Loaders, overhead under 6 yds.; Loaders, plant feed; Locomotive -all; Mechanics -all; Mixers, asphalt plant; Motor patrol graders- finishing; Piledriver (other than crane mount); Roto -mill, roto grinder; screedman, spreader, topside operator -Blaw Knox, Cedar Rapids, Jaeger, Caterpillar, Barbar Green; scraper -self propelled, hard tail end dump, articulating off -road equipment under 45 yds.; Subgrader trimmer; Tractors, backhoes over 75 hp.; Transfer material Page 12 WAIS Document Retrieval.txt service machine - shuttle buggy, Blaw Knox- Roadtec; Truck Crane oiler /driver -100 tons and over, Truck Mount Portable Conveyor; Yo Yo Pay dozer. GROUP 3 - Conveyors; Cranes -thru 19 tons with attachments; Cranes -A -frame over 10 tons; Drill Oilers -Auger type, truck or crane mount; Dozers -D -9 and under; Forklifts -3000 lbs. and over with attachments; Horizontal /directional drill locator; Outside hoists - (elevators and manlifts), air tuggers, strato tower bucket elevators; Hydralifts /Boom Trucks -over 10 tons; Loaders - elevating type, belt; Motor patrol grader- nonfinishing; Plant oiler - Asphalt, Crusher; Pumps, Concrete; Roller, plant mix or multi -lift materials; saws- concrete; Scrapers- Concrete and Carry all; Trenching machines; Truck Crane Oiler /Driver -under 100 tons; Tractor, backhoe -under 75 hp GROUP 4 - Assistant Engineer; Bobcat; Brooms; Compressor; Concrete Finish Machine -laser screed; Crane -A- Frame, 10 tons and under; Elevator and manlift- permanent and shaft type; Forklifts -under 3000 lbs. with attachments; Gradechec er, stakehop; Hydralifts, boom trucks, 10 tons and under; oil distributors, blower distribution and mulch seeding operator; Pavement breaker; Posthole Digger - mechanical; Power plant; Pumps - water; Roller -other than Plant Mix; wheel Tractors, Farmall type; Shotcrete /Gunite Equipment operator CATEGORY B PROJECTS - 95% of the basic hourly rate for each group plus full fringe benefits applicable to Category A projects shall applyy to the following projects: Reduced rates may be paid on the - ollowing: 1. Projects involving work on structures such as buildings and structures whose total value is less than $1.5 million excluding mechanical, electrical, and utility portions of the contract. 2. Projects of less than $1 million where no building is involved. Surfacing and paving included, but utilities excluded. 3. Marine projects (docts, wharfs, etc.) less than $150,000 WORK PERFORMED ON HYDRAULIC DREDGES: Total Project cost $300,000 and over GROUP 1 28.38 8.40 GROUP 2 28.48 8.40 GROUP 3 28.82 8.40 GROUP 4 28.87 8.40 GROUP 5 30.26 8.40 GROUP 6 28.38 8.40 GROUP 1: Assistant Mate (Deckhand) GROUP 2: Oiler GROUP 3: Assistant Engineer (Electric, Diesel, Steam or Booster Pump); Mates and Boatmen GROUP 4: Craneman, Engineer Welder GROUP 5: Leverman, Hydraulic GROUP 6: Maintenance Total Project Cost under $300,000 GROUP 1 26.96 8.40 GROUP 2 27.06 8.40 GROUP 3 27.38 8.40 GROUP 4 27.43 8.40 GROUP 5 28.75 8.40 GROUP 6 26.96 8.40 Page 13 WAIS Document Retrieval.txt GROUP 1: Assistant Mate (Deckhand) GROUP 2: Oiler GROUP 3: Assistant Engineer (Electric, Diesel, Steam or Booster Pump); Mates and Boatmen GROUP 4: Craneman, Engineer welder GROUP 5: Leverman, Hydraulic GROUP 6: Maintenance HEAVY WAGE RATES APPLIES TO CLAM SHEEL DREDGE, HOE AND DIPPER, SHOVELS AND SHOVEL ATTACHMENTS, CRANES AND BULLDOZERS HANDLING OF HAZARDOUS WASTE MATERIALS H -1 - when not outfitted with protective clothing of level D equipment - Base wage rate H -2 - Class 'C" Suit - Base wage rate + $.25 per hour H -3 - Class "B" Suit - Base wage rate + $.50 per hour H -4 - Class "A" Suit - Base wage rate +$.75 per hour ---------------------------------------------------------- - - - - -- ENG10701D 01/01/2003 Rates Fringes CLARK, COWLITZ, KLICKKITAT, PACIFIC (SOUTH), SKAMANIA, AND WAHKIAKUM COUNTIES POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATORS ZONE 1: 30.77 GROUP 1 GROUP lA GROUP 1B GROUP 2 GROUP 3 GROUP 4 GROUP 5 GROUP 6 (See Footnote A) 29.30 8.95 30.77 8.95 32.23 8.95 28.07 8.95 27.31 8.95 26.79 8.95 26.19 8.95 23.84 8.95 zone Differential (add to zone 1 rates): zone 2 - $1.50 zone 3 - 3.00 For the following metropolitan counties: MULTNOMAH; CLACKAMAS; MARION; WASHINGTON; YAMHILL; AND COLUMBIA; CLARK; AND COWLITZ COUNTY, WASHINGTON WITH MODIFICATIONS AS INDICATED: All jobs or projects located in Multnomah, Clackamas and Marion Counties, west of the western boundary of Mt. Hood National Forest and west of Mile Post 30 on Interstate 84 and west of Mile Post 30 on State Highway 26 and west of Mile Post 30 on Highway 22 and all jobs or projects located in Yamhill County, washington County and Columbia county and all jobs or porjects located in Clark & Cowlitz County, Washington except that portion of Cowlitz County in the Mt. St. Helens "Blast zone" shall receive zone I pay for all classifications. All * or projects located in the area outside the identified boundary above, but less than 50 miles from the Portland City Hall shall receive zone II pay for all classifications. All jobs or projects located more than 50 miles from the Portland City Hall, but outside the identified border above, shall receive zone III pay for all classifications. Page 14 WAIS Document Retrieval.txt For the following cities: ALBANY; BEND; COOS BAY; EUGENE; GRANTS PASS; KLAMATH FALLS; MEDFORD; ROSEBURG All jobs or projects located within 30 miles of the respective city hall of the above mentioned cities shall receive zone I pay for all classifications. All jobs or projects located more than 30 miles and less than 50 miles from the respective city hall of the above mentioned cities shall receive zone II pay for all classifications. All jobs or projects located more than 50 miles from the respective city hall of the above mentioned cities shall receive zone III pay for all classifications. POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATORS CLASSIFICATIONS GROUP 1: CONCRETE: Batch Plant and /or Wet Mix Operator, three units or more; CRANE: Helicopter operator, when used in erecting work; whirley operator, 90 ton and over; LATTICE BOOM CRANE: operator 200 tons through 299 tons, and /or over 200 feet boom; HYDRAULIC CRANE: Hydraulic Crane operator 90 tons through 199 tons with luffing or tower attachments; FLOATING EQUIPMENT: Floating Crane, 150 ton but less than 250 ton GROUP 1A: HYDRAULIC CRANE: Hydraulic Operator, 200 tons and over (with luffing or tower attachment); LATTICE BOOM CRANE: Operator, 200 tons through 299 tons, with over 200 feet boom; FLOATING EQUIPMENT: Floating Crane 250 ton and over GROUP 1B: LATTICE BOOM CRANE: Operator, 300 tons through 399 tons with over 200 feet boom; Operator 400 tons and over; FLOATING EQUIPMENT: Floating Crane 350 ton and over GROUP 2: ASPHALT: Asphalt Plant Operator (any type); Roto Mill, pavement profiler, operator, 6 foot lateral cut and over; BLADE: Auto Grader or "Trimmer" (Grade Checker required); Blade Operator, Robotic; BULLDOZERS: Bulldozer operator over 120,000 lbs and above; Bulldozer operator, twin engine; Bulldozer Operator,tandem, quadnine, D10, D11, and similar type; Bulldozere Robotic Equipment (any type; CONCRETE: Batch Plant and /or wet Mix operator, one and two drum; Automatic concrete Slip Form Paver operator; Concrete Canal Line operator; Concrete Profiler, Diamond Head; CRANE: Cableway operator, 25 tons and over; HYDRAULIC CRANE: Hydraulic crane operator 90 tons through 199 tons (with luffing or tower attachment); TOWER /WHIRLEY OPERATOR: Tower Crane Operator; whirley operator, under 90 tons; LATTICE BOOM CRANE: 90 through 199 tons and /or 150 to 200 feet boom; CRUSHER: Crusher Plant Operator; FLOATING EQUIPMENT: Floating Clamshell, etc.operator, 3 cu. yds. and over; Floating Crane (derrick barge) operator, 30 tons but less than 150 tons; LOADERS: Loader operator, 120,000 lbs. and above; REMOTE CONTROL: Remote controlled earth - moving equipment; RUBBER -TIRED SCRAPERS: Rubber - tired scraper operator, with tandem scrapers, multi- engine; SHOVEL, DRAGLINE, CLAMSHELL, SKOOPER OPERATOR: Shovel, Dragline, Clamshell, operator 5 cu. yds and over; TRENCHING MACHINE: wheel Excavator, under 750 cu. yds. per hour (Grade oiler required); Canal Trimmer (Grade oiler required); wheel Excavator, over 750 cu. yds. per hour; Band wagon (in conjunction with wheel excavator); UNDERWATER EQUIPMENT: Underwater Equipment Operator, Page 15 WAIS Document Retrieval.txt remote or otherwise; HYDRAULIC HOES - EXCAVATOR: Excavator over 130,000 lbs. GROUP 3: BULLDOZERS: Bulldozer operator, over 70,000 lbs. up to and including 120,000 lbs.; HYDRAULIC CRANE: Hydraulic crane operator, 50 tons through 89 tons (with luffing or tower attachment); LATTICE BOOM CRANES: Lattice Boom Crane -50 through 89 tons (and less than 150 feet boom); FORKLIFT: Rock Hound 0 erator; HYDRAULIC HOES - EXCAVATOR: excavator over 80,000 lbs. through 130,000 lbs.; LOADERS: Loader operator 60,000 and less than 120,000; RUBBER -TIRED SCRAPERS: Scraper Operator, with tandem scrapers; Self - loading, paddle wheel, auger type, finish and /or 2 or more units; SHOVEL, DRAGLINE, CLAMSHELL,SKOOPER OPERATOR: shovel, Dragline, Clamshell operators 3 cu. yds. but less than 5 cu yds. GROUP 4: ASPHALT: Screed Operator; Asphalt Paver operator (screeman required); BLADE: Blade operator; Blade operator, finish; Blade operator, externally controlled by electronic, mechanical hydraulic means; Blade operator, multi- engine; BULLDOZERS: Bulldozer Operator over 20,000 lbs and more than 100 horse up to 70,000 lbs; Drill Cat operator; Side -boom operator; cable -Plow Operator (any type); CLEARING: Log skidders; chippers; Incinerator; Stump Splitter (loader mounted or similar type); Stump Grinder (loader mounted or similar type; Tub Grinder; Land Clearing Machine (Track mounted forestry mowing & grinding machine); Hydro Axe (loader mounted or similar type); COMPACTORS SELF- PROPELLED: Compactor Operator, with blade; Compactor Operator, multi- engine; Compactor operator, robotic; CONCRETE: Mixer Mobile Operator; Screed Operator; Concrete Cooling Machine Operator; Concrete Paving Road Mixer; Concrete Breaker; Reinforced Tank Banding Machine (K -17 or similar types); Laser Screed; CRANE: Chicago boom and similar types; Lift slab Machine Operator; Boom type lifting device, 5 ton capacity or less; Hoist operator, two (2) drum; Hoist operator, three (3) or more drums; Derrick operator, under 100 ton; Hoist operator, stiff leg, guy derrick or similar type, 50 ton and over; cableway Operator up to twenty (25) ton; Bridge Crane operator, Locomotive, Gantry, overhead; Cherry Picker or similar type crane; Carry Deck Operator; Hydraulic Crane operator, under 50 tons; LATTICE BOOM CRANE OPERATOR: Lattice Boom Crane Operator, under 50 tons; CRUSHER: Generator Operator; Diesel - Electric Engineer; Grizzley operator; Drill Doctor; Boring Machine Operator; Driller- Percussion, Diamond, Core, Cable, Rotary and similar type; Cat Drill (John Henry); Directional Drill Operator over 20,000 lbs pullback; FLOATING EQUIPMENT: Diesel - electric Engineer; Jack operator, elevating barges, Barge operator, self - unloading; Piledriver Operator (not crane .type) (Deckhand required); Floating Clamshelll, etc. operator, under 3 cu. yds. (Fireman or Diesel - Electric Engineer required); Floating Crane (derrick barge) operator, less than 30 tons; GENERATORS: Generator Operator; Diesel - electric Engineer; GUARDRAIL EQUIPMENT: Guardrail Punch Operator (all types); Guardrail Auger operator (all types); Combination Guardrail machines, i.e., punch auger, etc.; HEATING PLANT: Surface Heater and Planer Operator; HYDRAULIC HOES EXCAVATOR: Robotic Hydraulic backhoe operator, track and wheel type up to and including 20,0000 lbs. with any or all attachments; Excavator Operator over 20,000 lbs through 80,000 lbs.; LOADERS: Belt Loaders, Kolman and Ko Cal types; Loaders Operator, front end and overhead, 25,000 lbs and less than 60,000 lbs; Elevating Grader operator by Tractor operator, Page 16 WAIS Document Retrieval.txt Sierra, Euclid or similar types; PILEDRIVERS: Hammer Operator; Piledriver Operator (not crane type); PIPELINE, SEWER WATER: Pipe Cleaning Machine Operator; Pipe Doping Machine Operator; Pipe Bending Machine Operator; Pipe Wrapping Machine Operator; Boring Machine Operator; Back Filling Machine Operator; REMOTE CONTROL: Concrete Cleaning Decontamination Machine Operator; ultra High Pressure Water Jet Cutting Tool System Operator /Mechanic; vacuum Blasting Machine Operator /mechanic; REPAIRMEN, HEAVY DUTY: Diesel Electric Engineer (Plant or Floating; Bolt Threading Machine operator; Drill Doctor (Bit Grinder); H.D. Mechanic; Machine Tool Operator; RUBBER -TIRED SCRAPERS: Rubber -tired Scraper Operator,single engine, single scraper; Self - loading, paddle wheel, auger type under 15 cu. yds.; Rubber -tired Scraper operator, twin engine; Rubber -tired Scraper operator, with push- u p attachments; Self Loading, paddle wheel, auger type 15 cu. yds. and over, single engine; water pulls, water wagons; SHOVEL, DRAGLINE, CLAMSHELL, SKOOPER OPERATOR: Diesel Electric Engineer; Stationay Drag Scraper operator; Shovel, Dragline, Clamshell, operator under 3 cy yds.; Grade -all Operator; SURFACE (BASE) MATERIAL: Blade mounted spreaders, Ulrich and similar types; TRACTOR - RUBBERED TIRED: Tractor operator, rubber - tired, over 50 hp flywheel; Tractor operator, with boom attachment; Rubber -tired dozers and pushers (Michigan, Cat, Hough type); Skip Loader, Drag Box; TRENCHING MACHINE: Trenching Machine operator, digging capacity over 3 ft depth; Back filling machine operator; TUNNEL: Mucking machine operator GROUP 5: ASPHALT: Extrusion Machine Operator; Roller Operator (any asphalt mix); Asphalt Burner and Reconditioner Operator (any type); Roto -Mill, pavement profiler, ground man; BULLDOZERS: Bulldozer operator, 20,000 lbs. or less or 100 horse or less; COMPRESSORS: Compressor operator (any power), over 1,250 cu. ft. total capacity; COMPACTORS: Compactor Operator, including vibratory; Wagner Pactor operator or similar type (without blade); CONCRETE: Combination mixer and Compressor Operator, gunite work; Concrete Batch Plant Quality Control operator; Beltcrete operator; Pumperete operator (any type); Pavement Grinder and /or Grooving Machine Operator (riding type); Cement Pump Operator, Fuller- Kenyon and similar; Concrete Pump Operator; Grouting Machine Operator; Concrete mixer operator, single drum, under (5) bag capacity; Cast in place pipe laying machine; mayyinnis Internal Full slab vibrator operator; Concrete finishing mahine operator, Clary, Johnson, Bidwell, Burgess Bridge deck or similar type; Curb Machine Operator, mechanical Berm, curb and /or curb and Gutter; concrete Joint Machine Operator; Concrete Planer operator; Tower Mobile operator; Power Jumbo Operator setting slip forms in tunnels; Slip Form Pumps, power driven hydraulic lifting device for concrete forms; Concrete Paving Machine operator; Concrete Finishing Machine Operator; concrete Spreader operator; CRANE: Helicopter Hoist operator; Hoist Operator, single drum; Elevator Operator; A -frame Truck Operator, Double drum; Boom Truck Operator; HYDRAULIC CRANE OPERATOR: Hydraulic Boom Truck, Pittman; DRILLING: Churm Drill and Earth Boring Machine operator; vacuum Truck; Directional Drill Operator over 20,000 lbs pullback; FLOATING EQUIPMENT: Fireman; FORKLIFT: Fork Lift, over 10 ton and /or robotic; HYDRAULIC HOES EXCAVATORS: Hydraulic Backhoe operator, wheel type (Ford, John Deere, Case type); Hydraulic Backhoe Operator track type up to and including 20,000 lbs.; LOADERS: Loaders, rubber - tired type, less than 25,000 lbs; Elevating Grader operator, Tractor Towed requiring operator or Grader; Elevating loader operator, Athey and similar types; OILERS: Service oiler Page 17 WAIS Document Retrieval.txt (Greaser); PIPELINE -SEWER WATER: Hydra hammer or simillr types; Pavement Breaker operator; PUMPS: Pump Operator, more than 5 (any size); Pot Rammer Operator; RAILROAD EQUIPMENT: Locomotive Operator, under 40 tons; Ballast Regulator operator; Ballast Tamper Multi- Purpose Operator; Track Liner Operator; Tie Spacer operator; Shuttle Car Operator; Locomotive Operator, 40 tons and over; MATERIAL HAULRS: Cat wagon DJB's Volvo similar types; Conveyored material hauler; SURFACING (BASE) MATERIAL: Rock Spreaders, self - propelled; Pulva -mixer or similar types; Chiip Spreading machine operator; Lime spreading operator, construction job siter; SWEEPERS: Sweeper operator (Wayne type) self- propelled construction job site; TRACTOR- RUBBER TIRED: Tractor operator, rubber - tired, 50 hp flywheel and under; Trenching machine operator, maximum digging capacity 3 ft depth; TUNNEL: Dinkey GROUP 6: ASPHALT: Plant oiler; Plant Fireman; Pugmill Operator (any type); Truck mounted asphalt spreader, with screed; COMPRESSORS: Compressor Operator (any power), under 1,250 cu. ft. total capacity; CONCRETE: Plant Oiler, Assistant Conveyor Operator; Conveyor operator; Mixer Box Operator (C.T.B., dry batch, etc.); Cement Hog Operator; Concrete Saw Operator; Concrete Curing Machine Operator (riding type); wire Mat or Brooming Machine Operator; CRANE: Oiler; Fireman, all equipment; Truck Crane oiler Driver; A -frame Truck operator, single drum; Tugger or Coffin Type Hoist Operator; CRUSHER: Crusher oiler; Crusher Feederman; CRUSHER: Crusher oiler; Crusher feederman; DRILLING: Drill Tender; Auger Oiler; FLOATING EQUIPMENT: Deckhand; Boatman; FORKLIFT: Self - propelled Scaffolding operator, construction Job site (exclduing working platform); Fork Lift or Lumber Stacker operator, construction lob site; Ross Carrier Operator, construction job site; Lull Hi -Lift Operator or Similar Type; GUARDRAIL EQUIPMENT: Oiler; Auger oiler; oiler, combination guardrail machines; Guardrail Punch Oiler; HEATING PLANT: Temporary Heating Plant Operator; LOADERS: Bobcat, skid steer (less than 1 cu yd.); Bucket Elevator Loader Operator, BarberGreene and similar types; OILERS: Oiler; Guardrail Punch oiler; Truck Crane oiler- Driver; Auger oiler; Grade Oiler, required to check grade; Grade Checker; Rigger; PIPELINE -SEWER WATER: Tar Pot Fireman; Tar Pot Fireman (power agitated); PUMPS: Pump Operator (any power); Hydrostatic Pump Operator; RAILROAD EQUIPMENT: Brakeman; Oiler; Switchman; Motorman; Ballast Jack Tamper Operator; SHOVEL, DRAGLINE, CLAMSHELL, SKOOPER, ETC. OPERATOR: Oiler, Grade oiler (required to check grade); Grade Checker; Fireman; SWEEPER: Broom operator, self propelled, construction job site; SURFACING (BASE) MATERIAL: Roller operator, grading of base rock (not asphalt); Tamping Machine operartor, mechanical, self - propelled; Hydrographic Seeder Machine Operator; TRENCHING MACHINE; Oiler; Grade Oiler; TUNNEL: Conveyor operator; Air filtration equipment operator ENG20701E 06/01/2002 Rates Fringes CLARK, COWLITZ, KLICKITAT, PACIFIC (SOUTH), SKAMANIA, AND WAHKIAKUM COUNTIES DREDGING: ZONE A LEVERMAN, HYDRAULIC 32.43 8.50 LEVERMAN, DIPPER, FLOATING CLAMSHELL 30.25 8.50 ASSISTANT ENGINEER 29.25 8.50 Page 18 TENDERMAN ASSISTANT MATE ZONE B LEVERMAN, HYDRAULIC LEVERMAN, DIPPER, FLOATING CLAMSHELL ASSISTANT ENGINEER TENDERMAN ASSISTANT MATE ZONE C LEVERMAN, HYDRAULIC LEVERMAN, DIPPER, FLOATING CLAMSHELL ASSISTANT ENGINEER TENDERMAN ASSISTANT MATE WAIS Document Retrieval.txt 28.44 8.50 26.58 8.50 34.43 8.50 32.25 8.50 31.25 8.50 30.44 8.50 28.58 8.50 35.43 8.50 33.25 8.50 32.25 8.50 31.44 8.50 29.58 8.50 ZONE DESCRIPTION FOR DREDGING: ZONE A - All jobs or projects located within 30 road miles of Portland City Hall. ZONE B - over 30 -50 road miles from Portland City Hall. ZONE C - Over 50 road miles from Portland City Hall. *All jobs or projects shall be computed from the city hall by the shortest route to the geographical center of the project. ---------------------------------------------------------- - - - - -- * IRON0014F 02/01/2003 . ADAMS, ASOTIN, BENTON, COLUMBIA, GARFIELD, GRANT, LINCOLN, OKANOG STEVENS, WALLA WALLA AND WHITMAN IRONWORKERS -------------------------- - - - - -- Rates Fringes DOUGLAS, FERRY, FRANKLIN, 4N, PEND ORIELLE, SPOKANE, COUNTIES 25.52 11.80 ----------------------- - - - - -- IRON00291 07/01/2002 Rates Fringes CLARK, COWLITZ, KLICKITAT, PACIFIC, SKAMANIA, AND WAHKAIKUM COUNTIES IRONWORKERS 26.97 11.80 ---------------------------------------------------------- - - - - -- IRON0086B 07/01/2002 Rates Fringes YAKIMA, KITTITAS AND CHELAN COUNTIES IRONWORKERS 26.72 11.80 ---------------------------------------------------------- - - - - -- IRON0086E 07/01/2002 Rates Fringes CLALLAM, GRAYS HARBOR, ISLAND, JEFFERSON, KING, KITSAP, LEWIS, MASON, PIERCE, SKAGIT, SNOHOMISH, THURSTON, AND WHATCOM COUNTIES IRONWORKERS 27.22 11.80 ---------------------------------------------------- - - - - -- LAB00001D 06/01/2002 Rates Fringes Page 19 WAIS Document Retrieval.txt CHELAN, DOUGLAS (WEST OF THE 120TH MERIDIAN), KITTITAS AND YAKIMA COUNTIES LABORERS: ' ZONE 1: GROUP 1 14.79 6.20 GROUP 2 17.11 6.20 GROUP 3 18.83 6.20 GROUP 4 19.31 6.20 GROUP 5 19.67 6.20 ZONE DIFFERENTIAL (ADD TO ZONE 1 RATES): ZONE 2 - $ .70 ZONE 3 - $1.00 BASE BASE POINTS: CHELAN, SUNNYSIDE, WENATCHEE, AND YAKIMA ZONE 1 - Projects within 25 radius miles of the respective city hall ZONE 2 - More than 25 but less than 45 radius miles from the respective city hall ZONE 3 - More than 45 radius miles from the respective city hall CALLAM, GRAYS HARBOR, ISLAND, JEFFERSON, KING, KITSAP, LEWIS, MASON, PACIFIC (NORTH OF STRAIGHT LINE MADE BY EXTENDING THE NORTH BOUNDARY WAHKIAKUM COUNTY WEST TO THE PACIFIC OCEAN), PIERCE, SAN JUAN, SKAGIT, SNOHOMISH, THURSTON AND WHATCOM COUNTIES LABORERS: ZONE 1: GROUP 1 17.71 6.20 GROUP 2 20.03 6.20 GROUP 3 24.71 6.20 GROUP 4 25.19 6.20 GROUP 5 25.55 6.20 ZONE DIFFERENTIAL (ADD TO ZONE 1 RATES): ZONE 2 - $ .70 ZONE 3 - $1.00 BASE POINTS: BELLINGHAM, MT. VERNON, EVERETT, SEATTLE, KENT, TACOMA, OLYMPIA, CENTRALIA, ABERDEEN, SHELTON, PT. TOWNSEND, PT. ANGELES, AND BREMERTON ZONE 1 - Projects within 25 radius miles of the respective city hall ZONE 2 - More than 25 but less than 45 radius miles from the respective city hall ZONE 3 - More than 45 radius miles from the respective city hall LABORERS CLASSIFICATIONS GROUP 1: Landscaping and Planting; watchman; window washer /cleaner (detail clean -up, such as but not limited to cleaning floors, ceilings, walls, windows, etc., prior to final acceptance by the owner) GROUP 2: Batch weighman; Crusher Feeder; Fence Laborer; Flagman; Pilot Car Page 20 WAIS Document Retrieval.txt GROUP 3: General Laborer; Air, Gas, or Electric vibrating Screed; Asbestos Abatement Laborer; Ballast Regulator Machine; Brush Cutter; Brush Hog Feeder; Burner; Carpenter Tender; Cement Finisher Tender; Change House or Dry Shack; chipping Gun (under 30 lbs.); Choker Setter; Chuck Tender; Clean -up Laborer; Concrete Form Stripper; Curing Laborer; Demolition (wrecking and moving including charred material); Ditch Digger; Dump Person; Fine Graders; Firewatch; Form Setter; Gabian Basket Builders; Grout Machine Tender; Grinders; Guardrail Erector; Hazardous Waste worker (Level C); Maintenance Person; Material Yard Person; Pot Tender; Rip Rap Person; Riggers; Scale Person; Sloper Sprayer; Signal Person; Stock Piler; Stake Hopper; Toolroom Man (at job site); Topper- Tailer; Track Laborer; Truck Spotter; vinyl Seamer GROUP 4: Cement Dumper - Paving; Chipping Gun (over 30 lbs.); Clary Power Spreader; Concrete Dumper /Chute operator; Concrete Saw Operator; Drill operator (hydraulic, diamond, aiartrac); Faller and Bucker chain Saw; Grade Checker and Transit Person; Groutmen (pressure) including post tension beams; Hazardous waste worker (Level B); High Scaler; Jackhammer; Laserbeam opperator; Manhole Builder- Mudman; Mortarman and Hodcarrier; Nozzleman (concrete pump, green cutter when using combination of high pressure air and water on concrete and rock, sandblast, gunite, shotcrete, water blaster, vacuum blaster); Pavement Breaker; Pipe Layer and Caulker; Pipe Pot Tender; Pipe Reliner (not insert type); Pipe Wrapper; Power Jacks; Railroad Spike Puller- Power; Raker - Asphalt; Rivet Buster; Rodder; Sloper (over 20'); Spreader (concrete); Tamper and similar electric, air and glas operated tool; Timber Person -sewer (lagger shorer and cribber); Track Liner Power; Tugger operator; vibrator; well Point Laborer GROUP 5: Caisson Worker; Miner; Powderman; Re- Timberman; Hazardous waste Worker (Level A). ---------------------------------------------------------- - - - - -- LAB00238E 06/01/2002 Rates Fringes ADAMS, ASOTIN, BENTON, COLUMBIA, DOUGLAS (EAST OF THE 120TH MERIDIAN), FERRY, FRANKLIN, GARFIELD, GRANT, LINCOLN, OKANOGAN, PEND OREILLE, STEVENS, SPOKANE, WALLA WALLA AND WHITMAN COUNTIES LABORERS: ZONE 1: GROUP 1 17.66 5.50 GROUP 2 19.76 5.50 GROUP 3 20.03 5.50 GROUP 4 20.30 5.50 GROUP 5 20.58 5.50 GROUP 6 21.95 5.50 zone Differential (Add to zone 1 rate): $2.00 BASE POINTS: Spokane, Moses Lake, Pasco, Lewiston Zone 1: 0 -45 radius miles from the main post office. zone 2: 45 radius miles and over from the main post office. LABORERS CLASSIFICATIONS Page 21 WAIS Document Retrieval.txt GROUP 1: Flagman; Landscape Laborer; scaleman; Traffic Control Maintenance Laborer (to include erection and maintenance of barricades, signs and relief of flagperson); window washer /cleaner (detail cleanup, such as, but not limited to cleaning floors, ceilings, walls, windows, etc. prior to final acceptance by the owner) GROUP 2: Asbestos Abatement worker; Brush Hog Feeder; Carpenter Tender; cement Handler; clean -up Laborer; Concrete crewman (to include stripping of forms, hand operating jacks on slip form construction, application of concrete curing compounds, pumperete machine, signaling, handling the nozzle of squeezcrete or similar machine,6 inches and smaller); confined Space Attendant; Concrete signalman; crusher Feeder; Demolition (to include clean -up, burning, loading, wrecking and salvage of all material); Dumpman; Fence Erector; Firewatch; Form Cleaning Machine Feeder, Stacker; General Laborer; Grout Machine Header Tender; Guard Rail (to include guard rails, guide and reference posts, sign posts, and right -of -way markers); Hazardous waste worker, Level D (no respirator is used and skin protection is minimal); Miner, class "A" (to include all bull gang, concrete crewman, dumpman and pumperete crewman, including distributing pipe, assembly & dismantle, and nipper); Nipper; Riprap Man; sandblast Tailhoseman; Scaffold Erector (wood or steel); stake Jumper; structural Mover (to include separating foundation, preparation, cribbing, shoring, jacking and unloading of structures); Tailhoseman (water nozzle); Timber Bucker and Faller (by hand); Track Laborer (RR); Truck Loader; well -Point Man; All other work classifications Not specially Listed Shall Be Classified As General Laborer GROUP 3: Aspahlt Raker; Asphalt Roller, walking; Cement Finisher Tender; concrete saw, walking; Demolition Torch; Dope Pot Firemen, non - mechanical; Driller Tender (when re uired to move and position machine); Form Setter, Paving; Grade Checker using level; Hazardous waste worker, Level c (uses a chemical "splash suit" and air purifying respirator); jackhammer operator; Miner, class "B" (to include brakeman, finisher, vibrator, form setter); Nozzleman (to include squeeze and flo -crete nozzle); Nozzleman, water, air or steam; Pavement Breaker (under 90 lbs.); Pipelayer, corrugated metal culvert; Pipelayer, multi - plate; Pot Tender; Power Buggy operator; Power Tool Operator, gas, electric, pneumatic; Railroad Equipment, power driven, except dual mobile power Spiker or puller; Railroad Power'5piker or Puller, dual mobile; Rodder and spreader; Tamper (to include operation of Barco, Essex and similar tampers); Trencher, Shawnee; Tugger operator; wagon Drills; water Pipe Liner; wheelbarrow (power driven) GROUP 4: Air and Hydraulic Track Drill; Brush Machine (to include horizontal construction joint cleanup brush machine, power propelled); Caisson worker, free air; chain saw operator and Faller; Concrete stack (to include laborers when laborers working on free standing concrete stacks for smoke or fume control above 40 feet high); Gunite (to include operation of machine and nozzle); Hazardous waste worker, Level B (uses same respirator protection as Level A. A supplied air line is provided in conjunction with a chemical "splash suit "); High scaler; Laser Beam Operator (to include grade checker and elevation control); Miner, Class C (to include miner, nozzleman for concrete, laser beam operator and rigger on tunnels); Monitor Operator (air track or similar mounting); Mortar Mixer; Nozzleman Page 22 WAIS Document Retrieval.txt (to include jet blasting nozzleman, over 1,200 lbs., jet blast machine power propelled, sandblast nozzle); Pavement Breaker (90 1 lbs. and over); Pipelayer (to include working to man, caulker, collarman, ointer, mortarman, rigger, jacker, s over, valve or meter installer); Pipewrapper; Plasterer Tender; vibrators (all) I GROUP 5 - Drills with Dual Masts; Hazardous waste worker, Level A (utilizes a fully encapsulated suit with a self- contained breathing apparatus or a supplied air line); Miner Class "D ", (to include raise and shaft miner, laser beam operator on riases and shafts) GROUP 6 - Powderman ---------------------------------------------------------------- LABo0238G 06/01/2002 Rates Fringes COUNTIES EAST OF THE 120TH MERIDIAN: ADAMS, ASOTIN, BENTON, COLUMBIA, DOUGLAS, FERRY, FRANKLIN, GARFIELD, GRANT, LINCOLN, OKANOGAN, PEND OREILLE, STEVENS, SPOKANE, WALLA WALLA, WHITMAN HOD CARRIERS 21.55 50 ------------------------------------------------------ ---------- LAB00335A 06/01/2002 1 Rates Fringes CLARK, COWLITZ, KLICKITAT, PACIFIC (SOUTH OF A STRAIGHT LINE MADE BY EXTENDING THE NORTH BOUNDARY LINE OF WAHKIAKUM COUNTY WEST TO THE PACIFIC OCEAN), SKAMANIA AND WAHKIAKUM COUNTIES ZONE 1: LABORERS: GROUP 1 23.43 6.15 1 GROUP 2 23.94 6.15 GROUP 3 24.33 6.15 GROUP 4 24.66 6.15 GROUP 5 21.26 6.15 GROUP 6 19.16 6.15 GROUP 7 16.40 6.15 zone Differential (Add to zone 1 rates): zone 2 $ 0.65 Zone 3 - 1.15 Zone 4 - 1.70 Zone 5 - 2.75 ' BASE POINTS: GOLDENDALE, LONGVIEW, AND VANCOUVER ZONE 1: Projects within 30 miles of the respective city all. ZONE 2: More than 30 miles but less than 40 miles from the respective city hall. ZONE 3: More than 40 miles but less than 50 miles from the respective city hall. 1 ZONE 4: More than 50 miles but less than 80 miles from the respective city hall. ZONE 5: More than 80 miles from the respective city hall. LABORERS CLASSIFICATIONS GROUP 1: Asphalt Plant Laborers; Asphalt Spreaders; Batch weighman; Broomers; Brush Burners and Cutters; Car and Truck ' Loaders; Carpenter Tender; Change -House Man or Dry shack Man; Page 23 WAIS Document Retrieval.txt Choker Setter; Clean -up Laborers; Curing, Concrete; Demolition, wrecking and Moving Laborers; Dumpers, road oiling crew; Dumpmen (for grading crew); Elevator Feeders; Guard Rail, Median Rail Reference Post, Guide Post, Right of way Marker; Fine Graders; Fire watch; Form Strippers (not swinging stages); General Laborers; Hazardous waste worker; Leverman or Aggregate Spreader (Flaherty and similar types); Loading spotters; Material Yard Man (including electrical); Pittsburgh Chipper Operator or Similar Types; Railroad Track Laborers; Ribbon setters (including steel forms); Rip Rap Man (hand placed); Road Pump Tender; Sewer Labor; Signalman; Skipman; slopers; Spraymen; Stake Chaser; Stockpiler; Tie Back shoring; Timber Faller and Bucker (hand labor); Toolroom Man (at job site); Tunnel Bullgang (above ground); weight -Man- Crusher (aggregate when used) GROUP 2: Applicator (including pot power tender for same), applying protective material by hand or nozzle on utility lines or storage tanks on project; Brush Cutters (power saw); Burners; Choker splicer; Clary Power Spreader and similar types; Clean- up Nozzleman -Green Cutter (concrete, rock, etc.); Concrete Power Buggyman; Concrete Laborer; Crusher Feeder; Demolition and wrecking charred Materials; Gunite Nozzleman Tender; Gunite or sand Blasting Pot Tender; Handlers or Mixers of all Materials of an irritating nature (including cement and lime); Tool operators (includes but not limited to: Dry Pack Machine; Jackhammer; Chipping Guns; Paving Breakers); Pipe Doping and wrapping; Post Hole Digger, air, gas or electric; vibrating Screed; Tampers; sand Blasting (wet); stake - Setter; Tunnel- Muckers, Brakemen, Concrete Crew, Bullgang (underground) GROUP 3: Asbestos Removal; Bit Grinder; Drill Doctor; Drill operators, air tracks, cat drills, wagon drills, rubber - mounted drills, and other similar types including at crusher plants; Gunite Nozzleman; High scalers, strippers and Drillers (covers work in swinging stages, chairs or belts, under extreme conditions unusual to normal drilling, blasting, barring -down, or sloping and stripping); Manhole Builder; Powdermen; concrete Saw Operator; Pwdermen; Power Saw Operators (Bucking and Falling); Pumperete Nozzlemen; sand Blasting (Dry); sewer Timberman; Track Liners, Anchor Machines, Ballast Regulators, Multiple Tampers, Power Jacks, Tugger Operator; Tunnel -chuck Tenders, Nippers and Timbermen; vibrator; water Blaster GROUP 4: Asphalt Raker; Concrete Saw operator (walls); concrete Nozzeeman; Grade Checker; Pipelayer; Laser Beam (pipelaying)- applicable when employee assigned to move, set up, align; Laser Beam; Tunnel Miners; Motorman -Dinky Locomotive - Tunnel; Powderman - Tunnel; shield operator - Tunnel GROUP 5: Traffic Flaggers GROUP 6: Fence Builders GROUP 7: Landscaping or Planting Laborers ---------------------------------------------------------------- LAB00335L 06/01/2002 Rates Fringes CLARK, COWLITZ, KLICKITAT, PACIFIC (SOUTH of A STRAIGHT LINE MADE BY EXTENDING THE NORTH BOUNDARY LINE OF WAHKIAKUM COUNTY WEST TO THE PACIFIC OCEAN), SKAMANIA AND WAHKIAKUM COUNTIES Page 24 WAIS Document Retrieval.txt HOD CARRIERS _______06/01/2002 ____________________________________________________ 25.04 6.15 I PAIN00056 Rates Fringes STATEWIDE EXCEPT CLARK, COWLITZ, KLICKITAT, PACIFIC (SOUTH), SKAMANIA, AND WAHKIAKUM COUNTIES STRIPERS ----------------------- - - - - 21.25 -- - ---------------------- 6.40 PAIN0005D 07/01/2002 Rates Fringes CLALLAM, GRAYS HARBOR, ISLAND, JEFFERSON, KING, KITSAP, LEWIS, 1 MASON, PIERCE, SAN JUAN, SKAGIT, SNOHOMISH, THURSTON AND WHATCOM COUNTIES PAINTERS ------------------------- - - - - -- 23_27--- - - - - -- -5_36 PAIN0005G 07/01/2002 ' Rates Fringes ADAMS, ASOTIN; BENTON AND FRANKLIN (EXCEPT HANFORD SITE); CHELAN, COLUMBIA, DOUGLAS, FERRY, GARFIELD, GRANT, KITTITAS, LINCOLN, OKANOGAN, PEND OREILLE, SPOKANE, STEVENS, WALLA WALLA, WHITMAN AND YAKIMA COUNTIES 1 PAINTERS *: Brush, Roller, Striping, Steam - cleaning and Spray 18.97 5.32 Application of Cold Tar Products, Epoxies, Polyure thanes, Acids, Radiation Resistant Material, water and ' sandblasting, Bridges, Towers, Tanks, Stacks, steeples 19.97 5.32 TV Radio, Electrical Transmission Towers 20.72 5.32 1 Lead Abatement, Asbestos Abatement 19.97 5.32 *$.70 shall be paid over and above the basic wage rates listed 1 for work on swing stages and high work of over 30 ---------------------------------------------------------------- feet. PAIN0055C 07/01/2002 1 Rates Fringes CLARK, COWLITZ, KLICKITAT, PACIFIC, SKAMANIA, AND WAHKIAKUM COUNTIES ( PAINTERS: Brush & Roller 17.35 5.08 spray and sandblasting 17.95 5.08 High work - All work -- 60 - ft_ or higher ------------------- 10 - 508 PAIN0055L 06/01/2002 Rates Fringes CLARK, COWLITZ, KLICKITAT, SKAMANIA and WAHKIAKUM COUNTIES IPage 25 WAIS Document Retrieval.txt PAINTERS: HIGHWAY AND PARKING LOT STRIPER 23.36 5.75 ---------------------------------------------------------- - - - - -- PLAS0072E 06/01/2002 Rates Fringes ADAMS, ASOTIN, BENTON, CHELAN, COLUMBIA, DOUGLAS, FERRY, FRANKLIN, GARFIELD, GRANT, KITTITAS, LINCOLN, OKANOGAN, PEND OREILLE, SPOKANE, STEVENS, WALLA WALLA, WHITMAN, AND YAKIMA COUNTIES ZONE 1: CEMENT MASONS 22.33 5.98 zone Differential (Add to Zone 1 rate): zone 2 - $2.00 BASE POINTS: Spokane, Pasco, Moses Lake, Lewiston zone 1: 0 - 45 radius miles from the main post office Zone 2: Over 45 radius miles from the main post office ---------------------------------------------------------- - - - - -- PLA50528A 12/01/2002 Rates Fringes CLALLAM, GRAYS HARBOR, ISLAND, JEFFERSON, KING, KITSAP, LEWIS, MASON, PACIFIC (NORTH), PIERCE, SAN JUAN, SKAGIT, SNOHOMISH, THURSTON, AND WHATCOM COUNTIES CEMENT MASON 28.05 9.84 COMPOSITION, COLOR MASTIC, TROWEL MACHINE, GRINDER, POWER TOOLS, GUNNITE NOZZLE 28.30 9.84 ---------------------------------------------------------- - - - - -- PLAS0555B 06/01/2002 Rates Fringes CLARK, COWLITZ, KLICKITAT, PACIFIC (SOUTH), SKAMANIA, AND WAHKIAKUM COUNTIES ZONE 1: CEMENT MASONS 24.24 9.70 COMPOSITION WORKERS AND POWER MACHINERY OPERATORS 24.68 9.70 CEMENT MASONS ON SUSPENDED, SWINGING AND /OR HANGING SCAFFOLD 24.68 9.70 CEMENT MASONS DOING BOTH COMPOSITION /POWER MACHINERY AND SUSPENDED /HANGING SCAFFOLD 25.13 9.70 Zone Differential (Add To zone 1 Rates): zone 2 - $0.65 Zone 3 - 1.15 Zone 4 - 1.70 zone 5 - 2.75 BASE POINTS: BEND, CORVALLIS, EUGENE, LONGVIEW, MEDFORD, PORTLAND, SALEM, THE DALLES, VANCOUVER Page 26 WAIS Document Retrieval.txt ZONE 1: Projects within 30 miles of the respective city hall ZONE 2: More than 30 miles but less than 40 miles from the respective city hall. ZONE 3: More than 40 miles but less than 50 miles from the respective city hall. ZONE 4: More than 50 miles but less than 80 miles from the respective city hall. ZONE 5: More than 80 miles from the respective city hall ---------------------------------------------------------------- PLum0032B 01/01/2003 Rates Fringes CLALLAM, KING AND JEFFERSON COUNTIES PLUMBERS AND PIPEFITTERS -------------- 34_18----------- 12_68- --------------- - - - - -- - - -- PLuM0032D 06/01/2002 Rates Fringes CHELAN, KITTITAS (NORTHERN TIP), DOUGLAS (NORTH), AND OKANOGAN (NORTH) COUNTIES PLUMBERS AND PIPEFITTERS -------------- 26_13---- - - - - -- 10_23 - - - - -- --------------------- 1 PLum0044c 06/01/2002 Rates Fringes ADAMS (NORTHERN PART), ASOTIN (CLARKSTON ONLY), FERRY (EASTERN PART), LINCOLN (EASTERN PART), PEND ORIELLE, STEVENS, SPOKANE, AND WHITMAN COUNTIES PLUMBERS AND PIPEFITTERS 26.16 9.89 ---------------------------------------------------------- - - - - -- ' PLUM0082A 08/01/2002 Rates Fringes CLARK (NORTHERN TIP INCLUDING WOODLAND), COWLITZ, GRAYS HARBOR, LEWIS, MASON (EXCLUDING NE SECTION), PACIFIC, PIERCE 1 SKAMANIA, THURSTON AND WAHKIAKUM COUNTIES PLUMBERS AND PIPEFITTERS 29.60 11.62 ---------------------------------------------------------------- PLUM0265C 08/01/2002 Rates Fringes ISLAND, SKAGIT, SNOHOMISH,SAN JUAN AND WHATCOM COUNTIES PLUMBERS AND PIPEFITTERS 29.00 11.62 ---------------- - - - - -- --------------- - - - - -- PLuM0290K 10/01/2002 Rates Fringes CLARK (ALL EXCLUDING NORTHERN TIP INCLUDING CITY OF WOODLAND) PLUMBERS AND PIPEFITTERS-------------- 31_73---------- 12_93- --------------- - - - - -- - - - -- PLum0598E 06/01/2002 Rates Fringes ADAMS (SOUTHERN PART), ASOTIN (EXCLUDING THE CITY OF CLARKSTON), BENTON, COLUMBIA, DOUGLAS (EASTERN HALF), FERRY (WESTERN PART), FRANKLIN, GARFIELD, GRANT, KITTITAS (ALL BUT NORTHERN TIP), Page 27 WAIS Document Retrieval.txt KLICKITAT, LINCOLN (WESTERN PART), OKANOGAN (EASTERN), WALLA WALLA AND YAKIMA COUNTIES PLUMBERS 29.85 12.59 ---------------------------------------------------------- - - - - -- PLum0631A 08/01/2002 Rates Fringes MASON (NE SECTION), AND KITSAP COUNTIES PLUMBERS /PIPEFITTERS: All new construction, additions, and remodeling of commercial building pprojects such as: cocktail %un es and taverns, professional buildings, medical clinics, retail stores, hotels and motels, restaurants and fast food types, gasoline service stations, and car washes where the plumbing and mechanical cost of the project is less than $100,000 19.20 4.58 All other work where the plumbing and mechanical cost of the project is $100,000 and over 27.84 11.62 ---------------------------------------------------------- - - - - -- TEAM0037c 06/01/2002 Rates Fringes CLARK, COWLITZ, KLICKITAT, PACIFIC (South of a straight line made by extending the north boundary line of wahkiakum county west to the Pacific Ocean), SKAMANIA, AND WAHKIAKUM COUNTIES TRUCK DRIVERS ZONE 1: 2 GROUP 1 GROUP 2 GROUP 3 GROUP 4 GROUP 5 GROUP 6 GROUP 7 zone Differential zone 2 - $0.65 zone 3 - 1.15 zone 4 - 1.70 zone 5 - 2.75 23.65 8.45 23.77 8.45 23.90 8.45 24.16 8.45 24.38 8.45 24.54 8.45 24.74 8.45 (Add to Zone 1 Rates): BASE POINTS: ASTORIA, THE DALLES, LONGVIEW AND VANCOUVER ZONE 1: Projects within 30 miles of the respective city hall. ZONE 2: More than 30 miles but less than 40 miles from the respective city hall. ZONE 3: More than 40 miles but less than 50 miles from the respective city hall. ZONE 4: More than 50 miles but less than 80 miles from the respective city hall. ZONE 5: More than 80 miles from the respective city hall. Page 28 WAIS Document Retrieval.txt TRUCK DRIVERS CLASSIFICATIONS GROUP 1: A Frame or Hydra lifrt truck w /load bearing surface; Articulated dump truck; Battery Rebuilders; Bus or Manhaul Driver; Concrete Buggies (power operated); Concrete pump truck; Dump Trucks, side, end and bottom dumps, including semi Trucks and Trains or combinations there of: up to and including 10 cu. yds.; Lift Jitneys, Fork Lifts (all sizes in loading, unloading and transporting material on job site); Loader and /or Leverman on Concrete Dry Batch Plant (manually operated); Pilot Car; Pickup truck; solo Flat Bed and misc. Body Trucks, 0 -10 tons; Truck Tender; Truck Mechanic Tender; water wagons (rated capacity) up to 3,000 gallons; Transit Mix and wet or Dry Mix - 5 1 cu. yds. and under; Lubrication Man, Fuel Truck Driver, Tireman, wash Rack, Steam Cleaner or combinations; Team Driver; slurry Truck Driver or Leverman; Tireman GROUP 2: Boom truck /hydra lift or retracting crane; Challenger; Dumpsters or similar equipment all sizes; Dump Trucks /articulated dumps 6 cu to 10 cu.; Flaherty spreader Driver or Leverman; Low bed Equipment, Flat Bed Semi - trailer or doubles transporting ' equipment or wet or dry materials; Lumber Carrier, Driver- Straddle Carrier (used in loading, unloading and transporting of materials on job site); oil Distributor Driver or Leverman; Transit mix and wet or dry mix trcuks: over 5 cu. yds. 4nd including 7 cu. yds.; vacuum trucks; water truck /wagons (rated capacity) over 3,000 to 5,000 gallons GROUP 3: Ammonia nitrate distributor driver; Dump trucks, side, ' end and bottom dumps, including semi Trucks and Trains or combinations thereof: over 10 cu. yds. and including 30 cu. yds. includes Articulated dump trucks; selfpropelled street sweeper; Transit mix and wet or dry mix truck: over 7 cu yds. and 1 including 11 cu yds.; Truck Mechanic - welder -Body Repairman; Utility and cleanup truck; water Wagons (rated capacity) over 5,000 to 10,000 gallons GROUP 4: Asphalt burner; Dump Trucks, side, end and bottom cumps, including Semi - Trucks and Trains or combinations thereof: over 30 cu. yds. and including 50 cu. yds. includes articulated dump trucks; Fire guard; Transit Mix and wet or Dry Mix Trucks, over 11 cu. yds. and including 15 cu. yds.; water wagon (rated capacity) over 10,000 gallons to 15,000 gallons GROUP 5: Dump Trucks, side, end and bottom dumps, including Semi Trucks and Trains or combinations thereof: over 50 cu. yds. and including 60 cu. yds. includes articulated dump trucks GROUP 6: Bulk cement spreader w/o auger; Dry prebatch concrete mix trucks; Dump trucks, side, end and bottom dumps, including Semi Trucks and Trains of combinations thereof: over 60 cu. yds. and including 80 cu. yds., and includes articulated dump trucks; skid truck GROUP 7: Dump Trucks, side, end and bottom dumps, including semi Trucks and Trains or combinations thereof: over 80 cu. yds. and including 100 cu. yds., includes articulated dump trucks; Industrial lift truck (mechanical tailgate) ---------------------------------------------------------- - - - - -- TEAM0174A 06/01/2002 Page 29 WAIS Document Retrieval.txt Rates Fringes CLALLAM, GRAYS HARBOR, ISLAND, JEFFERSON, KING, KITSAP, LEWIS, MASON, PACIFIC (North of a straight line made by extending the north boundary line of wahkiakum County west to the Pacific Ocean), PIERCE, SAN JUAN, SKAGIT, SNOHOMISH, THURSTON AND WHATCOM COUNTIES TRUCK DRIVERS; ZONE A: GROUP 1: GROUP 2: GROUP 3: GROUP 4: GROUP 5: ZONE B (25 -45 miles from center of Add $.70 per hour to zone A rates. ZONE C (over 45 miles from centr of Add $1.00 per hour to Zone A rates. 25.79 9.68 25.21 9.68 22.81 9.68 18.56 9.68 25.55 9.68 listed cities *): KENT listed cities *): *zone pay will be calculated from the city center of the following listed cities: BELLINGHAM CENTRALIA RAYMOND OLYMPIA EVERETT SHELTON ANACORTES BELLEVUE SEATTLE PORT ANGELES MT. VERNON KENT TACOMA PORT TOWNSEND ABERDEEN BREMERTON TRUCK DRIVERS CLASSIFICATIONS GROUP 1 - "A -frame or Hydralift" trucks and Boom trucks or similar equipment when 'A" frame or "Hydralift" and Boom truck or similar equipment is used; Buggymobile; Bulk Cement Tanker; Dumpsters and similar equipment, Tournorockers, Tournowagon, Tournotrailer, Cat DW series, Terra Cobra, Le Tourneau, westinghouse, Athye wagon, Euclid Two and Four- wheeled power tractor with trailer and similar top - loaded equipment transporting material: Dump Trucks, side, end and bottom dump, including semi - trucks and trains or combinations thereof with 16 yards to 30 yards capacity: over 30 yards $.15 per hour additional for each 10 yard increment; Explosive Truck (field mix) and similar eqquipment; Hyster Operators (handling bulk loose aggregates); Lowbed and Heavy Duty Trailer; Road Oil Distributor Driver; spreader, Flaherty Transit mix used exclusively in heavy construction; water wagon and Tank Truck -3,000 gallons and over capacity GROUP 2 - Bulllifts, or similar equipment used in loading or unloading trucks, transporting materials on job site; Dumpsters, and similar equipment, Tournorockers, Tournowagon, Turnotrailer, Cat. D.W. Series, Terra Cobra, Le Tourneau, Westinghouse, Athye wagon, Euclid two and four - wheeled power tractor with trailer and similar top - loaded equipment transporting material: Dump trucks, side, end and bottom dump, including semi- trucks and trains or combinations thereof with less than 16 yards capacity; Flatbed (Dual Rear Axle); Grease Truck, Fuel Truck, Greaser, Battery service Man and /or Tire service Man; Leverman and loader at bunkers and batch plants; oil tank transport; scissor truck; Slurry Truck; Sno -Go and similar equipment; swampers; Straddler Carrier (Ross, Hyster) and similar equipment; Team Driver; Tractor (small, rubber - tired)(when used within Teamster jurisdiction); vacuum truck; water wagon and Tank trucks -less than 3,000 gallons capacity; winch Truck; wrecker, Tow truck and Page 30 1 WAIS Document Retrieval.txt similar equipment I GROUP 3 - Flatbed (single rear axle); Pickup Sweeper; Pickup Truck. (Adjust Group 3 upward by $2.00 per hour for onsite work only) ' GROUP 4 - Escort or Pilot Car GROUP 5 - Mechanic HAZMAT PROJECTS Anyone working on a HAZMAT job, where HAZMAT certification is required, shall be compensated as a premium, in addition to the classification working in as follows: 1 LEVEL C: +$.25 per hour - This level uses an air purifying respirator or additional protective clothing. LEVEL B: +$.50 per hour = uses same respirator protection as Level A. Supplied air line is provided in conjunction with a chemical "splash suit." LEVEL A: +$.75 per hour - This level utilizes a fully - encapsulated suit with a self - contained breathing apparatus or a supplied air line. I---------------------------------------------------------------- TEAM0760C 06/01/2002 ' Rates Fringes ADAMS, ASOTIN, BENTON, CHELAN, COLUMBIA, DOUGLAS, FERRY, FRANKLIN, GARFIELD, GRANT KITTITAS, LINCOLN, OKANOGAN, PEND OREILLE, SPOKANE, STEVENS, WALLA WALLA, AND WHITMAN COUNTIES ' TRUCK DRIVERS (ANYONE WORKING ON HAZMAT JOBS SEE FOOTNOTE A BELOW) ZONE 1: (INCLUDES ALL OF YAKIMA COUNTY) GROUP 1 17.73 8.50 GROUP 2 20.00 8.50 1 GROUP 3 20.50 8.50 GROUP 4 20.83 8.50 GROUP 5 20.94 8.50 GROUP 6 21.11 8.50 GROUP 7 21.64 8.50 GROUP 8 21.97 8.50 zone Differential (Add to zone 1 rate: zone 2 - $2.00) BASE POINTS: Spokane, Moses Lake, Pasco, Lewiston zone 1: 0 -45 radius miles from the main post office. zone 2: 45 radius miles and over from the main post office TRUCK DRIVERS CLASSIFICATIONS GROUP 1: Escort Driver or Pilot Car; Employee Haul; Power Boat Hauling Employees or Material GROUP 2: Fish Truck; Flat Bed Truck; Fork Lift (3000 lbs. and under); Leverperson (loading trucks at bunkers); Trailer Mounted Hydro Seeder and Mulcher; Seeder & Mulcher; Stationary Fuel Operator; Tractor (small, rubber - tired, pulling trailer or ' similar equipment) Page 31 WAIS Document Retrieval.txt GROUP 3: Auto Crane (2000 lbs. capacity); Buggy Mobile & Similar; Bulk cement Tanks & spreader; Dumptor (6 yds. & under); Flat Bed Truck with Hydraullic System; For Lift (3001- 16,000 lbs.); Fuel Truck Driver, Steamcleaner & washer; Power operated sweeper; Rubber -tired Tunnel jumbo; Scissors Truck; Slurry Truck Driver; straddle Carrier (Ross, Hyster, & similar); Tireperson; Transit Mixers & Truck Hauling Concrete (3 yd. to & including 6 yds.); Trucks, side, end, bottom & articulated end dump (3 yards to and including 6 yds.); warehouseperson (to include shipping & receiving); wrecker & Tow Truck GROUP 4: A- Frame; Burner, Cutter, & Welder; Service Greaser; Trucks, side, end, bottom & articulated end dump (over 6 yards to and including 12 yds.); Truck Mounted Hydro seeder; warehouseperson; water Tank truck (0 -8,000 gallons) GROUP 5: Dumptor (over 6 yds.); Lowboy (50 tons & under); self - loading Roll off; semi -Truck & Trailer; Tractor with Steer Trailer; Transit Mixers and Trucks Hauling Concrete (over 6 yds. to and including 10 yds.); Trucks, side, end, bottom and end dump (over 12 yds. to & including 20 yds.); Truck - Mounted Crane (with load bearing surface either mounted or pulled, up to 14 ton); vacuum Truck (super sucker, guzzler, etc.) GROUP 6: Flaherty spreader Box Driver; Flowboys; Fork Lift (over 16,000 lbs.); Dumps (semi -end); Mechanic (Field); semi - end Dumps; Transfer Truck & Trailer; Transit Mixers & Trucks Hauling Concrete (over 10 yds. to & including 20 yds.); Trucks, side, end, bottom and articulated end dump (over 20 yds. to & including 40 yds.); Truck and Pup; Tournarocker, Dw's & similar with 2 or more 4 wheel -power tractor with trailer, gallonage or yardage scale, whichever is greater water Tank Truck (8,001- 14,000 gallons) GROUP 7: oil Distributor Driver; stringer Truck (cable oeprated trailer); Transit Mixers & Trucks Hauling Concrete (over 20 yds.); Truck, side, end, bottom end dump (over 40 yds. to & including 100 yds.); Truck Mounted Crane (with load bearing surface either mounted or pulled (16 through 25 tons); GROUP 8: Prime Movers and Stinger Truck; Trucks, side, end, bottom and articulated end dump (over 100 yds.); Helicopter Pilot Hauling Employees or Materials Footnote A - Anyone working on a HAZMAT job, where HAZMAT certification is required, shall be compensated as a premium, in additon to the classification working in as follows: LEVEL C -D: - $.50 PER HOUR (This is the lowest level of protection. This level may use an air purifying respirator or additional protective clothing. LEVEL A -B: - $1.00 PER HOUR (Uses supplied air is conjunction with a chemical spash suit or fully encapsulated suit with a self- contained breathing apparatus. NOTE: Trucks Pulling Equipment Railers: shall receive $.15 /hour over applicable truck rate WELDERS - Receive rate prescribed for craft performing operation to which welding is incidental. Page 32 ' WAIS Document Retrieval.txt 1 unlisted classifications needed for work not included within the scope of the classifications listed may be added after award only as provided in the labor standards contract clauses ' (29CFR- 5_5(a)(1)(ii))_ - - ---------------- In the listing above, the "Su" designation means that rates listed under that identifier do not reflect collectively 1 bargained wage and fringe benefit rates. other desiggnations indicate unions whose rates have been determined to be prevailing. WAGE DETERMINATION APPEALS PROCESS 1.) Has there been an initial decision in the matter? This can be: • an existing published wage determination • a survey underlying a wage determination • a wage and Hour Division letter setting forth a position on a wage determination matter • a conformance (additional classification and rate) ruling ' on survey related matters, initial contact, including requests for summaries of surveys, should be with the wage and Hour Regional office for the area in which the survey was conducted ' because those Regional offices have responsibility for the Davis -Bacon survey program. If the response from this initial contact is not satisfactory, then the process described in 2.) and 3.) should be followed. with regard to any other matter not yet ripe for the formal process described here, initial contact should be with the Branch of Construction wage Determinations. write to: ' Branch of Construction wage Determinations Wage and Hour Division U. S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N. W. washington, D. C. 20210 2.) If the answer to the question in 1.) is yes, then an interested party (those affected by the action) can request ! review and reconsideration from the wage and Hour Administrator (see 29 CFR Part 1.8 and 29 CFR Part 7). write to: wage and Hour Administrator U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N. W. washington, D. C. 20210 The request should be accompanied by a full statement of the interested party's position and by any information (wage payment data, project description, area practice material, etc.) that the requestor considers relevant to the issue. 3.) If the decision of the Administrator is not favorable, an interested party may appeal directly to the Administrative Review ' Board (formerly the wage Appeals Board). write to: Page 33 WAIS Document Retrieval.txt Administrative Review Board U. S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N. W. Washington, D. C. 20210 4.) All decisions by the Administrative Review Board are final. END OF GENERAL DECISION Page 34 KING County - Effective 3- 5- 2003.txt KING County - Effective: 3 /5 /2003State of Washington DEPARTMENT OF LABOR AND INDUSTRIES Prevailing wage Section - Telephone (360) 902 -5335 PO Box 44540, Olympia, WA 98504 -4540 Washington State Prevailing wage Rates for Public Works contracts The PREVAILING WAGES listed here include both the hourly wage rate and the hourly rate of fringe benefits. on public works projects, workers' wage and benefit rates must add to not less than this total. A brief description of overtime calculation requirements is provided by clicking on the benefit code. KING County Effective 3/5/2003 Benefit Code Key ClassificationPrevailing wageovertime CodeHoliday CodeNote code ASBESTOS ABATEMENT WORKERS JOURNEY LEVEL$30.861M5D BOILERMAKERS JOURNEY LEVEL$33.321 BRICK AND MARBLE MASONS JOURNEY LEVEL$36.871M5A CABINET MAKERS (IN SHOP) JOURNEY LEVEL$16.671 CARPENTERS ACOUSTICAL WORKER$37.011M5D BRIDGE, DOCK AND WARF CARPENTERS$36.851M5D CARPENTER$36.851M5D CREOSOTED MATERIAL$36.951M5D DRYWALL APPLICATOR$36.791M5D FLOOR FINISHER$36.981M5D FLOOR LAYER$36.981M5D FLOOR SANDER$36.981M5D MILLWRIGHT AND MACHINE ERECTORS$37.851M5D PILEDRIVERS, DRIVING, PULLING, PLACING COLLARS SAWFILER$36.981M5D SHINGLER$36.981M5D STATIONARY POWER SAW OPERATOR$36.981M5D STATIONARY WOODWORKING TOOLS$36.981M5D CEMENT MASONS JOURNEY LEVEL$37.891M5D DIVERS & TENDERS DIVER$78.521M5D8A DIVER TENDER$39.621M5D DREDGE WORKERS ASSISTANT ENGINEER$37.221B5D8L ASSISTANT MATE (DECKHAND)$36.781BSD8L BOATMEN$37.221B5D8L ENGINEER WELDER$37.271BSD8L LEVERMAN, HYDRAULIC$38.661B5D8L MAINTENANCE$36.781B5D8L MATES$37.221B5D8L OILER$36.881B5D8L DRYWALL TAPERS JOURNEY LEVEL$36.641J5B ELECTRICAL FIXTURE MAINTENANCE WORKERS Page 1 AND WELDING$37.051M5D KING County - Effective JOURNEY LEVEL$18.691 ELECTRICIANS - INSIDE CABLE SPLICER$48.361D6H CABLE SPLICER (TUNNEL)$52.241D6H CERTIFIED WELDER$46.591D6H CERTIFIED WELDER (TUNNEL)$50.301D6H CONSTRUCTION STOCK PERSON$24.331D6H JOURNEY LEVEL$44.831D6H JOURNEY LEVEL (TUNNEL)$48.361D6H ELECTRICIANS - MOTOR SHOP CRAFTSMAN$15.372A6C JOURNEY LEVEL$14.692A6C ELECTRICIANS - POWERLINE CONSTRUCTION CABLE SPLICER$47.124A5A CERTIFIED LINE WELDER$42.904A5A GROUNDPERSON$30.594A5A HEAD GROUNDPERSON$32.344A5A HEAVY LINE EQUIPMENT OPERATOR$42.904A5A JACKHAMMER OPERATOR$32.344A5A JOURNEY LEVEL LINEPERSON$42.904A5A LINE EQUIPMENT OPERATOR$36.214A5A POLE SPRAYER$42.904A5A POWDERPERSON$32.344A5A 3- 5- 2003.txt ELECTRONIC & TELECOMMUNICATION TECHNICIANS JOURNEY LEVEL$12.071 ELEVATOR CONSTRUCTORS MECHANIC$46.464A6Q MECHANIC IN CHARGE$51.144A6Q FABRICATED PRECAST CONCRETE PRODUCTS ALL CLASSIFICATIONS$11.352K65 FENCE ERECTORS FENCE ERECTOR$18.711 FENCE LABORER$12.771 FLAGGERS JOURNEY LEVEL$26.181M5D GLAZIERS JOURNEY LEVEL$37.462E5G HEAT & FROST INSULATORS AND ASBESTOS WORKERS MECHANIC$37.931F5E HEATING EQUIPMENT MECHANICS MECHANIC$33.651 HOD CARRIERS & MASON TENDERS JOURNEY LEVEL$31.341M5D INDUSTRIAL ENGINE AND MACHINE MECHANICS MECHANIC$15.651 INDUSTRIAL POWER VACUUM CLEANER JOURNEY LEVEL$9.071 INLAND BOATMEN CAPTAIN$32.281K5B COOK$28.3llK5B DECKHAND$27.651K5B ENGINEER /DECKHAND$29.951K5B MATE, LAUNCH OPERATOR$31.251K5B INSPECTION /CLEANING /SEALING OF SEWER CLEANER OPERATOR, FOAMER OPERATOR$9. GROUT TRUCK OPERATOR$11.481 HEAD OPERATOR$12.781 TECHNICIAN$7.011 TV TRUCK OPERATOR$10.531 INSULATION APPLICATORS JOURNEY LEVEL$36.851M5D IRONWORKERS JOURNEY LEVEL$39.021B5A Page & WATER SYSTEMS BY REMOTE CONTROL 731 ' KING County - Effective 3- 5- 2003.txt LABORERS ' ASPHALT RAKER$31.341M5D BALLAST REGULATOR MACHINE$30.861M5D BATCH WEIGHMAN$26.181M5D CARPENTER TENDER$30.861M5D CASSION WORKER$31.701M5D CEMENT DUMPER /PAVING$31.341M5D CEMENT FINISHER TENDER$30.861M5D CHIPPING GUN (OVER 30 LBS)$31.341M5D CHIPPING GUN (UNDER 30 LBS)$30.861M5D CHUCK TENDER$30.861M5D CLEAN -UP LABORER$30.861M5D CONCRETE FORM STRIPPER$30.861M5D CONCRETE SAW OPERATOR$31.341M5D CRUSHER FEEDER$26.181M5D CURING LABORER$30.861M5D DEMOLITION, WRECKING & MOVING (INCLUDING CHARRED MATERIALS)$30.861M5D ' DITCH DIGGER$30.861M5D DIVER$31.701M5D DRILL OPERATOR (HYDRAULIC, DIAMOND)$31.341M5D DRILL OPERATOR, AIRTRAC$31.701MSD DUMPMAN$30.861M5D FALLER /BUCKER, CHAIN SAW$31.341M5D FINAL DETAIL CLEANUP (i.e., dusting, vacuuming, window cleaning; NOT construction debris cleanup)$23.861M5D FINE GRADERS$30.861M5D FIRE WATCH$30.861M5D FORM SE7TER$30.861M5D GABION BASKET BUIL,DER$30.861M5D ' GENERAL LABORER$30.861M5D GRADE CHECKER & TRANSIT PERSON$31.341M5D GRINDERS$30.861M5D GROUT MACHINE TENDER$30.861M5D HAZARDOUS WASTE WORKER LEVEL A$31.701M5D ' HAZARDOUS WASTE WORKER LEVEL B$31.341M5D HAZARDOUS WASTE WORKER LEVEL C$30.861M5D HIGH SCALER$31.701M5D HOD CARRIER /M0RTARMAN$31.341M5D JACKHAMMER$31.341M5D LASER BEAM OPERATOR$31.341M5D MINER$31.701M5D NOZZLEMAN, CONCRETE PUMP, GREEN CUTTER WHEN USING HIGH PRESSURE AIR & ' WATER ON CONCRETE & ROCK, SANDBLAST, GUNITE, SHOTCRETE, WATER BLASTER$31.341M5D PAVEMENT BREAKER$31.341M5D PILOT CAR$26.181M5D ' PIPE RELINER (NOT INSERT TYPE)$31.341M5D PIPELAYER & CAULKER$31.341M5D PIPELAYER & CAULKER (LEAD)$31.701MSD PIPEWRAPPER$31.341M5D ' POT TENDER$30.861M5D POWDERMAN$31.701M5D POWDERMAN HELPER$30.861M5D POWERJACKS$31.341M5D RAILROAD SPIKE PULLER (POWER)$31.341M5D RE- TIMBERMAN$31.701M5D RIPRAP MAN$30.861M5D SIGNALMAN$30.861M5D SLOPER SPRAYMAN$30.861M5D SPREADER (CLARY POWER OR SIMILAR TYPES)$31.341M5D SPREADER (CONCRETE)$31.341M5D STAKE HOPPER$30.861M5D STOCKPILER$30.861M5D Page 3 KING County - Effective 3- 5- 2003.txt TAMPER & SIMILAR ELECTRIC, AIR & GAS$31.341M5D TAMPER (MULTIPLE & SELF PROPELLED)$31.341M5D TOOLROOM MAN (AT JOB SITE)$30.861M5D TOPPER- TAILER$30.861M5D TRACK LABORER$30.861M5D TRACK LINER (POWER)$31.341M5D TUGGER OPERATOR$31.341M5D VIBRATING SCREED (AIR, GAS, OR ELECTRIC)$30.861M5D VIBRATOR$31.341M5D WELDER$30.86lM5D WELL -POINT LABORER$31.341M5D LABORERS - UNDERGROUND SEWER & WATER GENERAL LABORER$30.861M5D PIPE LAYER$31.341M5D LANDSCAPE CONSTRUCTION IRRIGATION OR LAWN SPRINKLER INSTALLERS$11.071 LANDSCAPE EQUIPMENT OPERATORS OR TRUCK DRIVERS$10.631 LANDSCAPING OR PLANTING LABORERS$8.421 LATHERS JOURNEY LEVEL$36.791M5D MACHINISTS (HYDROELECTRIC SITE WORK) MACHINIST$16.841 METAL FABRICATION (IN SHOP) FITTER$15.861 LABORER$9.781 MACHINE OPERATOR$13.041 PAINTER$11.101 WELDER$15.481 MODULAR BUILDINGS CABINET ASSEMBLY$11.561 ELECTRICIAN$11.561 EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE$11.561 PLUMBER$11.561 PRODUCTION WORKER$9.261 TOOL MAINTENANCE$11.561 UTILITY PERSON$11.561 WELDER$11.561 PAINTERS JOURNEY LEVEL$29.532B5A PLASTERERS JOURNEY LEVEL$37.481R5A PLAYGROUND & PARK EQUIPMENT INSTALLERS JOURNEY LEVEL$8.421 PLUMBERS & PIPEFITTERS JOURNEY LEVEL$46.811G5A POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATORS ASSISTANT ENGINEERS$35.141T5D8L BACKHOE, EXCAVATOR, SHOVEL (3 YD & UNDER)$37.601T5D8L BACKHOE, EXCAVATOR, SHOVEL (OVER 3 YD & UNDER 6 YD)$38.041T5D8L BACKHOE, EXCAVATOR, SHOVEL (6 YD AND OVER WITH ATTACHMENTS)$38.541T5D8L BACKHOES, (75 HP & UNDER)$37.241T5D8L BACKHOES, (OVER 75 HP)$37.601T5D8L BARRIER MACHINE (ZIPPER)$37.601T5D8L BATCH PLANT OPERATOR, CONCRETE$37.601T5D8L BELT LOADERS (ELEVATING TYPE )$37.241T5D8L BOBCAT$35.141T5D8L BROOMS$35.141T5D8L BUMP CUTTER$37.601T5D8L CABLEWAYS$38.041T5D8L CHIPPER$37.601T5D8L COMPRESSORS$35.141T5D8L CONCRETE FINISH MACHINE - LASER SCREED$35.141T5D8L CONCRETE PUMPS$37.241T5D8L Page 4 ' KING County - Effective 3- 5- 2003.txt CONCRETE PUMP -TRUCK MOUNT WITH BOOM ATTACHMENT$37.601T5D8L ' CONVEYORS$37.241T5D8L CRANES, THRU 19 TONS, WITH ATTACHMENTS$37.241T5D8L CRANES, 20 - 44 TONS, WITH ATTACHMENTS$37.601T5D8L CRANES, 45 TONS - 99 TONS, UNDER 150 FT OF BOOM (INCLUDING JIB WITH ' ATACHMENTS)$38.041T5D8L CRANES, 100 TONS - 199 TONS, OR 150 FT OF BOOM (INCLUDING JIB WITH ATTACHMENTS)$38.541T5D8L CRANES, 200 TONS TO 300 TONS, OR 250 FT OF BOOM (INCLUDING JIB WITH ' ATTACHMENTS)$39.041T5D8L CRANES, A- FRAME, 10 TON AND UNDER$35.141T5D8L CRANES, A- FRAME, OVER 10 TON$37.241T5D8L CRANES, OVER 300 TONS, OR 300' OF BOOM INCLUDING JIB WITH ATTACHME CRANES, CRANES, CRANES, CRANES, CRANES, NTS$39.541T5D8L OVERHEAD, BRIDGE TYPE OVERHEAD, BRIDGE TYPE OVERHEAD, BRIDGE TYPE TOWER CRANE UP TO 175 TOWER CRANE OVER 175' ( 20 - 44 TONS)$37.601T5D8L ( 45 - 99 TONS)$38.041T5D8L (100 TONS & OVER)$38.541T5D8L ' IN HEIGHT, BASE TO BOOM$38.541T5D8L IN HEIGHT, BASE TO BOOM$39.041T5D8L CRUSHERS$37.601T5D8L DECK ENGINEER /DECK WINCHES (POWER)$37.601T5D8L DERRICK, BUILDING$38.041T5D8L DOZERS, D -9 & UNDER$37.241T5D8L DRILL OILERS - AUGER TYPE, TRUCK OR CRANE MOUNT$37.241T5D8L DRILLING MACHINE$37.601T5D8L ELEVATOR AND MANLIFT, PERMANENT AND SHAFT- TYPE$35.141T5D8L EQUIPMENT SERVICE ENGINEER (OILER)$37.241T5D8L FINISHING MACHINE /BIDWELL GAMACO AND SIMILAR EQUIP$37.601T5D8L FORK LIFTS, (3000 LBS AND OVER)$37.241T5D8L FORK LIFTS, (UNDER 3000 LBS)$35.141T5D8L GRADE ENGINEER$37.241T5D8L GRADECHECKER AND STAKEMAN$35.141T5D8L HOISTS, OUTSIDE (ELEVATORS AND MANLIFTS), AIR TUGGERS$37.241T5D8L HORIZONTAL /DIRECTIONAL DRILL LOCATOR$37.241T5D8L HORIZONTAL /DIRECTIONAL DRILL OPERATOR$37.601T5D8L HYDRALIFTS /BOOM TRUCKS (10 TON & UNDER)$35.141T5D8L HYDRALIFTS /BOOM TRUCKS (OVER 10 TON)$37.241T5D8L LOADERS, OVERHEAD (6 YD UP TO 8 YD)$38.041T5D8L LOADERS, OVERHEAD (8 YD & OVER)$38.541T5D8L LOADERS, OVERHEAD (UNDER 6 YD), PLANT FEED$37.601T5D8L LOCOMOTIVES, ALL$37.601T5D8L MECHANICS, ALL (WELDERS)$37.601T5D8L MIXERS, ASPHALT PLANT$37.601T5D8L MOTOR PATROL GRADER (FINISHING)$37.601T5D8L MOTOR PATROL GRADER (NON- FINISHING)$37.241T5D8L MUCKING MACHINE, MOLE, TUNNEL DRILL AND /OR SHIELD $38.041T5D8L OIL DISTRIBUTORS, BLOWER DISTRIBUTION AND MULCH SEEDING OPERATOR$35.141T5D8L PAVEMENT BREAKER$35.141T5D8L PILEDRIVER (OTHER THAN CRANE MOUNT)$37.601T5D8L PLANT OILER (ASPHALT CRUSHER) $37.241T5D8L POSTHOLE DIGGER, MECHANICAL $35.141TSD8L POWER PLANT$35.141T5D8L PUMPS, WATER$35.141T5D8L QUAD 9, D -10, AND HD- 41$38.041TSD8L REMOTE CONTROL OPERATOR ON RUBBER TIRED EARTH MOVING EQUIP$38.041T5D8L RIGGER AND BELLMAN$35.141T5D8L ROLLAGON$38.041T5D8L ROLLER, OTHER THAN PLANT ROAD MIX $35.141TSD8L ROLLERS, PLANTMIX OR MULTILIFT MATERIALS$37.241T5DSL ROTO -MILL, ROTO- GRINDER$37.601T5D8L SAWS, CONCRETE$37.241T5D8L SCRAPERS - SELF PROPELLED, HARD TAIL END DUMP, ARTICULATING OFF -ROAD Page 5 KING County - Effective 3- 5- 2003.txt EQUIPMENT ( UNDER 45 YD)$37.601T5D8L SCRAPERS - SELF PROPELLED, HARD TAIL END DUMP, ARTICULATING OFF -ROAD EQUIPMENT (45 YD AND OVER)$38.041T5D8L SCRAPERS, CONCRETE AND CARRY ALL$37.241T5D8L SCREED MAN$37.601T5D8L SHOTCRETE GUNITE $35.141T5D8L SLIPFORM PAVERS$38.041T5D8L` SPREADER, TOPSIDE OPERATOR - BLAW KNOX$37.601T5D8L SUBGRADE TRIMMER$37.601T5D8L TRACTORS, (75 HP & UNDER )$37.241T5D8L TRACTORS, (OVER 75 HP)$37.601T5D8L TRANSFER MATERIAL SERVICE MACHINE$37.601T5D8L TRANSPORTERS, ALL TRACK OR TRUCK TYPE $38.041T5D8L TRENCHING MACHINES$37.241T5D8L TRUCK CRANE OILER /DRIVER ( UNDER 100 TON)$37. TRUCK CRANE OILER /DRIVER (100 TON & OVER)$37. WHEEL TRACTORS, FARMALL TYPE$35.141T5D8L YO YO PAY DOZER$37.601T5D8L POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATORS- UNDERGROUND SEWER & (SEE POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATORS)$0.00 POWER LINE CLEARANCE TREE TRIMMERS JOURNEY LEVEL IN CHARGE$31.054A5A SPRAY PERSON$29.394A5A TREE EQUIPMENT OPERATOR$29.794A5A TREE TRIMMER$27.604A5A TREE TRIMMER GROUNDPERSON$20.284A5A REFRIGERATION & AIR CONDITIONING MECHANICS MECHANIC$44.761G5A RESIDENTIAL BRICK & MARBLE MASONS JOURNEY LEVEL$27.051 RESIDENTIAL CARPENTERS JOURNEY LEVEL$23.471 RESIDENTIAL CEMENT MASONS JOURNEY LEVEL$22.641 RESIDENTIAL DRYWALL TAPERS JOURNEY LEVEL$36.641J5B RESIDENTIAL ELECTRICIANS JOURNEY LEVEL$26.241 RESIDENTIAL GLAZIERS JOURNEY LEVEL$25.842E5G RESIDENTIAL INSULATION APPLICATORS JOURNEY LEVEL$17.601 RESIDENTIAL LABORERS JOURNEY LEVEL$18.121 RESIDENTIAL PAINTERS JOURNEY LEVEL$18.361 RESIDENTIAL PLUMBERS & PIPEFITTERS JOURNEY LEVEL$22.951 241T5D8L 60lT5D8L WATER RESIDENTIAL REFRIGERATION & AIR CONDITIONING MECHANICS JOURNEY LEVEL$44.761G5A RESIDENTIAL SHEET METAL WORKERS JOURNEY LEVEL (FIELD OR SHOP)$19.481 RESIDENTIAL SOFT FLOOR LAYERS JOURNEY LEVEL$30.581B5A RESIDENTIAL SPRINKLER FITTERS (FIRE PROTECTION) JOURNEY LEVEL$24.861B5C RESIDENTIAL TERRAZZO /TILE FINISHERS JOURNEY LEVEL$26.301 RESIDENTIAL TERRAZZO /TILE SETTERS JOURNEY LEVEL$34.231H5A ROOFERS JOURNEY LEVEL$33.781R5A USING IRRITABLE BITUMINOUS MATERIALS$36.781R5A Page 6 KING County - Effective 3- 5- 2003.txt SHEET METAL WORKERS JOURNEY LEVEL (FIELD OR SHOP)$42.631J6L SIGN MAKERS & INSTALLERS (ELECTRICAL) SIGN INSTALLER$23.361 SIGN MAKER$16.841 SIGN MAKERS & INSTALLERS (NON - ELECTRICAL) SIGN INSTALLER$17.311 SIGN MAKER$15.611 SOFT FLOOR LAYERS JOURNEY LEVEL$30.581B5A SOLAR CONTROLS FOR WINDOWS JOURNEY LEVEL$12.44155 SPRINKLER FITTERS (FIRE PROTECTION) JOURNEY LEVEL$44.841B5C STAGE RIGGING MECHANICS (NON STRUCTURAL) JOURNEY LEVEL$13.231 SURVEYORS CHAIN PERSON$9.351 INSTRUMENT PERSON$11.401 PARTY CHIEF$13.401 TELEPHONE LINE CONSTRUCTION - OUTSIDE CABLE SPLICER$25.422B5A HOLE DIGGER /GROUND PERSON$13.512B5A INSTALLER (REPAIRER)$24.312B5A JOURNEY LEVEL TELEPHONE LINEPERSON$23.532B5A SPECIAL APPARATUS INSTALLER I$25.422B5A SPECIAL APPARATUS INSTALLEf II$24.872B5A TELEPHONE EQUIPMENT OPERATOR (HEAVY)$25.422B5A TELEPHONE EQUIPMENT OPERATOR (LIGHT)$23.532B5A TELEVISION GROUND PERSON$12.732B5A TELEVISION LINEPERSON /INSTALLER$17.472B5A TELEVISION SYSTEM TECHNICIAN$21.102B5A TELEVISION TECHNICIAN$18.822B5A TREE TRIMMER$23.532B5A TERRAZZO WORKERS & TILE SETTERS JOURNEY LEVEL$34.231H5A TILE, MARBLE & TERRAZZO FINISHERS FINISHER$28.061H5A TRAFFIC CONTROL STRIPERS JOURNEY LEVEL$28.971K5A TRUCK DRIVERS ASPHALT MIX ( TO 16 YARDS)$34.891TSD8L ASPHALT MIX (OVER 16 YARDS)$35.471T5D8L DUMP TRUCK$34.891T5D8L DUMP TRUCK & TRAILER$35.471T5D8L OTHER TRUCKS$35.471T5D8L TRANSIT MIXER$23.451 WELL DRILLERS & IRRIGATION PUMP INSTALLERS IRRIGATION PUMP INSTALLER$17.711 OILER$12.971 WELL DRILLER$17.681 Page 7 Washington State Department of Labor and Industries Policy Statement (Regarding the Production of "Standard" or "Non- standard" Items) Below is the department's (State State L &I's) list of criteria to be used in determining whether a prefabricated item is "standard" or "non- standard ". For items not appearing on WSDOTs predetermined list, these criteria shall be used by the Contractor (and the Contractor's subcontractors, agents to subcontractors, suppliers, manufacturers, and fabricators) to determine coverage under RCW 39.12. The production, in the State of Washington, of non - standard items is covered by RCW 39.12, and the production of standard items is not. The production of any item outside the State of Washington is not covered by RCW 39.12. 1 1. Is the item fabricated for a public works project? If not, it is not subject to RCW 39.12. If it is, go to question 2. 2. Is the item fabricated on the public works jobsite? If it is, the work is covered under RCW 39.12. If not, go to question 3. 3. Is the item fabricated in an assembly /fabrication plant set up for, and dedicated ' primarily to, the public works project? If it is, the work is covered by RCW 39.12. If not, go to question 4. 4. Does the item require any assembly, cutting, modification or other fabrication by the supplier? If not, the work is not covered by RCW 39.12. If yes, go to question 5. 5. Is the prefabricated item intended for the public works project typically an inventory item which could reasonably be sold on the general market? If not, the work is covered by RCW 39.12. If yes, go to question 6. 6. Does the specific prefabricated item, generally defined as standard, have any unusual characteristics such as shape, type of material, strength requirements, finish, etc? If yes, the work is covered under RCW 39.12. Any firm with questions regarding the policy, WSDOTs Predetermined List, or for determinations of covered and non - covered workers shall be directed to State L &I at (360) 902 -5330. $$1$$ $$2$$ Supplemental To Wage Rates Page 1 WSDOT's Predetermined List for Suppliers - Manufacturers - Fabricators Below is a list of potentially prefabricated items, originally furnished by WSDOT to Washington State Department of Labor and Industries, that may be considered non- standard and therefore covered by the prevailing wage law, RCW 39.12. Items marked with an X in the "YES" column should be considered to be non - standard and therefore covered by RCW 39.12. Items marked with an X in the "NO" column should be considered to be standard and therefore not covered. Of course, exceptions to this general list may occur, and in that case shall be evaluated according to the criteria described in State and L &I's policy statement. ITEM DESCRIPTION YES NO 1. Manhole Ring & Cover - manhole type 1, 2, 3, and 4 X for bridges. For use with Catch Basin type 2. The casting to meet AASHTO -M -105, class 30 gray iron casting. See Std. Plan B -1f, B -23a, B -23b, B -23c, and B -23d. 2. Frame & Grate - frame and Grate for Catch Basin type X 1, 1L, 1P, 2, 3, 4 and Concrete Inlets. Cast frame may be grade 70 -36 steel, class 30 gray cast iron or grade 80 -55 -06 ductile iron. The cast grate may be grade 70 -36 steel or grade 80 -55-06 ductile iron. See Std. Plan B -2, B -2a, and B -2b. 3. Grate Inlet & Drop Inlet Frame & Grate - Frame and X Grate for Grate Inlets Type 1 or 2 or Drop Inlet. Angle iron frame to be cast into top of inlet. See Std. Plan B-4b or B-4h. Frames & Grates to be galvanized. 4. Concrete Pipe - Plain Concrete pipe and reinforced X concrete pipe Class 2 to 5 sizes smaller than 60 inch diameter. 5. Concrete Pipe - Plain Concrete pipe and reinforced X concrete pipe Class 2 to 5 sizes larger than 60 inch diameter. $$1$$ Supplemental To Wage Rates $$2$$ Page 2 I YES NO 6. Corrugated Steel Pipe - Steel lock seam corrugated X pipe for culverts and storm sewers, sizes 30 inch to 120 inches in diameter. May also be treated, 1 thru 5. 7. Corrugated Aluminum Pipe - Aluminum lock seam X corrugated pipe for culverts and storm sewers, sizes 30 inch to 120 inches in diameter. May also be treated, #5. 8. Anchor Bolts & Nuts - Anchor Bolts and Nuts, for X mounting sign structures, luminaries and other items, shall be made from commercial bolt stock. See Contract Plans and Std. Plans for size and material type. 9. Aluminum Pedestrian Handrail - Pedestrian handrail X conforming to the type and material specifications set , forth in the contract plans. Welding of aluminum shall be in accordance with Section 9- 28.15(3). 10. Major Structural Steel Fabrication - Fabrication of X major steel items such as trusses, beams, girders, etc., for bridges. 11. Minor Structural Steel Fabrication - Fabrication of X minor steel items such as special hangers, brackets, access doors for structures, access ladders for irrigation boxes, bridge expansion joint systems; etc., involving welding, cutting, punching and /or boring of holes. See Contact Plans for item description and shop drawings. 12. Aluminum Bridge Railing Type BP -Metal badge railing X conforming to the type and material specifications set forth in the Contract Plans. Welding of aluminum shall be in accordance with Section 9- 28.15(3). $$1$$ Supplemental To Wage Rates $$2$$ Page 3 13. Concrete Piling— Precast - Prestressed concrete piling for use as 55 and 70 ton concrete piling. Concrete to conform to Section 9 -19.1 of Std. Spec.. Shop drawings for approval shall be provided per Section 6- 05.3(3) of the Std. Spec. 14. Manhole Type 1, 2, 3 and 4 - Precast Manholes with risers and flat top slab and /or cones. See Std. Plans. 15. Drywell - Drywell as specified in Contract Plans. 16. Catch Basin - Catch Basin type 1, 1 L, 1 P, 2, 3, and 4, including risers, frames maybe cast into riser. See Std. Plans. 17. Precast Concrete Inlet - Concrete Inlet with risers, frames may be cast into risers. See Std. Plans. 18. Drop Inlet Type 1 - Drop Inlet Type 1 with support angles and grate. See Std. Plans B-4f and B-4h. 19. Drop Inlet Type 2 - Drop Inlet type 2 with support angles and grate. See Std. Plans B -4g and B-4h. 20. Grate Inlet Type 2 - Grate Inlet Type 2 with risers and top unit with bearing angles. 21. Precast Concrete Utility Vaults - Precast Concrete utility vaults of various sizes. Used for in ground storage of utility facilities and controls. See Contract Plans for size and construction requirements. Shop drawings are to be provided for approval prior to casting. $$1$$ Supplemental To Wage Rates $$2$$ Page 4 YES NO X X X X a X X R 22. Vault Risers - For use with Valve Vaults and Utilities Vaults. 23. Valve Vault - For use with underground utilities. See Contract Plans for details. 24. Precast Concrete Barrier - Precast Concrete Barrier for use as new barrier or may also be used as Temporary Concrete Barrier. Only new state approved barrier may be used as permanent barrier. 25. Reinforced Earth Wall Panels - Reinforced Earth Wall Panels in size and shape as shown in the Plans. Fabrication plant has annual approval for methods and materials to be used. See Shop Drawing. Fabrication at other locations may be approved, after facilities inspection, contact HQ. Lab. 26. Precast Concrete Walls - Precast Concrete Walls - tilt -up wall panel in size and shape as shown in Plans. Fabrication plant has annual approval for methods and materials to be used. 27. Precast Railroad Crossings - Concrete Crossing Structure Slabs. 28. 12, 18 and 26 inch Standard Precast Prestressed Girder - Standard Precast Prestressed Girder for use in structures. Fabricator plant has annual approval of methods and materials to be used. Shop Drawing to be provided for approval prior to casting girders. See Std. Spec. Section 6- 02.3(25)c. $$1$$ Supplemental To Wage Rates $$2$$ Page 5 YES NO X X X KI X X X 29. Prestressed Concrete Girder Series 4 -14 - Prestressed Concrete Girders for use in structures. Fabricator plant has annual approval of methods and materials to be used. Shop Drawing to be provided for approval prior to casting girders. See Std. Spec. Section 6- 02.3(25)c. 30. Prestressed Tri -Beam Girder - Prestressed Tri -Beam Girders for use in structures. Fabricator plant has annual approval of methods and materials to be used. Shop Drawing to be provided for approval prior to casting girders. See Std. Spec. Section 6- 02.3(25)c. 31. Prestressed Precast Hollow -Core Slab - Precast Prestressed Hollow -core slab for use in structures. Fabricator plant has annual approval of methods and materials to be used. Shop Drawing to be provided for approval prior to casting girders. See Std. Spec. Section 6- 02.3(25)c. 32. Prestressed -Bulb Tee Girder - Bulb Tee Prestressed Girder for use in structures. Fabricator plant has annual approval of methods and materials to be used. Shop Drawing to be provided for approval prior to casting girders. See Std. Spec. Section 6- 02.3(26)A. 1 33. Monument Case and Cover - To meet AASHTO -M -105 class 30 gray iron casting. See Std. Plan H -7. 34. Cantilever Sign Structure - Cantilever Sign Structure fabricated from steel tubing meeting AASHTO -M -183. See Std. Plans G -3, G -3a, and Contract Plans for details. The. steel structure shall be galvanized after fabrication in accordance with AASHTO -M -111. a 35. Mono -tube Sign Structures - Mono -tube Sign Bridge fabricated to details shown in the Plans. Shop drawings for approval are required prior to fabrication. $$1$$ Supplemental To Wage Rates $$2$$ Page 6 YES NO X X 0 X X YES NO 36. Steel Sign Bridges - Steel Sign Bridges fabricated X from steel tubing meeting AASHTO -M -138 for Aluminum Alloys. See Std. Plans G -2, G2a, G -2b, and Contract Plans for details. The steel structure shall be galvanized after fabrication in accordance with AASHTO -M -111. a 37. Steel Sign Post - Fabricated steel sign posts as detailed X in Std. Plan G -8. Shop drawings for approval are to be provided prior to fabrication. 38. Light Standard - Prestressed - Spun, prestressed, hollow, X concrete poles. 39. Light Standards - Lighting Standards for use X on highway illumination systems, poles to be fabricated to conform with methods and materials as specified on Std. Plan J -1, J -1 a, and J -1 b. See Special Provisions for pre- approved drawings. 40. Traffic Signal Standards - Traffic Signal Standards for X use on highway and /or street signal systems. Standards to be fabricated to conform with methods and material as specified on Std. Plans J -1, J -7a, J -7c, and J -8. See Special Provisions for pre- approved drawings. 41. Traffic Curb, Type A or C Precast - Type A or C X Precast traffic curb, for use in construction of raised channelization, and other traffic delineation uses such as parking lots, rest areas, etc. NOTE: Acceptance based on inspection of Fabrication Plant and an advance sample of curb section to be submitted for approval by Engineer. $$1$$ Supplemental To Wage Rates $$2$$ Page 7 YES NO 42. Traffic Signs - Prior to approval of a Fabricator X X of Traffic Signs, the sources of the following custom std. signing materials must be submitted and approved msg msg for reflective sheeting, legend material, and aluminum sheeting. NOTE: *" Fabrication inspection requited. Only signs tagged "Fabrication Approved" by WSDOT Sign Fabrication Inspector to be installed. 43. Cutting & bending reinforcing steel X 44. Guardrail components X X custom standard end sect. sect. 45. Aggregates /Concrete mixes Covered by WAC 296- 127 -018 46. Asphalt Covered by WAC 296 - 127 -018 47. Fiber fabrics X 48. Electrical wiring /components X 49. treated or untreated timber piles X 50. Girder pads (elastomeric bearing) $$1$$ Supplemental To Wage Rates $$2$$ Page 8 0 YES NO 51. Standard Dimension lumber X 52. e Irrigation components X 53. Fencing materials X 54. Guide Posts X 55. Traffic Buttons X 56. Epoxy X 57. Cribbing X 58. Water distribution materials X 59. Steel "H" piles X 60. Steel pipe for concrete pile casings X 61. Steel pile tips, standard X 62. Steel pile tips, custom X $$1$$ Supplemental To Wage Rates $$2$$ Page 9 i i WASHINGTON STATE PREVAILING WAGE RATES - EFFECTIVE 03/05/03 METAL FABRICATION (IN SHOP) Over PREVAILING Time Holiday Note Classification WAGE Code Code Code Counties Covered: Adams, Asotin, Columbia, Douglas, Ferry, Franklin, Garfield Kittitas, Lincoln, Okanogan, Pend Oreille, Stevens, Walla Walla and Whitman Fitter 12.76 1 Welder 12.76 1 Machine Operator 12.66 1 Painter 10.20 1 Laborer 8.13 1 Counties Covered: Benton Welder 16.70 1 Machine Operator 10.53 1 Painter 9.76 1 Laborer 7.06 1 Counties Covered: Chelan Fitter 15.04 1 Welder 1224 1 Machine Operator 9.71 1 Painter 9.93 1 Laborer 8.77 1 Counties Covered: Clallam, Grays Harbor, Island, Jefferson, Lewis, Mason, Pacific, San Juan and Skagit Fitter 15.16 1 Welder 15.16 1 Machine Operator 10.66 1 Painter 11.41 1 Laborer 11.13 1 $$1$$ Supplemental To Wage Rates $$2$$ Page 10 METAL FABRICATION (IN SHOP) 03/05/03 Over PREVAILING Time Holiday Note Classification WAGE Code Code Code Counties Covered: Clark Layerout 24.06 11 6U Fitter 23.69 11 6U Welder 23.13 11 6U Painter 20.51 11 6U Machine Operator 17.86 11 61-1 Laborer 17.21 11 6U Counties Covered: Snohomish Fitter 15.38 1 Welder 15.38 1 Machine Operator 8.84 1 Painter 9.98 1 Laborer 9.79 1 Counties Covered: Spokane Fitter 12.59 1 Welder 10.80 1 Machine Operator 13.26 1 Painter 10.27 1 Laborer 7.98 1 Counties Covered: Thurston Layerout 24.49 1 R 6T Fitter 22.51 1R 6T Welder 20.51 1R 6T Machine Operator 17.53 1 R 6T Laborer 14.56 1R 6T Counties Covered: Whatcom Fitter/Welder 13.81 1 Machine Operator 13.81 1 Laborer 9.00 1 $$1$$ Supplemental To Wage Rates $$2$$ Page 11 METAL FABRICATION (IN SHOP) 03/05/03 Over PREVAILING Time Holiday Note Classification WAGE Code Code Code Counties Covered: Yakima Fitter 12.00 1 Welder 11.32 1 Machine Operator 11.32 1 Painter 12.00 1 Laborer 10.31 1 Counties Covered: Cowlitz Fitter 21.99 1B 6V Welder 21.99 1B 6V Machine Operator 21.99 1 B 6V Laborer 15.87 113 6V Counties Covered: Grant Fitter 10.79 1 Welder 10.79 1 Painter 7.45 1 Counties Covered: King Fitter 15.86 1 Welder 15.48 1 Machine Operator 13.04 1 Painter 11.10 1 Laborer 9.78 1 Counties Covered: Kitsap Fitter 26.96 1 Welder 13.83 1 Machine Operator 13.83 1 Laborer 7.01 1 $$1$$ Supplemental To Wage Rates $$2$$ Page 12 t t t 1 1 f 1 1 1 1 1 1 E METAL FABRICATION (IN SHOP) 03/05/03 Over PREVAILING Time Holiday Note Classification WAGE Code Code Code Counties Covered: Klickitat, Skamania and Wahkiakum Fitter/Welder 16.99 1 Machine Operator 17.21 1 Painter 17.03 1 Laborer 10.44 1 Counties Covered: Pierce Fitter 15.25 1 Welder 13.98 1 Machine Operator 13.98 1 Laborer 9.25 1 $$1$$ $$2$$ Supplemental To Wage Rates Page 13 WASHINGTON STATE PREVAILING WAGE RATES - EFFECTIVE 03/05/03 FABRICATED PRECAST CONCRETE PRODUCTS Over PREVAILING Time Holiday Note Classification WAGE Code Code Code Counties Covered: Adams, Asotin, Benton, Columbia, Douglas, Ferry, Garfield, Grant, Lincoln, Okanogan, Pend Oreille, Stevens, Walla Walla, and Whitman All Classifications 9.96 1 All Classifications All Classifications All Classifications All Classifications All Classifications $$1$$ $$2$$ Counties Covered: Franklin Counties Covered: King Counties Covered: Pierce 11.59 1 11.35 2K 6S 9.28 1 Counties Covered: Chelan, Kittitas, Klickitat and Skamania 8.61 1 Counties Covered: Clallam, Clark, Cowlitz, Grays Harbor, Island, Jefferson, Kitsap, Lewis, Mason, Pacific, San Juan, Skagit, Snohomish, Thurston, Wahkiakum 13.50 1 Supplemental To Wage Rates Page 14 WASHINGTON STATE PREVAILING WAGE RATES - EFFECTIVE 03105/03 FABRICATED PRECAST CONCRETE PRODUCTS Over PREVAILING Time Holiday Note Classification WAGE Code Code Code Counties Covered: Spokane All Classifications 20.23 1 Counties Covered: Yakima Craftsman 8.65 1 Production Worker 7.15 1 Laborer 7.01 1 Counties Covered: Whatcom All Classifications 13.67 1 $$1$$ Supplemental To Wage Rates $$2$$ Page 15 1 Washington State Department of Labor and Industries Policy Statements (Regarding Production and Delivery of Gravel, Concrete, Asphalt, etc.) The following two letters from the State Department of Labor and Industries (State L &I) dated August 18, 1992 and June 18, 1999, clarify the intent and establish policy for administrating the provisions of WAC 296 - 127 -018 COVERAGE AND EXEMPTIONS OF WORKERS INVOLVED IN THE PRODUCTION AND DELIVERY OF GRAVEL, CONCRETE, ASPHALT, OR SIMILAR MATERIALS. Any firm with questions regarding the policy, these letters, or for determinations of covered and non - covered workers shall be directed to State L &I at (360) 902 -5330. Effective September 1, 1993, minimum prevailing wages for all work covered by WAC 296 - 127 -018 for the production and/or delivery of materials to a public works contract will be found under the regular classification of work for Teamsters, Power Equipment Operators, etc. $$1$$ Supplemental To Wage Rates $$2$$ Page 16 1 ESAC DIVISION - TELEPHONE 206 586 -6887 PO BOX 44540, OLYMPIA, WASHINGTON 98504 -4540 August 18, 1992 TO: All Interested Parties FROM: Jim P. Christensen Acting Industrial Statistician SUBJECT: Materials Suppliers - WAC 296- 127 -018 I This memo is intended to provide greater clarity regarding the application of WAC 296 - 127 -018 to awarding agencies, contractors, subcontractors, material suppliers and other interested parties. The information contained herein should not be construed to cover all possible scenarios which might require the payment of prevailing wage. The absence of a particular activity under the heading "PREVAILING WAGES ARE REQUIRED FOR" does not mean that the activity is not covered. Separate Material Supplier Equipment Operator rates have been eliminated. For those cases where a production facility is set up for the specific purpose of supplying materials to a public works construction site, prevailing wage rates for operators of equipment such as crushers and batch plants can be found under Power Equipment ' Operators. PREVAILING WAGES ARE REQUIRED FOR: 1. Hauling materials away from a public works project site, including excavated materials, demolished materials, etc. 2. Delivery of materials to a public works project site using a method that involves incorporation of the delivered materials into the project site, such as spreading, leveling, rolling, etc. 1 3. The production of materials at a facility that is established for the specific, but not necessarily exclusive, purpose of supplying materials for a public works project. 4. Delivery of the materials mentioned in #3 above, regardless of the method of delivery. PREVAILING WAGES ARE NOT REQUIRED FOR: 1. The production of materials by employees of an established materials supplier, in a permanent facility, as well as the delivery of these materials, as long as delivery does not include incorporation of the materials into the job site. j2. Delivery of materials by a common or contract carrier, as long as delivery does not include incorporation of the materials into the job site. 3. Production of materials for unspecified future use. $$1$$ Supplemental To Wage Rates $$2$$ Page 17 `6 STAre c s 1 J n �y1 J78d2 aoy. STATE OF WASHINGTON DEPARTMENT OF LABOR AND INDUSTRIES June 18, 1999 TO: Kerry S. Radcliff, Editor Washington State Register FROM: Gary Moore, Director 1 Department of Labor and Industries SUBJECT: Notice re WAC 296- 127 -018, Coverage and exemptions of workers involved in the production and delivery of gravel, concrete, asphalt, or similar materials The department wishes to publish the following Notice in the next edition of the iWashington State Register: NOTICE Under the current material supplier regulations, WAC 296- 127 -018, the department takes the position that prevailing wages do not apply to the ' delivery of wet concrete to public works sites, unless the drivers do something more than just deliver the concrete. Drivers delivering concrete into a crane and bucket, hopper of a pump truck, or forms or footings, are not entitled to prevailing wages unless they operate ' machinery or use tools that screed, float, or put a finish on the concrete. This position applies only to the delivery of wet concrete. It does not extend to the delivery of asphalt, sand, gravel, crushed rock, or other similar materials covered under WAC 296- 127 -018. The department's position applies only to this regulation. If you need additional information regarding this matter, please contact Greg Mowat, Program Manager, Employment Standards, at P.O. Box 44510, Olympia, WA 98504 -4510, or call (360) 902 -5310. Please publish the above Notice in WSR 99 -13. If you have questions or need additional information, please call Selwyn Walters at 902 -4206. Thank you. Cc: Selwyn Walters, Rules Coordinator Patrick Woods, Assistant Director Greg Mowat, Program Manager $$1$$ Supplemental to Wage Rates $$2$$ 18 BENEFIT CODE KEY - EFFECTIVE 03 -05 -03 ►sr►s► ►s►s »►s »► sss»►►► s► ss►►►►»►»►► ss►» a» r►►►►► ss► s»► a►► r► rs►►►►»►►►►»►►►►►►►►►►► ► ► »r► ►srrr » ►►s► »s►s » ► »sr » »s»rss »sss► » ►r OVERTIME CODES OVERTIME CALCULATIONS ARE BASED ON THE HOURLY RATE ACTUALLY PAID TO THE WORKER, ON PUBLIC 1 WORKS PROJECTS, THE HOURLY RATE MUST BE NOT LESS THAN THE PREVAILING RATE OF WAGE MINUS THE HOURLY RATE OF THE COST OF FRINGE BENEFITS ACTUALLY PROVIDED FOR THE WORKER. I. ALL HOURS WORKED IN EXCESS OF EIGHT (8) HOURS PER DAY OR FORTY (40) HOURS PER WEEK SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE -HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. A. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS, SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS SHALL ALSO BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE -HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. B. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE -HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. C. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. D. THE FIRST EIGHT (8) HOURS ON SATURDAYS OF A FIVE - EIGHT HOUR WORK WEEK AND THE FIRST EIGHT (8) HOURS WORKED ON A FIFTH CALENDAR DAY, EXCLUDING SUNDAY, IN A FOUR - TEN HOUR SCHEDULE, SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE -HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED IN EXCESS OF EIGHT (8) HOURS PER DAY ON SATURDAY; ALL HOURS WORKED IN EXCESS OF EIGHT (8) HOURS IN A FIFTH CALENDAR WEEKDAY OF A FOUR - TEN HOUR SCHEDULE; ALL HOURS WORKED IN EXCESS OF TEN (10) HOURS PER DAY MONDAY THROUGH FRIDAY, AND ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. F. THE FIRST EIGHT (8) HOURS ON SATURDAY SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE -HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED IN EXCESS OF EIGHT (8) HOURS ON SATURDAY, AND ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS (EXCEPT LABOR DAY) SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON LABOR DAY SHALL BE PAID AT THREE TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. G. THE FIRST TEN (10) HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS AND THE FIRST TEN (10) HOURS WORKED ON A FIFTH CALENDAR WEEKDAY IN A FOUR - TEN HOUR SCHEDULE, SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE -HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED IN EXCESS OF TEN (10) HOURS PER DAY MONDAY THROUGH SATURDAY. AND ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. H. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS (EXCEPT MAKEUP DAYS IF WORK IS LOST DUE TO INCLEMENT WEATHER CONDITIONS OR EQUIPMENT BREAKDOWN) SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE -HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. J. THE FIRST EIGHT (8) HOURS ON SATURDAY SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE -HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED IN EXCESS OF EIGHT (8) HOURS ON SATURDAY, AND ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ' K. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS AND SUNDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE -HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. L. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS, SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS (EXCEPT THANKSGIVING DAY AND CHRISTMAS DAY) SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE -HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON THANKSGIVING DAY AND CHRISTMAS DAY SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. M. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS (EXCEPT MAKEUP DAYS IF WORK IS LOST DUE TO INCLEMENT WEATHER CONDITIONS) SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE -HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. N. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS (EXCEPT MAKEUP DAYS) SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE -HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. P. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS (EXCEPT MAKEUP DAYS) AND SUNDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE- HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. Q. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE -HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS (EXCEPT CHRISTMAS DAY) SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON CHRISTMAS DAY SHALL BE PAID AT TWO AND ONE -HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. R. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT TWO TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. BEN EN'l I COVE KEY - EMhE(. I lv G 2 1. S. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS BETWEEN THE HOURS OF 12:OOAM SUNDAY AND 6:OOAM MONDAY AND ON HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. T. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS, EXCEPT MAKE -UP DAYS, SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE -HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED AFTER 6:OOPM SATURDAY TO 6:OOAM MONDAY AND ON HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. U. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE -HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS (EXCEPT LABOR DAY) SHALL BE PAID AT TWO TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON LABOR DAY SHALL BE PAID AT THREE TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. W. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS AND SUNDAYS (EXCEPT MAKE -UP DAYS) SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE - HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT TWO TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. 2. ALL HOURS WORKED IN EXCESS OF EIGHT (8) HOURS PER DAY OR FORTY (40) HOURS PER WEEK SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE -HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. A. THE FIRST SIX (6) HOURS ON SATURDAY SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE -HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED IN EXCESS OF SIX (6) HOURS ON SATURDAY AND ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT TWO TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. B. ALL HOURS WORKED ON HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE -HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. C. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE -HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT TWO TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. 1 D. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS AND SUNDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE -HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. THE FIRST EIGHT (8) HOURS WORKED ON HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT STRAIGHT TIME IN ADDITION TO THE HOLIDAY PAY. ALL HOURS WORKED IN EXCESS OF EIGHT (8) HOURS ON HOLIDAYS SHALL BE 1 PAID AT ONE AND ONE -HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. E. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS OR HOLIDAYS (EXCEPT LABOR DAY) SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE - HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS OR ON LABOR DAY SHALL BE ' PAID AT TWO TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. F. THE FIRST EIGHT (8) HOURS WORKED ON HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT THE STRAIGHT HOURLY RATE OF WAGE IN ADDITION TO THE HOLIDAY PAY. ALL HOURS WORKED IN EXCESS OF EIGHT (8) HOURS ON HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ' G. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAY SHALL BE PAID AT TWO TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON PAID HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT TWO AND ONE -HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE INCLUDING HOLIDAY PAY. I H. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAY SHALL BE PAID AT TWO TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE -HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. 1. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS AND HOLIDAYS {EXCEPT LABOR DAY) SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE- HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS AND ON LABOR DAY SHALL BE PAID AT TWO TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. J. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT TWO TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON PAID HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT TWO AND ONE -HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE, INCLUDING THE HOLIDAY PAY. ALL HOURS WORKED ON UNPAID HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT TWO TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. K. ALL HOURS WORKED ON HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT TWO TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE IN ADDITION TO THE HOLIDAY PAY. M. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS, SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE 1 OF WAGE. O. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE -HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. 4. A. ALL HOURS WORKED IN EXCESS OF EIGHT (8) HOURS PER DAY OR FORTY (40) HOURS PER WEEK SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS, SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. 5. A. B. C. D. E. G. H. I. N. O. P. Q. R. S. T. V. W. X. Y. Z. 6. A. C. D. BENEFIT CODE KEY - EP'kh( I IV t w- on-u.i -3- HOLIDAY CODES HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, FRIDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, AND CHRISTMAS DAY (7). HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, FRIDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, THE DAY BEFORE CHRISTMAS, AND CHRISTMAS DAY (8). HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, PRESIDENTS' DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, THE FRIDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, AND CHRISTMAS DAY (8). HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, THE FRIDAY AND SATURDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, AND CHRISTMAS DAY (8). HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, PRESIDENTS' DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, PRESIDENTIAL ELECTION DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, THE FRIDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, AND CHRISTMAS DAY (9). HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, THE LAST WORK DAY BEFORE CHRISTMAS DAY, AND CHRISTMAS DAY (7). HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, THE DAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, AND CHRISTMAS (6). HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, AND CHRISTMAS DAY (6). HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, PRESIDENTS' DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, VETERANS' DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, THE FRIDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, AND CHRISTMAS DAY (9). PAID HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, WASHINGTON'S BIRTHDAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, AND CHRISTMAS DAY (6). HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, FRIDAY AND SATURDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, THE DAY BEFORE CHRISTMAS, AND CHRISTMAS DAY (9). PAID HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, AND CHRISTMAS DAY (6). PAID HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, DAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, ONE -HALF DAY BEFORE CHRISTMAS DAY, AND CHRISTMAS DAY. (7 1/2). PAID HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, PRESIDENTS' DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, AND CHRISTMAS DAY (7). PAID HOLIDAYS: SEVEN (7) PAID HOLIDAYS_ PAID HOLIDAYS: SIX (6) PAID HOLIDAYS. PAID HOLIDAYS: NINE (9) PAID HOLIDAYS. HOLIDAYS: AFTER 520 HOURS - NEW YEAR'S DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY AND CHRISTMAS DAY. AFTER 2080 HOURS - NEW YEAR'S DAY, WASHINGTON'S BIRTHDAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, CHRISTMAS DAY AND A FLOATING HOLIDAY (8). HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, PRESIDENTIAL ELECTION DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, THE FRIDAY FOLLOWING THANKSGIVING DAY, AND CHRISTMAS DAY (8). HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, VETERANS DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, THE FRIDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, AND CHRISTMAS DAY (8). PAID HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, PRESIDENTS' DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, THE FRIDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, AND CHRISTMAS DAY (8). HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, PRESIDENTS' DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, THE DAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, THE LAST WORK DAY BEFORE CHRISTMAS DAY, AND CHRISTMAS DAY (9). PAID HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, PRESIDENTS' DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, THE FRIDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, CHRISTMAS DAY, THE DAY BEFORE OR THE DAY AFTER CHRISTMAS DAY (9). t 6. 8. uci��r�i VVLGAI.A -GA,1. .•� VJ-vJ V✓ -4- H. HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, MARTIN LUTHER KING JR. DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, THE FRIDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, AND CHRISTMAS DAY (8). 1. PAID HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, FRIDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, AND CHRISTMAS DAY (7). L. HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, THE FRIDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, THE LAST WORKING DAY BEFORE CHRISTMAS DAY, AND CHRISTMAS DAY. (8) Q. PAID HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, THE DAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY AND CHRISTMAS DAY. UNPAID HOLIDAY: PRESIDENTS' DAY. R. PAID HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, PRESIDENTS' DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, VETERAN'S DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, AND CHRISTMAS DAY (8). S. PAID HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, THE FRIDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, CHRISTMAS EVE DAY, AND CHRISTMAS DAY (8). T. PAID HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, PRESIDENTS' DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, THE FRIDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, THE LAST WORKING DAY BEFORE CHRISTMAS DAY, AND CHRISTMAS DAY (9). U. HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, DAY BEFORE NEW YEAR'S DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, THE FRIDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, THE DAY BEFORE CHRISTMAS DAY, CHRISTMAS DAY (9). V. PAID HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, DAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, CHRISTMAS EVE DAY, CHRISTMAS DAY, EMPLOYEE'S BIRTHDAY, AND ONE DAY OF THE EMPLOYEE'S CHOICE (10). W. PAID HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, DAY BEFORE NEW YEAR'S DAY, PRESIDENTS DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, DAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, CHRISTMAS DAY, DAY BEFORE CHRISTMAS DAY (10). X. PAID HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, DAY BEFORE OR AFTER NEW YEAR'S DAY, PRESIDENTS DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, DAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, CHRISTMAS DAY, DAY BEFORE OR AFTER CHRISTMAS DAY, EMPLOYEE'S BIRTHDAY (11). NOTE CODES A. THE STANDBY RATE OF PAY FOR DIVERS SHALL BE ONE -HALF TIMES THE DIVERS RATE OF PAY. IN ADDITION TO THE HOURLY WAGE AND FRINGE BENEFITS, THE FOLLOWING DEPTH PREMIUMS APPLY TO DEPTHS OF FIFTY FEET OR MORE: OVER 50' TO 100' - $1.00 PER FOOT FOR EACH FOOT OVER 50 FEET OVER 100' TO 175'- $2.25 PER FOOT FOR EACH FOOT OVER 100 FEET OVER 175' TO 250'- $5.50 PER FOOT FOR EACH FOOT OVER 175 FEET OVER 250'- DIVERS MAY NAME THEIR OWN PRICE, PROVIDED IT IS NO LESS THAN THE SCALE LISTED FOR 250 FEET C. THE STANDBY RATE OF PAY FOR DIVERS SHALL BE ONE -HALF TIMES THE DIVERS RATE OF PAY. IN ADDITION TO THE HOURLY WAGE AND FRINGE BENEFITS, THE FOLLOWING DEPTH PREMIUMS APPLY TO DEPTHS OF FIFTY FEET OR MORE: OVER 50' TO 100' - $1.00 PER FOOT FOR EACH FOOT OVER 50 FEET OVER 100' TO 150'- $1.50 PER FOOT FOR EACH FOOT OVER 100 FEET OVER 150' TO 200'- $2.00 PER FOOT FOR EACH FOOT OVER 150 FEET OVER 200'- DIVERS MAY NAME THEIR OWN PRICE D. WORKERS WORKING WITH SUPPLIED AIR ON HAZMAT PROJECTS RECEIVE AN ADDITIONAL $1.00 PER HOUR. L. WORKERS ON HAZMAT PROJECTS RECEIVE ADDITIONAL HOURLY PREMIUMS AS FOLLOWS - LEVEL A: $0.75, LEVEL B: $0.50, AND LEVEL C: $0.25. M. WORKERS ON HAZMAT PROJECTS RECEIVE ADDITIONAL HOURLY PREMIUMS AS FOLLOWS: LEVELS A & B: $1.00, LEVELS C & D: $0.50. N. WORKERS ON HAZMAT PROJECTS RECEIVE ADDITIONAL HOURLY PREMIUMS AS FOLLOWS - LEVEL A: $1.00, LEVEL B: $0.75, LEVEL C: $0.50, AND LEVEL D: $0.25. APPENDIX B - PERMITS CITY OF RENTON APPENDIX B PERMITS ILogan Avenue Bridge Seismic Retrofit HYDRAULIC PROJECT APPROVAL State of Washington Department of Fish and Wildlife FISH..+ Region 4 Office RCW 77.55.100 - a pp eal pursuant to Chapter 34.05 RCW 16018 Mill Creek Boulevard WOLN Mill Creek, Washington 98012 ary DATE OF ISSUE• Febru 27.2003 RECEIVE ;,,` -� LOG NUMBER: ST-F8311 -01 MAR - 5 Zuw PERMITTE City of Renton Planning/Building/Public Works Not Applicable ATTENTION: Jason Fritzler 1055 South Grady Way Renton, Washington 98055 425- 430 -7243 PROJECT DESCRIPTION: Modify Permanent Fixed Fresh Water Suspended above water Manmade Concrete Precast Water Crossing Structure Bridge Full Span OHW PROJECT LOCATION: Logan Avenue Bridge, Renton, Washington # WR A WATER BODY TRIBUTARY TO 1/4 SEC. SEC. TOWNSHIP RANGE COUNTY 1 08.0299 Cedar River Lake Washington 18 23 North 05 East King PROVISIONS 1. TIMING LIMITATIONS: The project may begin immediately and shall be completed by September 30, 2005, provided that work within or over the ordinary high water line shall occur between July 1 and August 31. 2. Work shall be accomplished per plans and specifications submitted to the Washington Department of Fish and Wildlife (WDFW), except as modified by this Hydraulic Project Approval. These plans reflect design criteria per Chapter 220 -110 WAC. These plans reflect mitigation procedures to significantly reduce or eliminate impacts to fish resources. A copy of these plans shall be available on site during construction. 3. If at any time, as a result of project activities, fish are observed in distress, a fish kill occurs, or water quality problems develop (including equipment leaks or spills), operations shall cease and WDFW at (360) 534 -8233 and Washington Department of Ecology at (425) 649 -7000 shall be contacted immediately. Work shall not resume until further approval is given by WDFW. 4. Containment of waste materials shall occur to prevent their entry into state waters. 5. All waste material such as construction debris, silt, excess dirt or overburden resulting from this project shall be deposited above the limits of flood water in an approved upland disposal site. 6. Extreme care shall be taken to ensure that no petroleum products, hydraulic fluid, fresh cement, sediments, sediment - laden water, chemicals, or any other toxic or deleterious materials are allowed to enter or leach into the river. Alteration or disturbance of the bank and bank vegetation shall be limited to that necessary to construct the project. Within seven calender days of project completion, all disturbed areas shall be protected from erosion using vegetation or other means. Within one year of project completion, any previously vegetated disturbed areas shall be revegetated with native or other woody species approved by WDFW. Vegetative cuttings shall be planted at a maximum interval of three feet (on center) and maintained as necessary for three years to ensure 80 percent or greater survival. Page 1 of 3 ' r ` HYDRAULIC PROJECT APPROVAL State of Washington Department of Fish and Wildlife Da( Region 4 Office FISHOW RCW 77.55.100 - appeal pursuant to Chapter 34.05 RCW 16018 Mill Creek Boulevard MIX Mill Creek, Washington 98012 DATE OF ISSUE• February 27 2003 LOG NUMBER: ST- F8311 -01 SEPA: Exempt, no other non - exempt permits APPLICATION ACCEPTED: February 14, 2003 ENFORCEMENT OFFICER: Boone 030 [P3] Larry Fisher (425) 649 -7042 for Director �,n.,, ii...o.�.._ �� Area Habitat Biologist UU GENERAL PROVISIONS This Hydraulic Project Approval (HPA) pertains only to the provisions of the Fisheries Code (RCW 77.55). Additional authorization from other public agencies may be necessary for this project. Compliance with this HPA does not ensure compliance with the federal Endangered Species Act or any other local, state or federal laws. This HPA shall be available on the job site at all times and all its provisions followed by the permittee and operator(s) performing the ' work. This HPA does not authorize trespass. ' The person(s) to whom this HPA is issued may be held liable for any loss or damage to fish life or fish habitat which results from failure to comply with the provisions of this HPA. 1 Failure to comply with the provisions of this Hydraulic Project Approval could result in a civil penalty of up to one hundred dollars per day or a gross misdemeanor charge, possibly punishable by fine and/or imprisonment. All HPAs issued pursuant to RCW 77.55.100 or 77.55.160 are subject to additional restrictions, conditions or revocation if the Department of Fish and Wildlife determines that new biological or physical information indicates the need for such action. The permittee has the right pursuant to Chapter 34.04 RCW to appeal such decisions. All HPAs issued pursuant to RCW 77.55.103 may be modified by the Department of Fish and Wildlife due to changed conditions after consultation with the permittee: PROVIDED HOWEVER, that such modifications shall be subject to appeal to the Hydraulic Appeals Board established in RCW 77.55.130. APPEALS -GENERAL INFORMATION IF YOU WISH TO APPEAL A DENIAL OF OR CONDITIONS PROVIDED IN A HYDRAULIC PROJECT APPROVAL, THERE ARE INFORMAL AND FORMAL APPEAL PROCESSES AVAILABLE. A. INFORMAL APPEALS (WAC 220 -110 -340) OF DEPARTMENT ACTIONS TAKEN PURSUANT TO RCW 77.55.100, ' 77.55.103, 77.55.106, AND 77.55.160: A person who is aggrieved or adversely affected by the following Department actions may request an informal review of: (A) The denial or issuance of a HPA, or the conditions or provisions made part of a HPA; or (B) An order imposing civil penalties. Page 2 of 3 HYDRAULIC PROJECT APPROVAL State of Washington Department of Fish and Wildlife Dooftwdof Region 4 Office FTISHMd RCW 77.55.100 - appeal pursuant to Chapter 34.05 RCW 16018 Mill Creek Boulevard WIN Mill Creek, Washington 98012 DATE OF ISSUE: February 27.2003 LOG NUMBER: ST- F8311 -01 It is recommended that an aggrieved party contact the Area Habitat Biologist and discuss the concerns. Most problems are resolved at this level, but if not, you may elevate your concerns to his/her supervisor. A request for an INFORMAL REVIEW shall be in WRITING to the Department of Fish and Wildlife, 600 Capitol Way North, Olympia, Washington 98501 -1091 and shall be RECEIVED by the Department within 30 -days of the denial or issuance of a HPA or receipt of an order imposing civil penalties. The 30 -day time requirement may be stayed by the Department if negotiations are occurring between the aggrieved party and the Area Habitat Biologist and/or his/her supervisor. The Habitat Protection Services Division Manager or his/her designee shall conduct a review and recommend a decision to the Director or its designee. If you are not satisfied with the results of this informal appeal, a formal appeal may be filed. B. FORMAL APPEALS (WAC 220 -110 -350) OF DEPARTMENT ACTIONS TAKEN PURSUANT TO RCW 77.55.100 OR 77.55.106: • person who is aggrieved or adversely affected by the following Department actions may request an formal review of: (A) The denial or issuance of a HPA, or the conditions or provisions made part of a HPA; (B) An order imposing civil penalties; or (C) Any other "agency action" for which an adjudicative proceeding is required under the Administrative Procedure Act, Chapter 34.05 RCW. • request for a FORMAL APPEAL shall be in WRITING to the Department of Fish and Wildlife, 600 Capitol Way North, Olympia, Washington 98501 -1091, shall be plainly labeled as "REQUEST FOR FORMAL APPEAL" and shall be RECEIVED DURING OFFICE HOURS by the Department within 30 -days of the Department action that is being challenged. The time period for requesting a formal appeal is suspended during consideration of a timely informal appeal. If there has been an informal appeal, the deadline for requesting a formal appeal shall be within 30 -days of the date of the Department's written decision in response to the informal appeal. C. FORMAL APPEALS OF DEPARTMENT ACTIONS TAKEN PURSUANT TO RCW 77.5 5.103 or 77.55.160: A person who is aggrieved or adversely affected by the denial or issuance of a HPA, or the conditions or provisions made part of a HPA may request a formal appeal. The request for FORMAL APPEAL shall be in WRITING to the Hydraulic Appeals Board per WAC 259 -04 at Environmental Hearings Office, 4224 Sixth Avenue SE, Building Two - Rowe Six, Lacey, Washington 98504; telephone 360/459 -6327. D. FAILURE TO APPEAL- WITHIN THE REQUIRED TIME PERIODS RESULTS IN FORFEITURE OF ALL APPEAL RIGHTS. LF THERE IS NO TIMELY REQUEST FOR AN APPEAL, THE DEPARTMENT ACTION SHALL BE FINAL AND UNAPPEALABLE. Page 3 of 3 �y ,_ CITY OF RENTON 4" Board of Public Works J e Tanner Mayor April 30, 2003 Attn: Jason Fritzler Renton Transportation Systems Design 1055 South Grady Way Renton, WA 98055 SUBJECT: NOISE VARIANCE REQUEST LOGAN AVENUE BRIDGE SEISMIC RETROFIT, LOGAN AVENUE (BETWEEN AIRPORT WAY & N. 1s'r STREET) Dear Mr. Fritzler: A Public Meeting was held on Wednesday, April 30, 2003, in order to hear public input and subsequently render a decision regarding your noise variance request. The Board of Public Works made the following determination: To approve a 10 -night noise variance to the Noise Ordinance for the City of Renton ' Transportation Systems project to perform a seismic retrofit of the Logan Avenue Bridge, beginning July I' and to end no later than August 31, 2003. This approval is subject to the following Mitigation Measures: ' 1. Lighting used for nighttime work shall be directed away from oncoming traffic and residences or shielded. 2. All haul vehicles shall have rubber bed liners to reduce noise impact. 3. All backup warning devices employed shall be the least, obtrusive ambient sensitive type ' or the contractors may use a backup observer in lieu of backup warning devices as allowed by WAC Chapter 296 -155 -610 (2) (E). 4. The applicant shall conduct training on noise mitigation measures with all inspectors and contractors. Applicant shall submit certification of the completion of said training. In addition to providing training, the contractor shall have an acoustics expert/inspector ' onsite at all times to ensure immediate enforcement action of all mitigation measures. 5. After two substantiated continuing complaints within the area of work are received and ' reviewed by staff, applicant shall perform noise measures in sleeping quarters or at property line of affected residents. If noise levels are above allowed threshold, applicant shall provide additional mitigation measures such as, but not limited to shielding of noise source, reducing use of certain equipment, or providing motel accommodations. 6. A 24 -hour complaint phone number as well as a list of designated contact persons shall be provided to register complaints or voice concerns. ��p Ave. Bridge e er. oc \R E N T O N 1055 South Grady Way - Renton, Washington 98055 ®AHEAD OF THE CURVE This paper contains 50% recycled material, 30% post consumer April 30, 2003 Page 2 0 7. The contractor shall notify affected residents identified in the City of Renton application about the nighttime work at least (7) seven calendar days in advance of initiating nighttime work. 8. Any unwanted material shall be removed by sweeping. No scraping type equipment shall be used. As per Ordinance 4521, Section 4- 34 -14, you have fifteen (15) days from today's date to appeal the Board's decision. Appeals are to be filed in writing, with the City Clerk and require a filing fee of $75.00. An approved copy of the Minutes will be sent to all parties of interest upon their approval. If you have any questions, please do not hesitate to contact Juliana Sitthidet, Board Coordinator, at (425) 430 -7278. Sincerely, bAf Crystal McMeans, Recording Secretary Board of Public Works cc: Leslie Lahndt, Renton Transportation Systems Board of Public Works Members Mayor Jesse Tanner City Council Members H:\File Sys \BPW - Board of Public Works\BPW -03 - Variance Applications\Renton Logan Ave_ Bridge Letter.doc \cor February 14, 2003 EXEMPTION FILE NUMBER: LUA -03- 014 -SME APPLICANT: Jason Fritzler for City of Renton Transportation 1055 S. Grady Way Renton, Washington 98055 PROJECT NAME: Logan Avenue Bridge Seismic Upgrade PROPOSAL: A Shoreline Exemption to allow seismic upgrades to the Logan Avenue Bridge over the Cedar River. These upgrades will include joint improvements to prepare for the next seismic event. The retrofit will improve the safety and longevity of the bridge. This project will take place between mid June and late July. PROJECT LOCATION: Logan Avenue Bridge over Cedar River LEGAL DESCRIPTION: Attached SEC- TWN -R: N 1/218 -23 -5 E WATER BODY/WETLAND: Cedar River CORPS PUBLIC NOTICE NUMBER: NA An exemption from a Shoreline Management Substantial Development Permit is hereby granted on the proposed project described on the attached form for the following reason(s): X_ Normal maintenance or repair of existing structures or developments, including damage by accident, fire or elements. 7 1 IThe proposed development is consistent or inconsistent with (check one): CONSISTENT X X INCONSISTENT Policies of the Shoreline Management Act. The Master Program. • vl/ Neil Watts, Director Development Service Division Advisory Notes: 1. Continual pedestrian/bike access must be ensured for users of the Cedar River Trail. If a detour route is necessary, signage must be provided. 2. Any damage to the Cedar River Trail and/or vegetation must be restored to original or better condition. 3. Haul hours shall be restricted to the hours between eight - thirty (8:30) a.m. and three - thirty (3:30) p.m., Monday through Friday unless otherwise approved in advance by the Development Services Division. 4. Construction activities shall be restricted to the hours between seven o'clock (7:00) a.m. and eight o'clock (8:00) p.m., Monday through Friday. Work on Saturdays shall be restricted to the hours between nine o'clock (9:00) a.m. and eight o'clock (8:00) p.m. No work shall be permitted on Sundays. To appeal this determination, a written appeal— accompanied by the required $75.00 filing fee --must be filed with the City's Hearing Examiner (1055 ,South Grady Way, Renton, WA 98055, 425 - 430 -6515) no more than 14 days from the date of this decision. Your submittal should explain the basis for the appeal. Section 4 -8 -110 of the Renton Municipal code provides further information on the appeal process. attachments: Vicinity Map (2) cc: Applicant File r` APPENDIX C — PLANS CITY OF RENTON E� on 4w am Mw Logan Avenue Bridge Seismic Retrofit APPENDIX C PLANS CA 99 p� y�yca M lS 0 CL p _ z 9 b ^r b `L O& Cb + 3 0 >4- Cb 4p- C p .9 0- w ~>[b�� 3C 00 W 2 c�i L JLL 4-0004- 01N b �o j 0 L b 0 0 4- 30 C- rO G °Oaw LC 040 ¢ � Q L O r � D C 10 S C Vb cL L4. Ac t b4- p 3 C- NO L LL `A O O 02. C E E4-- O�c c 3 } O L 0 b O we 0 L t O 4- 'M b b �- O 4- N H 4. «��� N v�� -�1-V > N E W O O 2 W W C I- • ° 4- < O O L ° 1j• N 0 N i } } .00! O S e a A K°�Y i X -00s -00, r Y Os � O Q E � o r c 0 - { Os 0+ o ad Z Q o J 0 d N J � < O '-O o= Z z= O c U O LL a r u a N W J r Y ~ 0^ „ L. N O �n M O G C •- W °0 O O c S w < t O AC V W m r O N r F r m e N O Vf N f O h O rf c c 4- !� O p d C ` _ O ¢ u 40 r D E « ctl E • � u CO 04L l OC V O n ° V or 4. a ,n N 0 r T �, _O C t 0O 44 4 r0 N >%o Y u l F'N m 1010 v ° �O 4n °ow Z . r u° °� o �o o ■ O - u �0 d N � Lv 1020 v A N m 4A N F VO V E` O f p ` r ° „ O O O 43101. D V TN CO V L O V d - V O OD r L- es L ¢ O On LX O t 7 Q L -pm QNpN L V C_ O j WW ¢ > -, 0 -+- Z N Y O- � V Q a 00t O (!`4 -. - UO O ° NC oc 4-: coC b U O Q 0 41 N >> C N C L Q w L 40 t v E O c YO0 a w « r- o . Q e w �_ a °e Q L °° _o C _a a v L o� -r - O 0 O► O r+ L C E r ` L 10 O ~ N °> 0 04 0 O O _M >w E �bL�l -C -d b CA 99 p� y�yca M lS 0 CL p _ z 9 b ^r b `L O& Cb + 3 0 >4- Cb 4p- C p .9 0- w ~>[b�� 3C 00 W 2 c�i L JLL 4-0004- 01N b �o j 0 L b 0 0 4- 30 C- rO G °Oaw LC 040 ¢ � Q L O r � D C 10 S C Vb cL L4. Ac t b4- p 3 C- NO L LL `A O O 02. C E E4-- O�c c 3 } O L 0 b O we 0 L t O 4- 'M b b �- O 4- N H 4. «��� N v�� -�1-V > N E W O O 2 W W C I- • ° 4- < O O L ° 1j• N 0 N i } } .00! O S e a A K°�Y i X -00s -00, r Y Os � O Q E � o r c 0 - { Os 0+ o ad Z Q o J 0 d N J � < O '-O o= Z z= O c U O LL a r u a N W J r Y ~ 0^ „ f N O �n M O G C •- W °0 O O c S Z < t O AC V W m r O N r F r m e N O Vf N f O h O rf f N n O O N O N N 0 O N o c 4- !� O p d C ` _ O ¢ u 40 r 210 E « ctl E • � u CO 04L l OC V O n ° V or 4. a ,n N 0 r T �, _O C t 0O 44 4 r0 N O O Y u l F'N m f N N N on ° �O 4n Z . r ■ m o �o o ■ O - u r N d N � �' o. ON f �► ¢ N m CA 99 p� y�yca M lS 0 CL p _ z 9 b ^r b `L O& Cb + 3 0 >4- Cb 4p- C p .9 0- w ~>[b�� 3C 00 W 2 c�i L JLL 4-0004- 01N b �o j 0 L b 0 0 4- 30 C- rO G °Oaw LC 040 ¢ � Q L O r � D C 10 S C Vb cL L4. Ac t b4- p 3 C- NO L LL `A O O 02. C E E4-- O�c c 3 } O L 0 b O we 0 L t O 4- 'M b b �- O 4- N H 4. «��� N v�� -�1-V > N E W O O 2 W W C I- • ° 4- < O O L ° 1j• N 0 N i } } .00! O S e a A K°�Y i X -00s -00, r Y Os � O Q E � o r c 0 - { Os 0+ o ad Z Q o J 0 d N J � < O '-O o= Z z= O c U O LL a r u a N W J r Y ~ 0^ „ M O N O �n M O G C •- W °0 O O 'S S Z S I v 2 Z 2 o v J< Wd = N .- n O r f M Z ° �O 4n u < N n .n N f 4n r r N d N N O 4A le- T p O r t O C N N? O L rr -r O« TN c < .ncwu Y O- l 0 o ¢ O On LX O t 7 Q L -pm QNpN L V C_ WW ¢ > >¢ OD N v G c •V V c a O O c v .. o u W e W c 0 V ° 210 O > V V N D O - U O L N c 04, V c0 u- w u • c °0 l r V Y•• d 0 L C 3 o >110 .-0-- 0co -c Q N nv� - ° o a 0 u 3 a pr O T M, I z Y W z3- f.. Q r _j t C1 CL H Q z i � W o IL <a (n P w Cr O O a Y = t r N_ f CL M g u v Q. `Q O r C •- W Y c O O O a0 O f u O v J< Wd = N .- n O r f M N < = W u > N N O N v G c •V V c a O O c v .. o u W e W c 0 V ° 210 O > V V N D O - U O L N c 04, V c0 u- w u • c °0 l r V Y•• d 0 L C 3 o >110 .-0-- 0co -c Q N nv� - ° o a 0 u 3 a pr O T M, I z Y W z3- f.. Q r _j t C1 CL H Q z i � W o IL <a (n P w Cr O O a Y = t r N_ f CL M g u v Q. `Q O T Z Q o °u A \� _ ��jp U • + p O L g W � O r Or--H v Z I N � i O ; H H O ' x � v - Z p q L, L O I O W N,< � . �M G N 3 G W s a — 0 W J • mi O .W = J / .. l— n '^ O S =i , 1 A H 1fu u u E L C t O O ul0 o � 1T �V� (O -x•1 l • z �NH O ,L < O r O N 0 V n o H H ui C O x N 2 � @ d g �N , ♦ � � N � aO O J . � G _ O W u W _ o Fu L v T - o v n O v � T T _3 'r _ V n O a T >< _ - 41 F- c_ > 0- i � i v >t O <C N ,O M 04- 0t a ci ,A N f � x O OO 4 < f1 V � 0 a c C (L O V 2 q C O t V L t LL H p H V H 7 PL O OT D O V = t 2t TH � C HU _ ♦-L P N O 9-4- Ce 00 o p O L+E 70+0 O o L � � X 7 V C y T 3 t�W K O O+ o d 01 t O 4-10 CIO C C Z Q+ m v H m -W In c v c d o c '^ o 0 ' t O•L b O ° w C O C m O 0 Go M O J N � o � r u O - O r � �a w r pgo {O i , J I Z Q V N W ,c 0 s o i c Z u „ V Z y " W F z V �V p w•VC .V�p�-) . N ~ vt Ya Y T 7 p >L i ` Dt N !o T ` r C n o O Y 4 a l y O •O r A 1 M N O L. m � n 7u 4A IL C P 0 > O O N O / v _ K W ov r`1v ry c o S L+ O 00 >101 Ic u 10 IA Y 3 O C � OE C ONO N L10 VA I.- 100 Q O p O OC Y LC) L O } � Q 3 4- >1 00 4--v 0 o r— x V W ° CE .. N a 10- O r 'S C L. m sumo = L O 00 41 0 Y 41— WY z c i ` 'o ' u ^ P 0 i CO r o O e r L Z lQ }Q > 4- 0 MV41 p 0. CO 010 > OTC 0 d O z E L V '` s aig m ° LL- S U O —T O O� mi O am r L O L aU 2LE = O10 >, C ` Aul + C D L O 0 + ae on 4110 060 oc 3 0 Oil 41 O2 QQ ^Q `J i "1 d e O oo C a0C V C1010 2C h —G� U7 L E— 100 - ON Y C „ Y-+C L C cc— — o o v >Y 0 fp to C C— tl °O °D4 OQO OCY OLL0 —O OL V L700 t— 3ttL UMS 4: v 41 ° L o to CLS ( C G O dc 0 in 0 S Z S 10 Y N O O � N N 10 < Ifl M d N n + m Y C Can 44 t- 40 N OT 10 O — V c3 41O L T41 W < ono >v ON +o v � 0 c cmL o 0 Q° ? � aNN D CLxIx > 74:00 O 0 "Ito b `.?/g 0 o > 01- v v 'A o 0 d N ' • L Or a C U 0 - h O / ry1 yy' ,�. �. � / b ! /y £ /Ox1 o/ a �J J � �s�ss < !i Sis k O V w Z J O u d o n n r U •r _ u— F O • O 0 '0 4-0 �o O+ c a c d - v 0 c o o W + L V N 0 U V o N t > c a a pc c OT L O a o%+- 0 u - a N M N „ N � O c Z A „ h „ h O O b W h V b V � f r „ N .o r v �- N O. r JQ � � f f Wd ZN � h V N O W C' p N Q W v O N � S f t W„ O d N N N Y •c o a f M ° s � N In r z_ N M N � �� J 4 o �° a� a +4 + Q C O N LL �� nV LL m �„ � V O U O M N °° Y r Lo M�c NN > u > M ZN O r'• QJ � N 0 �1� �� h 2 u °ov 0 p ON p N m 'moo I.QQ �� G @ o a 7Yb Lt ° = �- m +� a W H O t o �- � a <p i < ?. QO M N M 7 I ' X GO O O O D a „ .n M N X v I I W J t v V - -- I- - t:f o .n .n O O 06 01 ni Y 1 t0 In r M ~ V wl N r N + O h X O VI a > °i o c c = v Q O „ t a I o –o %a s v�cnu O S2 g o CQ r3 Q O OL Q .a- +— p. K IX J ' DEC„ X C I LLW K O 7� QO p O I _ = Y - ° do J O I O I 00 ~ _ 4" O Qu 3 m oo I i D� VCO in 0 LO C _ b+- >0 1 I L 40 bo tp Vv o 00 Q mr �o L °� < T o3 1 I IX o_� no 0; za N 0 O+ O V N 3 .o _ mV 'V I > 3 E°o Nc c u O ` L >.p u o 0o I � 0 u 1 cv O O I - W r C o v c oc CC c v uo o e U N 0 0 r < ° o /� O O = V O N W O Q. c O N U J O � „ N � O c A „ h „ h O O b W h V b V � f r „ N .o r v �- N O. r JQ � � f f Wd ZN � h V N O W � p N Q W � O N � S f t W„ O v� > N N N O n o a f M ° s � N �A r z_ N M N „ N � O r yWj A „ h „ h O O b W h V b � f r „ N .o r >� Za f N O. r V � � f f h � h V N O W � p N n � O N � J f t W„ O N N N o o n o a a r s � N � r z_ 00 ° N � ot} C am a� J = + Q � t0 N � f C Q, o � f r C } >� Za E „t h M M w O h V O p `E � aD N V � Y V V O � Ca � .O p O 00 ° N = � am a� } + Q C O N LL M nV LL m �„ � V O U O M N °° Y m V NN > u > v r'• QJ � N h o 0 p ON p N IL m V N 0 �y O D _ = � t Y O N — W Q — N y1 N O W Y Y r n N O N N S •2N h C N 7 J V Co ' h v ' N O > c u •0 0 ` �... Wa 0 N ► Q N O — vv - L 4n v 3 7 0 o u p u ♦- O O t V r C + CL C n 4^ H N Q^O 0 Q „ 7. c � _ C O v F N Ifs 6 N C 4- VW S V C V - 010 V - D � L > o v a U L U L N Y tl L O O > V c O d '� ♦-a L wo avc O Z .•+ N f�l la d � H� ® �y d � 0 f . O 1 Z rz O„ � N v ' t o V � 3 v1 N N x -- O O V u w t t n to > -- t C 0 �y N N Y � � 2 O u _ _ = S t Y O N V = r W H 7 d y1 N = W Y Y r n N O N N S •2N N N Y J V ' ' h v ' N O > c u •0 0 ` �... Wa 0 N ► Q N O — cr- 2 .4 N J O • N AX W p < N n u M V CL CL 4^ H mnO= Y V m � _ Q N NN N Ifs � U O °z N yym > Zg VW S V C z U w n u o a � J=t > o v a la d � H� ® �y d � 0 f . O 1 Z rz O„ � N v ' t o V � 3 v1 N N x -- O O V u w t t n to > -- t C 0 �y N N Y � � 2 O u _ _ = S t Y O N V = r Z H 7 d N r 3 W ♦ .00S ♦ a i li -i x x Ul r n N O N N S 4 2 V N < Ir-J W N P- > c � i N ` �... Wa � N ► Q N O — cr- 2 .4 u E W O C C O < N n u W la Lt V CL a O mnO= t V m O C w OR z a D: Q N � O O NN N Ifs � U O °z N yym > Zg VW S V C z U w n u o a L. 3 v s v > o v a U L U L N Y tl L O O O h ; f la d � H� ® �y d � 0 f . O 1 Z rz O„ � N v ' t o V � 3 v1 N N x -- O O V u w t t n to > -- t C 0 �y O N _ = S t Y Z �- o Z W 7 d O A CD 4L CC ♦ .00S ♦ a i li -i x x Ul M f N d 4 2 V N < Ir-J N P- > c W S O O h Q K O — cr- 2 .4 u E O C a C O u C O la d � H� ® �y d � 0 f . O 1 Z rz O„ � N v ' t o V � 3 v1 N N x -- O O V u w t t n to > -- t C O uo w r U - �- o 0 7 d m D CC ♦ .00S ♦ a i li -i x x x x �— L O W v ♦ $ •♦ V N P- > c W S O O h K O — cr- 2 .4 u E n x Q u C O CL O W t V O C w OR z a D: Q N � O O � O � U O °z N W VW S V C z U w n u o a L. 3 v s v > o v a U L U L N Y m L O O O h ; Z a ° LL. O N 2 J ` O ~ O ° S = M Z ` rz c V °i W T V r<o r r LL- u r aN 00 I Y } . Q Q Q 2 � Q 2 S °a W Cl O Q d <a F— V) k:1 I Y O Y r O � C N Y O � t C ♦ g Y O v C r O w O T 0 CC o _P L O W v ~ O V N P- > c W S O O h K O — cr- 2 .4 u E n x Q J ^ W 1- C O 2 Z +- a� = O V Q U N W O n n U w c a O a` U n < Z Q, o ti ¢ E N m I^ vLu- v• y L -- • cIEE-n i : - •O I7 - C -O E U V Lv oc W p O � r >. i ° s zZ - or .of 41- N O E w O N 0 O c ¢ =10 uc+ - 0 01 uJC 43 a E ° r r x Q n N m > xx ° U > O O C u C IA >,c Od Z v �- Q c O7 -c U O O O O;EO Z L n on u O C - ^Z Q Y 1 � _ �3� M M N a Z In 'O uE00 N = L - x s Q � O 4, +-0 © iC > >o u LL N�• °v , F..4 o .>, 0- U. 4- U y I x n Z m m Oy p N m n N OC r— ; v Q Q N o N a w N wv L < c r m L � OUD CuL 7 70 .n LC U u L u L 0.4- Yl 00 - n ° ¢ H O Z i .O- E > � ♦ ^ u WLL m a L L FO I o ° O c i •r V y ` 3O 0 O P w ` P " s a 0016 30 U v r N 1` Coon Co y u OUo d r lb v' Ut u O u N v-10 (a OC- ua- N 0 D0YI° 0 C 3 L � � 00 w O UIC 0 LL iv N O n y A 0 L O O Ul z LL O i0 c > L., ° M N Q� v L Q u ° y ° x u 1 - a o In o in 0 N O u w< N M O u % 34 N UC- m o ` U 0 QO ° 4 O ¢ ° C O J ¢ O Y W O = < W 4 o N N 1 M X O °~ O N O o Y T u D u 3 � � A M O W J S x x 2 C m S S (L � O '0 ::E N M O V N N a N 11N N Q 11° a W i N N N n z L r 0 0. 0 L 'o u— v > N X T v m ai y O O LO•C•n O a O L 0 YS Q N C m•U 3 7 C 3 v � C O u — c c V) N a L a n o ° yL o 0 0 (X X N C U 0: 00 N 2 C 0- . O X O UGu 3 T ° 1 00. Z K W U X O O 4p, t J TO O N 3 C a O. M zN � W t H W u Z r u V � ' aa O � i O O S W ° J 'n Y!1 N p �' O N Y N W O N O- O_ O N O O /A h O U U N u O a O - ° 4- w >o o J C O D = - La\ n- aL . w o t r 7l •*±I- O n \ N • � u vN u l *+ •u- - l H W � n 'v •r Z V � ' aa O � x i � N z - LwN La\ n- aL . w o t r 7l •*±I- O n \ N • � u vN u l *+ •u- - l 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 i 1 i ■,� CITY OF RENTON = DEPARTMENT OF PLANNING, BUILDING & PUBLIC WORKS TYPE 111, R11 -2, R11-4, M4 -10 (R) /(L), M4 -9 (R) /(L) DATE: 06/22/00 SHEET: 1.0 C: \Traffic Operations \TCP \TYPE — III -dwg R114 R114 ROAD CLOSED ROAD CLOSED TO TO THRU TRAFFIC THRU TRAFFIC TYPE III -1 TYPE III -1A TYPE III -1B R114 R114 ROAD CLOSED ROAD CLOSED TO TO THRU TRAFFIC THRU TRAFFIC DETOUR DETOUR ME M410(R) M4.10(L) TYPE III -2 TYPE III -2A TYPE III -213 R11 -2 R11 -2 R11 -2 ROAD ROAD ROAD CLOSED CLOSED CLOSED DETOUR DETOUR M4 -10(R) M4 -10(L) TYPE III -3 TYPE III -3A TYPE III -B DETOUR DET� DE� R M4-9(L) M4.9(R) MOM ROAD CLOSED END DETOUR R11 -2 M4-8a APPROVED BY: TYPE 111, R11 -2, R11-4, M4 -10 (R) /(L), M4 -9 (R) /(L) DATE: 06/22/00 SHEET: 1.0 C: \Traffic Operations \TCP \TYPE — III -dwg 0 % ° W m a oo E = i Cn .--� o w 4 � S ��� cn +' O Of �r X Q) w E o W o o L ° • ry l.L m O oQ ry 3�: w W F--• r n Li �� z Q, < W o —° w w Ci v D .E Z z z z z >i MN Q W z o� Lu W W z �� O w e e U) W W° z z q) Z 0 0 (S) Q Z z z z z z w z = Q a % s AV 53N0( N AV lbOlOVd S AV HJIH 3 9 AV NO1N.:U ❑ S AV IMO N AV N34dV9 N AV e N30�V9 ®_ � � / S AV JVV430 4 AV NO1N3J u AV.ITl3d N Ab AT13d � � /� zt AV sr►3M / AV 5TI3M =J S�Y6717 /,H / j AV�SWVRII�M AV MOM / F-9 AV 113NJ(19 IR $ LOGAN AV 5 GMIM E:9 U / �- n _ � 6 AV S1db- Q "� CEDAR W zo � 9 AV H1a'OM 11HM (n a AV a Y'OOII" 00 \ >Z e5 a 0 ¢ z OC �i ❑ IAKE AV AV dOLlV1 � ❑ 31r721bF1 � yy � � LU � O 133HS 31111 tnKSOCco>�1��sgILSOL(OB�Pl ® 10 }o,}erylwpy'3d uouuawwlZ 66a�0 +�� M'H'1 addd 31va Ag NOISIn38 ON }}LF9098B�7aPIwM apu!}p 7do0 I;= ollgnd /6WPIlnB /6uluuold iuv m n g H a �c a amwra pa3 anwry 4lro! }KI nnivO ., 113021138 3INS13S sanpu98BUP000IBu3BURPSUOD 'M IW�, NOINMI � •1.0 wwo 3941218 3nN3AV NV901 err 'op� •NVr •�ul �S3J , �T0 0 uMUcs� aw nrnami W Z J w �g et� w wW Z N 0 o F- «i UZ If Ul w n t E w IN W O � W N � � V v �\ N N a� 0 0 0 0 rn LU rZ^ V W J w � � o 1K P z;yy m � I Y IN Z N011Vn3-13 QNV NVId IDPUPwlWw'3•d uouuoWw� 66x0 +aN arw tILt90SYBuq�P�M X10 7do0 wNoM oIIQnd�5uIPIInA %.! n oat tt9�uwvwttzt ■� �� rrruva 1130211321 011NS13S GwVj g6uuaaUIBu38upinsu0D r Loot'NYI' 3001218 3nN3NV NV003 'Oul'S30 C 30 A+LIO *v L.-- 3 5 HwamJwa � ixu 1n -i 'STN W 0 W v W Q n � II II L �J 7 I u ee b U 4 -1,11 II II II II II II II IU I I II II II II II II II II II •I I N P II Li � O W W •M•HI addY 31V0 A6 NOISIA3a •e•�I•a �, •1.0 +Mw n O O N i i Ld w af CL w 'ON N W (` �\ N IN Z N011Vn3-13 QNV NVId IDPUPwlWw'3•d uouuoWw� 66x0 +aN arw tILt90SYBuq�P�M X10 7do0 wNoM oIIQnd�5uIPIInA %.! n oat tt9�uwvwttzt ■� �� rrruva 1130211321 011NS13S GwVj g6uuaaUIBu38upinsu0D r Loot'NYI' 3001218 3nN3NV NV003 'Oul'S30 C 30 A+LIO *v L.-- 3 5 HwamJwa � ixu 1n -i 'STN W 0 W v W Q n � II II L �J 7 I u ee b U 4 -1,11 II II II II II II II IU I I II II II II II II II II II •I I N P II Li � O W W •M•HI addY 31V0 A6 NOISIA3a •e•�I•a �, •1.0 +Mw n O O N i i Ld w af CL w 'ON r� l:. s� �ul ii I � iliJ I I I I I I I Wwp� NI 4I N •I I, I j� I I I I I •� I` � I I' I I I I O I I I I I I I I I I I I i`dll% I I Q � .&9 0 M W vl� O Li I � Li 11' P a x ° w 2 LL �2 OU� I >� r �x w c I 8 m I W °Uw ° w I. I o � *1 NK- I 1 I I � � W h m P Lu s U Lu �I 4� w� z I l ill I Z II I I I I I l I N jl l I i I I I I I 111 IIII I III i II l I I I I I l l I I JI I ld.U% \ � I III III IIII I I l . I I I� I���yl I J III I I I I I N�� I I I IN I ; i III I I I III! QV x n y I �•x�n�as W N Z O � %I� � i O U (S) Lu Q W Z� CY W Z v , tl1 N Z wo C Q N SUNIVd1S321 I1 {plySp((oprjay sp�ygp�(pp�pl JoIw3alulwpy '73•d uouuawwlZ 66x0 +n�o�awa 'M•H'1 caww tlddY 31V0 AB NOISIA38 'ON £anima -Mia iiDNO1 1912 u4*fwMtiWWO Ido0 o4AoM *ll9nd/6WPUng/6uluu0,d ar��iru�o 8'H'!1 um = 3QwV4Vn!{Kl ., 1130211321 OIWSI3S MIAInBupeQUIBu3BuMnsuuo3 6:0 I�TOJ,I�T�2I �; •1.0 coos Nvr 39GM 3nN3AV NVD01 �ul's3� do VI0 O U oc OW D oZ_ o b� x�x J a� m Lul---------- - --- --- agAa „ „fi a b 'NIA „i•/E 5 °� � � x 9oZ op w2 IS I\ u 114 °o o x� 14 03, A f U 2 W � _ A -o a b N Z � °zW AliI� o i i . I b 1 x „s z J J m� x Q WW w �Sa U) w J N a '6= LL =g RM §E00 d w S� �o lU- o— z� �o d C i x a x w °w BQ�iv " W W z 0 w W n _ 3 �y uj L Qo� �Lu o N 4 w Ri IN bA w 0 v VJ O O N I I N w x x w `W'MMM S31b13G 8.3NIdb1S321 IAIiSO[(WFa=a SOR'SOL(OY6kP1 �oVngolulwpy '•3•d uouuowwl 66a{s a�oaar was 'M'N'1 �„ addV 31V0 AS NOISIA3a 'ON -W ONOM ldNlaniiDNO1 II&OSB8gellp VUW 'Idea WIIOM3IIQnd/5uIPUnS /GuiuuDId �.�' ill, Pea ammy W% 19$ 30 ., IIAON138 OIWS13S sa�puegBuNaeulBu3BUIPSUoD �:�' ISOZI\I��I l coos NYf� 3941218 3f1N3�V N`d�JOI Jul C� ;IO �.LIJ O �.ua�armx®o� STN ' "� m°°° r r m m= m m m m m r m w= m= m m � I Icy yy �� I U w T. j z 0 Q) W cn 0 u o W 1L, N iL Q� C 9 S213NIV211S321 LY�m(a0mod 9YLS9 ww-tpl ® JO3°4°WlLoM '3d uouuawwp 66ag mrIM 'M'H'1 addV 31V0 AS NOISIA3a 'ON „w„ 3S213ASNVdl ►w�� `K� _ - Zdoo I Nlw �IIQ�d /6WPUn�6uluuold Wruva � � B H a am 1130x1321 OIWSI3S SWWGSBupeoulBu3Bupjnsuo3 ���� j�OZN,�� `�,,, �. TO a� LeOZ '"" � 300188 3nN3AV NV903 oul'S3� 30 A LID v mvml am m�oi mg own rR u,u, �i► �r r r r �■r r� w w r w rr w w� �w r� w� w 0 o 0 ON cn V-D O 4� �r o Of a w T. j z 0 Q) W cn 0 u o W 1L, N iL Q� C 9 S213NIV211S321 LY�m(a0mod 9YLS9 ww-tpl ® JO3°4°WlLoM '3d uouuawwp 66ag mrIM 'M'H'1 addV 31V0 AS NOISIA3a 'ON „w„ 3S213ASNVdl ►w�� `K� _ - Zdoo I Nlw �IIQ�d /6WPUn�6uluuold Wruva � � B H a am 1130x1321 OIWSI3S SWWGSBupeoulBu3Bupjnsuo3 ���� j�OZN,�� `�,,, �. TO a� LeOZ '"" � 300188 3nN3AV NV903 oul'S3� 30 A LID v mvml am m�oi mg own rR u,u, �i► �r r r r �■r r� w w r w rr w w� �w r� w� w C w \ g J ao I lu V- 5 Iz o. Ck 11) .+ N Z/1 >G zil S zn� zai � I w uc �z m�w �= l LL z MI � I � I • j+ � x b x w 0 NO 0 v vI LU ro 0 0 N I I N W a w `'°''M SlIV134 83NIVNJLS321 9 [i1Z90LW3XJ BY1Z'9Md0 49i ® JOWJPUILUPV. •3'd unuuawwlZ 66 -0 + JM, 'M'H'1 ,m, 2lddV 31Va A9 NOISIA321 'ON �,,wm 3S83ASNV81 ►k►uoseauw Mtip� -- Idea WNoM oIIQnd/6ulPlln�buluuold !Mhf g•H•a Imo P9MMV�J1K1 Wn1Va �� �" 11.E 02113 8 O I N S 13 S sml&ms 6upeaulBu3 Bupinsuoo j�Oy j�j ,;1� 'ra . ioot Nvr� 3001218 3nN3AV NVOO1 oul'S3o C� 30 �[,LIa O �.vooa.n.,mw 'S•1•N 009 OW r r r �r r• � w r � r� � � � � � � r �r � M C) 0 ON � a w� s z \ °d \ Jf $e$ � u A6 § w w O R ae \ \ fv ¢U U �.E O L 7 Qs IU5 us Allu b :A fix \� � CA e LU L W� 1W-e� ttU °. \ 1 Ywm3alG :-► AVMaV02t .9B a.9 71V?l.D t "IIV w ID -11 XNM3alg � o �� r_ P Q 412 LU \ W D \ o Q .9/9 •�\ cn o .zn \� EV .D C U 1 U Mri z u1 � Q o Z o ' O \� Z U 6 � LF. V U 2 \�u Z .� t uo t SII V13a N011VO131a0W ,D„ u IBLLSOL(OSIf1�JSPLiSO/.(0➢61101 i ial lwpy ••3•d UDUIIYWWIZ 659Jo +'pnroow 'M'H'1 �du addy 31y0 AS NOISIA3a 'ON 1NIOf NOISN`VdX3 LLLY905B6uWmWN�M�W+NO IaDQ WIJDM allgnd/6ulppng/6uluuDld �naTMn 'IDIT aMan.�c Lw3VWJLLZI WfllVO I --�,�„ -i ODOW[i, 11408138 31WS13S swWgSBupeaujBu38up�nsuoo i" molmaa2I S -i.uO .:Dot Nvr 300IMB 3nN3A`V N`V901 "Jw'S32 .CIO �.LIO C:i —V �.uD.�aMnn�D� S'1N I